Prentice Hall

^3
^^
''
RPMilOOO
120

Me-
20
f, in mo qA ps-mmm 8 ^
THIS BOOK IS THE PROPERTY OF:
STATE Book No.
PROVINCE Enter informotion
COUNTY _
PARISH _ in spaces
to the left as
SCHOOL DISTRICT.
instructed
OTHER
CONDITION
Year
issueo TO Used ISSUED RETURNED

PUPILS to whom this textbook is issued must not write on any page

or mark any part of it in any woy, consumable textbooks excepted

nome [Link] ...n.n ,o ,nk ,o Ih. spoces obo.e .n ....,

1 Teachers should see Ihol Ihe pup.l s .s

booh issued
.[Link] Ihe [Link] ol >he book Ne-. Good, lou
2 The folio-. ng lermj should be used ,n

Poor Bod
 Prentice Hall

REVISED TENTH EDITION

Authors

Margaret L. Johnson
Owen Crabb
Arthur A. Opfer
Randall R. Thiel

Consulting Author

Frederik R. Mottola

Prentice
Hall

Glenview, Illinois
Needham, Massachusetts
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
About the Authors

Margaret L Johnson is a tormer supervisor of Randall R. Thiol is Education Consultant for

Driver, Consumer, and Health Education at the Alcohol-Traffic Safety Program for the
Glenbrool; North High School, Northbrook, Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
Illinois. She also was an instructor of Traffic He has taught driver eduction at the high
Safety and Driver Education at Northeastern school level and has been involved in teacher
Illinois University in Chicago. preparation programs at universities in Texas,
Pennsylvania, and Indiana.
Owen Crabb is a former Driver Education
Specialist vs'ith the Maryland State Department Frederik R. MottOla is Professor Emeritus of
of Education. He also has assisted several states Public Health at Southern Connecticut State
in developing driver education programs. University and [Link] Director of Driver
Behavior Institute. He is the creator of the Zone
Arthur A. Opfer has taught driver education at Control System of Space Management and
both the high school and college levels. He is a Reference Point Visualizations. He is a consultant
former Regional Traffic Coordinator for the and educator for traffic safety education programs
Superintendent of Public Instruction at for teachers, students, and drivers on local,
Educational Service District 105, Yakima, national, and international levels.
Washington.

DISCLAIMER any kind or character, including without limitation

Driving any vehicle safely is the responsibility of any compensatory, incidental, direct or indirect,
the driver and all drivers operate their cars at their special, punitive, or consequential damages, loss of
own risk. The techniques, suggestions and ideas income or profit, loss of or damage to property or
contained herein are of broad general usefulness person, claims of third parties, or other losses of
and not intended to replace actual dri\'ing experience, any kind or character arising out of or in connec-
driving skills or a valid license. The techniques, tion with the use of this book or the accuracy of
suggestions and ideas contained herein cannot the information contained herein, even if the pub-
be considered absolute recommendations. lisher or author has been advised of the possibility
Federal, state, local and other applicable regula- of such damages or losses.
tions and guidelines concerning road safety and
driving practices change rapidly. The reader should
note, therefore, that the development of new
Copyright ® 2002 by Pearson Education, Inc.,
regulations, guidelines and practices may require
publishing as Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River,
changes in some techniques, suggestions and ideas
New Jersey 07458. All rights reserved. Printed in
contained in this material.
the United States of America. This publication is
While the information contained in this book
protected by copyright, and permission should
has been compiled from sources believed to be
be obtained from the publisher prior to any
reliable and correct at the time of original publica-
prohibited reproduction, storage in a retrieval
tion, neither the publisher nor the author make
system, or transmission in any form or by any
any warranty, express or implied, with respect to
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
the use of any techniques, suggestions and ideas
recording, or [Link]. For information regarding
disclosed in this book. The publisher and author
permission(s), write to: Rights and Permissions
disclaim any and all liability for any damages of
Department.

ISBN 0I.V068324-8 (hard cover)

ISBN 01.?-068.^2.S-6 (soft cover)

78yiO 08 07 06 05
 Consultants and Reviewers

Consultants
Leon Butorac Terry Kline Elizabeth A. Weaver
Former Traffic Safety Teacher Assistant Professor Driver Education Specialist
Auburn High School Traffic Safety Institute Department of Education
Auburn, Washington Eastern Kentucky University Boise, Idaho
Richmond, Kentucky
Jerry L Gaines
Driver Education Coordinator Gregory Schitkovitz
Palos Verdes Peninsula Unified Teacher, Driver Education
School District Glenbrook North High School
Palos Verdes Estates, California Northbrook, Illinois

Reviewers
Barbara E. Brody James M. Lewis
Coordinator, Driver Education Department Chair, Driver Education
Improvement Program Simi Valley High School
Minnesota Highway Safety Center Simi Valley, California
St. Cloud State University

St. Cloud, Minnesota Edward McEvoy

Department Chair, Driver Education
Paul Cram Hempstead High School
Teacher, Driver Education Dubuque, Iowa
Washington High School
Washington, Illinois William G. Bobbins, Sr.
Instructor/Owner
Alex Hansen Rocky Mountain Driving Academy
Department Chair, Traffic Safety Lakewood, Colorado
Education
Lakes High School, Major Thompson
Clover Park School District Department Chair, Driver Education
Lakewood, Washington Fayette County Community School
Fayettville, Georgia
Sally Ann Holland
Instructor/Owner [Link]
Drivers Edge Department Chair,
Glenburn, Maine Driver Education
Southeast High School
David Holloway
J. Springfield, Illinois
Teacher, Driver Education
Windsor High School
Windsor, Vermont
 Uniti

Contents The Driving Task

Chapter 1: Chapter 3:
You Are The Driver 2 Basic Vehicle Control 38

1.1 3.1

You Are Part of the System 4 Instruments, Controls,

and Devices 40
1.2

Your Driving Task 6 3.2

Getting Ready to Drive 46

1.3

Your Driving Responsibilities 8 3.3

Driving a Vehicle with Automatic

1.4
Transmission 48
Your Driver s License / /

3.4

Driving a Vehicle with Manual

Chapter 2:
Transmission 53
Signs, Signals, and Roadway
Maritings 18
Chapter 4:
2.1
Managing Risk with the
Traffic Signs 20
IPDE Process 60
2.2
4.1
Traffic Signals 27
The IPDE Process 62
2.3
4.2
Roadway Markings 3]
Identif)' and Predict 65

4.3

Decide and Execute 75

4.4

Using the IPDE Process 83

 Unit 2

Controlling Your Vehicle

Chapter 5: Chapter 7:

NaturalLaws and Car Negotiating Intersections 128

Control 90
7.1

5.1 Searching Intersections 130

Gravity and Energy of Motion 92

7.2

5.2 ControUed Intersections 134

Friction and Traction 94

7.3

5.3 Uncontrolled Intersections 139

Stopping Distance 98
7.4

5.4 Determining Right of Way

Controlling Force of Impact 100 and ludging Gaps 142

Chapter 8:
Chapter 6: Sharing the Roadway 148
Performing Basic Vehicle
Maneuvers 108 8.1

Sharing the Roadway with

6.1 Motorcyclists 150
Steering, Signaling, and
8.2
Changing Lanes 1 1
Motorcyclist Actions Can
6.2 Affect You 155
Making Turns and Turning the
8.3
Car Around 113
Bicycles, Mopeds, and
6.3 Motor Scooters 159
Parking 119
8.4

Pedestrians and Special Vehicles 162

8.5

Sharing the Roads with Trucks 167

 Units

Driving in Different Environments 172

Chapter 9: 11.2

Driving in Urban Traffic 174 Entering an Expressway 225

9.1 11.3

Adjusting to Urban Traffic 176 Strategies for Driving on

Expressways 229
9.2
Following and Meeting Traffic 178 11.4
Exiting Expressways 235
9.3
Managing Space in Urban Traffic 182 11.5
Special Expressway Problems 2i8
9.4
Special Urban Situations 188

Chapter 12:
Driving in Adverse Conditions 244
Chapter 10:
Driving in Rural Areas 194 12.1

Reduced Visibility 246

10.1

Characteristics of Rural Traffic 196 12.2

Reduced Traction 252
10.2
Using Basic Skills in Rural Areas 198 12.3
Other Adverse Weather Conditions 260
10.3
Passing and Being Passed on
Rural Roads 204 Chapter 13:
10.4 Handling Emergencies 266
Rural Situations You Might
13.1
Encounter 209
Vehicle Malfimctions 268
10.5
13.2
Special Driving Environments 21i
Driver Errors 276

13.3

Chapter 11: Roadway Hazards 279

Driving on Expressways 220 13.4

11.1 Collisions 281

Characteristics of Expressway Driving 222

 Unit 4

Being a Responsible Driver

Chapter 14: Chapter 17:

Effects of Driver Condition 290 Maintaining Your Vehicle 354

14.1 17.1

Emotions and Driving 292 Maintaining the Power Systems 356

14.2 17.2

Physical Senses and Driving 298 Maintaining the Control Systems 363

14.3 17.3

Physical Disabilities 304 Preventive Maintenance 368

17.4
Fuel-Saving and Recycling
Chapter 15:
Strategies 370
Alcohol, Other Drugs, and
Driving 312
15.1
Chapter 18:
Effects of Alcohol on Driving Safely 314 Planning Your Travel 376

15.2 18.1

Other Drugs and Driving 321 Local Travel 378

15.3 18.2

Traffic Laws on the Use of Alcohol 323 Long-Distance Travel 380

15.4 18.3

Coping with Peer Pressure 326 Special Vehicles 386

Chapter 16:
Glossary 392
Buying and Owning a Vehicle 334

16.1 Index 398

Buying a Vehicle 336
Acknowledgments 408
16.2
Insuring a Vehicle 342

16.3
Environmental Concerns 347
 n^-.t'

^/ ^^'

"^

'-m m-:

m -**•,.-
£©"•

'-iW».

..s'^-ii.>^i-^~~

.-^^^v^T-
\-^T >^v

^^^•^;^
^.^'^^.^

r'ftA..;^

"
• ••> -
 Uniti

The
Driving
Task

Chapter 1

You Are the Driver

Chapter 2

and
Signs, Signals,
Roadway Markings

Chapter 3

Basic Vehicle Control

Chapter 4

Managing Risk with

the IPDE Process
2 Unit I The Driving Task
 Chapter 1

You Are the Driver

1.1

You Are Part of the System

1.2

Your Driving Task

1.3

You Are the Driver! Your Driving Responsibilities

Imagine you are going to your senior prom.

1.4
You've worked hard to get this far, and now
Your Driver's License
it's time to celebrate. Your driving privilege

is one of the things that makes this moment

possible. Beyond this moment, driving will

play an important part in your life. How

important do you think it is to maintain

a good driving record?

This chapter introduces you to driving

and the responsibOities that go along with

it. You will also learn how driver education

and driver's licensing programs can help

you become a responsible, low-risk driver.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver 3

 You Are Part of the System

You are about to take a driver called roadway users. Roadway users
Objectives education course, apply for your vary greatly in their ability to use
I driver's license, and join the millions the system.
1. Describe the
three parts of the of others who share our country's While most individuals con-
highway trans- roads. If you grow to meet this chal- sistently drive in a safe, low-risk,

portation system lenge, you will have a lifetime filled responsible manner, others do not.
(HTS). with many new opportunities. Your Drivers with good skills sometimes
2. Tell how the HTS key to this exciting future will be operate their vehicles when they
your ability to master the new skills are overly distracted, tired,
ill, or
is regulated.
needed to manage the conflicts and impaired by alcohol. To protect
risks associated with driving. yourself and others in these situa-
In everyday life, there are many tions, you will have to be the one
types of conflicts and risks. But, the to take responsibility for avoiding
main risk in driving is the possibility trouble.
of having a conflict that results in
a collision. Vehicles
Think about the wide range of vehi-
The Highway cles that use the HTS. Mopeds and
Transportation System motorcycles are small and have little
When you drive, you will become part protection. At the other extreme is

of a massive system called the highway the tractor-semitrailer weighing

transportation system, or HTS. The tons. In between are cars, vans, small
HTS has three parts: people, vehicles, trucks, buses, campers, farm vehicles,
and roadways. The purpose of the and construction equipment. During
HTS is to move people and cargo this course, you will be called on to
from one place to another in a safe, develop special skills to lower risk
efficient, and economical manner. and avoid conflicts when interacting
Of all transportation systems, with these vehicles.
the HTS is the most complex. It has
the greatest variety of users, includ- Roadways
ing drivers, passengers, motorcyclists, Roadways of the HTS vary from
bicyclists, and pedestrians. The HTS complex multilane
dirt lanes to
has a wide range of roadways from expressways. Common conditions
simple rural lanes to complex multi- such as rain, nighttime, or rough
lane urban roads and expressways. pavement, can become major
problems. It is up to you to main-
People tain control of your vehicle at
The people who use the HTS by all times and in all conditions.
walking, driving, or riding are

4 Unit I The Driving Task

The highway transportation system consists of a complex mix of people, vehicles, and roadways.

Regulating the HTS • Enforcement agencies assure that

laws are obeyed.
Drivers who operate their vehicles in
• Motor vehicle departments set
a responsible, low-risk manner are
HTS. rules to assure that driver and
the most important part in the
vehicle standards are met.
To make sure this happens, all states

grant individuals the privilege of dri-

• Courts decide whether drivers
charged with violating the laws
ving on their roads by issuing them a
are guilty or innocent.
By passing a
driver's license. licens-

ing exam, you agree to obey traffic

• Highway traffic engineers plan,
build, and maintain the complex
laws in exchange for the privilege of
system of roadways.
operating a motor vehicle on public
roads.
Many federal, state, and local

government agencies help regulate

the HTS. The federal government Review It
1. What are the parts and
has established the National
Highway Safety Act with a set of
purpose of the HTS?
traffic-safety guidelines. Federal,
2. How is the HTS regulated?

state and local governments in turn

enforce these national guidelines:

• Laws are passed to make up the
vehicle code.
Chapter I You Are The Driver 5
 Your Driving Task

The driving task includes all the ot your driving task will be applying

Objectives social, physical, and mental skills your social skills to these types of

1. Explain how required to drive. To perform the situations so that everyone avoids

social, physical,
driving task with low-risk results, conflicts.

and mental skills you must develop habits for

• using knowledge and visual skills, Physical Skills
work together in
your driving task.
as shown in the picture You must learn the physical skills
2. Name the four
• obeying traffic laws of driving so well that they become
steps in the IPDE
• judging time and space natural habits. Then you can focus
Process.
• anticipating how your car will your attention on the social and
respond under normal and mental tasks of driving. Beginning
emergency conditions drivers often need to concentrate
heavily on the physical skills of driv-
Social Skills ing. After extended practice, these
Like other social tasks, driving drivers acquire the ability to control
requires you to interact successfully their vehicle. They can then focus
with people. you are a courteous
If their attention on the social and
driver, you not only obey traffic laws, mental aspects of driving.
but you make an extra effort to work
with other drivers. Without courtesy Mental Skills
and cooperation, low-risk driving Safe, low-risk driving is primarily
is impossible. a mental task that involves decision
All drivers bring their own making. Physical skills are minor
problems and skill levels to your when compared to the necessary
shared driving world. A big part decision-making skills.

The IPDE Process

The IPDE Process is a process of
seeing, thinking, and responding.
The tour steps of this process are
pictured on the opposite page.
• Identify important information
in the ongoing driving scene.
• Predict when and where possible
points of conflict will develop.
• Decide when, where, and how
tocommunicate, adjust speed,
and/or change position to avoid
conflict.
Mental and visual skills are critical to your driving task.

6 Unit 1 The Driving Task

Identify the oncoming car, turn signal, and Predict that your path of travel and the

driveway. oncoming vehicle's path of travel will conflict.

Decide to slow or stop. Execute speed reduction decision by taking

foot off accelerator and gently braking.

• Execute the right action(s) to This ability, called defensive driving,

prevent conflict. by protect-

lowers the risk of conflict
Two other systems will help you ing you and others from dangerous

use the IPDE The Smith

Process. driving situations.

System is an organized method de-

signed to help drivers develop good
seeing habits. In addition, the Zone
Control System is a method for Review It
managing the space around your 1. How does the driving task
These systems will help you
vehicle. require a blend of social,

apply the IPDE Process for effective, mental, and physical skills?

low- risk driving. 2. What are the four steps in

Once you have mastered the the IPDE Process?

IPDE Process, you will be able to

drive in a way that reduces conflicts.

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver 7

 Your Driving Responsibilities

When you earn your first driver's driver who is in a rage is likely to do
Objectives license, the state you live in will anything. Your best defense is to put

1. Explain how extend you the privilege to drive. distance between yourself and the

your attitude Driving is a privilege —not a right. enraged driver. Don't challenge an
will affect your The driving privilege is based on enraged driver. Instead, give way. Be
driving.
the assumption that you will be a extremely cautious at intersections

2. List some responsible traffic citizen and obey because some drivers simply refuse

examples of all traffic laws. Driving also is a major to obey red traffic lights. In extreme
HTS break- responsibility. If you assume it and situations, alert police if possible.

downs. respect it, you wiU enjoy a lifelong Other drivers drive in a respon-

3. Describe several adventure of safe, low-risk, low-stress sible low-risk way day after day, year
major causes of driving. If you do not handle this after year. They know their low-risk

collisions.
responsibility,you have the power to driving eventually will gain them
ruin your life and the lives of others. respect. Getting quick attention
4. Explain how is

drivers can help easy. Earning respect over the long

protect our
Attitude haul takes time and effort.

environment. Your attitude toward life and driving Your attitude will guide you
affects your willingness to learn and as you manage your relationships
to effectively use safe-driving habits. with others. There will be times
For many, reckless driving is a way when others will try to get you to
of getting attention. What they don't do things you normally would not
realize is that they are getting noticed do. They will push you to drive
in a negative way. in a way you shouldn't. Saying

Road rage shows an extremely —

no especially to a friend as shown
negative attitude toward driving. The in the picture — isn't easy.

You Are the Driver!

How can you use these
techniques to say "no"?
• Ask questions.
• State the problem.
• State the consequences
• Suggest alternatives.
• Leave and encourage
others to join you.

8 Unit 1 The Driving Task

Breakdowns in the HTS • driving too fast for

A breakdown in the HTS occurs when conditions

any part of the system does not work

• not wearing safety belts

well. Traffic tie-ups and collisions are

• driving after drinking

two examples of HTS breakdowns. or using drugs

Your ability to drive responsibly will

• driving while very tired

be the major factor in helping you Like most complex

avoid being part of these breakdowns. events, traffic collisions

A collision occurs when a vehicle usually have more than one

conflicts with and hits another object. cause. For example, a vehicle

Collisions are a major cause of injury skids off a slippery turn and
and death. collides into a tree. The initial

report might list the cause as

Collision or Accident? driving too fast for conditions.

But a close inspection might reveal
Collision is a more accurate term
that the road was abnormally slick
than accident. Why? Because accident
and the on the vehicle were
tires
implies that something just happens
very smooth. The slick roadway
by chance. In reality, almost every
and the smooth tires added to the
collision is the product of a pre-
problem. Even though the primary
dictable cause. The drunk driver hit
cause of the collision was driving
the pole. The speeding driver ran off
too fast, you must know all the fac-
the road. The careless driver didn't i;oinpare tne uoos
tors involved to really understand
wear a safety belt or tuned a radio
You will be killed in an
at the wrong time and hit a tree.
why the collision happened. If
air crash
you had been the driver in this
Over the years our national driv-
collision, what aspects could
ing record has steadily improved. This
you have controlled?
is the result of an ongoing highway
safety effort involving engineering, Causes of Death The chart on the 1 in 4,600,000
enforcement, and education. Still we next page compares traffic collisions
You will die in a fire
should not be lulled into a false sense with other major causes of death for
of security. Check the chart on this young people. Why is driving such a
page and compare your chance of high-risk activity? Lack of experience
dying in a car crash versus other events. is a major factor for this poor driving
record. Other factors include increased
Causes of Collisions Of all the pos- 1 in 40,000
exposure to night driving, increased
sible causes of collisions, driver error You will die in a car crash
risk taking, susceptibility to peer pres-
is by far the most common. Frequent
sure, and mixing drinking and driving.
errors include breaking various laws,
Does this mean all young drivers
not slowing in adverse weather condi-
are bad? Absolutely not! All drivers
tions, and operating a defective vehi-
can learn to apply the principles of
cle. Other serious driver errors are 1 in 125
responsible low-risk driving with
• following another vehicle too
good results. Driving a car Is still the most
closely
dangerous way to travel.

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver 9

 responsible by law for any damage
ith Rates for Youth
or injuries that you cause.
40

Environmental Responsibility
Our nation'sdemand for transporta-
tion has created many threats to our
environment, including
• air pollution
• water pollution
• chemical spills

• land pollution through thought-

less disposal of vehicle-related
products
How can transportation-related
Stroke AIDS Heart Cancer All Other Suicide Homicide Motor
Accidents Vehicle
environmental problems be managed?
Accidents
All drivers should act responsibly by
Causes of Death • buying and maintaining fiiel-

•15 to 24 year old provisional death rates/100.000 population (NCHS Data) efficient vehicles
• using fuel-efficient driving habits
More young people die from vehicle collisions than from any other single cause.
• recycling used materials
• reducing driving through car
Socialand Economic Loss Collisions pools and the use of public
have tremendous social and economic transportation when possible
effects. Traffic collisions cost our • working for strong national,
nation billions of doUars each year state, and local policies
in property damage, time away from that encourage the use of
work and school, medical fees, and energy-efficient driving
insurance premiums. The cost of
mental anguish and physical suffering
simply cannot be measured.
Review It
Other Responsibilities 1. How do attitudes affect

In addition to driving, all drivers driving?

have additional responsibilities. 2. What some examples
are

These include financial and environ- of breakdowns in the HTS?

mental responsibilities. 3. What are the three major
causes of collisions?
Financial Responsibility 4. What are some actions

As a driver, you are responsible for drivers can take to protect

your share of driving-related costs. our environment?

Vehicle-related costs include fuel as
well as maintaining and insuring
your car. You also are financially

10 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 1

Your Driver's License

graduated driver licensing programs.

Once you start driving, everyone
will want you to become a safe A graduated driver licensing pro- Objectives
driver. Your family will support you. gram requires young drivers to
1. Explain how a
Your friends will encourage you. progress through a series of licensing graduated driver
Government and private industry stages. Throughout this licensing
licensing program
will try to help you through licensing process, learners are subject to zero- can help you drive
and education programs. Still, driv- tolerance laws for blood alcohol more safely.
ing is one of the most dangerous concentration (BAG). Typically 2. List some of the
activities you will ever do. For young these programs have three stages.
main concepts
people, the risk is even higher. Look stressed in a
Learner's Permit Stage Supervised
at the graph on this page to see just quality driver
conditions allow the new driver to
how deadly driving can be. education
learn and practice at this stage:
Why is the highway death rate program.
• The learner (typically a 15 or 16
among teens higher than other age
year old) receives a permit to
groups? Most of the time, young
drive when supervised by an sai^j^«Bi aBIW t!' l -
Wli l ltll

drivers simply make mistakes from

adult, licensed driver.
inexperience. Forty-one percent of the
• The permit must be held for a
young people who were killed in these
minimum period of violation-
collisions died in single-car collisions.

Deathin Passenger Vehicles per IMUOOO People, 1999

Licensing Process
The purpose of a comprehensive
driver licensing program is to make
sure only safe drivers are allowed
on public roads. Most licensing pro-
grams require applicants to take
written, physical, and driving exams.

^ 10
Graduated Driver Licensing
Program
Over the years, one thing about new
drivers has become abundantly clear.

Structured practice-driving time 19 20-24 25-29 30-64 65-74 >75

works. You may it, but you

not realize
already have picked up some good Male drivers Female drivers

Male passengers Female passengers

and bad driving habits as a result of
riding with and watching others.
To help young drivers adjust to The death rate for drivers and passengers is much higher among teens than

driving, many states are adopting other age groups.

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver 1

 free and collision-free driving • Passengers can be limited in age
(usually six months). and/or number.
• Safety belts must be worn by • The intermediate license must be
all occupants. held for six months or more of
'
Other licensed drivers, such collision-free and violation-free
as family members, may be driving. If the learner has a vio-
asked to provide a mini- lation or collision, the interme-
mum number of hours of diate license "clock" is set back
practice driving. to zero.
• Penalties for violations are
Intermediate License Stage
increased. Many times violators
The learner drives under the
are required to go to traffic school.
following restrictions during
this stage: Full-Privilege License Stage To
• The learner must have success- graduate to this full unrestricted
fully completed the learner's license stage, the learner must
permit stage and an approved • successfully complete the inter-
driver education course. mediate stage violation-free and
Supervised driving may be con- collision-free
tinued to meet the required hours. • in some states, complete an
Safety belts must be worn by advanced driver education course
all occupants. Do these graduated driver licens-
Night driving, especially late ing programs work? Yes! In New
night driving, is restricted. Zealand, Australia, Canada, and

Graduated driver licensing programs have three basic stages.

Learner's permit Intermediate Full-privilege

6-12 months 6-18 months for life

12 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 3

more recently in the United States, DRIVE RIGHT ^'

irfi^^^^^^^^^
they have demonstrated their worth.
Even if your state

formal program, you can follow the

stages of these graduated licensing
programs
does not have a

to obtain similar results.

JjJ^iKiii?gg
EARLY DRIVER EDUCATION Dr. Amos E. Neyhart
Just remember that good drivers
taught one of the first high school driver education
never stop learning.
courses in 1933. He taught the course free, in his own
car. Dr. Neyhart explained that before his class was
Organ Donor Program
offered, people learned to drive from the people who
You may indicate your desire to be an how and
sold cars. They would teach to start, steer,
organ donor by filling out an organ
stop. But once the buyer got moving and steering, the
donation declaration on your driver's
salespeople would jump out!
license or by signing an organ donor
card. Remember that the most impor-
tant step in considering organ dona-
tion is informing your family and other Driver Education and
loved ones of your decision. This will Your License
ensure that your wishes are carried out. As you begin this course, you proba-
bly are thinking of the advantages of
Implied Consent Programs your new driver's license. You should
In most you may be asked to
states be equally interested in learning the
sign a statement when you get your skills become a respon-
you need to
driver's license saying that you agree sible, The driving sit-
low-risk driver.
to take an alcohol test on request. If uation shown here and on the next
you refuse to take the test, you will page is an example of a lesson to
lose your driver's license. be learned.

You Are the Driver!

What would you predict
might be around the
curve?

chapter 1 You Are The Driver 1

 You Are the Driver!
Would you be ready to

avoid these hikers?

You will have a v^ide range of least one year to ease into full-time

classroom and on-road experiences driving responsibilities. After you

in this course. Under the professional have driven well under a wide vari-
guidance of an instructor, you will ety of road and traffic situations, you
learn the skills and develop the habits can start to think of yourself as an
needed to become a low-risk driver. accomplished new driver.

Your Beginning A Continuous Process

«^

r SAFE nKlVI
The Drive Right program is your
start toward becoming a responsible

low-risk driver. The course you are

This driver education course will
help start you on your personal
lifetime driving adventure. It

Be sure to include about to take is based in part on the cannot teach you about everything
night driving and following key concepts you will encounter when driving.
bad weather in your • Driving is a mental decision- As long as you drive, you will need
supervised driving making process. In this program, to use and improve your skills in a
experiences. you will learn how to use the systematic way. Good drivers never

IPDE Process to become a stop learning.

responsible low-risk driver.
• Your driving will be greatly influ-

enced by your attitude.

• and other restraints
Safety belts Review It
must be used at all times. 1. How can a graduated driver
• The statistics arguing against licensing program help you?
drinking and driving should 2. What are the key concepts in
convince you to never drink a quality driver education
and drive. program?
Once you pass your driver edu-
cation program, you should take at

14 Unit 1 The IlrivingTask

Chapter 1

Review

Reviewing Ciiapter Objectives Projects

1. You Are Part of the System Individuals

1. What are the three parts of the highway trans- Investigate Research to find more information
portation system (HTS)? (4) about the National Highway Safety Act. When was
2, How is the HTS regulated? (5) this law passed? What are the major features of the

law? Write a short report to summarize your find-

2. Your Driving Task ings. Discuss your findings with the class.

3. How do social, physical, and mental skills work

Interview Interview three drivers. Choose one
together in your driving task? (6)
driver who has been driving for less than two
4. What are the four steps in the IPDE Process?
years, one driver who has been driving for
(6-7)
between five and ten years, and one who has been
driving for more than ten years. Ask these drivers
3. Your Driving Responsibilities
if they feel they have developed any bad driving
5. How wUl your attitude affect your driving? (8)
habits. After the interview, decide what the driver
6. What are some examples of HTS breakdowns?
can do to overcome each bad habit mentioned.
(9)
Discuss your findings with your classmates.
7. What are the major causes of collisions? (9)

8. How can drivers help protect our environment?

(10) Groups
Brainstorm As a group, list all the possible factors
4. Your Driver's License you can think of that may lead to risks in driving.

9. How can a graduated driver licensing program When your list is complete, categorize each risk
help you drive more safely? (11-12) according to whether or not the driver can control
10. What are some of the main concepts stressed the risk. Then put the risks in order from most to
in a quality driver education program? (13-14) least dangerous. Compare your results with those
of the other groups in your class.

Observe Traffic As a group, observe the drivers

in your school parking lot as they arrive at or leave
school for the day. Rate the drivers on a scale of
1 to 5. Drivers rated as show a low-risk, defen-
I's

sive attitude toward driving; 5's show a high-risk,

negative attitude. List the reasons, based on the
drivers' behaviors, for each score you assign.

Discuss your group's findings with your class.

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver! 15

 —
Chapter 1

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.

tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question. List A

part of the highway
9. federal and state laws that regulate the HTS
[Link] of the following is
10. contact between two or more objects, as when
transportation system (HTS)?
two vehicles hit each other
(a) vehicles (c) people
11. organized method designed to help drivers
(b) roadways (d) all of these
develop good seeing habits
2. Safe, low-risk driving is primarily a task.
12. method for managing the space around your
(a) physical (c) social
vehicle
(b) mental none of the above
(d)
13. program requiring young drivers to progress
3. If you drive in a low-risk way, you will
through a series of licensing stages
(a) get the attention you want.

(b) gain others' respect.

14. all the skills — social, physical, and mental
required to drive
(c) improve your ability to compete.
(d) be able to maneuver easily. ListB
4. Graduated driver licensing programs a. Zone Control System
(a) usually are completed in three licensing b. graduated driver licensing program
stages. c. Smith System
(b) are conducted worldwide. d. vehicle code
(c) have resulted in fewer collisions among e. driving task

young drivers. f. collision

(d) all of the above

Completion Copy the number of each sentence Think Critically

below. After each number, write the word or words Write a paragraph to answer each question.
that complete the sentence correctly. 1. What are your responsibilities as a participant
in the highway transportation system (HTS)?
5. The four steps of the IPDE Process are identify,
2. Why do you think the death rate for drivers
predict, and execute.
,
among teens than
and passengers is higher
6. Drive by protecting yourself and others
other age groups?
from dangerous and unexpected situations.
7. When applied to driving, the term
means the possibility of having a conflict that
results in a collision.

8. The is made up of people, vehicles, and

roadways.

16 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Chapter 1

Review

Decision Mailing

1. What part of the HTS is most important in l<eeping this a The IPDE Process is an ongoing process used to avoid
low-risk driving situation? conflicts. How can you apply it to this situation?

3. This car buyer is checking various new car fuel economy This driver is receiving supervised instruction from his father.

ratings. How does this decision help or hurt the environment? How can this instruction help him become a safer driver?

Chapter 1 You Are The Driver 17

 /

18 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Chapter 2
and
Signs, Signals,
Roadway Markings

2.1

Traffic Signs

2.2

Traffic Signals

2.3

You Are the Driver! Roadway Markings

Imagine that you are driving on the street

shown here. The red traffic Hght is about

to turn green. Are you in the best lane to

continue straight? Will you have to stop

for other vehicles that plan to turn? Howr

might pedestrians create a problem for

you?

Safe, organized driving v^ould be a lot

more difficult without signs, signals, and

roadway markings. To be a safe and

responsible driver, you must know what

signs, signals, and roadway markings

mean. This chapter discusses these

controls and how to respond to them

properly. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 19

 Traffic Signs

^ %#ou will see hundreds of different guide sign, such as an interstate sign,
I I traffic signs as you drive. While gives directions.
Objectives
meaning traffic signs serve many purposes,
1. State the
of the eight
(each traffic sign has a specific shape Regulatory Signs
and color. Regulatory signs tell you about laws
shapes and eight
colors used for
thatyou must obey. The most
traffic signs.
Shapes and Colors important signs, STOP and yield, have

2. Describe the
I Note the eight sign shapes and eight unique shapes. All other regulatory
sign colors shown on the opposite signs are either white squares or rec-
actions to take at
page. Each sign shape and color has tangles with red or black lettering.
STOP, YIELD, and
speed hmit signs. a special meaning. By knowing the

3. List five situations

meanings of these shapes and colors, Stop Sign

where warning you can get valuable information A STOP signis used on a road that

signs might be —
from a sign even at a distance. crosses a main highway or a through
used. Each traffic sign has a specific street. The stop sign is a red octagon

4. Explain how purpose. A regulatory sign, such with white letters and border.
guide signs and as a STOP sign, controls traffic. A Always come to a full stop at a

international warning sign, including a signal STOP sign. Once stopped, you must
signs help you ahead sign, alerts you to possible yield the right of way to pedestrians

when driving. hazards and road conditions. A or other vehicles in or approaching

If you were driving the yellow car, the other car should yield the right of way at this 4-way stop.

Car colors in all traffic model pictures are as follows:

• Yellow — action car

• White—other cars in motion
• Blue
— parked cars

20 Unit 1 The Driving Task

the intersection. To yield means to
Traffic Sign Shapes
allow others to use the intersection
before you do. Using the right of
way means you accept the privilege
of immediate use of the roadway. If SPEED
another driver on a through street LIMIT
must slow or stop after

STOP sign, then you have not yielded

you leave a
40
the right of way.
Octagon: Stop Triangle: Yield Vertical Rectangle: Pentagon: School
The location of a stop sign or Regulatory
stop line indicates where to make a
legal stop. If there is only a STOP sign,
stop before entering the intersection.
Stop where you can see approaching
traffic, but stop before you reach any
crosswalk. The yellow car in the pic-
NEW ORLEANS 65
ture on the left shows where to stop
when a stop line is present. Round: Railroad Pennant: Diamond: Warning Horizontal
Crossing No Passing Rectangle: Guide
If your view is blocked as you
approach an intersection and you
cannot see cross traffic clearly after

stopping, move ahead slowly and

prepare to stop again. Make sure the
Traffic Sign Colors
way is clear before driving into the
intersection.
At some intersections, stop
signs are posted at all four corners.
RIGHT LANE
Each STOP sign might include a
MUST
small sign that says "4-way" or
TURN RIGHT
"all WAYS." Follow these steps
at a 4-way stop: Red: Stop, yield, Yellow: Warning White: Regulatory Orange:

1. The driver who stopped first

or prohibited Construction
or detour
should be allowed to go first, as
the picture shows.
2. When vehicles stop to the right
or left of each other at the same

time, the driver on the left should New York City

Philadelphia
yield to the driver on the right. '^ffia^Esi
3. When stopped across the inter- Black: Regulatory Green: Guide Blue: Motorist Brown: Public
section facing oncoming traffic, service recreation and
the driver going straight should cultural interest

be allowed to proceed. A driver

turning left should wait.

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 21

 Show your intention to proceed in your state? Check the speed
by moving forward slowly before limits of other states before

entering the intersection. traveling there.

5. Check for traffic ahead and Speed limits are set for ideal

to the sides before entering driving conditions. When traffic,

the intersection. roadway, or weather conditions

are not ideal, you must obey the
Yield Sign basic speed law. This law states

Always slow or stop, and that you may not drive faster than
give the right of way to traffic is safe and prudent for existing
when approaching a red and conditions, regardless of posted

white triangular yield sign. It speed limits.

is found where roadways cross A minimum speed limit is set on

or merge. some roadways to keep traffic mov-

Slowing enough ahead of time can ing safely, such as primary highways

often permityou to proceed without and expressways. This speed limit

stopping. However, always tells you not to drive slower than the
completely
be prepared to stop. Proceed only posted minimum speed unless con-

when it is safe to do so, without ditions are less than ideal. If condi-

affecting the flow of traffic in the lane tions are bad, follow the basic speed

you are entering. law and drive slower than the mini-
mum speed limit.
Speed Limit Signs Advisory speed limits are set

for special conditions such as sharp

Speed limit signs are used to man-
curves. The signs are often posted
age traffic flow at safe speeds. States
own below a warning sign. They indicate
are permitted to establish their
speed limits. What speed limits exist
the maximum suggested speed under

The speed limits posted on these roads tell a safe speed for ideal conditions. When conditions

are bad, you must drive slower than posted speeds.

22 Unit I The Driving Taslt

ideal conditions. Speed should be
^, Regulatory Signs
slower when conditions are less
than ideal.

In some areas, special speed

limits are set for different times
of the day. For example, school
zones have special speed limits
when children are present or
during school hours. Night
driving speed limits may be
lower than daylight limits.

Other Regulatory Signs

Regulatory signs such as those shown
above right are used to
• direct traffic to turn or go
straight
• direct one-way traffic
• control parking and passing
Signs with red words on white or
white words on red usually tell what

not to do. Black-lettered words usu-

what you can do. Some signs
ally tell

have a black symbol in a red circle

and crossed by a red, diagonal slash.
The red circle and slash indicate that
a certain action is prohibited.

Warning Signs
A warning sign can help you avoid
surprise situations. Most warning
signs are diamond-shaped. Warning
signs have black symbols or lettering
on a yellow background.

Diamond-Shaped Warning Signs

Yellow, diamond-shaped signs such
as these warn of a danger ahead. Be
prepared to slow or stop when you
see a warning sign.
 the street or take other unexpected
actions. Be ready to obey a crossing
guard's directions in a school zone.

No-Passing Sign
A yellow, pennant-shaped sign with
SCHOOL ZONE SIGNS A different colored school
black letters, as shown below left,
zone sign was tested around the country In the 1990s.
may be posted on the left side of the
The yellow-green background is made from a new roadway. The sign appears at the start
fluorescent material that makes the sign more visible.
of a no-passing zone and provides
The fluorescent yellow-green signs are replacing the
advance warning of where a no-
standard yellow on all school warning signs.
passing zone starts. A no-passing sign
is used together with a solid yellow
line on the roadway. If you intend to
pass, you must safely complete your
School Signs pass before reaching this sign.

Two signs are used in school zones. A

school zone is a portion of a street or Construction Signs
highway near a school that is subject An orange sign, in a diamond or

School Zone
to special speed limits. A school zone rectangular shape, alerts you to con-
sign, only showing two children, is struction zones. Orange, triangular
posted within a block of a school. A warning signs might be used on a
school crossing sign shows children construction vehicle to warn that the
in a crosswalk area. This sign is post- vehicle is slow-moving. Be alert in a

ed near intersections or crossings construction zone, asshown in the

used by children. Notice the differ- picture [Link] ready to slow, stop,
ence between these two signs. or drive around workers and equip-
School Crossing
Be extra alert in a school zone. ment. Follow directions from signs
Children might dart out into the and any worker directing traffic.
street without looking. They might Many states now increase fines for
ride bicycles on the wrong side of violations in construction zones.

No Passing

Be alert in a construction zone. What does the orange sign tell you to do?

24 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Route Signs
Local, state, U.S., and interstate routes

are posted with route signs. Notice

below that route signs vary according
to the type of roadway. State and
county route markers will vary from
state to state. All the signs below dis-

play route numbers.

Interstate route signs are red,
white, and blue shields. Notice below
that a special numbering system is
used for interstate routes.

The round, yellow sign warns you that a

railroad crossing is near. The white crossbuck
Route Signs
is at the crossing.

Railroad Signs
A round, yellow sign with a black "X"
and two "Rs" warns of a railroad cross-
ing ahead. This sign is posted about
250 feet before a railroad crossing in an U.S. Route IVlarl<er State Route Marker County Route Marker
urban area. A railroad crossing sign is

posted about 750 feet before a railroad

crossing in a rural area. A large "X"
might be painted on the roadway as an
additional warning. The crossing itself
is marked with a white crossbuck sign.
It may have the number of tracks post- Interstate Route Marker An east-west route is

ed below the sign. Flashing red lights even-numbered. A north-soutti

route is odd-numbered.
and/or crossing gates might be added
to alert you when a train is coming.
A driver must treat the crossbuck sign
as a yield sign and flashing lights as a
stop sign.

A three-figured route ttiat A three-figured route that

Guide Signs
starts with an odd number starts with an even number
A guide sign provides a variety of leads into a city. goes around a city.

information. Guide signs mark routes,

intersections, service areas, and other
points of interest or information.

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 25

 Guide Signs

ST LOUIS
MEMPHIS 40 ROCKY MOUNTAIN
NEW ORLEANS 65
u
i. ^
NATL PARK

Green signs provide information on Blue signs guide you to services Brown signs indicate points of interest.

mileage to other destinations near the highway.

, International Signs

STOP
stop Yield Road Narrows No Right Turn

Other Guide Signs and more of these symbols will be

You will see a wide variety of guide used as international travel increases.
signs in addition to route signs. Note
that green signs provide information
on destinations ahead and distances
to be traveled. Blue signs highlight Review It
highway services such as fuel, food, 1. What do the eight shapes

lodging, and nearby hospitals. Brown and colors of traffic signs

signs direct you to recreation areas mean?

or cultural points of interest. 2. What actions should you
take at stop, yield, and
International Signs speed-limit signs?

International signs convey informa-

3. What are some situations

tion with symbols rather than words.

where warning signs might
Drivers who travel from country to be used?

country can understand the meaning 4. What information do guide

of these signs without learning several
signs and international signs
The United States has
provide?
languages.
adopted several international sym-
bols for use on highway signs. More

26 Unit I I'hc Driving Task

 Traffic Signals

Traffic lights, arrows, flashing sig-

nals, lane signals, and pedestrian Objectives
signals are used to help traffic flow Explain what to do
smoothly. Each of these devices is
at a green light, a
a traffic signal. All traffic signals yellow light, and a
have specific colors. Red means stop. red light.
Yellow means caution: be ready to Describe the
[Link] means go: proceed if
action to take
the way is clear and safe. when you
approach a flash-
Traffic Lights Proceed at a green light only If the Inter- ing red signal or
Various combinations of traffic section is clear. a flashing yellow
lights can be placed at intersections signal.
to control traffic. Remember the fol- Describe the
lowing types of lights so you will be actions to take
familiar with them while driving. with pedestrian
signals and traffic
Green Light The first picture shows
control officers'
a green light. You can proceed only
signals.
if the intersection is clear. When
approaching a green light, check traf-

fic to the left, front, and right before

entering the intersection. When
approaching a light that has been
green for some time, be prepared for
A yellow light means caution and prepare
the light to turn yellow. The green
to stop.
light will be mounted at the bottom
or to the right on the traffic signal.

Yellow Light The second picture

shows a yellow light. Make every
effort to stop safely for a yellow light.
Sometimes you might be too close
to stop safely when a yellow light
appears. You then will have to pro-
ceed with caution. The yellow light
will appear in the center on the
traffic signal.

Red Light The third picture shows

At a red light, come to a complete stop before
a red lioht. You must come to a full the entrance to the intersection.

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 27

 stop at a red light. Stop behind the
stop line, crosswalk, or before enter-
ing the intersection if no stop lines

are used. The red light will be

mounted on the top or to the left
side on the traffic signal.

Computerized Traffic Lights

Computerized traffic light systems
are often used to control the flow of
traffic. A computer coordinates traf-
fic lights at several intersections.
With this system, traffic can flow for
several blocks at or near the speed
limit without stopping. Before you make a right-turn-on-red, make
sure no pedestrians are in any crosswalks.
Traffic lights also can be set to

change when traffic approaches.

A sensor in the roadway detects turns. Procedures for turning right
oncoming or stopped traffic. This on red are discussed in Chapter 7.
system can be used where most of
the traffic comes fi-om one direction, Left-Turn-on-Red
such as a left-turn lane. They can Some states permit drivers to make a
also be used to regulate traffic enter- left turn on a red light when turning
ing a limited access highway. fi"om a one-way street into a one-
way street. This turn must be made
Right-Turn-on-Red cautiously and only after stopping.
All states now allow drivers to make A few states permit left-turns on a
a right-turn-on-red. This means red light from a left turn lane into
when the signal is red.
turning right aone-way street. Be sure state laws
However, some cities restrict such and local ordinances permit such

Tlie flashing red light lets drivers at a distance know that they are approaching a stop.

28 Unit 1 The Driving Task

turns. The intersection and cross-
walk must be clear of traffic and
pedestrians before you turn either
left or right on a red light.

Flashing Signals
A flashing signal alerts drivers to dan- GO left only. Be sure that oncoming traffic

does not run the red light.

gerous conditions or tells them to stop.

These signals are used at intersections

and other dangerous locations.

Note the flashing red signal in

the bottom picture on the opposite
page. Make a full stop when you
come to a flashing red signal. A STOP
sign and stop line may be used with
this signal. After you stop, yield to GO right only. Yield to pedestrians and
traffic, and proceed only when the vehicles already in the intersection.

intersection is clear.

When you see a warning sign and

a flashing yellow signal, slow down.
Be prepared to stop at the traffic light.

Arrows
Traffic must flow in the direction that
a green arrow is pointing. Look at the
GO straight ahead only after yielding to vehi-
arrows shown here. These arrows are
cles and pedestrians within the intersection.
used together with traffic lights. If

you are driving in a lane with a green

arrow pointing to the left or right,
you must turn in that direction.
Remember first to yield to other
traffic and pedestrians.
Some cities use left-turn arrows
to permit drivers to turn left before
oncoming traffic proceeds. Other
WARNING. The red arrow is about to appear

cities use green left-turn arrows

only after oncoming traffic has
cleared or has been stopped by a red
light. You should be cautious if you
are unfamiliar with the left-turn
signals you encounter. Always be
prepared to yield.

STOP. You may not go in this direction.

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 29

 .

tion. The don't walk signal or symbol

usually begins to flash just before the
yellow light appears for drivers. If you
approach an intersection and see the
don't walk signal flashing, predict

that your green light wUl soon change.

The pedestrian don't walk signal
will remain on when a green right- or
When the pedestrian signal says don't walk, predict that your green light will
left-turn signal is permitting a driver's
soon change.
path of travel to cross the crosswalk.
Pedestrians must wait until their walk
Lane Signals signal or symbol is lit. When turning
Sometimes traffic in some lanes needs on a green left-turn signal, drivers
to go one direction for a certain
in should be alert to pedestrians crossing.
period of time and in the opposite
direction at another period of time. Officer's Signal
The direction of these lanes is
You must obey signals given by a
reversed on some streets and express- traffic control officer, even if the offi-
ways to control morning and evening contradict the traffic sig-
cer's signals
rush-hour traffic. In these situations,
nal. A hand held up with the palm
lights hanging overhead show toward you means stop. A hand wav-
whether or not a lane can be used at
ing you on means go. Signals can be
that time. Each light is a lane signal.
given with lighted wands during
These signals are different ft-om the times of low visibility.
arrows that regulate turns. You wiU
learn more about lane signals on
expressways in Chapter 1 1

Review It
Pedestrian Signals
1. What should you do when
A pedestrian signal is used at an you approach a red light? a
intersection with heaN'y traffic. These yellow light? a green light?
signals or symbols are mounted near 2. What action should you take
traffic lights as seen in the picture. as you approach a flashing
Pedestrians should only cross at an red signal? a flashing yellow
intersection when they face a walk signal?
signal or symbol. Pedestrians must 3. How do pedestrian signals
clear the intersection or wait on a and officer's signals help you
curb when the [:)On't walk signal or when driving?
symbol flashes or remains lit.
Normally, the walk signal or sym-
bol and the green traffic light will be
on at the same time for pedestrians
and drivers going in the same direc-

30 L'nit 1 The Driving Task

 l

Roadway Markings

roadway marking gives you a

A warning or direction. These
markings are usually lines, words,
Objectives
1. Describe the
or arrows painted yellow or white difference between
on the roadway. Sometimes special broken yellow
markings are used on curbs and lines and broken
other surfaces. white lines.

2. Explain the differ-

Yellow Line Markings ences between a
A broken yellow line separates two- shared left-turn
way traffic. It also means a driver lane and a left-
may pass only when no traffic is turn lane.
coming from the opposite direction. 3. List six types of
A solid yellow line on the driver's special roadway
side of the center line indicates that markings.
passing is not allowed. Passing is
Passing is allowed across a broken
allowed only when the solid yellow
yellow line. i aiiwi MiMiwaiiiwwiiijB
i Bi^
line no longer appears on the driver's

side of the highway. Turning left

across a solid yellow line into a drive-

way or alley is allowed after yielding
to oncoming traffic.
Two solid yellow lines that divide
traffic prohibit passing that involves
shown in the
crossing the solid lines, as
picture on page 32. Some cities permit
you to make left turns across these lines
after yielding to oncoming traffic.

Many cities use a shared left-turn

lane to help drivers make safer mid-
block left turns to and from busi-
nesses on a busy street. Solid and
broken yellow lines are used with
left-turn arrows from both directions
to identif)' a shared left-turn lane.

White Line Markings

No passing is allowed on the side of a road Broken white lines separate lanes of
that has a solid yellow line. traffic that are moving in the same
chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 31
 direction. You may cross these bro-
ken white lines when changing lanes.
SAFE DRIVING Solid white lane lines keep driv-
ers in their lanes and restrict lane

Do not use the shared changing. Solid white lines indicate

left-turn lane to that you should not cross them.
advance your position These lines identify locations where
in preparation for a left changing lanes is hazardous. Plan
turn at an upcoming ahead to prevent crossing solid white
intersection. Use the lane markings.
shared left-turn lane White arrows are painted in lanes
only for turning mid- to tell you when and where to turn. If
block. you are in a lane with an arrow and
the word only, you ?jn/5f continue in
the direction of the arrow. You may
turn or go straight if there is a curved
and straight arrow in your lane.

Solid white lines are used along

No passing is allowed if it involves crossing a
the side of a roadway to mark the
double yellow line.
edge of the roadway. These lines help
you to see the edge of the roadway
different color to highlight the
at night or under poor visibility
driving conditions. area. You must yield the right of

Sohd white lines are also used way to pedestrians in crosswalks.

to mark pedestrian crosswalks and Stop lines across your lane at inter-

stop lines. Some crosswalks have sections show where to stop at a

diagonal or perpendicular lines STOP sign or a traffic light.

between them or are painted a

Solid white lines separate traffic lanes and mark pedestrian crosswalks and stop lines. Arrows
with the word only indicate the direction you must go when driving in these lanes.

32 Unit 1 The Driving Task

Rumble Strips and Raised Roadway markers are color

Roadway Marlcers coded. White markers are used at the

Rumble strips are short sections edge of a roadway or between lanes,

of corrugated roadway. These strips just as white lines are used. Yellow

you through the noise your tires

alert
markers may locate the left edge of
an [Link] you are driving and
make when you drive over them.
Rumble strips warn of hazards such roadway markers, pull off the
see red

as a major or dangerous intersection, roadway immediately. These red

a toll plaza, or an unexpected need to markers warn that you are driving in
stop or reduce speed. Sometimes a the wrong direction. Safely get your

rumble strip is used to warn that you car going in the proper direction.

are driving too close to the roadway

edge, as the picture shows. Other Roadway Marlcings
On some highways, drivers A special white marking on the road-
might have a difficult time seeing way is used to show you where an
the driving lane at night. Raised or exit ramp starts. It is dangerous and
lowered roadway markers are used illegal to make a last minute decision
in such situations. These markers to cross this area.

They are
act as small reflectors. The railroad markings using an
raised in areas where snow seldom "X" and two "Rs" on each side of
occurs. In snow removal areas, the roadway warn you that a railroad
these markers will be lower than crossing is ahead. Do not pass near
the surface of the roadway. railroad crossings.

i.-i; >;_-:. ,^

This type of rumble strip will let you know Roadway markers shine when struck by headlight beams to help drivers see

when you have wandered off the roadway. the driving lane at night.

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 33

You may not park alongside this yellow curb marking. These parking spaces are reserved for

handicapped drivers or passengers.

Notice the marking for the school The top right picture shows a
crossing below. When you see this parking space reserved for vehicles
white marking, watch for children having handicapped drivers or pas-
in the area. sengers. Check for signs that say
Curbs alongside a road might be HANDICAPPED PARFCING ONLY and signS
painted to indicate warnings or that and pavement markings with the
parking is not permitted. No-Parking handicapped parking symbol. It is

zones often are near fire hydrants, illegal to park in this space without
curves,and intersections. The curb proper permit.
marking in the top left picture shows
a No-Parking zone. The markings
may be red, yellow, or white.
Review It
1. What is the basic difference
between broken white lines

and broken yellow lines?

2. What are the functions of

shared left-turn lanes versus
regular left-turn lanes?
3. What are six types of special
roadway markings?

Predict that children could be crossing ahead.

34 Unit I The Driving Task

 -Ur
Chapter 2

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1. Traffic Signs Individuals

1. What are the meanings of the eight shapes and Research Find out about the speed-limit laws in
eight colors used for traffic signs? (20-21) your state. Then find the same information about
2. What actions should you take at stop, yield, neighboring states. Notice any simOarities or differ-
and speed limit signs? (20-23) ences in the laws. Write a report comparing the laws.
3. What are five situations where warning signs
Observe Traffic Observe for fifteen minutes pedes-
might be used? (23-25)
trians and vehicles at an intersection that has a
4. How can guide signs and international signs pedestrian signal. Count the number of pedestrians
help you when driving? (26)
whether the pedestrians
that cross the street. Notice
and the vehicles are obeying the signals. Compare
2. Traffic Signals
your results with those of your classmates.
5. What should you do at a green light, a yellow
light, and a red light? (27-28)
6. What action should you take when approach- Groups
ing a flashing red signal or a flashing yellow Debate Divide your group into two and debate
signal? (29) the pros and cons of having the federal govern-
7. What actions should you take with pedestrian ment set Make a list of all the reasons
speed limits.
signals and traffic control officers' signals? (30) your group mentions. Compare your list with the
other groups in your class.

3. Roadway Marlcings
Practice Make color flashcards for all the signs
8. What is the difference between broken yellow
With your
shown in this chapter. a partner fi-om
and broken white lines? (31-32)
lines
group, test each other on the meanings of the signs.
9. What is the difference between a shared left-

turn lane and a left-turn lane? (31)

10. What are six types of special roadway mark-
ings? (31-34)

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 35

Chapter 2

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question.
List A
1. What does a round traffic sign mean? 9. sign that alerts you to possible hazards and
(a) yield to other traffic (c) stop road conditions
(b) railroad crossing (d) pedestrian crossing 10. signal that alerts drivers to dangerous condi-
2. A construction zone sign is tions or tells them to stop
(a) yellow. (c) green. 11. sign set on roadways like primary highways
(b) blue. (d) orange. and expressways to keep traffic moving safely
3. Which of the following is not an example of a 12. signal, usually overhead, that tells whether a

traffic signal? lane can or cannot be used at a specific time

(a) flashing lights (c) school zone sign 13. speed limits set for special conditions such as
(b) arrows (d) pedestrian signals sharp curves
4. Two solid yellow center lines on a two-lane 14. sign that gives directions

highway indicate
ListB
(a) no passing from either way.
a. flashing signal
(b) passing both ways.
b. lane signal
(c) passing only with caution.
c. warning sign
(d) passing on the left only.
d. advisory speed limits
Completion Copy the number of each sentence e. guide sign
below. After each number, write the word or words f. minimum speed limit
that complete the sentence correctly.
5. A signal is used at heavy traffic intersec- Think Critically
tions to tell people who are walking whether Write a paragraph to answer each question.
they should proceed or wait. 1. What is the difference between a basic speed
6. International traffic signs use rather law, a minimum speed limit, and an advisory
than words. speed limit?
7. A lane on a busy street that helps drivers make 2. You are planning to drive in a foreign country
safer mid-block left turns is called a .
that has a different language from yours. What
8. A sign controls traffic. can you do to be sure that you will understand

the traffic signs?

36 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 , .r?ji&jjC^;>'6ft*.\

Chapter 2

Review

Decision Malcing

1. What is the speed limit in this situation? What speed law You will be making a left turn at the traffic light ahead. Are

might make driving at the posted speed limit illegal? you in the correct lane to make that turn? Explain your

answer.

3. The orange sign and arrow ahead are used to warn drivers 4. You want to pass the slower moving vehicle ahead. Is it safe

about what condition? If you were driving the vehicle that and legal to pass here? Why or why not?

the scene is viewed from, what mistake would you have

already made?

Chapter 2 Signs, Signals, and Roadway Markings 37

38 Unit 1 The Driving Task
 Chapter 3
Basic Vehicle Control

3.1

Instruments, Controls,
and Devices

3.2

Getting Ready to Drive

3.3
You Are the Driver!
Driving a Vehicle with
You will soon become a driver like the

person in the picture. To be a safe driver,

Automatic Transmission
you must know the location and function
3.4
of your vehicle's control devices. Since
Driving a Vehicle with
vehicles differ in so many ways, it is

Manual Transmission
important that you read and understand

your owner's manual.

You also must know the procedures

to follow when entering, starting, moving,

stopping, and leaving your vehicle. What

should you check before entering the vehi-

m cle? What
you do before
is the odometer? What should
starting the engine? This

chapter describes a vehicle's instruments

and control devices and how to use them.

B Take it to the
[Link]/driveright
NET

Chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 39

 Instruments, Controls, and Devices

When you are ready to begin your Odometer The odometer indi-
(3)

driving experiences, you must cates the total number of miles the
Objectives
know what the warning lights and vehicle has been driven. Some vehicles
, Identify each
gauges on the instrument panel tell have an additional trip odometer that
gauge and
you. Read the owner's manual to can be set back to zero when you want
warning light on
learn the location and operation of to know the number of miles driven
an instrument
the devices for safety, comfort, and during a certain period of time.
panel and explain
communication.
its function. Fuel Gauge (4) The fuel gauge
, Explain the shows the amount of fuel in the
Instrument Panel
purpose of each tank. If you let the fuel tank get
control used to The instrument panel is the panel
below one-quarter full, you risk
operate a vehicle. directly in front of you as you sit in
running out of fuel.
. Describe the use the driver's seat. The location of the
Try to keep the fiiel tank at least
of the safety, gauges and warning lights varies
half full in cold weather to help
communication, from one vehicle to another. No mat- prevent fuel-line freeze. This can
and comfort ter where these gauges and lights are
occur when moisture condenses
devices. located, their purposes are the same.
and freezes inside the tank and fuel
You can make sure the warning lights can then block the
line. Ice particles
are working if they light when the
flow of fuel.
ignition switch is turned to On.
The picture on the next page Temperature Light or Gauge (5)
shows one example of the location of This light or gauge warns you when
the gauges and warning lights in a the coolant in the engine is too hot.

vehicle, though not all vehicles have

Oil Pressure Warning Light or
the same indicators. The numbers
Gauge (6) This warning light or
correspond to the gauges and lights
gauge warns you when the oil is not
explained on this and the next page.
circulating at the proper pressure.

Speedometer (1) This instrument However, it does not tell you the
tells you the speed you are traveling amount of oil in the engine.

in both miles per hour and kilome-

Alternator Warning Light or Gauge
ters per hour. Some vehicles have a
Your vehicle's electrical system is
(7)
digital speedometer.
in trouble if this light comes on or
Tachometer (2) Some vehicles have the gauge shows "discharge" while

a tachometer that indicates the the engine is running. The alternator

engine revolutions per minute. is not generating enough electricity
Engine damage may occur if the to run the vehicle. When this hap-
needle enters the red zone. pens, the engine must use stored
electricity from the battery.

40 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 The alternator warning light or Turn-Signal Indicators (12) These
gauge warns that the battery being indicators tell you the direction you
drained. The more
is

electricity used, have signaled to turn. Each indicator

JAFKimiVIXG^^
the sooner the battery will be dead. is usually a small green arrow that

when you signal for a turn. Be aware of any warn-

Turn off as many electrical devices flashes
The arrow stops flashing after you ing light that comes on
as possible, and have the system
make the turn or when the turn while you are driving.
checked without delay.
signal is cancelled. The light tells you there
Brake System Warning Light (8) is a problem, but it

This warning light serves two pur- High-Beam Indicator (13) This does not tell you what
poses. First, the light reminds you to light glows when the high-beam the problem Is.

release the parking brake before headhghts are on. This indicator
moving the vehicle. Second, if the usually appears as a small light in

light comes on while you are press- some area of the instrument panel.

ing the foot brake, or while you are

driving, it means that part or all of Vehicle Controls
the braking system is not working The and locations of
characteristics
properly. If this occurs, brake gradu- vehicle controls vary from one model
ally to a stop, have the vehicle towed, to another. However, each control
and have the problem corrected. performs the same function in each
vehicle. The numbers in the pictures
Antilock Braking System Light (9)
on the next four pages match the
This light you if the antilock
tells
controls explained.
braking system (ABS) is functioning
properly. ABS keeps the wheels from
locking if the driver brakes hard.
If this light comes on, it indicates

a problem with the system.

Safety BeU Light (10) This light

reminds you to fasten your safety
belt beforemoving your vehicle. This
light comes on when you turn the

key. In some vehicles the light stays

on for a few seconds after the engine
is started.

Air Bag Warning Light (11) This

you if the air bags are in
light tells

proper working condition. When the

ignition is turned on, the air-bag
light comes on for a few seconds and
then goes off. If the air bags are not
in proper operating condition, the vehicles have similar
Your car's instrument panel might look different, but all

warning light will stay on.

devices to provide information.

Chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 41

 shift lever to the desired position.
This lever is located on the console.

Ignition and Starter Switch (18)

Start the engine by putting the key
into the ignition switch. The picture
below shows all of the positions of
the key in the starter switch.

Cruise Control (19) This is an

optional feature you can have on
your vehicle. Cruise control is a
device that you maintain your
lets

desired speed without keeping your

foot on the accelerator. Tap the foot-
brake pedal to cancel cruise control.

Parking Brake (20) The parking

brake keeps the vehicle in place when
Devices for starting and controlling movement a vehicle.
tfie of it is parked. In many vehicles the
parking brake is a pedal located on

Steering Wheel (14) The steering the far left. Push down on the pedal
wheel controls the direction of the to set the parking brake. To release

front wheels. Turn right to go right; the parking brake, push down on the
turn left to go left. Use the same pedal until you hear a click, then lift

steering procedure when backing your foot off the pedal. Some vehicles
the vehicle. have a brake-release lever on the left

side under the instrument panel. In

m
Steering Wheel Adjustment
other vehicles, the parking brake

r
is a
Lever (15) Some vehicles have an
SAFE IIKIVING lever mounted on the floor or on the
adjustable steering wheel. The wheel
can be tilted up or down for better
Cruise control should driving comfort.
Lock: position of key On: position of key when
never be used when
road surfaces are wet
Selector Lever (16) Move the selec-
tor lever in an automatic transmis-
or slippery or In heavy
sion vehicle to choose forward or
traffic. You have much
reverse gear. This control is located
less control if a conflict
on the column or on the
steering
occurs. Using cruise
The console is the compart-
console.
control in areas of
ment mounted between the front
steep grades wastes
seats in a vehicle.
fuel and puts added
stress on the engine. Gear-Shift Lever (17) In a stickshift
vehicle, shift gears by moving the
All vehicles have a foot-brake pedal and an accelerator pedal. Some vehicles also have a clutch

pedal and/or brake pedal.

console to the right of the driver's Safety Belts (24) Always wear your
seat. Push in the button at the tip safety belt when your vehicle is in

of the lever and lower the lever to motion. Safety belts are your best
release this type of brake. protection against injury in a colli-

sion. Fasten your safety belt to a

Clutch Pedal (21) In a stickshift
pedal is located
vehicle, the clutch
to the left of the foot-brake pedal.
Pushing this pedal down lets you
shift gears.

Foot-Brake Pedal (22) Pushing

down on the foot-brake pedal slows
or stops the vehicle. Depressing this
pedal also turns on the brake lights
in the back of the vehicle.

Accelerator Pedal (23) The accelera-

tor pedal is located to the right of the
foot-brake pedal. Pushing the acceler-
ator down increases speed; releasing it

slows the vehicle.

Devices for Safety, Communication,

and Comfort
Locate and understand the operation
of the following devices on any
vehicle you drive. Safety devices help protect you and your passengers.

Chapters Basic Vehicle Control 43

 —

rearview mirrors when turning.

Always glance over your shoulders to
check these areas before changing
lanes.

Horn (28) The horn usually is

located on the steering wheel. Know
how to use the horn on each vehicle
you drive.

Hazard Flasher Control (29) This

switch usually is located on the steer-
ing column or on the instrument
panel. When the hazard flasher is

on, both front and rear turn-signal

The dark shading indicates "blind spots"

lights flash at the same time. These
areas that you cannot see with your mirrors. lights warn others that your vehicle
is a hazard or that you are in trouble.

snug fit before starting your engine. Turn-Signal Lever (30) This lever
Most states require drivers and pas- is located on the left side of the
sengers to wear safety belts. steering column. Move the lever up
to signal a right turn and down to
Head Restraints (25) Most vehicles
signal a left turn. The turn signal
have head restraints, padded
stops flashing when the steering
.i®® B? devices on the backs of front
wheel is straightened. You might
Do seats. Head restraints help
have to cancel a signal manually if
you think that a reduce whiplash injuries in
the turn is slight. Hold the signal
federal law should a collision, especially if
up or down lightly to signal a lane
be passed requiring your vehicle is struck from
all
change. When released, it will cancel.
drivers in the country to the rear.

have their headlights on Windshield Wipers and Washers (31 )

Inside and Outside
whenever they are One switch usually operates both the
Rearview Mirrors (26-27)
driving? Why or
wipers and the washer to clean the
The inside mirror (26) shows
why not? outside of the windshield. This con-
the view through the rear win-
trol is often mounted on the turn-sig-
dow. The left outside mirror (27)
nal lever. Use a windshield antifreeze
shows a view to the left and rear of
solution in winter in the windshield
your vehicle. The right outside mirror
washer container under the hood.
shows a view to the right rear. Even
when these mirrors are adjusted prop- Light Switch (32) The light switch is

erly, there are areas they cannot show usually a knob or switch located on
the driver. These areas, as shown here, the left of the instrument panel or
are called blind-spot areas. For this on the turn-signal lever. In some
reason, never rely completely on your vehicles it may be a separate lever

44 Unit 1 The Driving Task

These are some of the instruments that control safety and comfort.

attached to the steering column. This Sun Visor The sun visors are

device controls headlights, taillights, located above the windshield. Pull

and side-marker lights, as well as the the visor down or to the side, to help
instrument panel, license plate, and cut glare from bright sun.
dome light. You can change the head-
Seat Adjustment Lever This lever is
lights from low to high beam by
usually located at the lower front or
using the dimmer switch, usually
left side of the driver's seat. In vehi-
located on the turn-signal lever.
cles with electric seats, the controls

Hood Release Lever (33) This are usually on the lower left side of

lever usually is located on the left the driver's seat.

side under the instrument panel.
Pull this lever to release the hood.
You will need to operate a second
release in the front of the vehicle Review It
before the hood will open. 1. What warnings do the tem-
perature gauge, oil pressure
Heater, Air Conditioner, and
gauge, and brake system
Defroster Heating and air-
lights give you?
conditioning systems warm or cool
2. What is the purpose of the
the inside of the vehicle. The defroster
ignitionand starter switch?
keeps the windshield and windows
3. Why must you not rely
free of moisture. Some vehicles have
completely on what your
a separate switch for a rear-window
rearview mirrors show you?
defroster.

Chapters Basic Vehicle Control 45

 Getting Ready to Drive

^
^%efo re you take your place behind are clear. If windows are covered

Objectives I ^3 the wheel to drive, you should with snow or ice, clear them
List in order the follow certain checks and proce- completely. Do not clear off just

checks you make dures. People who just get into a enough for a "peephole."
when preparing vehicle and drive away, with little 5. Check the back window ledge for

to drive.
thought or concern for themselves or loose objects. Remove any objects
others, are demonstrating high-risk before driving.
Describe how to
enter a vehicle I. driving behaviors. 6. Look inside the vehicle to be
Inspect your vehicle and the area sure you do not have unwanted
from the street

side.
around it before you get in to drive. passengers.

Describe the
An oil stain under the vehicle, for Ifyou have been driving for some
correct position-
example, indicates there could be a time on wet roadways, your head-

ing of the seat

problem. may be covered with road dirt.
lights

and outside Be alert for small children play- Develop the habit of cleaning the

rearview ing near your vehicle. Many deaths headlights often, and clean them
mirrors.
each year are attributed to driveway every time you get fuel.

back ups. Also look for tools, toys, or Once you have completed all

any kind of debris that might be the outside checks, follow these
near your vehicle. Follow the same steps in order to safely enter your
steps in the same order each time vehicle.
you get ready to drive to develop safe
pre-driving habits. Getting into the Vehicle
1. If you enter your vehicle from
Outside Checks the street side, have your keys in
1. Walk around your vehicle with hand ready to unlock the door.
keys in hand and look for objects If you use a remote-control
in the path you intend to take. device, unlock the vehicle before
Also look for water or oil marks you walk into the street.
under the vehicle. 2. Walk around the front of the
2. Glance at the tires to see they are vehicle toward the back. You
inflated properly. then can see oncoming traffic

3. Notice the direction the front and reduce the risk of being
wheels are pointed. If they are hit. Do not open the door if

not pointed straight ahead, an oncoming vehicle is near.

your vehicle will go to the left 3. Get in quickly, close the door,

or right as soon as you begin and lock it. Put the key in the
to drive. ignition.
4. Make sure the windshield, win-
dows, headlights, and taillights

46 Unit 1 The Driving Task

Inside Checks
1. Lock all doors. Locked doors are
less likely to fly open in a collision.

2. Adjust the seat for comfort and

best control of foot pedals and
steering wheel. Sit with your back
firmly against the back of the
seat. Sit high enough to see over
the steering wheel. Adjust the
seat soyou are at least 10 inches
back from the hub of the wheel
to avoid injury in a crash.
3. Your hands should be in a bal-

anced, comfortable position on

the steering wheel with your You Are the Driver!
elbows slightly bent. Reach for What procedures is

the accelerator and brake pedal the driver following

Adjust the inside rearview to enter the car safely?

with your right foot to judge a 5.

comfortable distance. Your knees mirror so it shows the area

should be slightly bent. behind you through the rear
4. Adjust the head restraint to the window.
middle of the back of your head. 6. Adjust the left and right outside
rearview mirrors so they show a

slight amount of the sides of the

vehicle.

7. Fasten your safety belt and ask

all passengers to fasten theirs.

Review It
1. What outside checks should
you make before entering
the vehicle?
2. Why should you walk
around the front of the vehi-
cle when entering from the

street side?

3. What is the correct way to

Make adjustments so you are comfortable position the driver's seat and
before driving. mirrors of your vehicle?

Chapters Basic Vehicle Control 47

 Driving a Vehicle with Automatic Transmission

Learning the correct steps for start- In many vehicles you can remove the

Objectives ing, moving, and stopping an auto- key from the ignition only when the
matic transmission vehicle is not lever is in park.
, Explain the use
of each gear.
You choose the gear you want
difficult.
REVERSE (R) This gear is used for
Describe the pro-
by moving the gear selector lever.
,

backing. Always come to a complete

Practice each step in the correct order
cedure for start- stop before shifting into reverse.
ing an automatic
so that the procedures become a habit.
Expensive damage to the trans-
transmission mission can result from shifting
Selector-Lever Positions
vehicle. to reverse when the vehicle is

List the steps for

The shift indicator shows the gear
,

moving forward.
putting an auto- positions. This indicator may be
When you shift to reverse, the
matic transmis- located on the on
steering column,
backup lights come on. These are
sion vehicle in the instrument panel, or on the con-
white lights at the rear and tell
motion. sole to the right of the driver. The
others that you are backing.
first picture shows the shift indicator
, Tell the correct

procedure to fol-
on the instrument panel and tells NEUTRAL (N) This position allows
you the vehicle is in park. The sec- the wheels to roll without engine
low when leaving
ond picture shows the indicator power. If the engine stalls while you
an automatic
mounted on the console and tells are driving, shift to neutral (not
transmission
you the vehicle is in park. park) to restart the engine. Shift to
vehicle from the
street side.
NEUTRAL if you are stopped in traffic
PARK (P) This gear position locks the
for more than a few minutes.
transmission. Your vehicle should be
in PARK before you start driving. You DRIVE (D) This position is for mov-
should also shift to park every time ing forward. To keep your vehicle
you stop driving since the vehicle from "jumping" forward, keep firm
cannot roll in this gear. Never shift pressure on the brake pedal every
to PARK when the vehicle is moving. time you shift to drive.

Gear indicators can be on the control panel or on the console.

48 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Many vehicles are equipped
with overdrive, shown by a "D"
with a circle or square around it.

At speeds of 40-45 mph the vehicle

automatically shifts into overdrive.
Driving in this gear saves fuel and
can be used for all normal forward /-^
driving.

LOW (LI and L2, or 1 and 2) These

positions allow the engine to send
more power to the wheels at lower
speeds. Both positions are for slow,
hard pulling and for going up and
down steep low 2 is used when
hills,

driving in snow. Use low 1 when

going up or down very steep grades
and when pulling heavy loads.

Starting the Engine

Use this procedure to start the engine
of a vehicle with an automatic trans-
mission. The pictures correspond to
the steps listed.
1. Make sure the parking brake is set.

2. Make sure the selector lever is in

PARK. If you are starting the vehicle

after the engine has stalled, place

the selector lever in neutral.

3. If your vehicle has fuel injection
and the engine is cold, keep your
foot off the accelerator.
4. Turn the ignition switch to On.
Continue turning the key to start
the engine. Release the key as
soon as the engine starts.

5. Check the gauges, warning lights,

and fuel supply.

Never try to start the engine when
it is already running. Expensive dam-
age to the starter can result. Press light-

ly on the accelerator so you will know

whether or not the engine is running.
 and 4 o'clock positions. To avoid you are ready to develop steering-

injury from an airbag in your vehicle's control techniques. Begin your

steering wheel during a collision, keep steering practice by picking a target
your hands between the 9 and 3 far out in the distance. A target is

o'clock position and the 8 and 4 a stationary object that appears in

o'clock position. the distance in the center of your

Always keep your knuckles out- path of travel. The target is really

side the rim of the steering wheel. the "aiming point" where you want
Some safety specialists recommend your vehicle to go. Look far ahead to
that the thumbs also be outside the identify clues and hazards that could

rim of the steering wheel to reduce cause conflicts. In Chapter 4 you will
injury in a collision. learn different systems of seeing and
identifying all the critical areas
Steering the Vehicle around your vehicle.
Once you have selected your com- Keeping your vehicle in a straight

fortable and balanced hand position, line requires slight but critical steer-

Don't use the road lines as a guide for where to look when you practice steering.

50 Unit 1 The Driving Task

ing corrections. Avoid looking
directly in front of your vehicle. Do
not use the road lines as guides when
you practice steering. Making these
mistakes, as the pictures on the bot-
tom of page 50 show, does not allow
you to see far in the distance toward
the path you want to follow.
Once you learn how to make
'^^^^r ^""^
steering adjustments, you will 5

make them automatically. You

then can concentrate on the total
driving task.
Most vehicles are now equipped
with air bags. Even with an air bag
asan added safety device, it is
Putting the vehicle in motion
extremely important that you always
wear your safety belt when you travel

in a vehicle.
6. When you know the roadway is

clear, release the foot-brake pedal

Putting the Vehicle in IVIotion and press gently on the accelera-

tor to increase speed smoothly.
After you have started the engine
7. Quickly check again over your
and checked all the gauges, you are
left shoulder for traffic.
ready to put your vehicle in motion.
8. Cancel the signal, if necessary.
Follow these steps in the same order
9. As you reach your desired speed,
each time youmove your vehicle.
let up a little on the accelerator.
The numbered steps correspond to
Adjust your speed to traffic.
the numbered pictures above.
For best control of the brake
1. Press firmly on the foot brake.
pedal and accelerator, rest the heel of
2. Move the selector lever to drive.
your foot on the floor. This position
3. Release the parking brake while
letsyou pivot the front part of your
still pressing the foot-brake
foot back and forth between the two
pedal.
pedals as you drive.
4. Check for traffic ahead and in
In a vehicle with automatic
rearview mirrors. Look over your
transmission, always come to a full
left shoulder to see if a vehicle is
stop before shifting to another gear.
approaching from the rear.
This keeps your vehicle from moving
5. If you are going to move away
before you are ready.
from the right curb, use the left
turn signal to alert other drivers.
Check mirrors again.

Chapters Basic Vehicle Control 51

stopping the vehicle
 Driving a Vehicle with Manual Transmission

Learning to drive a vehicle with mph. Use second gear also for hills

manual (stickshift) transmission or driving on snow or ice. Objectives

is not difficult, especially if you 1. List the procedures
THIRD (3) Use THIRD gear to acceler-
already know how to drive an auto-
ate to speeds of 25 to 40 mph. for starting a stick-
matic transmission vehicle. You must shift vehicle.
learn how to coordinate using the FOURTH (4) In a four-speed trans-
2. Tell the correct
and mission, use FOURTH gear for high-
clutch with the accelerator gear- procedure for
shift lever. The key to mastering way driving. Shift to fourth gear at
moving a stickshift
stickshift driving is to engage the
speeds above 35 mph.
vehicle in first
clutch smoothly and control the fifth (5) In a five-speed transmis- gear.
friction point. The friction point sion, use FIFTH gear to drive at speeds 3. Explain the proce-
is where you feel the engine take over 45 or 50 mph. dure for stopping
hold and the vehicle starts to move. from higher gears.
REVERSE (R) This gear is used for
backing. Never shift into reverse 4. Define downshift-
Selector-Lever Positions
while the vehicle is moving forward. ing and explain its
Most stickshift vehicles have either purpose.
a four-speed or a five-speed shift
Using tlie Clutch
pattern as the pictures below show.
Always press the clutch pedal to W^'i'»[Link]\mm iiiii

REVERSE is usually in the upper-left

the floor before starting the engine,
corner, or in the lower-left or right
before shifting, or before coming to
corner.
a stop. Shift smoothly from one gear
FOURTH gear is used for highway
position to the next. The speeds given
driving, and fifth gear is used for
here for shifting are only guidelines.
speeds over 45 or 50 mph. These
Read your owner's manual to know
gears save fuel because they allow the
the recommended shifting speeds for
engine to run slower at any speed.
your vehicle.

Using Stickshift Gears

NEUTRAL (N) This position is the
crossbar of the pattern. Use this gear
when standing still or when starting
the engine.

FIRST (1) Use FIRST gear to start the

vehicle moving to a forward speed of
10 to 15 mph. Use first gear also to
pull heavy loads and when driving
up or down steep hills.
Typical patterns of gear positions for four- and five-speed transmissions.

SECOND Use SECOND gear to Positions may vary, especially for reverse.
(2)
accelerate to a speed of 15 to 25

Chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 53

 5. Turn the key forward until the
engine starts, then release it.

Putting the Vehicle in Motion

Once the engine is running, follow
these steps to put the vehicle in
motion. Each numbered step is

pictured.
1. Press the clutch pedal to the
floor.

2. Move the gear-shift lever to first.

3. Depress the foot brake and
release the parking brake.
4. Check traffic ahead and in rear-
view mirrors. If you are moving
away from the curb, glance over
your left shoulder to see if any

vehicle is approaching from

the rear.
5. Use the turn signal to alert other
drivers.
6. If the roadway is clear, accelerate

gently and gradually and release

the clutch slowly to the friction
point. Releasing the clutch sud-
denly causes the vehicle to jerk
Putting the vehicle in motion
forward or stall the engine.
7. Hold the clutch momentarily at
Do not develop the habit of riding the friction point until the vehicle
the clutch. That means resting your starts to move.
foot on the dutch pedal while driving. 8. Continue gradual acceleration,
This practice causes clutch wear and and let the clutch up all the way.
can lead to expensive repairs.

Shifting from first to second

Starting the Engine At about 10 to 15 mph follow these
Follow these steps to start a vehicle steps to shift from first to second:
with manual transmission: 1. Press the clutch down and release
1. Be sure the parking brake is set. the accelerator at the same time.
2. Press the clutch pedal to the tloor 2. Move the gear-shift lever to SEC-
with your left foot. OND. Pause slightly as you go across
3. Put the gear-shift lever in neutral. NEUTRAL into SECOND. This action
4. Turn on ignition switch and helps you shift more smoothly.
check warning lights.

54 Unit 1 The Driving Task

stopping from first, second, or reverse

3. Accelerate gently as you slowly 1. Press the clutch down.

release the clutch. Hesitate briefly 2. Release the accelerator.
at the friction point, then release 3. Shift to the desired gear. Do not
the clutch all the way. hurry the shift or you may shift
to the wrong gear.
Stopping from first, second, or reverse
4. Accelerate gradually while releas-
The pictures on this page correspond
ing the clutch smoothly.
to these steps:
1. Check traffic in mirrors.

2. Press the clutch pedal down

while releasing accelerator.
3. Tap the brake pedal lightly to

signal for a stop.

4. Press the foot brake gently to
a stop.
SHIFTING GEARS There is no one correct speed for
5. Shift to NEUTRAL when stopped.
shifting from one gear to another. Speed for each gear

Shifting to third, fourth, and fifth depends on engine power and type of transmission. As
Once you have accelerated to the you drive different stickshift vehicles, you will develop
higher-speed ranges described for a feel for proper accelerating and shifting in each one.
THIRD, FOURTH, and FIFTH gears,
follow these step for shifting:

Chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 55

 2. Accelerate to over 30 mph. Press
the clutch pedal and shift back
to fourth gear. If you are going
uphill, you may have to stay in
third gear longer.
You can downshift for added con-
trol, as when slowing before a sharp
turn. However, be sure to downshift
before starting the turn. You need
both hands ready to steer.
You can also downshift to gain
extra power when climbing long or
stopping from higher gears steep hills. Use a lower gear to go
down long or steep hills to prevent

Stopping from Higher Gears wear on the brakes. Let the clutch
out smoothly after every downshift.
When stopping from third,
FOURTH, or FIFTH, slow down before
depressing the clutch. The engine
helps slow the vehicle. The pictures
on this page correspond to these Review It

steps:
1. What is the procedure for
starting a stickshift vehicle?
1. Check the mirrors for traffic.
2. Let up on the accelerator.
2. What are the steps for mov-
Tap the brake to signal a stop.
ing a stickshift vehicle in
3.
first gear?
4. Brake to about 15 to 20 mph.
5. Press the clutch pedal down. 3. What steps should you fol-
6. Brake to a smooth stop. low when stopping from
NEUTRAL when stopped. higher gears?
7. Shift to
4. What is meant by downshift-
Downsliifting ing and for what reasons
might you downshift?
The term downshifting means shift-

ing from a higher to a lower gear.

The engine has greater pulling power
in lower gears than in higher ones.
Ifyou have slowed below 30 mph
in FOURTH gear, or if you are going
uphill, you must downshift to third
in order to regain speed. Follow
these steps to downshift:
1. Press the clutch pedal down and
shift to third. Accelerate gradu-
ally while releasing the clutch.

56 Unit 1 The Driving Task

Chapter 3

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1. Instruments, Controls, and Devices Individuals

1. What is the name and function of each gauge Demonstrate Make a poster that illustrates the
on the instrument panel? (40-41) instrument panel on your family vehicle. Present
2. What is the purpose of each control used to the illustration to the class, describing the loca-
operate a vehicle? (42-43) tion, function, and operation of each device on
3. How do you use the safety, communication, the panel.
and comfort devices on a vehicle? (43-45)
Investigate Research the antilock braking system
(ABS). Who invented this system? How does the
2. Getting Ready to Drive
system work? When was it first available? What
4. What checks should you make when preparing
were the first vehicle models to feature the system?
to drive? (46)
Investigate the differences between antilock brakes
5. How should you enter a vehicle from the street and brakes that are not antilock. Write a report on
side? (46-47)
your findings.
6. How do you position the seat and outside
rearview mirrors of your vehicle? (47)
Groups
Use Technology Each group member should
3. Driving a Vehicle with Automatic
observe the driver of a stickshift vehicle. Record
Transmission
the speed at which the driver shifts out of each
7. What is the use of each gear in an automatic
gear. Make a group spreadsheet of your findings.
transmission vehicle? (48-49)
8. What is the procedure for starting an automa- Demonstrate Make a video demonstrating the
tic transmission vehicle? (49) outside checks you should make before getting

9. What are the steps for putting an automatic into and driving a vehicle. Group members should

transmission vehicle in motion? (51) take turns demonstrating the steps. Present the

10. What is the correct procedure to follow when video to your class.

leaving an automatic transmission vehicle

from the street side? (52)

4. Driving a Vehicle with Manual

Transmission
11. How do you start a stickshift vehicle? (53-54)
12. What is the correct procedure for moving a
stickshift vehicle in first gear? (54)
13. What is the procedure for stopping a stickshift
vehicle from higher gears? (56)
14. What does "downshifting" mean? (56)

Chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 57

Chapter 3

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in List A.

tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in List A with the term it

that best completes the statement or answers the defines in List B.

question.
1. Which of the following is not found on a List A
vehicle's instrument panel? 8. compartment mounted between the front seats

in a vehicle
(a) speedometer (c) tachometer
9. device on the instrument panel indicating
(b) horn (d) fuel gauge
the total number of miles the vehicle has
2. When entering a vehicle from the street side,
been driven
you should
10. stationary object appearing in the distance in
(a) be ready to unlock the door.
the center of your intended path of travel
(b) walk around the front of the vehicle
11. shifting from a higher to a lower gear
toward the back.
12. device that shows the different driving gears
(c) get in quickly, then close and lock the door.
and the one being used
(d) all of the above
13. padded devices on the backs of front seats that
3. When starting an automatic transmission
help reduce whiplash injuries in a collision
vehicle, the selector lever should be in
(a) Low-Ll or L2, (c) park-P or
NEUTRAL-N ListB
or 1 or 2
(b) DRIVE-D (d) REVERSE-R

4. The friction point is the point

(a) where the vehicle starts to move.
(b) where you feel the engine turn off.
(c) when you suddenly release the clutch.
(d) none of the above

Completion Copy the number of each sentence

below. After each number, write the word or words
that complete the sentence correctly.
5. The pedal in a stickshift vehicle enables
a driver to shift gears.
6. A vehicle's rearview mirrors cannot show
areas.
 Chapter 3

Review

Decision IVIaking

-^»'A"v v\\«""///

Fuel Alternator

\ • ' / \ « « ' /

Oil Pressure Temperature

1. While you are driving, the gauges on the instrument panel The driver is going to enter the car and drive. Identify the
could look like the pictures above. What does each gauge incorrect procedure the driver is following. Explain why the
tell you? What problems might you have? What should procedure is unsafe. What error should the driver correct?

you do? What safety checks should the driver make?

What steps did this driver forget when getting ready to 4. You are preparing to turn this very sharp curve. You are
drive? Is this a safe steering position? How might the driving a four-speed car in fourth gear. What should you
driver achieve more controlled steering? What safety do before entering the curve? Describe the procedure you
device is missing? would use.

chapter 3 Basic Vehicle Control 59

 .., ^'

60 L'nit 1 The Driving Task

 Chapter 4
Managing Risk with
the IPDE Process

4.1

The IPDE Process

4.2

Identify and Predict

4.3

You Are the Driver! Decide and Execute

Imagine you are approaching the inter-
4.4
section in this picture. You have a green
Using the IPDE Process
traffic Hght. What possible hazards can

you identify? Should you predict the light

will stay green? What action should you

take if your intended path of travel

becomes closed? If you decide to change

speed or direction, how can you com-

municate with the drivers behind you?

This chapter presents the IPDE

Process with its components, the Smith

System and the Zone Control System.

The IPDE Process will help you reduce

risk by making wise decisions and

executing safe driving actions. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 61

 The IPDE Process

Nearly every driver uses some kind of driver-contributed factors are

of system or process to drive. • adjusting radio
Objectives
1. Name three
Drivers who do not use some kind • being angry
of organized system will have more • having blurred vision
major factors
close calls and collisions. Drivers • combing hair
that can con-
tribute to the
who use an organized system will be • drinking while driving
better equipped to manage risk and • using a cellular phone
degree of risk
thus reduce the possibility of damage Driver-contributed risk factors
you encounter
or harm. also apply to other drivers on the
while driving.
roadway. These other drivers can
2. Name the four
Risk increase or decrease your level of risk
steps of the IPDE
All activities throughout a person's and chance of conflict.
Process.
life involve some degree of risk. Some risk factors are con-
3. List the five rules
Whether playing a sport, working tributed by the vehicle. However,
of the Smith
on the job, or driving a vehicle, most vehicle-related risk factors are
System.
some degree of risk with the possi- really contributed by the vehicle
4. Explain the
bility of suffering harm is always owner. Ownership responsibility
structure of the
present. The risk you take when requires proper maintenance and
Zone Control
driving a vehicle is the ever-present repair of your vehicle. Some of
System.
possibility of conflict. these risk factors are

Driving a vehicle in today's en- • bald tires

vironment can cause you to be at a

• poorly adjusted brakes
very high degree of risk. Risk factors • dirty windshield

can be contributed by the driver, • broken headlight

by the and by the roadway
vehicle,
• worn wiper blades
and environment. Some examples Risk factors contributed by the
roadway and the environment may
include the following:
• bright sun
• construction
• dark shadows
• snow and ice
• sharp curve
As you drive, be aware that all

of these risk factors, and many more,

play a major role in the level of risk
7
IPDE Process Zone Control System
you face.

Because some degree of risk

Smith System
is always present, try to make sure
Low Risk

62 Unit 1 The Driving Task

nothing about your own condition no guarantee you will identify aU
or the condition of your vehicle critical clues and make correct dri

raises your level of risk. ving responses in every situation.

Some drivers deliberately take The driving task is primar-
chances. They put not only them- ily a thinking task. Your
selves but others at a high degree of hands and feet do only what
risk. Deliberately taking a chance with your brain tells them to do.
a vehicle, with its great capacity for Most responsible drivers use
harm and destruction, should be a system that deals with all
unthinkable. The potential for suffer- the traffic possibilities they
ing harm and loss is too great, and will encounter. These drivers
the possible penalties are too serious. have fewer close calls and col-

Drivers who take unnecessary lisions than drivers who do not

chances demonstrate risk-taking use some kind of system.
behaviors. A driver who continues to The IPDE Process is an organized
practice these behaviors can develop system of seeing, thinking, and re-
high-risk habits with the possibility sponding. The Smith System and the
of becoming an unsafe driver. Zone Control System will help you
Good drivers make every effort apply the IPDE Process. The four
to manage risk in order to lower steps of the IPDE Process are
the probability of conflict, and thus 1. Identify
enjoy more stress-free driving. As 2. Predict
you begin your driving experience, 3. Decide
make every effort to develop 4. Execute
low-risk driving behaviors. Then,
through continual practice, these
IPDE Process
low-risk behaviors will become
your safe driving habits.

The IPDE Process

Good seeing habits and your ability
to manage space in the roadway are
basic tools for low-risk driving. The
IPDE Process, along with the Smith
System and Zone Control System,
can enable you to enjoy low-risk
and low-stress driving.
Safe driving depends upon your
ability to see and analyze traffic situa-

tions correctly. Good seeing habits

are the basic critical factor necessary
for staying out of high-risk situations.
However, just being able to see well is
 .

THE SMITH SYSTEM Years ago, Harold L. Smith introduced a

system The Smith System stresses eye discipline
for safe driving.
and the idea of a space cushion. Later, the Ford Motor Company
asked Mr. Smith to share his system of driving with drivers
throughout the United States. This system is still considered basic
for safe driving habits.

You begin the IPDE Process by The structure of the Zone Control
"reading" traffic situations to gather System includes the following steps:
information for your decisions and 1. See a zone change.
actions. To process this information 2. Check other zones.
properly, you must identify hazards 3. Create time and space by getting
and predict conflict. You then the best speed control, lane posi-
decide how to avoid the conflict by tion, and communication.
executing the correct action. Using the Smith System and
The Smith System is an organized Zone Control System with the IPDE
method to help drivers develop good Process can put you well on the road
seeing habits by using five rules for toward low-risk driving behaviors.
driver safety. The five rules of the
Smith System are
1. Aim high in steering.
2. Keep your eyes moving. Review It
3. Get the big picture. 1 What three major factors
4. Make sure others see you. contribute to your degree of
5. Leave yourself an "out." risk while driving?
The Zone Control System is 2. What are the four steps of
an organized method for managing the IPDE Process?
six zones of space surrounding your 3. What are the five rules of the
vehicle. Zone Control allows you Smith System?
to see and respond to changes in 4. What is the structure of the
the traffic environment at a time Zone Control System?
when best control can be achieved.

64 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Identify^ and Predict

more than just seeing. When you

The Identify and Predict steps of
the IPDE Process are critical in identify, you give meaning to what Objectives
every driving environment. These two you see. You must know when to 1. Describe the loca-
steps begin your thinking process for look, where to look, how to look,
tion of each of the
every situation you encounter. With and what to look for. six zones of the
practice and experience, these steps Any Highway
aspect of the Zone Control
will seem to occur in your thinking Transportation System (HTS) can System.
process as happening almost at the become a hazardous situation. This 2. Explain what is

same time. As you search in and includes the roadway, your own meant by an open
around your path to identify possible vehicle, other vehicles or pedestrians,
zone and a closed
problems, you will be making judg- and traffic controls. Clues you identify zone.
ments and predictions about what may cause you to change direction 3. Describe an
conflicts may occur. or speed, signal others, or perform orderly visual
any combination of maneuvers. search pattern.
Identify The sooner you identify a possible 4. Explain how
The first step of the IPDE Process hazard, the more time you will have knowledge and
is identify. This step involves much to react safely. experience help
you make accurate
Zones and Searching Ranges predictions.
The Zone Control System helps
you make quick and accurate use
tmmmmmmmm
of the IPDE Process by setting a
standard of what to identify and
what to do when you find it. A
zone is one of six areas of space
around a vehicle that is the width
of a lane and extends as far as the
driver can see. The picture shows
the six zones around your vehicle.
Straight ahead is the front zone,
to the left is the left-front zone,
and to the right is the right-front
zone. Behind you is the rear zone,
the left-rear zone, and the right-
rear zone.
An open zone is space where
you can drive without a restriction
to your line of sight or to your
intended path of travel. Your line
of sight is the distance you can see
Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 65
 The driver in the picture on the
left has identified the car that is about
to enter his or her intended path of
travel. The driver will need to treat
the front zone as closed, and therefore
slow down to open the front zone.
In order to keep alert to the
conditions of your zones, there are
three searching ranges that need to
be evaluated. A searching range is a
certain distance ahead of the vehicle
where the intended path of travel is

systematically evaluated. The picture

below shows the three searching
ranges. The first searching range is

the target area range, which is the

space from your vehicle to the target
What is your open zone in
area. You search this range to detect
this situation?
ahead in the direction you are look- early any conditions that might
ing. Your intended path of travel is affect your intended path of travel.
the space your vehicle will occupy. Next you will search the 12-15
Your path of travel is directed toward second range, which is the space you
the target area. The target area is the
section of the roadway where the
targetis located in the center of your

intended path, and the area to its

right and left.

A closed zone is a space not

open to you because of a restriction
in your line of sight or intended
path of travel. A red traffic light is
an example of a closed front zone.
A parked vehicle to your right
represents a closed right-front zone.
A closed rear zone might be a vehicle
that is following you too closely.
The sooner you identify a closed
zone, the more time you have to
respond. With more time, the better
chance you have to achieve control
of the situation by lowering the
degree of risk.
Three searching ranges

66 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 —

will travel in during the next 12-15

DRIVE RIGHT
seconds. This range is where you
need to identity changes
of sight or path of travel to
decisions about controlling your
in your
make
line
mmnki
intended path. Try to identify the
AVOID STARING Many beginning drivers develop the
possibility of closed zones by search-
habit of staring. They fixate for several seconds on the
ing to the left and right for anything
same clue or event. They do not look far into target-
that might come into your zones.
area ranges, and often drive with swerves and jerky
The 4-6 second range is the
movements. Do not let yourself become a "stare" driver.
space you will travel in during the
next 4-6 seconds. This range is

where you need to get the final

update of how you are controlling
your intended path of travel.
7. Glance in rearview mirror.
8. Check speedometer and gauges.
Orderly Visual Search Pattern You will repeat this pattern con-
tinually as you move forward. Each
You can use any of several patterns
look or glance should last only an
to help develop your own identifying
instant asyou evaluate your zones
process. An orderly visual search
and the areas to the left and right.
pattern is a process of searching crit-
Be careful not to stare as you search.
ical areas in a regular sequence. To
Practice using your orderly visual
use an orderly visual search pattern,
look for clues in and around your
search pattern as a passenger — in

addition to when you are driving

intended path of travel in a systematic
so it will become a safe driving habit.
manner. Below is an example of
You will then be able to adjust your
an orderly visual search pattern for
search pattern for any maneuver or
straight-ahead driving.
driving environment.
1. Look ahead to your target area
range.
Where and How to Look
2. Evaluate your left-front, front,
and right-front zones in the
Difterent driving environments and
12-15 second range. Search traffic situations present a variety of

driveways and intersections for visual search problems. As you gain

driving experience, you will learn what
possible changes in your line of
sight and path of travel. kinds of clues and situations are most

Glance in rearview mirror to important to identify in order to keep

3.

check your rear zones. an open zone in your path of travel.

4. Evaluate your 4-6 second range The area you can see around you,
before entering that space. whQe looking straight ahead, is called
5. Look ahead again to evaluate
your field of vision. Many of us can

another 12-15 second range. see an area of about 90 degrees to

6. Check your 4-6 second range. each side, for a total picture of 1 80

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 67

 Si degrees. The area you can see clearly can cause a closed zone. Some such

r SAFE
Even though your
nitlVIiVfi
w
and sharply
vision. This
up
is

is

to 10 degrees.
to the left and
seen with your central
a narrow cone of only
The area you can
right of central vision
see
is
restrictions are curves, hills, large
vehicles,

ings, trees,
weather conditions, build-
or even a dirty windshield.

peripheral vision is not your side vision, or peripheral vision. Keep Your Eyes Moving Looking
sharp and clear, it is As the distance from near and far, side to side, and in
central vision
very important to you increases toward the outer edge of
the mirrors will help you see a zone
while you are driving. peripheral vision, the less clearly you
change before it becomes critical.
When you see some can identify clues and events. Keeping your eyes moving does not
kind of movement or a Three of the Smith System rules mean just moving them constantly.
vehicle or pedestrian in can help you learn where and how You must fixate on an object or an
your peripheral vision, event for an instant in order to iden-
to look as you develop your visual
you can turn your eyes search pattern. tify it. Do not fixate for longer than
in that direction to see an instant or you will find yourself

if there is a potential Aim High in Steering To "aim high" staring. Keeping your eyes moving
problem. means to look ahead 12-15 seconds will prevent you from staring at any
into your target area as you drive. Do one object or clue.
not just look at the close area in front Develop the art of scanning,
of or at the sides of your vehicle. Be a glancing continually and quickly
high-aim driver. Looking far ahead with very brief fixations through
with your line of sight will help you your orderly visual search pattern.
to identify clues and analyze situa- You are looking and seeing asyou
tions before your zone becomes scan, but not staring at any one
closed. There are many types of re- event or clue. Staring blocks out side
strictions to your line of sight that vision, causes lack of attention, and

You see most clearly in the area of central vision, but peripheral vision is equally important.

68 Unit 1 The Driving Task

tends to create high-risk driving When searching parked cars on
habits. Keeping your eyes moving a street, you might identify an

helps you stay more alert with your important clue, such as front wheels
attention at a higher level. You are turned toward the street, as the pic-
then more likely to keep up with all ture shows. You might also identify
the changes in your field of vision. vapor coming from an exhaust pipe
or a driver sitting in a car. These
Get the Big Picture Getting the
clues indicate that a car might enter
big pictureis the mental process of
your path of travel and cause your
putting together the crhical clues you
front zone to close.
have selected. It is the result of aiming
The kinds of clues you search for
high and keeping your eyes moving.
will change as you drive in different
environments. When driving in the
What to Look For
city, search for intersections, parked
Knowing where and how to look and traffic. On
cars, pedestrians,
does little good if you do not know open highways, search areas much
what to look for in your target area. farther ahead. Look for crossroads,
Develop the technique of selective
slow-moving vehicles, and animals.
seeing in your identifying process.
Any of these can suddenly cause an
Selective seeing means that you iden-
open zone to close, resulting in the
tify and select only those clues and
need to change your intended path
events that restrict your line of sight
of travel. When you drive on
or can change your intended path
expressways, speeds are higher and
of travel. zones becomes even
scanning all

Look for Open Zones Use your more critical. Regardless of the dri-

visual search pattern to look for ving environment, you should always

specific driving- related clues that look for other roadway users, road-
might cause an open zone to close. way features, changing conditions.

You Are the Driver!

What procedure would you
follow to avoid a possible
conflict if your front zone
becomes closed?

Front wheels turned toward the street are a clue that the car might pull out and close your zone.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 69

 and traffic controls that may affect usually give clues by their driving
your intended path of travel. behavior. Some fast drivers might be
problem They may try to
drivers.
Look for Other Users Look for other
pass without enough room or in a
users who might affect your intended
no-passing zone. They frequently
path of travel. Watch for movement
change lanes, trying to get ahead of
of other users, especially in areas that
the normal traffic flow, and can
have shadows or shade. Watch for
cause a sudden change in your open
pedestrians and bicyclists. A large
zone condition.
truck is easy to identify. However, it

creates a restriction in your line of Look for Roadway Features and

sight and may prevent you from see- Conditions The roadway itself is

ing another user. Develop the habit of another important area to watch.
ground viewing as part of your visual hills, and
Identify intersections,
search pattern. Ground viewing is curves Be aware ahead of time
early.

making quick glances to the roadway that the width of your lane might be
in front of your vehicle. When other reduced for road construction or
vehicles are approaching, use ground other obstacles. An intersection is a
viewing to see where they are headed high-risk area where the manage-
by checking the direction of their ment of your path of travel needs
front wheels. constant attention. Stopped traffic or
Always be on the lookout for entering traffic can cause line-of-
problem drivers. Problem drivers sight restrictions or even a closed

Drivers need to look for many different roadway users and roadway conditions that will affect their path of travel.

70 Unit I The Driving Task

zone. A hill is a line-of-sight restric-
tion which could hide a closed zone
as you go over the hill. Here are some
reasons for changes in roadway fea-
tures and conditions:
• Change from multilane to single
lane Multilane roadways often
narrow into single-lane road-
ways. Identify signs warning you
of this change early enough to
avoid a closed zone in your
intended path. When signs indi- Check your rear zones and left-front zone when an object is in the roadway.

cate roadway repairs ahead, you

can expect your front zone will
become wet and slippery with
close. Check your left-front,
rain, snow, or ice as you are
right-front, and rear zones
driving. Be prepared to adjust
before moving into the through
your driving for changing weather
lane. Drivers who wait until the
conditions that might affect the
and then try to
last instant
roadway surface. A gravel surface
squeeze into the through lane
can cause sliding or skidding
are demonstrating high-risk
just like a wet or slippery surface.
behavior with no concern for
• Roadside hazards Your iden-
other drivers.
tification process should keep
• Change in width of lane
you scanning for bicyclists,
Standing water, patches of snow,
pedestrians, parked vehicles,
potholes, or objects in the road-
and animals. Watch for shopping
way can cause an open zone to
center entrances and exits, road-
close. Identify the conditions
side stands, and restaurants.
early and then check your rear
Other drivers can appear from
zone to fmd out if there will
almost any location and cause
be a problem in case a stop is
your open zone to close. Con-
needed. Check your left-rear
tinual scanning of your target
zone and left-front zone, as the
areas will help you identify these
driver in the picture above is
other drivers in time to avoid
doing, to see you have space
if
sudden actions or conflict.
to go around the problem safely.
• Roadway surface Identify the Look for Traffic Controls Learn to

roadway surface and condition look in different places for traffic

each time you begin to drive. controls. At major intersections, con-

There will be times when the trols can be overhead, in the center,
weather will change while you are or on a corner. Identify traffic con-
Roadway surfaces may be
driving. trols as early as possible so you are

dry when you start out and then ready to make correct responses.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 71

 Predict and if it does happen, how the

Once you have identified a hazard, change could affect you. To predict,

predict how this hazard might affect you must evaluate the situation and
your intended path of travel. When make a judgment about the possible
you predict, you interpret the infor- consequences. The more complex a
mation you have identified. You pre- situation is, the more difficult it is

dict where possible points of conflict to identify and predict. As you gain
can occur. You try to foresee what driving experience, you will become
might happen, how changes in zones more selective about which hazards
may occur, and how you would or possible conflicts are critical.

check other zones for alternate Imagine you are driving the car
paths. Your predictions will be based on the right in the picture below.

upon those conditions that may Your left-front zone is blocked by

reduce your line of sight or could the bicyclists and oncoming car.

change your intended path of travel. You should predict that one or both

Ifyou had to face just one hazard of the bicyclists might swerve or
at a time, you could more easily pre- fall. If so, predict that the oncoming
dict the possible outcome. However, car might enter your front zone,

most of the time you will be faced causing it to close.

with more than one possible hazard Using Zone Control, you would
or conflict, so predicting can become check your rear zone in case you

more complex. need Check your right-front

to stop.
zone in case you need to move in
How to Predict that direction. You should also check
the right-rear zone before moving to
Predicting involves what is happening
the right. Scanning your target areas
in your zones, what could happen.
What might you predict if this can help you predict hazards that
was your oncoming traffic?
may aftect your path of travel. Your

ability to predict and make sound

judgments will improve as you gain
knowledge and experience.

Knowledge One basic part of

your driving knowledge comes from
the study of traftlc laws and driver-
education material. Whenever you
drive, you also gain knowledge by
gathering more information and
learning from others.
Think of storing driving know-
ledge as adding to your safe-driving
memory bank. The more you drive,
the more you add to your memory
bank of knowledge. This knowledge
72 L'nil I The Driving Task
will help you and predict
identify The most important types of pre
more quickly and accurately and dictions to make concerning the
increase your chances of becoming actions of others are

a low-risk driver.
• Path Where might the
other driver go? What
Judgment Making a judgment
zone might be closed?
about a traffic situation involves
Will I have an open
measuring, comparing, and evalua-
zone for an "out"? The
ting. As you drive, you judge speed,
Smith System rule of
time, space, distance, traction, and
leaving yourself an "out"
visibility. You make judgments about
is critical when predicting
your own driving performance as
possible closed zones.
well as the actions and performance • Action What action will
of other roadway users. Make every
other users take? Is more than
effort to develop the ability to make
one action possible? Where wUl I
sound judgments that lead to accu-
be then?
rate predictions. • Space WUl I have an open zone?
Experience In addition to know- • Point of Conflict If I have
ledge, experience helps you improve no open zone for escape, where
your ability to predict accurately. might our paths cross and a
Exposure to a wide variety of conflict occur?

driving experiences provides a Imagine that you are driving

solid base for making sound toward the intersection in the pic-
judgments later. ture below. The oncoming driver is
signaling for a right turn. Assume
What might the oncoming
the worst and predict that the driver
What to Predict driver do? What might the
Nearly all predictions you make as a pedestrians do?

driver will be related to predicting

changes in zones and looking for an
"out" or an alternative path of travel.
Two major elements in the traffic
scene you must make predictions
about are
• the actions of other roadway
users
• your control of your vehicle and
consequences of your actions

Predicting Actions of Others Do

not assume other roadway users
will always take the correct action.
Instead watch for clues to what they
might do to alter zone conditions.

Chapter 4 ManagingRisk with the I PDE Process 73

 You Are the Driver!
What effect does the
oncoming car have on
your IPDE Process?

will turn left into your front zone. predicts that stopping for the STOP
Also predict that the pedestrians will sign will take longer than if the road-
step oft the curb and close your right way were dry. Based on this predic-
front zone. By making these predic- tion, the driver checks the rear zone
tions you will be able to slow, swerve, and then slows and brakes earlier.
or stop in order to avoid a conflict. In many situations you may have
a choice of actions to predict. Try to
Predicting Control of Your Vehicle
judge and compare the possible con-
and Possible Consequences Speed
sequences before deciding on the
is probably the most important fac-
best action.
tor in maintaining control of your
vehicle. Always be prepared to adjust
your speed for different zone condi-
tions and situations. Different traffic,
roadway, and weather conditions
Review It
1. What is the location of each
can change the amount of time and
of the six zones of the Zone
space needed for safe reactions.
Control System?
The basic requirement for vehicle
2. What is an open zone and
control is traction. Traction is the
a closed zone?
actual gripping power between the
3. Give an example of an
tires and the roadway surface. The
orderly visual search pattern.
more traction there is, the greater
4. What do knowledge
effects
the gripping power.
and experience have on your
In the picture above, the driver
ability to make accurate
knows the roadway is wet and pre-
predictions?
sumes it is slippery. Visibility is

restricted by the weather. The driver

74 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Decide and Execute

Once you have identified a situa- Decide

tion and predicted a possible As you follow a selected path, your Objectives
conflict, you then decide upon an decision might be to maintain speed, 1. Name the three
action. Deciding, hke predicting, is change speed, change direction, or you
decisions
also a mental task. There is probably communicate your plan to others. must make when
no task more important, though, Or you might decide to use a combi- applying the
than making wise decisions and then nation of these actions. Be prepared IPDE Process.
executing actions to avoid conflict. to rethink your decisions as zones 2. Describe the
Drivers must continually identify and close and greater hazards are pre- three different lane
predict until they have enough infor- sented. Practice and experience, as positions available
mation make correct decisions.
to well as your judgment and stored to you within
Once you make a decision, the knowledge, are the tools you can your lane.
execute step of the IPDE Process will use to avoid conflict and develop 3. Explain what is

follow. To execute a decision means low-risk driving behaviors. meant when you
that you carry out an action thatyou minimize or sepa-
Decide to Change Speed Any deci-
have decided upon. In order to do rate a hazard or
sion you make will be influenced by
this,you will use your vehicle's con- compromise space.
the speed of your own vehicle as well
trols and safety devices. 4. List the three most
as the speed of other [Link]
important actions
drivers think that slowing down is the
you can take to
only way to avoid a conflict. In many
avoid conflict.
situations, however, you will decide

to maintain your speed. Your other

choices of actions, rather than main-
taining your speed, are to decelerate,
brake, or accelerate. Base your decision
about speed control on your evalua-
tion of the situation as well as the
possible consequences of your actions.
The driver of the yellow car on the
two-lane road in the picture decided
to accelerate. This decision provided
space for the passing driver to return
to the right lane. Had the driver of
the yellow car decided to brake, there
could have been a major collision in
that driver's left-front zone.

The driver of the yellow car decided to accele- Decide to Change Direction In
rate to provide space for the passing driver to order to change your position in the
return to the right lane.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 75

 roadway, you will steer to the right should be your selected and
or left. A greater change of direction safest position under normal
might even be a lane change. driving conditions. In this
The Smith System rule to leave position you have the most
yourself an "out" allows you to space around your vehicle.
change direction when necessary. • Lane position 2: The car is three
You then can use an escape path into to six inches away from the left
an open zone to avoid conflict. This line of your lane. You might
area of space all around your vehicle decide to use this position when
is called a space cushion. there is a closed right-front zone
Three different lane positions with an open left-front zone. Just
you within your lane.
are available to a slight adjustment to the left is

You could change to one of these necessary.

positions in order to avoid a closing • Lane position 3: The car is three
zone. Notice the three lane positions to six inches away from the right
in the diagram below. line of your lane. Use this posi-
• Lane position 1: The car is cen- tion when there is a closed left-
tered within the travel lane. This front zone with an open
right-front zone.
There may be times when the
situation requires a greater change
in direction than the three lane posi-
[Link] may decide that the best
position, in some situations, is to
straddle a lane line. In these situa-
tions, return to lane position 1 as

soon as it is safe to do so.

In order to make consistently

low-risk decisions, try to detect a
changing zone condition at least

12 seconds ahead in your searching

area. This gives you ample time to
decide on the best action.

Decide to Communicate Com-

municating is the process of sending
and receiving messages to and fi^om
other users of the roadway. The
decision to communicate with others
helps reduce the possibility of conflict.
The Smith System rule, "Make sure
others see you," tells others where you
are and what you plan to do. You can

76 Unit 1 The Driving Task

decide to communicate with others by decision. The driver in the picture

using lights, horn, vehicle position, below is using body movement by

eye contact, and body movement. waving the driver on the left
A change in direction or speed through the intersection first.
can be executed with less risk if you
have communicated your intentions Traffic Flow
to other users. Try to avoid changes The IPDE Process, the Smith
in speed or direction without com- System, and the Zone Control
municating first. Surprises of sudden System will help you make deci-
actions can result in high-risk sions that will enable you to avoid
situations. hazards and conflicts in your
You can decide to communicate intended path. The safest position
with others in a variety of ways: in traffic is the place where the
• headlights, taillights, and brake fewest vehicles surround you. Your
lights objective is to keep your vehicle
• turn signal lights surrounded by space. Continually
• parking lights and hazard flashers analyze your left, front, and right
• back-up lights zones and make decisions to adjust
• horn your speed or direction if one of
• car position your zones begins to close. By
• body movement
eye contact and deciding to adjust your speed or
After deciding the best method direction, you will avoid unneces-
of communicating, you will execute sary stops and thus reduce your
that action to inform others of your risk of conflict.

Use body motions to communicate.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 77

 Use the following techniques to
manage time, space, and distance
in order to maintain your safe path
of travel.

Minimize a Hazard You always

want to minimize a hazard, or
reduce the possibility of conflict by
deciding to put more distance
between yourself and the hazard. As
the yellow car in the picture on the
right approaches the parked cars on
the right, the driver predicts a car
door might open. Since there is no
oncoming traffic, the driver decides
to steer away from the parked cars
into lane position 2. After passing
the parked cars, the driver will
return to lane position 1. The dri-
ver has minimized the hazard by
using more space. Minimize the hazard of the parked cars by
moving to lane position 2.
Separate Hazards There will be
times when you face more than one
hazard at a time. When this occurs
do not try to handle both or all

hazards at once. Instead, decide to

adjust your speed so you deal with
only one hazard at a time. By follow-
ing this strategy, you will separate
the hazards.
The driver of the car in the pic-
ture on the left sees the oncoming
motor home in the left-front zone
and the pedestrians in the right-
front zone. The best decision is for
the driver to adjust speed by slowing
down. The motor home can then
pass the pedestrians The driver
first.

would then meet the motor home

with ample space before passing the
pedestrians. In this situation, the
driver separated the hazards and
The driver must separate two hazards — the pedestrians on the right and the
handled only one at a time.
approaching vehicle on the left.

78 Unit I The Driving lask

 Execute
Carrying out your decision in order
to avoid conflict is the execute step
in the IPDE Process. This step
involves the physical skills used in
driving. In most cases, you will exe-

cute routine actions and maneuvers.

Some actions will be using your
vehicle's controls such as heater,
defroster, wipers, gearshift lever, and
others. More important actions,

however, involve timing and place-

ment of your vehicle to avoid con-
flict. The important actions you will

execute are
• control speed
• steer
• communicate

Control Speed Your decisions to

control speed can result in a variety
The driver of the yellow car is compromising
of actions. At times the action you
FE II
space to give more space to the greater

hazard — the truck. take will be to maintain the speed you

The IPDE Process is a
are [Link] times your action
may be to decelerate. This action can constant interaction of
Compromise Space Sometimes haz-
the and D functions.
P,
be used successfully as you approach I,

ards cannot be minimized or sepa- become a high-

a red light. If you merely release the Don't
rated. When you must
this occurs,
risk driver who only
accelerator far enough before the
decide to compromise space by giv- executes.
intersection, you often wUl arrive at
ing as much space as possible to the
the intersection when the light is
greater hazard.
green. In this situation, you also may
The truck in the picture on this
use gentle pressure on the brake if
page might enter the front zone of
more slowing is needed. Check your
the yellow car to avoid the parked
rear zone before decelerating.
car leaving the parking space.
When greater deceleration is
Although the cars on the right
needed, you will execute the action
present a hazard, the driver of the
of more firm braking. The amount
yellow car should decide to steer
of braking needed will vary with the
right as far as possible. This deci-
situation, the speed of your vehicle,
sion gives more space to the greater
the condition of the roadway, and
hazard, the approaching truck. In
the condition of your brakes.
every situation, the action you
Always check your rear zone
decide on should be the one involv-
before decelerating or braking in any
ing the least amount of risk.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 79

 manner. Avoid locking the brakes in Steer When you decide to steer away
an emergency stop. Locked brakes from a possible conflict, execute
make steering impossible just the amount of steering needed.
because wheels must be turn- Oversteering can cause you to lose
ing to provide traction for control of your vehicle, especially
steering. Some newer vehi- at higher speeds. Higher speeds
cles have an antilock brak- also require more space for your
ing system. Such a system maneuver.
helps prevent loss of steer- Understeering can also present
ing control. An antilock a problem. Try to steer just enough
braking system, through the to avoid a conflict without making
use of computers, helps brake jerky or sudden movements. Drivers
your vehicle in an emergency. who keep space cushions around
All you need to do is to apply the their vehicles usually have an
brakes hard, continuaOy. No pump- escape path to steer into, thus
ing action is needed. reducing risk.

As the driver of the car in the

Communicate In many instances
picture below enters the intersec-
your only action will be to communi-
tion, the white car from the right
cate. When you do communicate,
makes a right turn and enters
you must do it early enough so other
the driver's path. The driver avoids
users know your intentions. Com-
locking the brakes so as not to
municate by using the following:
lose steering control. Locking the
• Headlights, taillights, and brake
brakes could have caused the car to
lights Use headlights during
slide and result in a conflict.

You Are the Driver!

What procedures would
you follow to avoid con-
flict? Assume that your
vehicle has an antilock
braking system.

80 Unit 1 The Driving Tasl<

 —

periods of reduced visibility.

Using headlights during day-

light hours, as the driver in
this picture is doing, is a safety

practice that makes your vehicle

more visible to other drivers.
Some new vehicles are equipped
with daytime running lights
headlights that come on auto-
matically whenever the vehicle
is operated. The advantage of
Your vehicle can be seen more easily if your headlights are on, even in daytime.
these hghts is improve the
to
visibility of the vehicle. There
are times, though, when other travel when you see the blinking
drivers become distracted or or flashing lights of a stopped
confused by the additional delivery truck. The driver in the
lights. picture below has identified the
Turn-signal lights Turn them blocked zone in time to safely
on three to five seconds before pass the truck.
making any change in direction. • Back-up lights White back-up
Parking lights and hazard lights let others know you are
flashers When you are parked backing up. Look for back-up
along the roadway but not in hghts on vehicles in parking lots.
an emergency situation, have • Horn A light tap is usually
your parking lights turned on. enough for a warning. In an
If your vehicle is disabled, turn emergency, a loud blast may
on your hazard flashers. Be pre- be necessary.
pared to change your path of

Be prepared to change your path to go around stopped vehicles.

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 81

 What actions would you take to avoid a conflict?

• Vehicle position The position actions. You would first check your
of your vehicle in the roadway rear zone and your left-front zone to
communicates a message. It in- see if they are open. Then communi-
dicates to others your intended cate as you brake and
by signaling
path of travel. Other drivers may steeraround the open car door. The
or may not see a light signal, but precision and timing with which you
the position of the vehicle in the execute these actions will determine
lane sends a message. whether or not a conflict will occur.
• Eye contact and body movement
Try to develop eye contact with
other roadway users. You can
communicate many messages Review It
this way. Body movements such What are the three basic
as a wave of the hand may tell a decisions you make in the
driver to proceed. Other hand Decide part of the IPDE
movements may ask drivers to Process?
wait while you proceed. What three different lane
positions are available to
Combine Actions you within your lane?
You often will need to execute a com- What are the three techniques

bination of actions. Sometimes you you can use to maintain a

might need to accelerate and steer at safe path of travel?

the same time. In other situations, What three actions can

you might need to brake, communi- you execute to avoid

cate, and steer at the same time. conflict?

If you were driving alongside the
parked car in the picture above, you
would need to combine several

82 Unit 1 The Driving Tasl<

 .

Using the IPDE Process

commentary driving will help make

Using the IPDE Process, along with

the Smith System and the Zone the IPDE Process a basic part of your Objectives
Control System, helps you plan and safe driving behavior. 1 Explain what is

execute maneuvers to reduce hazards. meant by com-

It is up to every driver to manage Putting IPDE Into Action mentary driving.
space, time, and speed in order to fur- Use the four steps of the IPDE 2. Describe what is
ther increase safety within the HTS. Process in order. Once you have meant by selective
You must continually practice learned the techniques for identif)^- use of the IPDE
using the IPDE Process so that it ing, add the predicting step. You Process.
will become habit. Once you have identif}' the hazards or events, then 3. Explain why the
developed the habit, you will predict how they might affect your IPDE Process
• seemore intended path of travel. You then takes time.
• make accurate predictions and perform the third step, deciding.

correct decisions Finally, you execute your maneuvers

• execute maneuvers more based on your decisions.
successfully
Selective Use of IPDE
IPDE Takes Practice There will be times when you do
Practice is necessary for the develop- not carry out the total IPDE Process.
ment and improvement of any skill. Conditions may change in one or
As you ride with other drivers, more zones so the process need not
practice the I-P-D steps of the IPDE be completed. You can use the IPDE
Process. You can then judge if the Process selectively by beginning a
actions taken by others were based new cycle before completing the
on correct decisions. previous one.

Commentary Driving
Commentary driving is a system of
"thinking out loud" as you practice
the IPDE Process. When using com-
mentary driving, you verbalize what
you identif)', predict, and decide.
Imagine you are the driver in
the pictureon the right practicing
commentary driving. Using the
IPDE Process, what would you say?
Now turn the page to see the picture
at the bottom. Did you identify and
What warning clues are this picture? What would you predict? What would
predict correctly? What action did in

you do?
you decide to execute? Practicing
Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 83
You Are the Driver!
How would you use the
IPDE Process if you were
the driver in this situation

As you become a more experi- of closed zones. The more complex

enced driver, you will learn the more the traffic situation and the more
important clues and trouble spots risk factors present, the longer it

in different areas of the HTS. You takes to carry out the IPDE Process.
will then be able to adjust your At times your own feelings and
selective application of the IPDE physical condition can cause you
Process for those specific areas. to take more time to complete the
IPDE Process. Do not allow compla-
IPDE Takes Time cency or laziness to creep into your
Remember that the IPDE Process driving habits. By making a con-

takes time. You must have time to scious effort to continually apply

identify clues and changing zones. the IPDE Process, you can achieve
You must have time to predict the the reward of low-risk, low-stress
actions of others and the possibility driving enjoyment.

^^/^-^M^
Chapter 4

Review

Review Chapter Objectives Projects

[Link] IPDE Process Individuals

1. What are the three major factors that can con- Investigate Visit your library to find more infor-

tribute to the degree of risk you encounter mation about Harold Smith, founder of the Smith
while driving? (62) System. Write a short report about your findings.
2. What are the four steps in the IPDE Process?
Observe Traffic As a passenger in a vehicle
(63)
during heavy traffic, observe the driver's use of the
3. What are the five rules of the Smith System?
your opinion, were the
IPDE Process. In driver's
(64)
actions based on correct decisions? Discuss your
4. How is the Zone Control System structured?
observations with the class.
(64)
Use Technology Use the Internet to access the
2. Identify and Predict State Highway Patrol home page for your state to

5. What is the location of each of the six zones of find information about traffic fatalities. List the
the Zone Control System? (65) risk factors that contributed to the fatalities and
6. What do "open zone" and "closed zone" mean? present your findings to the class.

(65-66)
Observe Traffic Ask students to make observa-
7. How do you use the identifying process known
tions of the roadways they travel on as passengers
an orderly visual search pattern? (67)
as
to record locations where they are able to find
8. How can knowledge and experience help you actual examples of line-of-sight restrictions.
make accurate predictions? (72-73)
Also, ask them to try to record five line-of-sight
restrictions that were not listed during class.
3. Decide and Execute
Have them bring their papers back to class
9. What three decisions must be made when
for further discussion.
applying the IPDE Process? (75)
10. What are the three different positions available
Groups
to you within your lane? (76)
Observe TrafficObserve for 15 minutes the dri-
11. How do you minimize a hazard, separate a vers of the cars that drive past your school. Note
hazard, and compromise space? (78-79)
risk factors you see. Compile a list of any driver-
12. What are the three most important actions you
contributed risk behaviors that you see. Discuss
can take to avoid conflict? (79)
the impact of these behaviors with your class.

4. Using IPDE Process

tlie Investigate Each person in the group should
13. What does "commentary driving" mean? (83) use a different Internet search engine to find
14. When is it appropriate to use the IPDE Process more information about the IPDE Process.

selectively? (83) Discuss your findings with your group and class.

15. Why does the IPDE Process take time? (84)

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 85

Chapter 4

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.

tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement defines in list B.

or answers the question.

List A
1. Which of the following risk factors is con-
8. area as far ahead as you can see a target in the
tributed by the roadway and environment?
center of your intended path, and to its right
(a) blurred vision (c) bald tires
and left
(b) bright sun (d) broken headlight
9. space where you can drive without restriction
2. Six areas of space around a vehicle that are the
to your line of sight or intended path of travel
width of a lane and extend as far as the driver
10. cone-shaped area of up to 10 degrees in which
can see are called
you can see clearly while looking straight ahead
(a) ranges. (c) zones.
11. one of six areas of space around a vehicle that
(b) fields. (d) paths.
is the width of a lane and extends as far as the
3. Peripheral vision refers to the area you can see
driver can see
(a) whOe looking (c) clearly and sharply,
12. all the area a person can see while looking
straight ahead. (d) behind you.
straight ahead
(b) to the left and and right of central
13. side vision area to the left
right of central
vision
vision.
14. process of adjusting the speed of a vehicle to
4. Which of the following terms describes
handle one hazard at a time when two or more
glancing continually and quickly through
hazards threaten a driver
your orderly visual search pattern?
(a) ground viewing (c) steering ListB
(b) selective seeing (d) scanning a. open zone d. zone
b. peripheral e. target area range
Completion Copy the number of each sentence
vision f. central vision
below. After each number, write the word or words
c. separate the g. field of vision
that complete the sentence correctly.
hazards
5. An open zone is space where you can drive
without a restriction to your or to
Think Critically
your intended path of travel.
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
6. Making quick glances to the roadway in front
1. Explain what it means to develop the art of
of your vehicle is called .

scanning. Why is scanning important?

7. Almost every you make as a driver will
2. What is the relationship between the IPDE
be related to anticipating zone changes and
Process, the Zone Control System, and the
looking for alternative paths of travel.
Smith System?

86 Unit 1 The Driving Task

 Chapter 4

Review

Decision Making

1. You are the driver of the car leaving the football game. Your 2. How would knowledge and experience help the driver

team has just won. You are driving to a restaurant in town. approaching the STOP sign execute a safe stop?
How might your friends in the car contribute to your level

of risk as you drive? What procedures will you follow to

maintain a low level of risk?

3. What do you predict will occur in your front zone? What You are the driver meeting the oncoming traffic. What do
steps will you take to reduce risk? Which lane position will you predict an oncoming vehicle might do? If a vehicle does

you use? enter your lane, how will you complete the IPDE Process?

Chapter 4 Managing Risk with the IPDE Process 87

A/J
 Unit 2

Controlling
Your
Vehicle

Chapter 5

^ Natural Laws and

1^ Car Control

Chapter 6

Performing Basic
Vehicle Maneuvers
./TJl- >M'.mm
•.,tAtM*!^rrsC':

Chapter 7

Negotiating Intersections

Chapter 8

Sharing The Roadway

90 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle
 Chapter 5
Natural Laws and
Car Control

5.1

Gravity and Energy of Motion

5.2

Friction and Traction

5.3

You Are the Driver! Stopping Distance

At the very instant that this picture was
5.4
taken, tremendous forces were being
Controlling Force of Impact
appUed. If you had been the driver and

were using your safety beh, the air bag

would have prevented serious injury. How

will natural laws affect your car control?

What are the best hand and seating

positions for you and your passengers

if air bags inflate?

To be a safe driver, you need to know

about natural laws. This chapter will

introduce you to these laws and explain

why you must respect them.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 5 Natural Laws and Car Control 91

 Gravity and Energy of Motion

you have to use a lower gear to

Gravity and energy of motion are will

natural laws that will affect the increase power and maintain speed.
Objectives
way your vehicle performs. When Gravity will increase your speed
Explain how
you operate a light vehicle like a on a downhill road unless you control
gravity affects
bicycle at low speeds, you can easily it. It will take you longer to stop, so
your car.
maintain control. Control can be you will need to think further ahead.
, Describe the
tricky, however, when you drive a car Start braking early and shift to a lower
factors that
or a light truck that weighs almost gear on a long downhill stretch of
affect energy
two tons. In emergency situations, road. This will let the engine — instead
of motion.
natural laws can create forces that of the brakes —slow your vehicle.

can work for or against you. How will an uphill or downhill

situation affect your intended path

Gravity of travel? In an uphill situation,

Gravity is the force that pulls all your actual braking distance will
things to Earth. The lack of gravity be shortened a little. On a downhill

in outer space lets astronauts float. road, your actual braking distance

However, if you hit a ball, drop a will be longer. The steeper the
incline, the longer your stopping
rock, or drive your vehicle over a
pothole, gravity pulls each to Earth. distance will be.

Driving Up and Down Hills Center of Gravity

You can feel the pull of gravity as The point around which an object's

weight evenly distributed called

you drive up and down hills. When is is

you drive uphill, you will lose speed its center of gravity. For example,

unless you use extra power. To hold high-wire circus performers use this

the same speed, you must increase law by holding long poles to help

the vehicle's power to overcome the them maintain balance. As the ends
pulling force of gravity. On a steep of the pole curve down, the per-
former's center of gravity is lowered.
hill in a standard stickshift vehicle.

A vehicle's stability decreases as its center of gravity rises.

92 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

This lower center of gravity helps the
performers to maintain balance and
walk the thin wire without falling.

An automotive engineer tries to

make a vehicle's center of gravity

low so that it can perform better.

Look at the vehicle in the pictures

on the left. See how raising the
vehicle's center of gravity could
make it unstable on a steep hill

or sharp turn. How would this

vehicle perform in a sudden stop

or swerve situation?

Energy of Motion
A vehicle's energy of motion increases dramatically with increases in weight
when an object moves, it acquires and speed.
energy. This force is called energy
of motion, or kinetic energy. The
situations ahead of time. You will
faster your vehicle moves, the more
see how important it is to slow
energy of motion it [Link] of
before an emergency situation
motion is also afl^ected by the weight
develops. Every time you cut your
of the moving object.
speed in half, you cut your energy
The pictures on this page show
of motion by four times.
how a truck's energy of motion
As a driver, you will feel the
increases dramatically as weight
laws of gravity and energy of motion
and speed increase:
affecting your vehicle. Remember
• The truck's energy of motion
these laws when you need to judge
doubles when its weight is dou-
how long it will take you to stop
bled by a load. When the truck
your vehicle.
weighs twice as much, it needs
about twice the distance to stop.
• The truck's energy of motion
will change in proportion to the
Review It
square of its change in speed.
1. How does the force of
When the truck's speed doubles,
gravity affect your car
it needs about four times the dis-
going downhill?
tance to stop. If you triple your
2, What factors affect energy
speed, you will need nine times
of motion?
the distance to stop.
Once you really understand this
natural law, you can adjust to traffic

chapter 5 Natural Laws and Car Control 93

 Friction and Traction

vehicle. This same system will enable

Many people believe their steering your vehicle to turn left or right
wheel, brake pedal, and accelera-
Objectives
tor control their vehicle. Actually, your when the front wheels turn.
1. Explain how
four tires, and their footprints that
traction controls
touch the road, are the first and one of Tires
your car.
the most important parts to the con- Tires make a difference in the way
2. List three things
trol system. Look at the picture below your vehicle performs. The simple
that can reduce
and spot the four footprints created mistake of driving with low pressure
traction.
by the car's tires. Each footprint is in your tires can mean the difference
3. Describe how
about as big as a page of this book. between avoiding a collision or hit-
you can check
Friction is the force that keeps ting something.
traction while
each tire from on the road.
sliding
driving.
You can feel this same force by Tread and Traction
4. List factors that
rubbing your hands together. The grooved surface of a tire that
affect your car
The fi-iction created by the tire on grips the road is called the tread.
in a curve.
the road is called traction. Traction When the road is wet, the tread
makes it possible for your vehicle to allows water to flow through the
grip the road so you can change speed grooves and away from the tire.

and direction. Press the accelerator, This action allows the tire tread
and the drive wheels rotate. The trac- to cut through the water and grip
tion of the tires mounted on these the road. Thus, the tire will not float
wheels makes your vehicle go forward. on the water and lose traction. This
Push the brake pedal, and braking gripping action on wet roads is criti-
friction will slow the four wheels on cally important in preventing skids
your vehicle. As the tires on these and hydroplaning (see page 252).
wheels slow, traction between the A tire's gripping ability will
tires and the road will slow your increase as the amount of tread

The four footprints of your tires on the road are the only contact between your car and the road.

94 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

touching the road increases. Tire fail more quickly than a properly
Proper Inflation for
size will also affect the amount of inflated tire. Better Grip on Road
tread and traction on the road. Use
Overinflation Overinflating a tire
care when on a
putting larger tires
should also be avoided. If the tire has
vehicle. Check the owner's manual
too much pressure, only the center
for your vehicle for the maximum
of the tire will grip the road properly
recommended size of tire to use.
(see bottom picture on this page).
A worn, bald tire is dangerous.
Over time, the overinflated tire will
A bald tire will not grip a wet or icy
wear out its center tread more quickly Proper Inflation
road. Because it has no tread, the tire
than a normal tire.
may puncture. If this happens, the
Outside air temperatures can
tire could suffer a blowout when all
change the pressure in your tires, too.
the air escapes at once. Check page
If the air gets colder, tire pressures
96 to see how to check your vehicle's
will drop. Hot temperatures will
tire tread depth.
increase pressures. Check tire pres-
sures on a regular basis to make sure
Inflation and Traction
they have the right amount of air. Underinflation
Each tire is designed to work best
To assure an accurate reading, check
between a range of high- and low-
tire pressures when your tires are
inflation air pressures. Check your
cold, before you start driving.
owner's manual for the best pressure
to use. The pictures on this page show
Split Traction
how too much or too little pressure
Even under ideal conditions, the
can change the amount of tread, or
amount of traction your tires can
footprint, on the road. The dark gray
produce is limited. The way you use Overinflation
areas show the best traction areas.
the amount of traction you have is
The more dark gray area, the better. The boxes show the areas
up to you.
When your tire pressure is right, you
In a straight-line braking situa-
of best traction — properly

will get your best control. You also inflated tires grip evenly;
tion, all traction is used to slow down underinflated tires grip only
will get your best gas mileage and tire
your vehicle. However, when you are by the outer edges; over-
wear because tires roll easier at the
braking and turning, you divide your inflated tires grip only in
right pressure.
traction [Link] may use some of the center

Underinflation When you drive your traction to turn and some to

on an underinflated tire (see the slow. Or, you may use some traction
middle picture on this page), only to turn and some to speed up. In

the outside edges of the tire provide turning-braking situations, you wUl
traction. That means the outside have to ease up on your brake pedal to
edges will wear out first. When this avoid skidding. And remember, always
happens, the life of the tire is short- try to drive at a speed where you can
ened. More importantly, in an emer- hold some traction in reserve.
gency, the underinflated tire will not Many vehicles today are four-
perform properly. Finally, an under- wheel, or all-wheel drive. That means
inflated tire is likely to heat up and they can apply power to all four of
Chapter 5 Natural Laws and Car Control 95
Uiil their wheels for added pulling power. Road Surface

r SAFE IHllVINUg
Watch for warning
But again, the basic laws of nature
apply. Both two-wheel-drive and
four-wheel-drive vehicles can use
almost all of their four wheels of
When you drive on
road, traction
a straight, dry, flat
and control are great.
But, if you drive the same vehicle on
the same road on a rainy or snowy
signs for curves. As traction for stopping or turning. In day, control will be reduced dramati-
soon as you see the a split-traction situation, however, cally. When you see the road is about
sign, begin slowing. you must divide the amount of to change, reduce your speed before
You should reach the available traction between stopping you reach the reduced-traction area.

speed shown on the or starting and steering. Icy weather can be especially
advisory speed sign dangerous for driving. When ice is

by the time you reach Reduced Traction covered with water, traction control
the curve. You need two things to maintain ideal will be reduced to almost nothing.
levels of traction. First, your vehicle Be alert that water will freeze in
must be good condition. Second,
in shaded areas and on bridges before
the road must be smooth, paved, it does on regular roads.
level, and clean.
Checking Traction When road con-
ditions are bad, slow down your
Vehicle Condition
vehicle. You can use these steps to
When your vehicle is new, it is easy
check how much traction you have:
to control. But as it you need
ages,
Check your rear zone to make
1.
to work hard to make sure it is main- sure no traffic is near.
tained in top condition so it will
how your
2. Brake gently to see
perform correctly. If you allow tires,
vehicle responds.
shock absorbers, or steering system 3. If your vehicle does not slow or
parts to wear, traction and control if your antilock brakes start to
will be reduced. work, reduce speed even further.
Good shock absorbers are very
important for maintaining traction.
Worn shock absorbers will cause
your bounce off a rough
tires to

road and limit your control. Worn

shock absorbers must be replaced
to regain control.
Worn or improperly inflated tires

also will limit your control. In an

emergency situation, you will need
all the control your tires can provide.
Check tirepressure and tread fre-
quently. You can check tire tread with
a gauge or a penny. Make sure there
is at least one-sixteenth of an inch, If you can see all of Lincoln's head on the

as the driver in the picture is doing. penny, switch the tire.

96 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Curves
Energy of motion and traction
'-, . fir;

will work on your vehicle as you

drive around a curve. The energy
of motion in your vehicle will try
to make it go straight in a curve.
The higher your vehicle's speed, the
more it will tend to go straight.
Tire traction is the second force
working for you in a curve. But if

your speed is too high, you might not

have enough traction to make the
curve.

Vehicle Control in Curves

Your vehicle's speed, the sharpness

of the curve, the bank of the curve,

and your vehicle's load will affect

the control you have in a curve.

Speed You have no control over

how sharp a curve is, but you can
adjust your speed. To reduce your
chance of skidding, lower your
speed before entering a curve.
Remember, your energy of motion
will change in proportion to the
square of your increase or decrease
in speed. If you cut your speed in
half, the force pushing you off the
road will be cut four times.

Sharpness of Curves The sharper a

curve, the more traction your
vehicle needs to grip the road. Use
lower speeds for sharp curves.

Banked Curves A curve that is

higher on the outside than it is on
the inside is called a banked curve.
This type of curve helps to overcome
your vehicle's tendency to move to
the outside of the curve. This can
be very helpful on a road that has
a crowned, or higher, center.
 Stopping Distance

When you are driving and have to greatly depending on visibility, the
stop, three things must happen. hazard, and your abilities at the
Objectives
You must perceive the hazard in your time. The distance your vehicle
1. Define total
path of travel, react, and brake your travels during this time is your
stopping
car to a stop. perception distance.
distance.
You cannot consistently estimate
2. Explain how
Total Stopping Distance your perception distance because
to use the four-
The distance your car travels while your ability to perceive will change.
second rule.
you make a stop called your total Sometimes it will take longer to per-
3. Name four is

stopping distance. The picture on ceive a complex driving situation

factors that affect
this page shows how this distance is than it will take to brake to a stop. To
braking distance.
measured from the point you first help compensate for your long per-
see a hazard to the point where your ception time, aim high and look 12
vehicle stops. seconds or more down the road.

Perception Time and Distance Reaction Time and Distance

The length of time you take to iden- Once you recognize a hazard, the
tify, predict, and decide to slow for length of time you take to execute

a hazard is called your perception your action is your reaction time.

time. Perception time will vary An average driver's reaction time is

Stopping Distance

25

35

Based on an average reaction time of

3/4 second, with brakes in good condition

45 93' 1 0S-
stopping on dry, level concrete pavement

55

*^^^^^^''S1iMBEHESHEIiHE9IKBBI^^"^™
72' 222' 294'

Distances traveled at various speeds once driver perceives hazard and begins to stop

98 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

three-fourths of a second.
tance your vehicle travels while you
react is called
The

your reaction distance.

dis- in

feet,

as
mind

shown
it will take you almost 300
or the length of a football field
in the chart, to stop if you Total Stopping
Distance
n
are traveling at 65 mph.
Braking Distance
Factors That Affect Car stops
The distance your vehicle travels
Bralcing Distance
13 here.
from the time you apply the brake
until you stop is called braking These seven factors can affect your
distance. A vehicle's energy of total braking distance:
motion — and your braking dis- • Speed The higher your speed,
tance — proportional
are to the the longer your braking distance.
square of the increase in speed. • Vehicle Condition A vehicle Brakes
applied
Ifyou accelerate from 20 mph to with worn tires, shock absorbers,
here.
40 mph, your braking distance will or brakes needs a longer distance
be about four times longer. If you to stop.
Driver
know you are going to be driving • Roadway Surface Rain, snow,
decides
into a high-risk situation, why is it so ice, dirt, wet and gravel
leaves, to stop

important to drive at a lower speed? reduce road traction and increase r box.

stopping distance.
Estimating Stopping Distance • Driver Ability you are dis-
If

The chart on this page shows your tracted or impaired, you will take

reaction distance and braking dis- longer to stop your vehicle. Driver starts
to see
tance from different speeds.
• Antilock Braking System (ABS)
box fall.

Use the four-second rule, which If your car has an antilock

enables you to project your approxi- braking system, you can better Total stopping distance

mate stopping distance under ideal control your stopping distance

conditions at any speed. while turning.

1. Pick a fixed checkpoint (a mark • Hills Your braking distance
orshadow on the road) ahead increases when driving downhill.

where you think you could stop. • Loads Heavy loads increase your
2. Count off four seconds: "one- braking distance.
thousand-one, one-thousand-
two, one-thousand-three, one-
thousand-four."
3. Check your vehicle's position. If Review It
you have just reached your fixed 1. what three parts add up to

checkpoint, you can assume the your total stopping distance?

distance you estimated in Step 1 2. How can you estimate your
was the approximate distance it stopping distance?
would have taken you to stop. 3. What factors can affect your
Practice estimating your stopping braking distance?
distance from various speeds. Keep

Chapter 5 Natural Laws and Car Control 99

 —

Controlling Force of Impact

f you have ever seen a severe traffic covers between the instant it hits an
I collision, then you know object and the moment comes
Objectives II sions happen with blinding speed
that colli-
a stop can vary greatly. Imagine hit-
it to

1. List three factors

usually in less time than it takes to ting barrels filled with sand sitting
that will change
,

your vehicle's
blink your eye —and that these colli- in front of a light post rather than
sions can be violent. The following hitting the post itself The barrels
force of impact
in a collision.
pages will show you how to protect will slow you as you hit them rather
yourself and your passengers if you than stopping you like the post
2. Explain the
way to
are involved in a severe collision. would. This is why traffic engineers
correct
put cushioning materials in front
adjust safety belts.
how a Force of Impact of solid roadside objects.
3. Describe
driver and pas- In a violent collision, vehicle occu-
pants need all the protection they Safety Belts
sengers should
position them- can get. If they are not protected, Three collisions occur when a vehicle

selves to benefit they will be thrown against the hits a solid object. First, the vehicle

from air bags. vehicle s interior in a second colli- hits the object and stops. Second,
I
4. Explain how to I sion or ejected from the vehicle. the occupants either hit the inside of

best position and The force with which a moving the vehicle or their restraint devices.

use child safety object hits another object is called Third, occupants may suffer internal

seats. force of impact. Three factors deter- collisions as their organs impact
mine how hard something will hit inside their bodies.
another object — speed, weight, and A restraint device is any part of
distance between impact and stopping. a vehicle that holds an occupant in

Speed Speed is the most important

a crash. A passive restraint device,
such as an air bag, is a part that works
factor in determining how hard a
vehicle will hit another object. The
automatically. A device you have to
engage, like a safety belt, is called an
force of impact is in proportion to
active restraint device.
the square of the increase or decrease
in the vehicle's speed. Any reduction
in speed will greatly reduce the
How to Wear Safety Belts

damage inflicted. Always try to What can you do ahead of time

reduce speed in an emergency. to reduce the possibility of serious

injury? Using safety belts is your
Weight The heavier a vehicle, the
number one defense. Safety belts
more damage it will cause in a colli-
will hold you in place during an
A vehicle weighing twice as
sion.
emergency and prevent you from
much as another vehicle will hit being thrown from your vehicle.
a solid object twice as hard.
Any time you are in a vehicle, you
Distance Between Impact and need to follow these steps for wear-
Stopping The distance a vehicle ing your safety belt:

100 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 1. Adjust your seat to a comfortable
upright position. Make sure your
safety belt is not twisted.
2. Snap the metal fitting on the end
of the safety belt into the buckle.
Then adjust the lap part of your
safety belt so that it is low and
snug across your hips. The bottom
edge of the safety belt should just
touch your thighs. By making this

adjustment, any crash forces will

be applied to your pelvic bones.
3. Finally, adjust the shoulder part of
your safety belt across your chest.

Your shoulder belt should be snug. a safe

Everyone needs to take responsibility for trip.

These adjustments will work

for all normal-height individuals,
you. Look at the first page of this
including expectant mothers. For
chapter to see an inflated air bag. If
children, see the section on child
collisions happen in the blink of an
safety seats later in this chapter.
eye, air bags work even more quickly.
Like the driver shown in the picture,
They deploy at speeds over 200 mph.
you are responsible for everyone in
The following description of a colli-
your vehicle.
sion between two air-bag-equipped
cars will give you some idea of their
Air Bags
effectiveness.
An air bag is a balloon-type device
The investigation revealed exactly
that automatically inflates to protect
what happened. Driver A had seen

DRIVE RIGHT ^ Hr^^^^^^^^^^^^^B

INVENTOR OF SAFETY BELTS Nils Bohlln Is the engineer who

invented the modern three-point lap and shoulder safety belt while
working for the Volvo Automobile Company in Sweden. These belts
appear in most vehicles around the world.
According to Mr. Bohlin's design, the belts should fit snugly
across the chest. Belts that are too loose will not restrain the chest
properly in a crash.

Chapters Natural Laws and Car Control 101

 Keep hands on the green.

Stay out of the red area.

A balanced steering position between the 9 You must have 1 inches or more between

and 3 o'clocl< or the 8 and 4 o'clocl< position your chest and the air bag in the steering

is best to avoid injury from an air bag. wheel.

a car heading toward him on his side To receive full benefit from air
of the road and had virtually stood on bags, you need to know the following:
his brakes. Then he was aware that his • Air bags are designed to work with
face was being buried in a balloon-like
safety belts. That is why air bags
pillow. Driver B remembers her bag
of her nose.
are called a supplemental restraint
suddenly billowing in front

"It was a jolt, but not a hard jolt. Like system. Most air bags protect in
when you were a kid and jumped on frontal collisions only. Safety belts
a mattress...." provide front, side, and rollover
The Insurance Institute for Highway
protection. Some vehicles also
Safety team established that the crash
have overhead and side-door air
was the equivalent of each ot them hit-

ting a stationary object at 68 mph. As bags for extra protection.

the cars slammed together, each driver's • To avoid an air-bag injury, keep
head was thrown forward with 1700 your hands on the steering wheel
pounds of force
between the 9 and 3 o'clock and
By the time the hood of each car
the 8 and 4 o'clock position. This
began to crumple, both bags were fully
inflated and positioned directly in line
balanced steering position will
with the head and torso of each driver. give you your best ready position
As their heads slammed forward, the for steering. Look at the picture
folds of the air bag softened the impact, above left to see this range. If your
like a big balloon. At maximum infla-
hands are too high or too low in
tion, the bags began to vent nitrogen gas
an air bag collision, you could
to ensure the gentlest impact possible.
suffer a serious hand, arm, head,
Thanks to air bags, both drivers or eye injury.
recovered from this coIHsion.

102 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 • Sitaway from an air bag after Air Bag Improvements
you are belted. As the driver, your The air bag has proved to be an effec-

chest should be at least 10 inches tive life-saving device. Engineers

away from the steering wheel are now designing features to
hub, as shown in the right-hand make air bags even more effec-
picture on the opposite page. [Link] following list high-
Use approved pedal extensions lights some of the features
if needed to attain this distance. that are being developed:
As a front-seat passenger, move • Advanced air bags
your seat as far back as possible. Because some people
• Ifyou have a tilt steering wheel, have suffered serious
so your air bag will deploy
tilt it injuries as the bag deploys,
toward your chest. some vehicles are now
• Children in child seats and young equipped with air bag systems
people up to the age of twelve with advanced features. Sensors
must sit in the back seat as shown can measure weight and seat posi-
in the picture. When children, tion of passengers and severity of
and even short adults, ride in the the crash. Then, the air bag
front seat of an air-bag-equipped deploys in two stages with appro-
vehicle, they can be injured if the priate speed and intensity.

air bags deploy. • Air bag switches To give vehicle

owners a choice about using an
air bag, some owners may ask
permission to have a switch
installed to turn off the front
passenger air bag. This is an
enormous compromise. If you
are considering this option,
check your insurance policy to
make sure it will be in full force
if you switch off an air bag. Also
check your safety belts to see if

they are designed to stretch. If

you install the switch, you will

need to replace those safety belts
with belts that do not stretch.

Other Protection Devices

To reduce risk in collisions, auto-

mobile engineers have designed

Always use child seats in the back seat.

Chapters Natural Laws and Car Control 103

 additional devices in new vehicles to • Padded dash This design feature
protect you. These are a few of them: can reduce injury in all crashes.
• Automatic safety belts Some • Child seats The use of special
vehicles have automatic safety seats for infants and small
belts for occupant protection. children is required in every
To use these belts, you must make state. These seatsmust be used
sure your lap belt isbuckled low in the back seat ofyour vehicle,
and across your hips. Then when as shown in the picture on page
your door is shut, your shoulder 103. If used in the front seat of
belt is drawn into place as shown a vehicle with air bags, an air

in the picture. bag could seriously injure a

• Front and rear crush areas child in the event of a crash.
Vehicles are now designed to have Always follow your child seat
their front or rear end crush on manufacturer's instructions.
impact. When this happens, the • Head restraints Padded head
dramatic force of impact is les- rests on the top of seats are de-
sened for occupants in the vehicle. signed to protect you against
• Energy-absorbing bumpers whiplash injuries. To make sure
Most vehicles are now equipped you get the full benefit of this
with bumpers that are designed protection, adjust your head
Make sure your lap belt Is to absorb low levels of impact rest as shown in the picture.

used with your shoulder belt. under 5 mph without damage.

This will provide protection in
many minor collisions.
• Side door beams Many vehicles Review It
now have steel beams built into 1. What three factors can affect
the side doors. These beams pro- force of impact?
vide valuable protection in colli- 2. What three steps should you
sions where you are hit on an take when putting on safety
angle. belts properly?
• Reinforced windshield To avoid 3. What are the two key steps
flying glass in a collision, vehicles you should take to protect
now have laminated windshields. yourself as the driver of a car
This means the windshield is with air bags?
really two pieces of glass with 4. Where should all child seats
a thin layer of plastic in the be secured in a car?
middle.
• Energy-absorbing steering
Adjust your head restraint to
wheel and column This type
reach the middle of the back
of steering wheel and column is
of the head.
designed to compress when hit.

104 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 5

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

I. Gravity and Energy of Motion Individuals

1. How does gravity affect your vehicle? (92) Investigate With the owners' permission, examine
2. What are the factors affecting energy of the tires of at least 10 vehicles. Check for signs of
motion? (93) worn tread or bald spots. Write a short report
about your findings. In the report, describe the
2. Friction and Traction condition of each vehicle's tires. Also give the
3. How does traction control your vehicle? (94) percentage of vehicles that you checked that have

4. What three things can reduce traction? (95-96) worn tread or bald tires.

5. How can you check traction while driving?

Use Technology Using a tire-pressure gauge,
(96)
determine the tire pressure of the vehicles you
6. What are the factors that affect your vehicle
checked in the Investigate project above. Make
in a curve? (97)
a computer spreadsheet for your findings. Your
spreadsheet should also include your observations
3. Stopping Distance
about the conditions of the tire treads.
7. What is total stopping distance? (98)
8. How do you use the four-second rule? (98-99)
Groups
9. What are four factors that affect braking
50 vehicles at a busy
Research Observe at least
distance? (99)
intersection. One-third of the group should record
the number of drivers wearing safety belts; one-
4. Controlling Force of Impact
third should record the number of passengers
10. what are three factors that will change your
wearing safety belts; one-third should record
vehicle's force of impact in a collision? (100)
the number of child seats, and whether the child
II. What is the correct way to adjust safety belts?
back seat of the vehicle.
seat was in the front or
(101)
Discuss your results with the class.
12. How should a driver and passengers position
themselves to benefit from air bags? (102) Investigate Gather advertisements for tires
13. How do you best position and use child safety from newspapers or magazines. Make a group list
seats? (103-104) organized by sizes of tires you see in the ads. Also
include prices and special features (such as special
treads or other safety- related features). Compare
your group lists in class.

Chapters Natural Laws and Car Control 105

 .

Chapter 5

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in List A.
sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in List A with the term it

letter of the answer that best completes the state- defines in List B.
ment or answers the question.
1. When an object moves, it acquires List A
(a) fi-iction. (c) energy of motion. 9. grooved surface of a tire that grips the road
(b) traction. (d) speed. 10. point around which an object's weight is

2. The length of time you take to execute an evenly distributed

action is called your time. 11. restraint device that you have to engage
(a) total stopping (c) braking 12. distance your vehicle travels while you make
(b) perception (d) reaction a stop
3. Which of the following is an example of a 13. force that keeps each tire fi"om sliding on
supplemental restraint system? the road
(a) air bag (c) lap and shoulder
(b) safety belt belt ListB
(d) antilock brakes a. active device
4. In a situation, you must divide the b. friction

amount of available traction between stopping c. tread

or starting and steering. d. total stopping distance
(a) reduced traction (c) sharp curve e. center of gravity
(b) split traction (d) banked curve
Think Critically
Completion Copy number of each sentence
the
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
below. After each number, write the word or words
1 Explain the relationship between traction and
that complete the sentence correctly.
the amount of air in a vehicle's tires. Use the
5. The force that pulls all things to earth is called
terms "underinflation" and "overinflation" in
your answer.
6. A vehicle's energy of motion will change in
2. Discuss how speed, sharpness of curve, and
proportion to the of its change in speed.
your car's load affect how you control your
7. The gripping ability of a tire will as the
vehicle in a curve. Why are banked curves
amount of tread touching the road increases.
often beneficial?
8. The _____ your speed, the longer your braking
distance.

106 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 5

Review

Decision Making

1 . What two things has this driver done to adjust to the air bag? 2. You are driving the yellow car and have locked your
standard brakes to avoid a head-on collision. Your wheels

are sliding. You want to head for the shoulder to avoid

trouble. What should you do?

3. You are approaching this curve at 40 mph. To maintain 4. The driver ahead is biaking to maintain control. What two
control, when should you adjust your speed? factors might increase the stopping distance in this situation?

Chapter 5 Natural Laws and Car Control 107

 ensK^patini

108 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 6
Performing Basic
Vehicle Maneuvers

6.1

Steering, Signaling, and

Changing Lanes

6.2

Making Turns and Turning

the Vehicle Around

1 You Are the Driver!

Suppose you are the driver approaching
6.3

this intersection. What clues tell you that

Parking
you are traveling on a one-way street?

What hazards do the angle-parked vehicles

on the left present to you and to their

drivers? What conflicts might you antici-

pate in your right-fi"ont zone?

This chapter explains the basic

maneuvers of steering, changing lanes,

turning, and parking. You will also learn

how to turn your vehicle around and how

to start and park on hills. Finally, you will

learn when and where to perform these

maneuvers safely.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 109

 Steering, Signaling, and Changing Lanes

Steering control is critical to safe, understeer, you continue too far in

successful driving. Developing one direction before you can correct
Objectives
steering control involves acquiring and steer toward your target. Correct
Explain how to
visual habits, such as looking far understeering by turning the steering
steer straight
ahead into your intended path of wheel only slightly and more often.
forward and
travel, using space correctly, control- Practice will help you think of
backward.
, Describe the
ling speed, and continually adjusting your vehicle as an extension of your-
the steering wheel. self You soon will be able to accurate-
correct use of
ly judge the space your vehicle uses
hand signals and
Steering Straight Forward while it is moving and the space you
explain when
Use a comfortable, balanced hand need to make various maneuvers.
they might be
used. position, as explained in Chapter 3, as
you begin steering control practice. Steering Straight Bacl(ward
, List the proper
steps for Aim far ahead into your intended Backing your vehicle may feel strange
changing lanes. path with your visual search. Avoid at first. Steering when moving back-
looking down at your hands or feet. ward involves knowing where to
The steering adjustments you look and how to control direction
need to make to drive in a straight and speed. Before backing, make
line are small but critical. Some new sure your rear zones are clear, and
drivers tend to turn the steering follow these steps:
wheel too much, or oversteer. When 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
you oversteer, your vehicle will weave shift to REVERSE.

from side to side. 2. Turn your body to the right, and

Other new drivers might tend to put your right arm over the back
understeer. These drivers do not turn of the passenger seat. Look back
the steering wheel enough to keep the through the rear window.
vehicle in the planned path. If you 3. Put your left hand at the top

The driver is in the correct position for backing straight.

110 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 of the steering wheel at the Signaling
12 o'clock position. Develop the habit of signaling every
4. Release pressure on the brake just time you plan to turn, change lanes,
enough to allow the vehicle to slow, or stop. Signal well in advance
creep backward slowly. before you begin any maneuver. Doing
5. While looking back through the so gives other drivers time to react.
rear window, move the top of the Even though all vehicles have
steering wheel toward the direc- turn-signal devices, there will be
tion you want the back of the times when you use hand signals for
vehicle to go. further protection. Hand signals are
6. Keep your foot over the brake often easier to see in bright sunlight.
pedal while your vehicle moving Right turn
is If your turn-signal device does not
backward. Glance quickly to the work, use hand signals. Many times a
front and sides to check traffic. combination of turn lights and hand
Continue to look back through the signals will be more eft^ective.

rear window as you brake to a stop. Notice the hand and arm posi-
tions in the pictures. The first picture
Backing a Stickshift Vehicle shows the left arm and hand pointing
You can back slowly in a stickshift up for a right turn. The second shows
vehicle by carefully controlling your the left arm and hand extended
use of the clutch pedal at the friction straight out for a left turn. The third

point. Follow these steps for backing picture shows the left arm extended
in a stickshift vehicle: downward, indicating slow or stop.
1. Push the brake and clutch pedals When using hand signals, use
down. your right hand to maintain steering
Left turn
2. Shift to REVERSE. control. Make all hand and arm sig-

3. Release the brake, and let the nals well in advance of entering a
clutch come out slowly to the turn. Return your left hand to the
friction point. steering wheel before you begin to
Holding the clutch at the friction execute the turn.
point allows you to back the vehicle
at a slow, controlled speed. Releasing Changing Lanes
the clutch suddenly may cause the Driversmust be able to execute the
vehicle to jerk back quickly. lane-change maneuver smoothly and
Most stickshift vehicles can move safely before they learn to pass other
slowly in reverse with the clutch at [Link] lanes is a maneu-
the friction point and with no accel- ver you will use often on a roadway
eration. Keep your right foot over the with two or more lanes of traffic
brake pedal, ready for a stop. When moving in your direction. You also Slow or stop
stopping, push the clutch pedal down may need to change lanes before
and brake to a smooth stop. Con- making right or left turns.
tinue to look back until the vehicle is At times, changing lanes gives
completely stopped. you a better position or view when

chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 111

 1. Check traffic in the front and
left-front zones. Check rear zones
through the rearview mirrors.
2. Signal and make a blind-spot
check over your left shoulder
to see if any vehicle is about
to pass you.
3. Increase your speed slightly as
you steer smoothly into the next
lane if it is clear.

4. Cancel your signal and adjust

Oversteering can cause you to take an incorrect path for changing lanes. The
your speed.
picture on the right shows the correct path of travel for a smooth lane change.
Follow the same procedure when
making a lane change to the right,
driving in traffic. For example, you with one exception. After checking
might change lanes when following traffic ahead and through both
a large truck on a multilane highway. mirrors, check the blind-spot area
By moving to a different lane, you over your right shoulder. Take only a
increase your sight distance and get glance to make the check. Be careful
a broader view of the traffic scene.
not to pull the steering wheel to the
Steering control is a critical fac-
right as you turn to glance over your
tor as you learn the lane-changing right shoulder. Keep steering straight
maneuver. Oversteering can cause as you check your blind spot. If the
your vehicle to turn too sharply as lane is clear, complete the lane change
you start to enter the adjoining lane. to the right the same way you would
The first picture shows this over- make a lane change to the left.
steering error. At higher speeds you
could lose steering control.
Change lanes as smoothly as pos-
[Link] second picture shows the Review It
safe path of travel of a vehicle exe-
1. Describe the procedures for
cuting a smooth lane change.
steering straight forward and
Always follow the same proce-
backward.
dure for making a lane change,
2. What are the three hand and
regardless of your reason for making arm signals for turns and
the lane change. Before changing
stopping? When might these
lanes, check all zones for possible
signals be used?
hazards. Make sure you can see far
3. List the steps to follow when
ahead in the lane of your intended changing lanes.
path of travel and that there are no
obstructions in either lane.
Follow these steps when making
a lane change to the left:

112 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Making Turns and Turning the Vehicle Around

Making turns properly depends on grip. However, be ready to unwind the

steering control, speed control, wheel hand-over-hand, especially at
Objectives
and good visual habits. Look far ahead lower speeds, with front-wheel drive 1. Describe hand-
as you approach the turn. Identify vehicles, and when backing. over-hand
where your vehicle will go, any hazards steering.
in your path, and how much to turn. Push-Pull Steering 2. List the steps for
Some drivers prefer push-pull making right and
Hand-Over-Hand Steering steering for some maneuvers. You left turns.
You use hand-over-hand steering push the steering wheel up with 3. Describe how to
by puOing the steering wheel down one hand and pull it down with the back left and right.
with one hand while your other other hand. This method allows you 4. Describe five
hand crosses over to puU the wheel to keep both hands on the wheel at turnabouts and
farther down. Follow these steps for all times. tell which is the
a left turn: To use this method, one hand safest to use.
1. Begin the turn from a balanced grasps the steering wheel near the
hand position. 4 or 8 o'clock position. That hand
mmmmmmmmmmmmmmm''
2. Start pulling down to the left then pushes the wheel up to near
with your left hand. Your right the 12 o'clock position. At the same
hand pushes the wheel toward time, the other handup to the
slides

the left about a quarter turn. 1 1 or 1 o'clock position and pulls

3. Release your left hand from the down. As the pulling hand comes
wheel and cross it over your right down, the pushing hand returns to
hand to grasp the wheel near the the original position to continue the
top. Continue pulling down. process. With this method, you never
You can complete the turn by con- cross your arms while driving.
tinuing to pull down with the left

hand as you release the right hand. Mal(ing Left and Right Turns
Some steering wheels will Make left and right turns only
straighten after a turn if you relax your after checking all traffic. Take

Hand-over-hand steering Push-pull steering

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 113

 • Obey all traffic signs, signals, and
roadway markings. Remember
that you must yield to oncoming
traffic when preparing to turn left.

When turning in a stickshift

vehicle, you might need to downshift
before entering a sharp turn. Down-
shift and release the clutch before
the turn so you have both hands
free for turning.

Procedures for Turning The num-

bers in the picture on the left match
the following steps for turns:
1. Position your vehicle in the cor-
rect lane for the turn. For a right
turn, be in lane position 3 if

there are no parked vehicles. For

a left turn, be in the lane nearest

the center line in lane position 2.

(On a one-way street, be in the

far left lane.) Signal about half
a block before the turn.
2. Brake early to reduce speed.
3. Use your visual search pattern
to check the front zones for vehi-
cles, pedestrians, and bicyclists.

4. Slow to about 10 mph just before

the crosswalk.
5. For a right turn, check to the left

again before turning. Then look

in the direction of the turn. Begin
Steps for making left turns (yellow car) and turning the wheel when your
right turns (white car)
vehicle's front bumper is even
with the curbline.
A shared left-turn lane these precautions when executing 6. For a left turn, check traffic

turns: to the left, then right, then left

• Look for pedestrians and oncom- again. Turn the steering wheel
ing vehicles. Check rear zones for just before the front of your
vehicles about to pass you. vehicle reaches the center of the
• Plan turns well in advance. Be in intersection. Continue looking
the correct lane about a block left into the lane you will enter.

before your turn. 7. As you begin your turn, make a

quick blind-spot check through

114 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 the right side window. Check front
and rear zones. If the intersection
is clear, turn into the nearest lane
of traffic going in your direction.
Accelerate about halfway through
the turn as you return the wheel to
the straight-ahead position.

Shared Left-Turn Lane

Some left turns into business areas
can be made in midblock from a

center lane. This is called a shared

left-turn lane.
This type of left turn can be haz-
ardous. Before making a turn from
a shared left-turn lane, search your
front zones. Follow the proper pro-
cedure to enter the center lane. Look
ahead for oncoming traffic and be
prepared to yield to any vehicle
whose path you will cross.
Backing Left Backing Right

Backing Left and Right The correct driver positions for backing to the left and to the right, and the
When backing to the left, your visual space and path of travel the car takes during backing

search will be primarily over your

left shoulder through the left side your vehicle will go in the direc-
windows. When backing right, you tionyou turn the wheel. Look
willlook over your right shoulder back toward the direction you
and through the right side windows. want the vehicle to go.
Use hand-over-hand steering and 3. Back slowly as you enter the
follow these steps to make sharp turn. Make quick glances to
turns when backing. the front and sides to be
1. Before backing, check for traffic, sure no one is near. Begin
pedestrians, parked vehicles, and to unwind the steering
any stationary objects in front, wheel to finish the turn
around, and behind you. Turn in a straight position.
your head toward the direction When backing left, allow
you will be backing. a wide space on the right side.
2. Keep both hands on the wheel, The front wheels will move far
ready for hand-over-hand steer- to the right of the rear wheels.
ing. Pull the wheel to the left to The front of your vehicle will swing
back left. Pull the wheel to the wide to the right. When backing right,
right to back right. The back of allow a wide space on the left side.

chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 115

 .

Turning the Vehicle Around 4. Move slowly toward location 4.

A turnabout is a maneuver for turn- Check all zones. Straighten the

ing your vehicle around to go in the wheels while you accelerate

opposite direction. Because turn- gently into the proper lane.

abouts often require drivers to cross Back into Driveway on Right Side
or back into traffic, they should be Choose this turnabout if a clear drive-
considered a high-risk maneuver. way is on the right and there is no
Take these precautions when you close traffic in your rear zones. This
plan to make a turnabout: turnabout has the advantage of letting
• Be sure local laws permit the you reenter traffic going forward.
turnabout. 1. Check traffic to the rear. Begin
• Select a site with at least 500 feet
to slow as you proceed beyond
of visibility in each direction. the driveway.
• Do not make a turnabout near
2. Stop about three feet from the
hills or curves or within 200 feet curb and with your rear bumper
of intersections. just beyond the driveway. Check
• Never attempt a turnabout in traffic, and back slowly to the right
heavy or high-speed traffic.
to location 3. Use hand-over-hand
• Check continually in all zones for
steering. Stop when your vehicle is

traffic and pedestrians.

completely off the street.
You must decide which of the 3. Signal a left turn. Check traffic.
five turnabouts described is best for
each situation. The steps for each
turnabout match the numbered car
locations shown in the pictures.

Midblock U-turn Make sure local

and state laws permit this type of
Midblock U-turn turnabout. You need a wide space
to make a U-turn. A U-turn is risky
because you must cross several lanes
of traffic to execute it.

1. Check traffic ahead and to the

rear, and then signal right. Pull to

the far right and stop at location 1

2. Signal left and move toward
location 2.

3. Check your front and left-rear

zones. Check your left blind spot.
Turn sharply left while moving
slowly toward location 3. Do
not stop you have enough
if

space to complete the turn.

Back into driveway on right side

116 Unit 2 Ointrolling Your Vehicle

 3. Accelerate gently, scanning all

zones, as you drive forward

toward location 4.

Pull into Driveway on Right Side

This type of turnabout is a high-risk
maneuver. To complete it, you must
back across two lanes of traffic and
into oncoming traffic moving
before
forward. Avoid this turnabout when-
ever possible.
L Check traffic in front and rear
zones. Signal a right turn and use
the right-turn procedure to move
to location 2. Stop when your
vehicle is off the street.
2. Check traffic again from both
directions. Back slowly across
the street, turning left toward
location 3. Look to the left,
Pull into driveway on side
left
rear, and side when backing.
Glance to the front, then
4. When your path is clear, drive continue looking back while
forward to location 4.

Pull into Driveway on Left Side

You might choose this turnabout if
oncoming traffic is light and a drive-
way on the left is available. The dis-
advantage is that you must back into
traffic before moving forward.

1. Check traffic in front and rear

zones. Signal a left turn and use

the left-turn procedure to move
to location 2. Stay as close to
the right side as possible. Stop
with your wheels straight when
your vehicle is completely off
the street.
2. Check traffic again, especially
from the right. Back slowly to the
right to location 3. Look to the
right rear and side while backing.
Stop with the wheels straight. Pull into driveway on right side

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 117

 stopping with the wheels the right side is usually the safest
straight in location 3. type of turnabout to use because
3. Accelerate gently, and drive you can enter traffic forward.
forward to location 4. Sometimes you might need to
make a turnabout in light traffic. If
Three-Point Turnabout This turn-
there are driveways on both the left
about is hazardous to perform. You
and right sides, choose the left drive-
not only cross traffic lanes, but your
way to turn into. This turnabout lets
vehicle is stopped across a traffic
you back into your own lane rather
lane. Executing this maneuver may
than across both lanes. Select a gap
put you in a high-risk situation.
in traffic that gives you ample time
1. From location 1 check front and
to complete the maneuver.
rear zones. Signal right and stop
A three-point turnabout should
close to the curb as shown in
rarely be used. Use this turnabout
location Check traffic ahead,
2.
only when you on a dead-end
are
to the rear, and over your left
street oron a rural roadway with
shoulder. Signal a left turn.
no driveways.
2. Search front and rear zones as
you turn sharply left. Move to
location 3 with wheels straight.
Stop before hitting the curb.
Turn the
Review It
3. Check all traffic again.
1. What is the procedure for
wheels sharply right while back-
hand-over-hand steering?
ing slowly to location 4. Back
2. What are the steps for turn-
only as far as necessary to com-
ing left and right?
plete the maneuver and before
3. What procedures do you
hitting the curb. Stop with
follow to back to the left
wheels straight.
and to the right?
4. Check traffic again and signal
4. What is the safest type of
left. Move slowly forward while
turnabout to use? Why is
steering left toward location 5.
that type the safest?

Deciding Whicli Turnabout to Use

Consider these factors when decid-
ing which turnabout to use:
• legality of the turnabout
• amount of traffic
• types of driveways available
• need to enter traffic lanes forward
or backward
• ample space to enter traffic
• number of traffic lanes to cross

Backing into a driveway or alley on

Three-point turnabout

118 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Some drivers find parking a vehicle • Avoid spaces with a poorly
a difficult maneuver to execute, parked vehicle on either side.
Objectives
because the size of the parking space • Use reference points when exe- Discuss reference
often is limited. Parking your vehicle cuting parking maneuvers.
points and how to
requires speed control, steering con- use them as guides
trol, and accurate judgment. Reference Points when parking your
Parking is easier and safer if you Many drivers use reference points to vehicle.
consider these factors: serve as guides in determining the Describe the pro-
• Try to find a parking space with position of the vehicle in the road- cedures for angle,
ample room for entering and exit- way. A reference point is some part perpendicular, and
ing The size of your vehicle
easily. of the outside or inside of the vehi- parallel parking.
is the main factor in determining viewed from the driver's seat,
cle, as Describe how to
the space you choose. that relates to some part of the road- park uphill and
• Avoid spaces at the end of park- way. Reference points can be devel- downhill with and
ing lanes and near a large vehicle oped for the front, side, or rear to without a curb.
thatmight block your view. In help you know where your vehicle is
, Explain how to
end spaces your vehicle has a located in the roadway. A standard start from an
greater chance of being struck reference point is the point on the uphill parking
by other moving vehicles. vehicle that is typical for most dri- space without
vers. This could be a sideview mir- rolling backwards.
ror, ahood ornament, or the center
of the hood. The photograph shows
how the center of the hood is used
for a standard reference point.
Once you learn standard refer-
ence points, you can develop your
own personal reference points. A
personal reference point is an adapta-
tion of a standard reference point for
one's own vehicle. You will learn to

use different parts of your own vehicle

such as vwper blades, door handles,
or rearview mirrors as guides.
As you begin to practice parking
maneuvers, you will learn which
parts of your vehicle to use as per-

To use a standard reference point, the driver's sonal reference points. You will be
line of siglit sees the center of the hood at able to line up these points with parts
Arrow A and the curb at Arrow B. This tells the of other vehicles to help execute the
driver that the right tires are close to the curb. maneuvers.
Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 119
 The following parking procedures
refer to entering a parking space to
your right. When parking to your
left, and visual
adjust your actions
checks for the The steps for
left side.

each procedure match the numbered

car locations in the pictures.

Angle Parking
Use angle parking to park your vehi-
cle diagonally to the curb. Angle
parking is often used in parking lots
and shopping centers.
1. Check for traffic and pedestrians.
Position your vehicle at least six
feet ft-om the row of parked vehi-
cles. Signal a right turn, check traf-
fic to the rear, and begin braking.
Angle parking Perpendicular parking
2. Flash your brake lights to warn
drivers behind. Check your right
blind spot and continue braking.
[Link] your right blind
3. Creep forward until you can see
and begin to brake.
spot,

the center of the space without

2. Check traffic to the rear, and
continue braking.
your line of sight cutting across
the parking line. This is your ref-
3. Determine your personal refer-

erence point to begin turning.

ence point to know when the

Turn the wheels sharply to the

front bumper of your vehicle
passes the left rear taillight of the
right. Slowly enter the stall.

4. Straighten the wheels when you vehicle to the right of the empty
parking space. Turn the wheel
are centered in the space. Deter-
sharply right. Slowly enter the
mine your forward reference point
to place the front of the bumper stall. Check your right-rear
fender for clearance.
even with the curb or parking line.
4. Straighten the wheels when you
Perpendicular Parking are centered in the space. Use a
forward reference point, like the
Use perpendicular parking to
driver's side-view mirror, to stop
park your vehicle at a right angle
before the wheels strike the curb.
to the curb.
Some drivers prefer backing into
1. Position your vehicle at least
a perpendicular parking space. These
eight feet from the row of parked
drivers consider this a safer maneu-
vehicles, or as far to the left of
ver because they do not back out
the lane as possible. Flash your
into traffic when leaving the space.
brake lights and signal a right

120 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Leaving an Angle or Determine your personal reference
Perpendicular Space point for this position. Slowly back

Your view often will be blocked as straight. Look over your shoulder,

you begin to back into moving traf- through the rear window.
fic. Back slowly. Look to the rear and 3. When your front bumper is even
to the sides as you search for other with the front vehicle's back
roadway users and pedestrians. bumper, turn your wheels sharply
1. Creep straight back while you left. Back slowly. Look out the
control speed with your foot rear window.
brake. (Hold the clutch at the fric- 4. When your vehicle is parallel to

tion point in a stickshift vehicle.) the curb, straighten wheels and

2. When your front bumper is even stop before you touch the vehicle

with the rear bumper of the vehicle behind. Develop reference points
on your begin to turn right.
left,

3. Back into the nearest lane and

stop with the wheels straight.
Shift to a forward gear and pro-
ceed as you scan your front and
rear zones.

Parallel Parking
Use parallel parking to park your
vehicle parallel to the curb. Select
a space that is five to six feet longer
than your vehicle. During the o o o
maneuver, the front of your vehicle
will swing far to the left. Check over
your left shoulder to be sure this
needed space is clear.

1. Flash brake lights, and signal a

right turn. Stop two to three feet
away from the front vehicle with
the two rear bumpers even. Shift
to REVERSE. Check traffic. Look
back over your right shoulder.
Back slowly as you turn right.
Aim toward the right-rear corner
of the space. Control speed with
your foot brake (clutch at fric-

tion point in a stickshift vehicle).

2. When the back of your seat is even
with the rear bumper of the front
vehicle, straighten the wheels. steps for parallel parking

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 121

 downhill parking apply to parking on
the right side of the street or roadway.
Adjust your actions and visual checks
when parking on the left side.

Uphill Parking with a Curb

PARKING REGULATIONS Parking regulations in most
1. Using personal reference points,
states specify the maximum distance a vehicle may
position your vehicle close to the
legally be parked from the curb. This distance is usually
curb. Just before stopping, turn
6-18 inches. Know the regulations in your state or city.
the steering wheel sharply left as

shown in the first picture on the

opposite page.
to know your distance from the 2. Shift to NEUTR.M. Let the vehicle
curb and from the vehicle behind creep back slowly until the back
you. Slowly pull forward to center of the right-front tire gently

your vehicle in the space. touches the curb.

3. Shift to PARK (first in a stick-
Leaving a Parallel Parking Space shift), and set the parking brake.

You are responsible for avoiding a

4. When leaving the parking

collision when leaving a parallel space, signal, check traffic, and

parking space. Yield to all traffic.
accelerate gently into the lane

1. Back straight slowly until your of traffic.

rear bumper almost touches the

vehicle behind. Turn wheels Uphill Parking with No Curb
sharply left as you stop. 1. Pull as far off the roadway as

2. Signal a left turn. Check your left possible. Just before you stop,

blind spot. Move forward slowly. turn the steering wheel sharply
3. Check the right-front corner of right, as in the second picture.
your vehicle for clearance. 2. Shift to PARK (first in a stick-
4. Turn your wheels slowly to the shift), and set the parking brake.
right when you are halfway out of 3. When leaving the parking space,
the parking space. Scan front zones let the vehicle creep backward
and accelerate gendy as you center while straightening the wheels.
your vehicle in the traffic lane. Signal and check traffic. Shift to

DRIVE (first in a stickshift), and

Parking on Hills accelerate gently into traffic.

When parallel parking on a hill, you

must be sure your vehicle will not roll Downhill Parking with a Curb
down into traffic. Always turn the 1. Position your vehicle close to the
front wheels and set the parking brake curb and stop.
to prevent the vehicle from rolling 2. Let the vehicle creep forward
downhill. Procedures for uphill and slowly while turning the steering

122 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 wheel sharply right, as in the complete the maneuver and to leave
third picture. Let the right-front the parking space.
tire rest gently against the curb. When you leave any hilly park-
3. Shift to PARK (reverse in a stick- ing space, make sure you have a big
shift), and set the parking brake. enough gap to enter traffic safely.
4. When leaving the parking space, Traffic coming down the hill may
check traffic and back a short be approaching faster than you
distance while straightening the think it is.

wheels. Signal and check traffic

again. Shift to drive (first in Starting on a Hill

a stickshift), and accelerate At times, you might have to stop

into traffic. while going up a hill. You must
then be able to start moving for-
Downhill Parking with No Curb ward again without rolling hack.
Follow the same procedure as down- Starting on an uphill grade without
hill parking with a curb. Turn rolling back involves timing and
wheels sharply right as you creep coordination.
as near to the shoulder as possible.
Using Automatic Transmission
Note this position in the fourth
One method for starting on a hill
[Link] the same steps for
without rolling back involves using
parking downhill with a curb to

Uphill parking with curb Uphill parking with no curb

Downhill parking with curb Downhill parking with no curb

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 123

 the parking brake. Follow these steps forward without using the parking
when using this method: brake. Follow these steps:
1. While holding the foot brake 1. Shift to FIRST while stopped.
down, set the parking brake firmly. 2. Keep the foot brake down while
2. Move your foot to the accelera- releasing the clutch slowly, just
tor, and accelerate until you feel
to the friction point.
the engine start to pull. 3. Move your right foot quickly
3. Release the parking brake as you from the foot brake to the accel-
continue to accelerate. erator. Accelerate gently.
A second method for starting on a 4. Release the clutch smoothly, and
hill involves using only the foot brake. accelerate gradually.
1. Hold the foot brake down with
your left foot.

2. WhUe still holding the foot brake

with your left foot, accelerate Review It
gradually until the engine starts 1. What are standard reference
to pull. points? How can you adapt
3. Release the foot brake gently them to become personal
as you increase acceleration reference points?
to move forward. 2. What are the steps for angle
parking? perpendicular
A
SAFE DRIVING
Using a Stickshift One method
for starting on a hill in a stickshift
3.
parking? parallel parking?
Which way should your
vehicle involves the use of the park-
front wheels be turned when
ing brake. Follow these steps in a
Starting on a hill in a stickshift vehicle:
parking uphill with a curb?

stickshift can be diffi- 1. Be sure the parking brake is set.

uphill with no curb? down-
cult. Practice first on Shift to FIRST.
hill with a curb? downhill

gentle slopes away Use one hand to hold the steering with no curb?
2.

from traffic before you wheel. Hold the parking brake 4. How do you use the parking
need to start moving on release with the other hand.
brake to start on a hill with-

a steep Use the

hill. 3. Accelerate to a fast idle. Let the out rolling backwards?

method with which you clutch out to the friction point.

feel most secure and 4. Release the parking brake slowly
comfortable. when you feel the engine begin
to pull.
5. Increase pressure on the accelera-
tor, and let the clutch all the way
up as your vehicle begins to
move forward. Completely
release the parking brake.
You might be able to coordinate
the clutch and accelerator to move

124 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Chapter 6

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

1. steering, Signaling, and Changing Lanes Individuals

1. How do you steer straight forward and back- Investigate Research your state's laws on turn-
ward? (110) abouts. Which of the turnabouts described in the
2. How do you hand signals correctly and
use text are legal in your state, and which are illegal?
when should you use them? (Ill)
Observe Traffic Locate a busy street in your area
3. What are the proper steps for changing lanes?
on which vehicles must parallel park. Observe
(112)
vehicles parallel parking for at least a half hour.
Record how many attempts to parallel park each
2. Making Turns and Turning the Vehicle
vehicle makes. What are the most common errors
Around
the drivers make in attempting to parallel park?
4. What is hand-over-hand steering? (113)
5. What are the steps for making right and left Practice Establish personal reference points in
turns? (114) your family vehicle that you can use when you
6. How do you back left and right? (115) park. Compare your personal reference points
7. How do you execute the five turnabout with those of your classmates. Are the reference
maneuvers, and which is the safest to use? points you have in common "standard reference
(116-118) points"? Why or why not?

3. Parking Groups
8. What are reference points and how do you use Debate Divide the group into two smaller
them as guides when parking your vehicle? groups to debate the pros and cons of shared left-

(119) turn lanes. Make a list of the pros and cons your
9. What are the procedures for angle, perpendic- group discusses. Share the list with your class.

ular,and parallel parking? (120-122)

Demonstrate Take turns demonstrating the
10. How do you park uphill and downhill with
hand and arm signals you use when turning and
and without a curb? 122-123)
(
stopping. Present your group demonstration to
11. How do you start from an uphill parking space
the class.
without rolling backwards? (123-124)

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 125

Chapter 6

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question.
List A
1. To steer straight forward, look
9. a part of the outside or inside of the vehicle,
(a) at your hand position on the steering wheel.
as viewed from the driver's seat, that relates
(b) at the center line or lane lines.
to some part of the roadway
(c) left and right to judge available space.
10. not turning the steering wheel enough
(d) far ahead toward the center of your path.
11. parking vehicle diagonally to curb
2. To make the correct hand signal for a left turn,
12. maneuver for turning your vehicle around to
your left arm and hand should be
go in the opposite direction
(a) extended straight, (c) pointing down.
13. parking vehicle at right angle to curb
(b) pointing up. (d) waving left.
14. pushing the steering wheel up with one hand
3. The first step to take before you begin a lane-
and down with the other
change maneuver is to
13. turning the steering wheel too much
(a) check the blind spot over your left shoulder.
(b) check that roadway ahead has no Lists
obstructions. a. turnabout e. oversteering
(c) hand signal a stop. b. push-pull steering f. understeering
(b) steer slightly into the next lane. c. reference point g. angle parking
4. Backing a stickshift vehicle requires skillful use d. perpendicular
of the parking
(a) brake pedal. (c) gearshift lever.

(b) turn signals. (d) clutch pedal. Think Critically

Completion Copy the number of each sentence Write a paragraph to answer each question.

below on a sheet of paper. After the number, write 1. You are driving down a two-way, two-lane
the word or words that complete the sentence street in a residential area at night during a

correctly. storm. You notice that a large tree has fallen

5. Before backing, make sure your zones down across the roadway ahead of you. What
are clear. type of turnabout should you make and why?
6. signals are easier to see in bright sunlight. 2. When parking on a hill, what can you do to
7. When changing lanes, can cause your make sure that your vehicle will not roll down
vehicle to turn too sharply. into traffic?

8. Perform a only when there are no drive-

ways to use for another type of turnabout.

126 Unit 2 Controlling Your Whiclc

 Chapter 6

Review

Decision Malting

1. You are the driver in this picture and need to mal<e a turn- If you were planning to park in the row of angle-parked

about. What type of turnabout would you choose? Why vehicles, which parking space would you choose to use?
would you choose this type? Why is this space the safest?

3. What procedure must the driver of the blue car follow when 4. Which direction should the front wheels be turned for the

leaving the parallel parking space? If there is a collision, vehicles parked uphill? for the vehicles parked downhill?
who is at fault? Why? Why is this important?

Chapter 6 Performing Basic Vehicle Maneuvers 127

 -mmstnttamim

128 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 7
Negotiating
Intersections

7.1

Searching Intersections

7.2

Controlled Intersections

7.3

You Are the Driver! Uncontrolled Intersections

Imagine you are driving the car waiting

7.4
for the hght to change. You plan to make
Determining Right of Way
a left turn. Are you stopped in the proper
and Judging Gaps
location? Where should you search? Your

decisions require intensive searching of

aO zones for accurate assessment of your

intended path of travel.

In this chapter, you will learn how

to identify and search controlled and
uncontrolled intersections for a conflict-

free path of travel. You also will learn how

to interact safely with other roadway users

at intersections.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 1 29

 Searching Intersections

The chances of a collision are Intersections can be found in

greater at intersections than various designs. Most are simply two
Objectives
Explain how at any other point on a roadway. roadways crossing or a railroad cross-
to search an
Intersections are dangerous because ing a roadway in a + or an X pattern.
intersection
many drivers' paths cross there, and Others a Y when one road-
may form
after it has been many unexpected stops occur there. way two or when two join
divides into

identified.
More than one-third of all collisions to form one. Some meet to form a T.

Tell when you and one-fourth of all fatal collisions A few are formed when several road-
are at the point
take place at intersections. ways meet at a circle commonly —
of no return. One reason for the large number called a traffic circle. A driver needs to
Describe what of collisions at intersections is the know how to identify and be able to
driver's failure to identify a safe safely negotiate each design.
you should do
when you have path of travel through the inter-

a closed front
section. In order to identify a safe Approaching an Intersection
zone at an path of travel you first need to locate After identifying an intersection, you
the intersection. will need to determine you have an
intersection. if
Look for these clues to identify open zone for your intended path of
an intersection ahead: travel into and through the intersec-
• street signs and street lights tion. You will need to search the left-
• roadway markings front, front, and right-front zones to
• crossing traffic be certain that they are open. You
• parked vehicles on cross streets also need to look for line-of-sight
• turning traffic restrictions that will prevent you
• rows of fences and mailboxes from seeing if your intended path of
• traffic stopping travel is going to be safe. You should
• power lines search for changes in those zones
that could make them closed for your
travel as shown in the top picture on
the next page.
Remember, line-of-sight restric-
tions can be caused by the environ-
ment or by other highway users.
When your line of sight is restricted,
your zone checks should become
more frequent. You should still pri-
marily be checking your front zone
to make sure it is still open for your
intended path of travel.

Your search will change when you

What clues identify this intersection?
have identified a closed zone caused
130 Unit J (^onlriilling Viiur Whiclt'
Search for changes in your zones to keep your intended path of travel safe.

by a line-of-sight restriction. That is tion has no signals or signs, and the

also true when you make a left turn, front, right-front, and left-front

make a right turn, or continue zones are open. At an intersection a

through an intersection. driver needs to locate open front

Once you are within 4-6 seconds zones to move ahead safely. Many
of the intersection, your searching times it numerous checks of a
takes
pattern should widen to include zone because of a line-of-sight
more information from the right restriction.

and left of your path of travel. If If your path of travel is clear,

your front zone is clear, you can keep continue searching the left-front,
moving. If it is not clear, you will front,and right-front zones for a
need to prepare to stop or change path-of-travel change or a line-of-
your path of travel. sight restriction.
When you identify a line-of-sight
restriction, you should perform a

search of that area. Search for such

things as a car stopped on the left,

a parked vehicle on the right, or a

double-parked delivery truck. Turn

your head 45 degrees to the right or

left in an attempt to see beyond the

line-of-sight restriction as shown
in the picture on the right. When
searching, you need to briefly pause
at each zone to detect objects in that

location. Do not move your eyes in a

constant scan. If you do not pause at

each zone, you could miss objects as

large as a car.

Continue Moving Ahead

You may continue ahead if the traf-
fic light is green, or if the intersec-
 Once you have passed the point-
of-no-return, you should continue
through the intersection. The point-
of-no-return is the point beyond

which you can no longer stop safely

without entering the intersection.
Under normal conditions, that point
is two seconds from the intersection

as shown in the picture on the left.

If you do have a line-of-sight

restriction, you may want to change

your lane position and reduce your

speed. This will give you more time
to see what is hidden. If the restric-
tion is on the right and you have an
open left-front zone, move to the left
side of your lane into lane position 2
and reduce your speed. If the restric-
tion is on the left and you have an
open right-front zone, move to lane
position 3 and reduce speed. When
your left-front and right-front zones
are closed, stay in lane position 1

and further reduce speed. By im-

proving your position and reducing
Every intersection has a point of no return. your speed, you will have more time
to see as well as be seen by others.
When your path of travel is
closed and there is a line-of-sight
restriction, a lane change may be
needed. Remember, you are not
allowed to make lane changes within
an intersection. Therefore, you should
select the best path of travel before
entering an intersection. You must
check your new path of travel before
you change your lane position or
change lanes.

Deciding to Stop
You may have to stop at an intersec-
tion when you identify or predict a
Change lane position and speed if you have a line-of-sight restriction.
closed zone or a line-of-sight restric-

132 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

After you have stopped, check your front zone and search 90 degrees to your left and right.

tion [Link] reducing your speed each target area to get a clear view
you can more easily check the zone of possible conflicts.
having a Une-of-sight restriction. When turning, your last check
A closed front zone is identified should be in the direction of your
by the presence of a yellow or red intended path of travel. You need
traffic light, a yield sign, or some- to know if your intended path
thing moving into your intended of travel is open before you enter
path of travel. All of these situations an intersection.
would give you less than 10 seconds If you are stopped behind another
of an available path of travel and vehicle, wait one second after it begins
make it a closed zone. to move before you move. This gives

If you have identified a closed you room to respond to any sudden

zone at an intersection, you will stop made by the vehicle ahead.

need to prepare to reduce speed or

stop. As soon as you identify a
closed zone, check your rear zone.
If it is open, begin to brake. If the Review It
rear zone is closed, tap your brake 1. Which zones should you
pedal a few times so that your brake search when approaching
lightscommunicate to the driver to an intersection?
the rear that you are stopping. 2. Where is your point of no
return?
Moving After a Stop What should you do when
After you have stopped and your front you identify a closed front
zone is clear, search at 90-degree angles zone at the next intersection?
and left before you
to the right
begin moving. Pause briefly at

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 133

 Controlled Intersections

controlled intersection one and

Objectives A at which traffic signals

determine the right of way. Obey

is

or signs
degrees to the
your target area.
left

When
right of
there

1. Explain how are parked vehicles, your ideal

to approach a all signs and traffic signals when searching location is when your
controlled
you approach a controlled inter- front bumper is even with the
intersection.
section. Yield the right of way to left side of the parked cars, as

2. Tell how to move through traffic. in location 3.

from a STOP sign 4. When you have an open front

when your view Controlled Intersections zone and a clear gap of at least

is blocked.
with Signs seven seconds from the left and
3. Describe how to Two kinds of signs control inter- right, proceed by accelerating
make right turns sections: STOP and yield. You must to the proper speed. Once
and left turns come to a full stop for a stop sign, through the intersection,
at controlled crosswalk, or stop line. At a yield check your rear zone.
intersections. sign,

to vehicles
slow and yield the right of way
on the through street.
Joining Traffic —Right Turn Take
these steps when turning right to
join traffic:
Blocked View at Stop Sign
1. At location 1 in the picture in the
Sometimes parked vehicles or
middle on the right, search your
other objects cause a line-of-sight front zones for pedestrians and
restriction. Follow these steps to vehicles turning onto your street.
cross intersections safely and merge Check your rear zone, and stop.
with traffic after stopping.
2. Stop at location 2 where your

Crossing Traffic Follow this proce- front bumper is even with the
dure when you need to cross traffic
curb. Search 90-degrees to the

through an intersection: left and right. Evaluate the target

1. Look around and search at a

path and your left-front, front,
45-degree angle at location 1
and right-front zones. When
in the picture on the top right. clear of any line-of-sight
Continue to search left, front, restrictions and with a gap

and right as you creep forward. of at least seven seconds,

Check your rear zone. begin your turn. Turn your head
2. Check your path of travel for toward your target, begin to accel-
pedestrians and prepare to make erate, and turn the steering wheel.
the legal stop before you move When you have a line-of-sight
beyond location 2. Look for vehi- restriction to your left that pre-

cles making turns into your path. vents you from clearly seeing at

3. Stop with your front bumper a 90-degree angle, creep forward

even with the curb. Search 90 slightly to improve your view to

134 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 the Turn your head toward
left.

your target path as you accelerate

and turn.
3. At location 3, turn so that you
end up no farther than three
to four feet away from the curb.
Accelerate to adjust to traffic
and check the rear zone.

Joining Traffic —Left Turn Follow

these steps when turning left:

1 Before moving beyond location 1

in the picture on the bottom

right, your vehicle should be
in lane position 2. Search front
Crossing traffic
zones for pedestrians and vehi-
cles turning onto your street.

Check your rear zone and stop.

2. Stop when your front bumper

is even with the curb. Evaluate
your left-front, front, and right-
front zones. When you are clear
of any line-of-sight restrictions
and have a gap of at least seven
seconds, begin your turn. Move
forward slightly to where your
body is even with the curbline.
Check your front zones; turn
Joining Traffic— Right Turn
your head toward your target
area; accelerate; and turn the
steering wheel.
3. At location 3, turn so that
you end up in lane position 2.
Accelerate to adjust to traffic
and check the rear zone.

Controlled Intersections
with Signals
Traffic signals usually have three
lights to each cycle — red, yellow, and
green. Signals also can have a fourth
or fifth light, such as a yellow arrow
and a green arrow. Imagine you are
Joining Traffic — Left Turn

chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 135

 zone, check your rear zone, reduce
speed, and be prepared to stop.

Signals
Use the IPDE Process to handle traf-

fic signals properly. Identify the color

of a signal as soon as you see it.

Predict that the color might change

as you approach the intersection.

Stale Green Light A stale green

light is a light that has been green
The green arrow permits for a long time. If a light remains
you to make a protected green after you first identify be
stopped at the red light in the pic- it,

left turn.
ture above. Think of what is about prepared to slow. Predict that it will

to take place. Proceed with caution turn yellow soon.

when your light turns green.
Fresh Green Light A fresh green light
As you drive toward a signal-
is a light that has just turned green. A
controUed intersection, consider if the
fresh green light does not guarantee
signal is about to change. Treat each that you will have a safe path of trav-
intersection as a separate problem.
el. Be sure that no driver on the cross
Searching 12-15 seconds ahead, eval-
street isrunning the red light. Check
uate the next intersection to see what
for an open zone before you proceed.
is. Look for any traffic
color that light
moving on the cross street. Before Yellow Light When you approach
you reach the point where you must an intersection as the light turns

brake to stop at an intersection, yellow, you must decide whether

quickly check your tront zones. If you to stop or proceed. If the light turns

predict the light is going to be red, or yellow before you reach the point
if cross traffic has closed your front of no return, check in the rear zone.

You Are the Driver!

What will you do when
your signal turns green?

136 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 ^Ir
If it is safe to stop, do so. Otherwise, are followed with a yellow arrow as a ^
go through the intersection. warning. Watch for oncoming drivers
^«/ii7i?.^i|[Hyi]Vft
Be very careful before making a who might proceed, thinking your
left turn on a yellow light. Wait for green arrow is their green light.

alloncoming traffic to stop before

When a light turns
Delayed Green Light A delayed yellow as you approach
you start your turn.
green light indicates that one side an intersection, prepare
Red Light When the light is red, you of an intersection has a green light to stop. Do not speed
must stop. Check your rear zone as while the light for the oncoming up to try to get through
you begin to slow. traffic remains red. This light allows the intersection.
If you have a vehicle ahead of you, traffic from one side to turn or go
stop at a point where you can see its straight before the light for oncom-
rear wheels touching the roadway. If ing traffic turns green. Obey your
you have no vehicles behind you, con- signal only. Do not assume that
tinue checking your rear zone often. you can proceed when oncoming
traffic proceeds.
Unprotected Left Turns
An unprotected left turn is made at Turns on Red
a signal-controlled intersection that All states and the District of Columbia
does not have a special left-turn now permit turns on red. A few local
light. When you turn left, you must governments may not. Watch for signs
yield to oncoming traffic. posted that prohibit turning on red.

Right on Red Before turning right

Protected Left Turns
on a red light, come to a full stop as
You can make a protected left turn
you would at a STOP sign. Move to
when a special left-turn light, green
a position where you can see clearly.
arrow, or delayed green light lets
Search the front zones for openings.
you turn left while oncoming traffic
You must yield the right of way to any
is stopped. Left turns might be pro-
vehicle or pedestrian in, or approach-
hibited when the protected left-turn
signal ends by a sign or a red arrow.
If the turn is allowed, respond to it as
you would to an unprotected left turn.

Left-Turn Light A left-turn light

provides a protected left turn. Some
left-turn lights are located over the
turn lane without using signs.

Green Arrow A green arrow can ap-

pear with the normal red, yellow, and
green signals. In many places the green
arrow simply turns off to indicate
Where should you search for vehicles and pedestrians when turning right on red?
the protected turn has ended. Others

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 137

 TRAFFIC SIGNALS In the early 1920s, Garret Morgan noticed that
the traffic signals at a busy intersection did not help traffic move
smoothly enough through the streets of Cleveland, Ohio. The signals
did not have a caution position to alert drivers that they would soon
have to stop. Morgan made a three-position signal. He then sold his
idea to a large electric company that developed the red-yellow-green
traffic lights still prevalent today.

ing, the intersection. Complete your Controlled Railroad Crossings

turn into the nearest right lane. A controlled railroad crossing
usually has red lights along with
Left on Red Most states also permit a
left turn on red if the turn is from a crossing gates. Make a complete

one-way street onto another one-way stop when the lights are flashing

street. A few states also permit turning and/or the gates are down. Remain

lefton red ft-om a left-turn lane on a stopped untU the lights stop flashing

two-way street onto a one-way street. and the gates have raised. It is illegal,

Follow the same procedure as in a unsafe, and costly to drive around

right turn on red, but look for traffic
the gates. When the crossing is clear,

in your ft-ont and right-front zones.

proceed cautiously.

Then turn into the nearest left lane.

Stop when the gate is down.

Review It
1. How should you approach
a controlled intersection?

2. When your view is blocked

at a STOP sign, what should
you do?
3. How would you make
a right turn or a left turn
at a controlled intersection?

138 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Uncontrolled Intersections

intersection has left-front, front, and right-front

Announcontrolled
or
signs signals to regulate zones to be certain that they are open Objectives
[Link] intersections usually are for your use. You need to continue to
1. Tell how to iden-
found in areas of light traffic, such as look for line-of-sight restrictions that tify an uncontrolled
residential areas. Although these streets could prevent you from seeing if your intersection.
usually are quiet, they can be danger- path of travel is going to be safe.
2. Explain the proce-
ous because drivers might not be Be certain that you can clearly dures to follow at
expecting cross traffic or pedestrians. see open space in your left-front, an uncontrolled
Sometimes a driver fails to iden- front, and right-front zones before
intersection.
tify an intersection as uncontrolled. entering the intersection. You must 3. Describe the
The driver assumes the other driver search for zone changes that could proper procedures
will stop or, on a quiet street, assumes make them closed.
for crossing uncon-
that no one is there. If you do not see Your search pattern will change trolled railroad
a traffic sign or signal, assume that when you have identified a closed
tracks.
the intersection is uncontrolled. zone caused by a line-of-sight
Predict that other traffic will not stop. restriction. If you identify a closed

Reduce speed, search aggressively, and zone in your path of travel, check
always be prepared to stop. your rear zone again. Remove your
foot from the accelerator and cover
Approaching Uncontrolled or apply the brake.
Intersections If a vehicle is coming from the
Once an intersection has been identi- left or right, the driver on the left

fied, check your rear zone for follow- must yield to the driver on the right.

ing traffic. Then, you will need to However, predict the worst in each
determine you have an open path
if case. Never assume that the other
of travel into and through the inter- driver will yield. The only safe action

section. You will need to search the is to slow and be prepared to stop.

You Are the Driver!

Where are the signs and
signals at this intersection?

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 139

 —

Treat an uncontrolled intersection 5. Locate your point of no return.

as you would a yield sign and always You cannot stop after passing
be prepared to stop. that point.
At a traffic circle you must yield 6. Check the rearview mirror for
to vehicles already in the circle. following traffic, and slow your

Vehicles in the traffic circle will be vehicle. The more line-of-sight

coming from your left. When you restrictions, the more time you
are in the circle, be alert for vehicles need to use the IPDE Process.
entering in your right-front zone.
Always let pedestrians go first IPDE Process at 4-6 Seconds from
no matter where the pedestrian is Intersection
crossing. As a driver, you must yield 1. Recheck your immediate path of
to pedestrians even if they are break- travel.
ing a traffic law. 2. Search left front and right front
again for an open zone.
Procedures at Uncontrolled 3. If a vehicle is coming from the
Intersections left or right, prepare to stop.
When you search your target area and 4. Recheck traffic to the rear.
identify an uncontrolled intersection,
there are three critical locations at IPDE Process at 2 Seconds from
which you must use the IPDE Process. Intersection
Each location corresponds to a time 1. Pause your search briefly as you
period measured in seconds. When continue evaluating zones for
you approach an uncontrolled inter- potential conflicts. This is your
section, you must perform a series of
steps at each of these locations.
last chance to stop safely —your
point of no return.

You should perform a series

2. Brake to a stop if your front zone
of steps at eacti of tfiese
IPDE Process at 12-15 Seconds in the intersection closes.

three locations near un- from Intersection 3. Search again to the left and right.
controlled intersections. 1. Check roadway conditions you
as 4. Proceed through the intersection
approach the intersection. Check when your path of travel is clear.

for closed zones to the left front,

front, and right front. Uncontrolled Railroad Crossings
2. Identify whether or not the inter- Trains warn others of their
section is controlled. approach, but it is primarily up to
3. Identify other roadway users in the vehicle driver to avoid a collision.
or near the intersection. Stopping distances of trains will
4. Search the view to each side. vary. You can be sure that a train's
Look for line-of-sight restric- stopping distance will always be
tions. Check 45 degrees to each longer than that of a car.
side. When you identify closed An uncontrolled railroad cross-
zones, solve the problems before ing does not have flashing red lights
you enter those spaces. or crossing gates. However, nearly

140 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

all are marked with a sign as you
approach them. In towns and
a round, yellow railroad-crossing
cities,
W
sign is posted about 250 feet from
the actual crossing. In rural areas
thiswarning sign is about 750 feet
from the crossing. A crossbuck, a
large white X-shaped sign, is located
beside the crossing. Many times a
large white X is painted on the road-
way near the crossing.
Treat uncontrolled crossings the Slow and be prepared to stop at uncontrolled railroad crossings.

same as an intersection with a yield

sign. Slow and be prepared to stop.
8. Drive onto the tracks only after
you have enough space and
Crossing Railroad Tracks
speed to clear the tracks. Make
Take these actions when you approach
sure any vehicles ahead clear the
an uncontrolled railroad crossing:
tracks beforeyou start to cross.
1. Slow down. Check tracks to both
Never stop on railroad tracks
sides and traffic to the rear as
while waiting for traffic ahead
you approach the crossing sign.
to move.
2. Turn off the radio, air conditioner,
9. When you follow buses or
or heater fan to listen for train
trucks hauling flammable con-
sounds. Open the window if the
tents, be prepared to stop. Many
area is noisy.
states require such vehicles to
3. Reduce speed to handle a possible
stop before crossing railroad
rough-road crossing or if there is
tracks.
a line-of-sight restriction. Note
the number of track sets.

4. If a train is approaching, stop at

a safe distance before the tracks. Review It

5. Wait for the train to clear. Then 1. How can you identify an
carefully check the crossing. Be uncontrolled intersection?
sure another train is not approach- 2. What should you do at an
ing on another set of tracks. uncontrolled intersection?
6. If it is safe to cross, increase your 3. What are the procedures
speed up to at least 20 mph. to use when going through
Then your vehicle can roll across an uncontrolled railroad
the tracks should its engine stall. crossing?
7. If you have a stickshift vehicle, shift

to a lower gear before crossing to

prevent stalling on the tracks.
Never shift whUe crossing tracks.
Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 141
 Determining Right of Way and Judging Gaps

safe driver knows that conflicts • Failure to yield the right of

Objectives A
is
often occur at intersections and
prepared to handle these conflicts.
way is one of the most frequent
violations in fatal collisions.
1. Define right
of way.
To be a safe driver, you need to know You must )'ield the right of way

2. Describe situa-
when to yield the right of way. in many Knowing right-of-
situations.

tions in which
way make safe deci-
laws will help you

you, the driver,

What Is Right of Way? sions. These drawings show the most

must yield the The term right of way describes the common situations regarding yielding

privilege of having immediate use of the right of way. In each situation the
right of way.
a certain part of a roadway. You have yellow car is required to yield.
3. Identify how long
it takes to cross the right of way only when other
and join traffic. drivers give it to you. It is not some-
thing you can take.
You will often have to yield, by
letting others go first, to be safe.
Letting others go first is called "yield-

ing the right of way." Sometimes you

must yield to prevent a collision. At
other times, yielding is an act of cour-

tesy. Most of the time, laws determine

who should yield the right of way.

Yield at stop signs to

Situations When You IVIust Yield • pedestrians in or near the crosswalk

Remember these points in yield • all traffic on the through street

situations:
• Your action should not cause those
to whom you should yield the right

of way to slow, stop, or change

their intended path of travel.
• Traffic signs and signals only show
who should yield the right of way.
They do not stop traffic for you.
• Others can give you the right
of way. Do not assume others
will always yield to you.
• Many times it is better to yield
Yield at fresh green lights to
the right of way even when
• pedestrians still in the crosswalk
the law requires the other driver
• vehicles still in the intersection
to yield.

142 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Yield coming from an alley, driveway, or Yield at all yield signs to
private roadway to • all pedestrians in or near crosswalks
• pedestrians before reacliing the sidewalk • all vehicles on the cross street
• all vehicles on the street (Make tw/o stops.]

Yield to emergency vehicles Yield when turning left at any

• sounding a siren or using a flashing light intersection to

(Stop clear of the intersection close to • all pedestrians in your turn path
curb. Wait for emergency vehicle to pass.) • all oncoming vehicles that are at all close

Yield at four-way stops to Yield at uncontrolled intersections to

• all pedestrians in or near crosswalks • pedestrians in or near the crosswalk
• vehicles that arrive first • any vehicle that has entered the intersection
• a vehicle from the right if you arrive at the • a vehicle from the right if you both arrive
same time at the same time

chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 143

 igapi

To Cross Turn Right Turn Left

Traffic and Join Traffic and Join Traffic
4-5 Seconds 6 Seconds 7 Seconds

ZOmph
Chapter 7

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

I. Searching Intersections Individuals

1. How should you search an intersection once Observe Traffic Keep a record for a week of all
you have identified it? (130-131) the railroad tracks you cross as a passenger in a
2. How can you tell when you are at the point of car. Note whether ( 1 ) the crossing was controlled
no return? (132) or uncontrolled, (2) a train was approaching or
3. What should you do when you have a closed proceeding down the track, and (3) the driver
front zone at an intersection? (132-133) took the appropriate actions when approaching
the tracks. Discuss your findings with the class.
2. Controlled Intersections
Investigate Clip two articles reporting intersec-
4. How should you approach a controlled inter-
tion collisions from your local newspaper. Analyze
section? (134)
each report to determine which vehicle should
5. How should you move from a STOP sign when
summary
have yielded the right of way. Write a
your view is blocked? (134)
of your findings and compare your opinions with
6. How would you make a right turn or a left
classmates who analyzed the same collisions.
turn at a controlled intersection? (136-138)

3. Uncontrolled Intersections Groups

7. How would you identify an uncontrolled inter- Observe Traffic As a group, observe traffic at
section? (139) an intersection controlled by a stop sign. Use a
8. What procedures should you follow at an stopwatch to measure the gaps between vehicles
uncontrolled intersection? (140) proceeding through the intersection. Record your
9. What procedures should you follow at an measurements, organizing them in a spreadsheet

uncontrolled railroad crossing? (141) format. Measure gaps for vehicles ( 1 ) crossing
traffic, (2) joining traffic — right turn, and (3)
4. Determining Right of Way and joining traffic — left turn.
Judging Gaps
Use Technology Make a video of cars progressing
10. What does the term "right of way" mean? (142)
through an intersection controlled by traffic sig-
II. In what situations must a driver yield the right
nals. In the narration, group members should
of way? (142-143)
identify the types of traffic signals and analyze
12. How would you judge a gap in traffic? (144)
the drivers' responses to the signals.
13. How would you cross and join traffic properly?
(144)

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 145

Chapter 7

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in List A.
sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in List A with the term it

letter that best completes the statement or answers defines in List B.

the question.
1. As you approach a yellow or red traffic light, List A
your front zone 9. intersection at which traffic signals or signs
(a) widens. (c) opens up. determine the right of way
(b) closes. (d) narrows. 10. complete stop as required at a stop sign or

2. What is the term for a light that has just red light
turned from red? 11. privilege of having immediate use of a certain
(a) yellow light (c) fresh green light part of a roadway
(b) stale green light (d) stale red light 12. distance between vehicles
3. With which of the following does one side of 13. intersection that has no signs or signals to
an intersection have a green light? regulate traffic
(a) fresh green light (c) controlled 14. light that has been green for a long time
(b) stale green light green light
(d) delayed green light ListB
4. Which of the following terms means to allow a. right of way
others to go first? b. full stop

(a) stop (c) yield c. stale green light

(b) proceed (d) cycle d. controlled intersection

5. Which of the following signs identifies an e. uncontrolled intersection

uncontrolled railroad crossing? f. gap
(a) STOP sign (c) crossbuck
(b) YIELD sign (d) red flashing lights Think Critically
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
Completion Copy the number of each sentence
1. Imagine you are driving a car that is approach-
below on a sheet of paper. After each number,
ing an intersection controlled by a STOP sign.
write the word or words that completes the sen-
You wish to make a left turn. Describe in detail
tence correctly.
the steps you would take before, during, and
6. Your chances of collision are greater at a/an
after your turn.
than at any other point on a roadway.
2. What is the difference between a protected left
7. When turning after a stop, your last check
turn and an unprotected left turn? Why do you
should be in the direction of your .

suppose some left turns are protected at signal-

8. As a driver, you must always to
controlled intersections, while others are not?
pedestrians.

146 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 7

Review

Decision IVIaking

1. You are driving the yellow car and are approaching an 2. You have just stopped at a red light. You wish to turn left.

uncontrolled intersection. You and the other car are the Is a left turn at this intersection legal on a red light? Where
same distance from the intersection. What do you predict should you search before turning?
about the other car? What should you do?

3. You are driving the red car. The light turns yellow just after 4. You are driving this car that is stopped at the stop sign.
the car in front of you crosses the railroad tracks. Where At what speed would you assume the cars on the through
should you stop? What could happen in this situation? roadway would be traveling? How far away would the cars
have to be for you to make a safe left turn?

Chapter 7 Negotiating Intersections 147

148 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle
 Chapter 8

Sharing The Roadway

8.1

Sharing the Roadway with

Motorcyclists

8.2

MotorcycUst Actions Can

Affect You
You Are the Driver!
8.3
As a driver, you will be sharing the road-

way with a variety of other vehicles and Bicycles, Mopeds, and

pedestrians. These other users present their Motor Scooters
own special problems in every driving
8.4
environment. Many vehicles are small in
Pedestrians and
size and, like pedestrians, have very little

protection if a conflict with a larger

Special Vehicles

vehicle occurs.
8.5
What problems might the motorcyclist
Sharing the Road with Trucks
and bicyclist have in this traffic scene?

What should the car driver predict? This

chapter explores problems presented by

other roadway users and explains your

responsibility for protecting other less-

protected users. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 8 Sharing the Roadway 1 49

 Sharing the Roadway with Motorcyclists

Even though many drivers will Predict actions of motorcyclists that

never ride a motorcycle, they will might enter your path. Base your
Objectives
be safer drivers if they understand decisions on the problems that con-
. Tell why you
problems involved in the cyclist's front the motorcyclist,and execute
have the
driving task. Motorcyclists have the your actions. Use every technique
responsibility
for protecting
same privileges within the HTS as possible before a closed zone or
drivers of other vehicles. They also conflict occurs. The driver in the
motorcyclists.
share an equal responsibility for fol- yellow car in the picture is looking
, Explain how to
lowing safe driving practices. through the approaching car's win-
use the IPDE
Even though motorcycle registra- dows to see the motorcycHst or other
Process to protect
tions make up a very small percent- roadway users.
motorcyclists.
age of all vehicle registrations, about
. Describe situa-
tions where you
2,000 cyclist fatalities occur each year. Where to Look for Motorcyclists
Injuries and deaths from motorcycle Look for motorcyclists in the follow-
should look for
crashes result primarily from the ing situations.
motorcyclists.
exposed position of the rider. Unlike
Vehicle Turning Left in Front of
J the driver of a larger vehicle, a
motorcyclist has little or no protec-
Motorcyclist When you plan to turn
left across one or more lanes of traffic,
tion when conflicts occur.
be sure your planned path of travel is
As a driver of a larger vehicle,
clear. Even though the cyclist in the
you must accept the major share of
top picture on the opposite page is
responsibility for protecting motor-
signaling for a left turn, the car driver
cyclists as they interact within the
HTS. Show cyclists the same cour-
tesy you show other drivers.

Using the IPDE Process

Most low-risk drivers tend to be alert
for other cars and larger vehicles that
might cause conflict. Because motor-
cycles are smaller and are driven in
several different lane positions, they
often are not identified in time to
prevent conflict. Make a special
effort to use the IPDE Process.
The Identify step is crucial for

drivers because motorcycles are more

difficult to see. Search all the zones so
you will not be surprised by the sud- Scan through the windows of other vehicles

den appearance of a motorcycle. to see motorcyclists or other roadway users.

150 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

The car should let the motorcyclist start the turn first.

should predict that the cyclist will con- Vehicle Turning Right at Intersection
tinue straight. The car driver should or Driveway Drivers of larger vehi-
complete the left turn only after scan- cles who do not check their rear zones
ning fi'ont and side zones and after the frequently might not be aware of traf-
cyclist has entered his left-turn path. fic to the rear. Therefore, they may
When you make left turns at turn right directly in front of a motor-
night, be especially watchfiil for cychst, as the picture below shows.
oncoming vehicle headlights. The
Motorcyclist Turning Left Wlien
single headlight of a motorcycle can
you are approaching an intersection
be confused with a larger vehicle that
and there is oncoming traffic, expect
has only one working headlight.

You Are the Driver!

How could you have
avoided a possible conflict
with this motorcyclist?

Chapter 8 Sharing the Roadway 151

 smaller vehicles to appear in your
path. An approaching motorcyclist
who is about to turn left could be
blocked from your view. Search your
front zones and be aware of any
limited sight distance to your left.

Be prepared to act to avoid conflict.

Motorcyclist in Driver's Blind Spot

Because of its relatively small size, a

motorcycle is often difficult to see in

the blind-spot areas behind your
vehicle. The roof-support columns on
the back and sides of vehicles add to
the problem. Always check the blind
spots in your left- and right-rear
zones by glancing over your shoulder
Watch for tailgating motorcyclists if you must
before turning or changing lanes.
slow or stop suddenly.

A Tailgating Motorcyclist The only

r SAFE DRIVING
Motorcyclists should
way to

zone often.
know
by a motorcyclist
if

When you
you
is
are being tailgated
to check your rear
see a tailgating
an intersection where there may be
more
clists
space. Even
should not pass
though motorcy-
at intersec-
cyclist, try to avoid sudden braking.
tions, always watch for them so you
never assume that all If the driver of the yellow car in the
can avoid conflict. When you are
other drivers see them. picture brakes suddenly to let the
being overtaken by a motorcyclist,
They should make car on the shoulder in, the tailgating
maintain both your lane position
every effort to be as The
motorcyclist could lose control.
and your speed.
visible as possible in motorcyclist does not have enough
the traffic scene. following distance to stop in time. Motorcyclist Meeting an Oncoming
Check your rearview mirrors often Vehicle You are more likely to see

and increase your following distance an oncoming motorcyclist in the

if a cyclist is following you. daytime if the motorcycle's headlight

is on. Many states require that the
Motorcyclist Passing Vehicle on motorcycle's headlight be on at all
Right or Left Check your rearview
times. All motorcycles manufactured
mirrors and blind spots frequently as
today have the headlight come on
part of your visual search pattern.
when the ignition is turned on.
Anticipate that motorcyclists will
Whenever you see an oncoming
pass you. The failure of many drivers
motorcyclist, stay on your side of the
to check their rearview mirrors and
roadway until the motorcyclist has
blind-spot areas can easily lead to
passed. Remember also that having
conflict with motorcyclists.
your headlights on at all times makes
Be especially aware of being
you more visible to the cyclist.
passed on either the right or left at

152 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Passing a Motorcyclist under your control, you have the
Never tailgate a cyclist before pass- power to cause far more harm
ing. The appearance of a very close than a cyclist. Handle this power

vehicle in the cyclist's rearview with respect.

mirror could cause an unexpected Develop an attitude of helping
action and result in conflict. When others who are less protected. Make
you plan to overtake and pass a it your responsibility to demonstrate
motorcyclist, stay well back until habits and behavior that show you
you start to pass. care for the safety of your fellow

When the way is clear, execute roadway users.

your passing maneuver. Use the Motorcyclists Can Lack Experience

entire left lane for passing, as the car
and Skill Be alert when approaching
driver in the picture is doing. When a cyclist. Predict judgment and con-
you can see the cyclist in your
due
trol errors and
to inexperience
rearview mirror, signal, check your
lack of skill. Some motorcyclists ride
right blind-spot area, and return to
rented or borrowed cycles and might
the right lane.
not have enough practice to develop
sound judgment and good control.
Protecting Motorcyclists
Others, who own their own motor-
Unlike a driver protected inside a cycles, might not have received
larger vehicle, a motorcyclist is fully proper riding instruction.
exposed to dangers that could cause
injury or death. For this reason, Handling Traits of Motorcycles
you must accept an extra share of Help protect motorcyclists by being
responsibility for avoiding conflicts
aware of the handling traits of

with cyclists. With a larger vehicle

motorcycles and how they operate.

Use the entire lane when passing a motorcyclist.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 153

 Watch for a motorcyclist's bal-
ance and stability problems. Predict
that the cyclist might swerve or
even fall. Give cyclists extra space by
increasing your following distance.

Make the Motorcyclist Aware of You

When following a motorcyclist, do
not assume the cyclist is aware of
your presence. Traffic and wind
noises make it more difficult for

the cyclist to hear. Protective hel-

mets worn by cyclists might also
muffle some traffic sounds.
The small size of the mirrors
on the handlebars and the vibration
of the motorcycle can restrict the

motorcyclist's view to the rear. Keep

extra space in your front zone when
you think a cyclist is unaware of
Motorcyclists lean when making turns. Watch
your presence.
a motorcyclist's shoulders to anticipate turns.

Notice in the picture that the motor-

cyclist leans to the side when making
Review It
a turn. Control of a motorcycle is
1. Why must drivers of other
difficult in a turn or sharp curve.
vehicles accept responsibility
The cyclist can have even more
for protecting motorcyclists?
difficulty handling the cycle in a
2. How can you use the IPDE
strong wind, or if the roadway is
Process to help protect
rough or slippery.
motorcyclists while driving?
3. Where are tive places you
Increase Your Following Distance
should look for motor-
A motorcyclist's balance and stability
cyclists while driving?
depend on two small areas of tires
that grip the roadway. Water, sand,
oil, wet leaves, potholes, or loose
gravel reduce traction and can
make motorcycle control even
more uncertain.

154 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Motorcyclist Actions Can Affect You

Although you share the responsi- With proper instruction and

bihty for protecting motor- training —
and an attitude of respon- Objectives
cyclists, they have the primary sibility and caring —
motorcyclists
1. Explain the differ-
responsibihty for avoiding conflict. can become cooperative, low-risk
ence in accelera-
How motorcyclists ride, how they users of the HTS.
tionand braking
use protective equipment, and how between
abilities
they handle special problems affect Braking and Accelerating
motorcycles and
all other roadway users. A vehicle driver needs only to step other vehicles.
on the foot brake to stop a vehicle. 2. Describe the
How Motorcyclists Ride However, a motorcyclist must operate protective equip-
Because motorcyclists share the road- separate brakes for front and rear ment motorcyclists
ways with others and present special wheels. A lever on the right handlebar should wear.
problems, they should develop safe operates the front brake. This brake 3. Explain motor-
riding skills. All states offer motor- supplies most of the braking power cyclists' special
cycle safety courses taught by in- for stopping. A foot pedal controls riding problems.
structors certified by the Motorcycle the rear brake. A cyclist must coordi-
Safety Foundation. Proper training nate both foot and hand brakes care-
and widespread helmet use have fully for maximum braking. If either
helped reduce motorcycle fatalities. brake is applied too hard it can lock
The student riders in the picture are and cause loss of control.
practicing balance and turns in a A motorcyclist must coordinate
motorcycle-riding course taught by a the hand throttle, hand clutch, and
certified instructor. foot-gearshift lever to accelerate

Taking a certified training course can help motorcyclists reduce their risks.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 155

 smoothly. Balance problems can occur Use of Protective Equipment
if these actions are not coordinated. Because other vehicles can severely
injure motorcyclists in a collision,
Loss of Balance motorcyclists must make every effort

Unlike four-wheel vehicles, to protect themselves. Cyclists can

a motorcycle might have reduce or prevent injuries by using
difficulty remaining upright protective equipment, as has the
while in motion. Be alert rider in the picture.
and anticipate that the A motorcyclist's protective equip-
cyclist can lose control, espe- ment includes the following items:
cially if the roadway is wet or • helmet — the headgear worn to
covered with oil drippings. reduce or prevent head injuries
• eye-protection —goggles or a face
Following Distance shield
Motorcyclists should increase their • heavy shoes or boots
following distance to reduce risk of • full-length pants and jacket made
coUisions. Increased following dis- of durable material
tance also helps prevent cyclists from • fuU-fmgered gloves
being hit by pebbles or dirt thrown Helmets are required by law in
back by the vehicle ahead. As a driver, most states and are important in sav-
check your rearview mirror often. Be ing lives. In a collision, a cyclist who
aware of following motorcyclists, and does not wear a helmet is far more
avoid making sudden stops. likely to suffer fatal neck and head
injuries than a rider who does wear
a helmet.

Special Riding Problems

Weather and roadway conditions
present greater problems to cyclists
than they do to drivers of other vehi-
cles. Allow extra time and space for
motorcyclists in all adverse weather

conditions. When following motor-

cyclists who are crossing railroad
tracks or carrying passengers, leave
extra space.

Adverse Weather Conditions A

motorcyclist cannot cope with ad-
verse weather conditions as well
as a driver in a four-wheel vehicle
can. For example, a puddle might
hide a pothole that jolts your vehicle.
Protective gear helps protect a motorcyclist.

156 L'nit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

That same hidden pothole can throw
a motorcycle out of control.
Like drivers of other vehicles,
the worst time for motorcyclists is

immediately after it starts to rain. As

rain mixes with dirt and oil on the
roadway, traction is greatly reduced.
Because balance is important for
motorcycle control, reduced traction
is more critical to motorcyclists.
far

You can turn on your windshield

wipers when it rains. When dirt from
the roadway splashes up on the
windshield, you can use windshield
washers. A cyclist has neither device.
Therefore, the motorcyclist's vision is

greatly reduced and can be distorted

under these conditions.
Motorcyclists should use extra
caution when riding on or crossing
painted lines on a wet roadway.
Painted lines can become slippery
when
traction
wet. Motorcyclists gain extra
on wet roads by
another vehicle's wheel track, as the
picture shows.
riding in
.jii
Motorcyclists can gain traction on wet roads
by riding in another vehicle's wheel track.

Motorcyclist Crossing Railroad

Tracks Railroad tracks are a special
ing a passenger. A passenger can cre-
problem for motorcycHsts. Motor- ate balance and control problems for
cycle tires can get caught in the
the cyclist by leaning the wrong way
grooves of the crossing, causing the
in curves and turns.
motorcyclist to lose balance. A cyclist
should cross railroad tracks as close
How Motorcyclists Can Help
to a right angle as possible, as long
Other Vehicle Drivers
as this does not cause the cyclist to
Motorcyclists should use all their
enter another lane.
skills and techniques to reduce their
Motorcyclists Carrying Passengers risks of conflicts. However, nothing
A motorcycle carrying two people the cyclist does should diminish the
requires extra caution from other caution other drivers must practice
vehicle drivers. Be alert for a differ- near motorcyclists. Remember,
ence in acceleration, braking, and you must always be ready to yield
turning when a motorcyclist is carry- to cyclists.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 157

 more visible. A rider in the correct
position is visible to the driver ahead
as well as to oncoming drivers.

Riding in lane position 2 also

forces other drivers to use the other

full lane to pass. This position adds
a degree of safety to the passing
maneuver. It also reduces the chance
that the cyclist will be forced off the
roadway.
Motorcyclists should not ride
between lanes of moving vehicles.
This practice is dangerous for every-
one. In many states it is illegal.

Riding at Night It is far more diffi-

cult for drivers of other vehicles to

judge the speed and position of a
motorcycle at night. Because a
motorcycle's taillight is relatively
By riding offset, motorcyclists are more easily seen.
small, drivers behind may have diffi-

culty seeing it.

Riding in Groups Motorcyclists Motorcyclists should take added

often travel in groups. When you see precautions when riding at night.
one cyclist, be prepared to see others. They can make themselves more
Cyclists should not ride side by side visible by putting reflective tape on
in traffic. They should be in an offset helmets and clothing and by having
position, as the picture shows. By reflectors on the motorcycle.
riding offset, each cyclist is more
easily seen by others and has more
space to swerve safely, if necessary.

Like you, motorcyclists should Review It

prepare for turns by moving into the 1. How do a motorcycle's brak-
correct lane well before the turn. If ing and acceleration differ
they are riding in groups, they should from those of other vehicles?
be in single file as they approach, 2. What protective equipment
enter, and complete the turn. should a motorcyclist use?

Being Visible in Traffic Motor- 3. What special riding

cyclists should position themselves problems can affect a

motorcyclist's control?
in traffic so other roadway users can
easily see them. Riding in lane posi-

tion 2 usually makes a motorcyclist

158 Llnit 2 Controlling Ymir Vehicle

 Bicycles, Mopeds, and Motor Scooters

Bicycles and low-powered, two- • Wear light-colored clothing and

wheel vehicles continue to be have lights and reflectors on Objectives
popular for transportation, recrea- bicycles when riding at night.
1. Tell how you can
tion, and business. Bicycles use • Do not wear earphones while help protect bicy-
no gasoline, create no pollution, [Link] earphones clists from conflict.
and provide exercise for the rider. while bicycling or driving a motor
2. List the guidelines
Because of their small sizes, mopeds vehicle is illegal in many states. thatmoped and
and motor scooters create very little • Keep bicycles in safe operating
motor scooter
pollution and provide an economic condition.
drivers should
means of transportation. When riding at night use a head-
follow when
Users of smaller two-wheel light that is visible for at least 500 feet.
riding.
vehicles have the same privileges Reflective tape on the frame and fend-
and responsibilities as other drivers. ers of your bicycle, as well as on your
mmiiammmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm'
Riders of these vehicles should use helmet, adds safety for night riding.
the IPDE Process and develop a
visual search pattern to help them- Protecting Bicyclists
selves be more aware of possible As a driver of a larger vehicle, give
conflicts with other roadway users. bicyclists extra space whenever pos-
However, drivers of larger vehicles, sible. Some bicyclists might not be
with their greater protection, must able to control their bicycles well.
accept the major responsibility for When following a bicyclist, be aware
avoiding conflict. of the possible path the bicyclist
Just as you have a major respon- might take. Vehicle doors opening,
sibility for protecting motorcyclists, railroad tracks, storm drains, pot-
you should be even more cautious holes, puddles, and other roadway
and aware of these smaller vehicles hazards may cause a bicyclist to
because they are so unprotected. swerve into your path.
Use the IPDE Process constantly
Bicyclists' Responsibilities asyou encounter bicyclists. Scan
Bicyclists must share the responsibil- wide enough to include the sides
ity for avoiding conflicts with other of the roadways as well as sidewalks.
roadway users. Try to build into your visual search
Be a responsible bicyclist by fol- pattern a special awareness of bicy-
lowing these safe-riding practices: and where they might be. Allow
clists

• Wear a helmet for protection. more time and space for bicyclists to
• Know and follow the laws change their intended path of travel.
regarding roadway riding, lane
Preventing Conflicts with Bicyclists
position, and sidewalk riding.
Passing bicyclists on a two-lane
• Obey all signs, signals, and laws.

Chapter 8 Sharing the Roadway 159

BICYCLING ON WET ROADS Wet or slippery road-
ways can be especially dangerous for bicyclists.
Hand-operated brakes on a bicycle do not operate
effectively when the bicycle wheels are wet. Bicyclists

should allow a greater stopping distance under

these conditions.

roadway presents a problem for both

drivers and riders. Consider the posi-
tion of the cycHst in traffic when you
plan to pass.
Start your passing maneuver well
behind the bicyclist. You should have
at least one-half lane between your
vehicle and the bicyclist, as the pic-

ture shows. Be even farther away if

the traffic lanes are narrow.

Use these techniques to further
prevent conflicts with bicyclists:
bicycle. Like a bicycle, a moped can
be pedaled and can be stopped with
a hand brake. Like a motorcycle,
a moped is powered by an engine

and controOed by a hand throttle.

A motor scooter is also a low-
powered two-wheeled vehicle. It is

more powerfial than a moped. A

motor scooter is similar to a motor-
cycle, though most motor scooters

require no shifting.

Moped and Motor Scooter

Restrictions Most states require
moped and motor scooter operators
to have an operator's license. Mopeds
and motor scooters are restricted
from certain high-speed roadways. Reflective tape makes the motor scooter rider
Both the speed and the acceleration more visible to other drivers at night.
of mopeds are limited. Because they
do not accelerate to traffic speed as
• Concentrate on the driving task
quickly as a motorcycle or other vehi-
and use the IPDE Process.
cles, they may be unable to keep up
Drivers of other larger vehicles
with the traffic flow.
should predict possible sudden
Responsibilities of Moped and Motor actions from drivers of mopeds and
Scooter Drivers Even though these motor scooters. Be especially alert
vehicles are smaller than motorcycles, when driving near a moped or
their drivers also can benefit fi-om tak- motor scooter.
ing a rider-training course.
In addition to observing laws and
local requirements, moped and
motor scooter drivers should follow
Review It
these guidelines:
1 In what ways can you help
• Wear protective clothing. At night, protect bicyclists?
wear clothing that has reflective 2. What guidelines should
tape on it, as the picture shows. drivers of mopeds and
• Have the headlight on at all times. motor scooters follow?
• Position the vehicle in the lane so
itcan be seen by others.
• Keep a space cushion between
themselves and other vehicles.
• Use extra care when riding on
wet or slippery surfaces.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 161

 Pedestrians and Special Vehicles

highway pedestrians
users, Communicate with pedestrians
Ofare the
all

most vulnerable. so they will know you are there. A

Objectives
Motorists have a strong moral and tap on the horn or a wave of your
1. Explain why you
legal obligation to protect pedestri- hand can give the message that you
should use extra
ans in every situation. are there. Use the IPDE Process con-
caution and care
tinually and always be ready to yield
to protect
Pedestrians to pedestrians.
pedestrians.
Many pedestrians who do not drive Learn where you can expect to see
2. List areas where
are not fully aware of traffic laws and pedestrians and be extra alert when
you can expect to
signals. Children and older people approaching the following areas.
see pedestrians.
3. Explain proce- are most at risk. Children are less
Alleys and Driveways Approaching
dures to follow visible to drivers and often lack the
a sidewalk from an alley can be
to clear the way judgment to know when it is safe to
risky if a pedestrian or a bicyclist
for emergency cross streets. Older people may not
suddenly appears. The driver in the
vehicles. hear or see well and may be unaware
picture should expect movement
of possible conflicts. when approaching
from either side
Other adult pedestrians may just
the sidewalk.
get careless. They are drivers ot vehi-
Make two stops when driving
cles and fully understand traffic laws.
from an alley. First, stop before the
However, when they are in a hurry
sidewalk and look both ways for
or are trying to escape bad weather,
pedestrians and bicyclists. Tap your
they may take chances and forget the
horn as a warning. Second, be pre-
risks involved.

Be especially alert for pedestrians as you drive out of an alley or driveway because buildings
can obstruct your view;. Be prepared to stop.

162 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

pared to stop again as you look for
traffic just before you enter the street.

Business Districts Many collisions

involving pedestrians occur at inter-

sections and crosswalks in business
districts where there is often a high
volume of traffic. Many pedestrians
assume that drivers will yield the
right-of-way to anyone in the cross-
walk. Drivers, however, are often
looking
vehicles
at traffic signals

and may not

and other
see the pedes-
Watch
L
for children playing on the street.
trian in time to avoid a conflict.
Rain and snow often cause
pedestrians to be more concerned The Driver as a Pedestrian
about protection from weather than As soon as you step out of your
protection from traffic. Be extra alert vehicle, you are a pedestrian. You no
under these conditions. It is often longer have the protective shield of
difficult to identify pedestrians at your vehicle. Because you understand
night and during adverse weather traffic rules and laws, you should be
conditions. a responsible pedestrian.
Exercise special care at night.
Residential Areas Many residential
Wear something white or carry a
streets are used by children as play
light, particularly in rural areas. Try
areas, as the picture shows.
to be where drivers expect to see
Regardless of the legal aspect of
children playing in the street, it is the
[Link] not walk into traffic lanes
from between parked vehicles.
driver's responsibility and obligation
Regardless of the behaviors
to make the utmost effort to prevent
practiced by some pedestrians, you
conflict. Search for pedestrians com-
should always demonstrate an
ing from between parked vehicles on
residential streets.

Jogging Areas Although joggers are

safer using a sidewalk or a jogging
path, expect to see them on streets

and in traffic lanes. Joggers should

yield to moving traffic —but do not
expect this to happen. Always be STEPPING OFF THE CURB Many pedestrians who
ready to slow, steer around, or stop are struck at intersections are hit just as they step
for joggers. into the street. They often walk into the side of a

moving vehicle they do not see.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 163

 attitude of responsibility in your • Avoid tight parking spaces. Try
driving. Remember how destructive to avoid parking in end spaces.
a large vehicle can be to these less- • Drive far enough into the space
protected users. Exercise special care so the front or rear of your
whenever pedestrians are around. vehicle will not extend into
the path of moving traffic.

Parking Lots • Position your vehicle properly in

Parking lots present a high-risk area the parking space.

for drivers, riders, and pedestrians. • Secure the vehicle properly.

Like many residential streets, parking • Continually scan in all directions

lots sometimes are used as recreational when backing out of a parking

areas. Even though drivers are travel- space. If vision is blocked by a
ing at low speeds, a bicyclist or a skate- horn before
large vehicle, tap the

boarder can cause conflict. Many you back out.

Watch for others who may back

f property damage collisions and injur- •

ies occur in parking lots, even at very out toward you and may not see
slow speeds. As a pedestrian in parking your vehicle. The drivers in the
lots, you should look for brake lights picture nearly collided because
Be alert for parking
and backup lights on parked vehicles. they were not aware that the
spaces designated for
Follow these guidelines to lower other driver was backing out.
"Handicapped Parking
your risk when driving in parking lots:
Only." Do not park in
Special-Purpose Veliicles
• Obey parking-lot speed limits.
these spaces.
• Follow the routes for traffic flow. Besides sharing the roadway with
Do not drive diagonally across cyclists and pedestrians, you must
parking-lot lines. also share it with an increasing
• Be alert for pedestrians, bicy- number of special-purpose vehicles.
clists, roUer-bladers, and skate- Some special-purpose vehicles can
boarders. be expected at different times of the

Be alert when leaving a parking space.

164 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Allow extra space to increase your sight distance, and use caution when passing.

year. For example, snow plows can you will encounter. Laws governing
be expected in winter months in school buses are more strict than those
cold climates. In rural areas large, governing local buses. School buses
slow-moving farm machinery should usually stop for students right in the
be expected. When mobile homes lane of traffic. Most states require

are being transported, they often are traffic going in both directions on a
preceded and followed by vehicles two-way street to stop when a school
that carry a "Wide Load" sign. Use bus stops to load or unload passengers.
extra caution when meeting or pass- A school bus has flashing red lights
ing such vehicles. and, insome states, a STOP sign that
A recreational vehicle is a type swings out from the side of the bus.
of vehicle used mainly for pleasure Some buses have flashing yellow lights
and travel. Some of the more com- before the flashing red lights begin.
mon types of recreational vehicles Do not proceed until all the lights
are vans, motor homes, campers, stop flashing, the stop sign is with-
travel trailers, pickup trucks, and drawn, and the bus begins to move.
sports utility vehicles. Because of Most states do not require traffic
their size, some of these vehicles can from either direction to stop for
decrease your sight distance or com- local buses. When stopping to dis-
pletely block your view. Allow these charge or pick up passengers, local
larger vehicles extra space in traffic buses usually pull in toward the curb
and increase your following distance. out of the lane of traffic. However,
just because a stop is not required
Buses for local buses, it is your responsibil-
Local buses and school buses are the ity to keep alert for pedestrians near
two most common types of buses the bus who might cause a conflict.

Chapters Sharing the Roadway 165

 —

Emergency Vehicles
Always yield to emergency vehicles
with sirens and flashing lights
regardless of the direction the vehicle
is traveling. When you see the lights
or hear the siren, pull over to the
right as far as possible. Stop if there
is space and it is safe to do so. The
drivers in the picture have pulled
off the roadway and stopped.
If you are in heavy traffic, move
in the direction other drivers are
moving. Leave as much space for
Yield to emergency vehicles at all times
the emergency vehicle as possible.
Some drivers become careless
Use the following guidelines to about their response to emergency
protect pedestrians near buses: They fail to pull over or
vehicles.
• Expect to see school buses more [Link] only are they putting
frequently in mornings and after- themselves and the emergency
noons during school opening vehicle at risk, but they may be
and closing times. harming others who are waiting
• Identify school buses by their for the emergency vehicle.
yellow color, and then be pre-
pared for stops. Expect some
local buses to be used as school
buses. Although you are not Review It
required to stop for local buses, 1. Why should you use extra
exercise caution when you caution for pedestrians?
approach them. 2. In what areas should you
• Expect pedestrians hurrying to expect to see pedestrians?
catch a bus to be unaware of 3. What steps should you
your presence. Communicate follow to clear the way for
with horn and eye contact. an emergency vehicle?
• Search areas around stopped or
parked vehicles that might hide
pedestrians.
• Give buses extra space. When
passing a stopped bus, be sure no
pedestrian who is blocked from
view will enter your path.
• Reduce speed and cover the
brake, if needed, to give yourself
more time to respond.

166 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Sharing the Road with Trucks

Trucks help transport nearly every-

thing we eat, wear, and use in our
daily lives. They are an essential part

of our national economy.

Types of Trucks
The three main classifications of
trucks are light, medium, and heavy.
Most trucks medium and
are light or
are the types you commonly see as
and
service trucks, pickup trucks,
Heavy trucks include
delivery trucks.
dump trucks and tractor trailers.

Tractor Trailers
A truck that has a powerful tractor
that pulls a separate trailer is called a

tractor trailer. The tractor is the front

part that includes the engine and the
cab. The most common size tractor

trailer is the tractor-semitrailer. This

is a tractor that pulls one trailer and

Bi
 of every large truck. These blind-spot • Do not slow during or after
areas, called no-zones, are where completing the pass. Maintain
truck drivers cannot see other vehicles your highway speed.
and where most collisions occur. The Passing a large truck during rain
picture at left shows these no-zones. or snow increases your level of risk.
When drivers travel in a truck's Both traction and visibility are

no-zones, they put themselves at a reduced. When passing under such

high degree of risk because they conditions, flash your headlights
cannot be seen by the truck driver. so the truck driver will know you
When you are following a large are passing.
truck, increase your following dis-
tance to allow clear sight distance Meeting Large Trucics
ahead. Stay far enough back so you You do not have much room when
can see the sideview mirrors of the meeting large trucks on narrow two-
truck. If you can't see one of the lane highways. When you meet a
driver's sideview mirrors, then the large truck, move to lane position 3.
driver can't see you. Look well ahead and drive in a straight
line. Try to choose a meeting point
Passing Large Trucks where the shoulder ofters an escape
Whenever possible, plan to pass a path. Hold the steering wheel firmly
large truck when the driver shifts because you might encounter a wind
gears to gain speed. Passing is more gust as you meet the larger vehicle.
easily done when you leave a stop
sign or a traffic light. Do not begin
to pass until you are both clear of

the intersection. Review It

Use the following guidelines when 1. Where are the no-zones?
passing large trucks: 2. What precautions should
• Check front and rear zones, you take when following
signal a lane change, and change a large truck?
lanes smoothly. 3. How should you pass
• Stay in lane position 2 during the large trucks?
passing maneuver, and complete
your pass as quickly as possible.
• After you can see both headlights
in your rearview mirror, signal,

check over your right shoulder,

and return to the right lane.
CAUTION: //; many trucks, the
stay out of the No-Zones
front no-zone can extend over 20
where truck drivers cannot
feet. Be sure you are well beyond
see you.
that distance before you return to

the rii^ht lane.

168 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

Chapter 8

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

I. Sharing the Roadway with Motorcyclists Individuals

1. Why do drivers have responsibility for protect- Investigate Research driving rules or laws in your
ing motorcyclists? (150) state as they pertain to motorcyclists. Make a list

2. How would you use the IPDE Process to of rules or laws that motorcyclists must follow that
protect motorcyclists while driving? (150) are not required of other drivers.
3. In what situations should you look for
Interview Interview someone you know who
motorcyclists while driving? (150-152)
drives a truck for a living. Ask the person how
2. IVIotorcyclist Actions Can Affect You driving a truck is different from driving a car.
4. What is the difference in acceleration and Write a report based on your conversation. (If you
braking abilities between motorcycles and don'tknow anyone who drives a truck, interview a
other vehicles? (155) person who drives a motorcycle. Ask how driving
5. What protective equipment should motor- a motorcycle is different from driving a car.)

cyclists wear? (156) Observe Traffic Observe the traffic for fifteen
6. What are motorcyclists' riding problems? minutes at a busy intersection in your area. Make
(156-157) a record of the different types of vehicles you see

3. Bicycles, Mopeds, and Motor Scooters (including cars, trucks, bicycles, motorcycles, etc.)

7. How can you help protect bicyclists? (160) Compare your results with those of your classmates.

8. What guidelines should moped and motor Groups

scooter drivers follow when riding? (161)
Debate Break your group into two and discuss
4. Pedestrians and Special Vehicles the pros and cons of having two-wheeled vehicles
9. Why should you use extra caution and care (such as motorcycles, mopeds, and motor scooters)
to protect pedestrians? (162) share the roadways with other vehicles.
10. In what areas will you see pedestrians?
Use Technology Make a group video about
(162-163) Share the video with your class.
bicycle safety.
II. What procedures should you follow to clear
the way for emergency vehicles? (166)

5. Sharing the Road with Trucks

12. What are the "no-zones" around large trucks?
(167-168)
13. What precautions should you take when
following large trucks? (167-168)
14. What guidelines should you follow when pass-
ing large trucks? (168)

chapter 8 Sharing the Roadway 169

Chapter 8

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each detlnition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question. List A

1. Why do car drivers have responsibility for 7. two-wheeled vehicle that can be driven either
avoiding collisions with motorcyclists? with a motor or pedal
(a) Cars need less stopping distance. 8. large blind-spot areas where truck drivers
(b) Motorcycles maneuver more easily. cannot see other vehicles
(c) Car drivers have more protection. 9. items a motorcyclist wears to protect head,
(d) Motorcyclists have less experience. eyes, and body
2. Which of the following is NOT a safe practice 10. truck that has a powerful tractor that pulls a
for bicyclists? separate trailer
(a) wearing a helmet 11. large vehicle used for pleasure and travel
(b) obeying signs, signals, and traffic laws 12. type of tractor trailer commonly called an
(c) having reflectors on bicycles "eighteen wheeler"
(d) listening to music with headphones while ListB
bicycling a. no-zones d. recreational vehicle
3. When meeting a truck on a two-lane road, b. tractor trailer e. protective equipment
(a) flash your headlights. c. moped f. tractor-semitrailer
(b) pull off the road and stop.
(c) move to lane position 3 and drive straight Think Critically
ahead. Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(d) move to lane position 1 and slow down.
1. Why is it important for drivers of four-wheel
vehicles to use the IPDE Process when encoun-
Completion Copy the number of each sentence
tering two-wheel vehicles?
below. After each number, write the word or words
2. Discuss the different ways in which rain and
that complete the sentence correctly.
snow affect pedestrians and motorcyclists.
4. To reduce risk of collision, motorcyclists
should increase their .

5. Users of mopeds have limited speed and

6. Many collisions involving pedestrians occur at

crosswalks and intersections in .

170 Unit 2 Controlling Your Vehicle

 Chapter 8

Review

Decision Malting

Ifffl
i.?^™^
Units

Driving in

Environments
and Situations

Chapter 9

Driving in Urban Traffic

Chapter 10

Driving in Rural Areas

Chapter 11

Driving on Expressways

Chapter 12

Driving in Adverse
Conditions

Chapter 13

Handling Emergencies
174 Unit 3 Drivinn in DilTcrent l'nvir(inmi.'nls and Situations
 Chapter 9
Driving in Urban
Traffic

9.1

Adjusting to Urban Traffic

9.2

Following and Meeting Traffic

9.3

You Are the Driver! Managing Space in

Welcome to San Francisco, one of the

Urban Traffic
great international cities of the world.
9.4
When you drive in this and other cities,
Special Urban Situations
you will encounter a wide range of vehi-

cles and numerous pedestrians. In addi-

tion, you will have to manage your vehicle

in new, unfamiliar, and crowded situa-

tions. How will the driver of the red car

in this picture have to adjust to zone and

line-of-sight changes in this situation?

This chapter will show you how to use

the IPDE Process in urban areas. You also

will learn how to handle special driving

situations so that you can become a low-

risk driver in any city. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 175

 Adjusting to Urban Traffic

I
^^rice you are comfortable making the traffic scene. However, in city

Objectives I ^#basic maneuvers and using the driving you may have to respond to
1. Name two factors IPDE Process, you will be ready several close hazards and possible
that can make to start driving in city traffic. City conflicts at the same time.

driving difficult driving will test your best abilities.

Number of Hazards Mile for mile,
in city traffic. city roads have the highest number
2. Describe how to Traffic Complexity
and variety of hazards. Compare the
use the IPDE When you drive on a little-used rural
two pictures of the same location on
Process for city road in good weather at a moderate
this page. Which situation is harder
driving. speed, you probably will encounter
to handle. Why?
few critical hazards. However, driving
in heavy, fast-moving, city traffic is Time, Distance, and Speed As you
different and more challenging. drive,remember it takes time to use
Two main factors make city theIPDE Process. You will have to
driving difficult: contend with many situations with
• Traffic is more dense in urban closed zones and line-of-sight
areas than it is in rural areas. restrictions. If you cannot increase
There are more cars, buses, the distance between your vehicle
trucks, and pedestrians per mile. and a hazard, you must change your
• City traffic hazards are closer to lane position, slow, or stop to give

you than they are in rural areas. yourself time to solve the conflict.
Those hazards can quickly block
your path. Using the IPDE Process
In rural driving situations, the Heavy urban traffic will test your
number of hazards per mile is low; driving skills. Focus your attention
you usually have an adequate "space on driving to avoid conflicts and
cushion." You have time to adjust to distractions. You might see other

The number of urban hazards can vary dramatically.

176 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Following and Meeting Traffic

Check your following distance

You need to maintain an ample
space cushion between your vehi- frequently. Imagine you are driving
Objectives
cle and possible hazards in all dri- the car in the picture below. Do you
1. Describe how to
ving environments. Managing the have a 3-second following distance?
use the 3-second
space cushion, or distance, between This 3-second technique works
following-
your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is well at all speeds for measuring a
distance rule.
the first step. normal following distance. As your
2. Describe how
speed increases, so does the distance
you can safely
Following Others your vehicle travels during your 3-
manage a tail-
An adequate following distance has second count. Thus, when you count
gater.
these advantages: off 3 seconds, your following dis-
3. List the steps to
• You can see further ahead to get tance will increase at higher speeds.
take to avoid
the "big picture." This 3-second distance is not the
conflicts with
• Others can see you better. total stopping distance you need to
oncoming traffic.
• You have more time to use the avoid hitting a stationary object. A 3-

IPDE Process. second following distance only pro-

• You are in a better position to tects you from colliding with the
avoid the car ahead if it stops vehicle you are following.
suddenly. Increase your foUowing distance to
more than 3 seconds under adverse
3-Second Following Distance conditions, or if you need more time
to complete the IPDE Process. Main-
A 3-second following distance pro-
tain extra distance in these situations:
vides a safe space cushion from the
vehicle ahead in most normal driving
situations. Use these steps to measure
your 3-second following distance.
1. on the
Pick a fixed checkpoint
road ahead. Road marks or shad-
ows make good fixed check-
points.
2. When the vehicle ahead of you
passes your checkpoint, count:
"one-thousand-one, one-thou-
sand-two, one-thousand-three,"
for your 3-second count.
3. Now, check to see that your
vehicle is still short of your fixed
checkpoint. If not, slow and add To determine a 3-second following distance,
start counting as the rear of tfie car ahead
more distance.
passes your fixed checkpoint (bridge shadow).

178 Unit 3 Driving in Different [Link] and Situations

 HIGH-MOUNT BRAKE LIGHTS Since September 1, 1985, all

new vehicles in the United States have been required to have at

least one high-mount brake light. These lights are designed to
give following drivers an added warning that you intend to slow
or stop. They are effective for alerting the driver to your imme-
diate rear and those further back. Vehicles with high-mount
brake lights experience up to 7% fewer rear-end collisions.

• You are just learning to drive. likely to do in response to a changing

Your ability to use the IPDE zone condition.
Process is not yet fully
developed. Areas for Sudden Stops
• A tailgating driver has closed Be alert in areas where sudden stops
your rear zone. can occur. Three high-risk areas
• You are approaching a line-of- where closed zones and sudden stops
sight restriction. can happen are
• Traction is low. • intersections where drivers
• You are carrying a heavy load or may have to stop for traffic or
pulling a trailer. pedestrians
• The driver ahead seems unsure. • lanes next to parked vehicles
• You are following a motorcycle. • business driveways with high-
volume traffic
Looking Beyond the Vehicle Ahead
The 3-second rule is only one tech- When to Look Away
nique to use when following other Imagine driving in an unfamiliar area
vehicles. Also look over, through, and while also looking for an address. If
around the vehicle you are following. you are looking away fi'om the road
You can even see the reflection of and the driver ahead stops suddenly,
brake lights on wet pavement by you may collide. Take these steps to
looking under the vehicle ahead. Be prevent making this mistake:
alert for brake lights, including high- • Make sure the zone ahead is

mount brake lights, as shown in the stable and open. If you are
picture on this page. Always try to following another vehicle,
anticipate what the driver ahead is increase your following

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 179

 distance to more than three
seconds.
• Lower your speed even further
when you have Hne-of-sight
restrictions.
• Keep your eyes moving; take
split-second glances rather than
one long look.
• If you have a passenger, ask that

person to look for an address.

Being Followed
You are in a high-risk closed rear
zone situation when someone tail-

gates, or follows too closely. You can

take several steps to lower the risk in
The yellow car driver has added tailgater
this type of situation.
protection by using a following distance

longer than three seconds.

Tailgaters Are Hazards

A tailgater is a hazard because if you

are driving the yellow car in the
have to stop fast, the tailgating driver
picture above. You have identified
can hit you from the rear. Tailgating
the tailgating driver and deter-
drivers often think they can save
mined your rear zone is closed.
time or make other drivers go faster.
By using a following distance of
Neither is true.
at least four seconds, you have
Managing Tailgaters If you are increased your space cushion from
being tailgated, take these actions to the vehicle ahead. If you must
avoid being hit from the rear: slow or stop, you can do it more
• Increase your following distance to slowly and give the taOgater more
at least four seconds. Imagine you time to respond.
• Move slightly to the right. Look
at both pictures on this page.

How have the drivers being tail-

gated helped the tailgating driver
to see better?
• Signal early for turns, stops, and
lane changes. Flash your brake
lights ahead of time to warn a

tailgater that you plan to slow or

stop. Slow sooner to make a

gradual stop.
The driver ahead has moved slightly to the right to allow the tailgater to see

traffic farther ahead.

180 Unit 3 Driving in Different [Link] and Situations

 • In extreme situations, change
lanes, or pull out of traffic to
avoid the tailgater. To reduce
stress and risk, your best defense
is to avoid tailgaters.

Responding to Oncoming Traffic You Are tlie Driver!

If a driver closes your front zone by If you were driving

crossing the center line, you must pulling trailers can create the a car approaching

react instantly. Knowing how to pre- same situation. this intersection,

dict and respond to this type of situ- • Double-Parked Vehicles Drivers what would you
ation ahead of time may give you or delivery drivers may park care- predict the driver

enough time to avoid a collision. lessly and close your front zone. of the blue car
might do?
Reasons for Crossing the Center Line Avoiding Conflicts
A driver might cross into your path If a vehicle comes at you, take these
of travel for these reasons: actions to avoid a coOision:
• Driver impairment A driver • Slow until the other driver can
might be drowsy, distracted, con- return to the normal lane. You
fused, intoxicated, or ill. can also slow so that you meet
• Poor judgment A driver might the other driver at a point where
misjudge speed, distance, or there is room to pass.
position. • Turn on or flash your headlights
• Poor visibility Direct sunlight, and blow your horn.
Winding headlights, or bad • If your right-front zone is open,
weather can reduce a driver's move to the right to give the
ability to see. oncoming driver more room.
• Reduced space A snowbank, Swerve sharply to an open space
narrow bridge, or an object in on the right if needed.
or near the road might force a
driver across the center line.
• Sudden moves by others
Children, bicycles, pedestrians, Review It
animals, or a vehicle door open- 1. How many seconds should
ing can force a driver to make a you use for a normal follow-
last-second move. ing distance?
• Vehicle failure A driver might 2. What can you do to manage
lose control of a vehicle due to a tailgater safely?
mechanical failure. 3. How can you avoid a conflict
• Turning buses and trucks Long with an oncoming vehicle in
vehicles need extra room just to your lane?
make normal turns. Vehicles

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 181

 Managing Space in Urban Traffic

f hen driving in urban traffic, Imagine you are the driver fol-

Objectives I WW you must respond to a wide lowing the truck in these pictures.

variety of situations. Unfamiliar Maintain a safe following distance

1. Describe how far
streets, line-of-sight restrictions, of three seconds or more to have a
ahead you should
small zones created by narrow lanes, good view of the road ahead. By
look in city traffic.
and high-density traffic all make doing so, you can identify and pre-
2. Tell how to cover
your driving task difficult. To manage dict possible points of conflict. You
the brake.
these situations, you will need to use also will be able to better manage the
3. Explain how to
your best skills combined with a pos- distance between your vehicle and
select the proper
itive, heads-up, alert attitude. the truck ahead.
lane for driving.

Looking Ahead While Approaching Traffic Signals

Staying Bacl( Look at your target area to detect
How far ahead should you look to traffic signals. By doing so, you will

make sure you are aiming high have more time to respond.
enough while driving in the city? In If the light is red, slow and be
addition to looking around your ready to stop. If the signals on your
vehicle, look a block or more ahead. street are synchronized to work
By looking far ahead to your target together, you should be able to drive

area to protect your path of travel, at or near the speed limit for several
you will be able to spot zone prob- blocks as lights turn green.
lems in time to adjust your speed If the light is green when you
and/or position as needed. first see it, predict it will change

The truck creates a line-of-sight restriction View of road ahead with 3 or more seconds of
ahead because you are tailgating. following distance.

182 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

The flashing don't walk signal is a warning that your green signal is about to turn yellow.

soon. A traffic light that has been Covering the Brake

green and will soon turn yellow is You can maintain a normal speed if
called a stale green light. Watch for you are driving into a stable, haz-
a don't walk pedestrian signal that ard-free traffic situation. But, if you
has started to flash like the one in are driving into a scene like the one
the top picture on this page. This shown on the top of page 184, you
signal warns you that the light is might have to stop quickly. To get
about to turn yellow. If the signal is

flashing, you must decide if you

have time to drive through the inter-
section safely before the light turns
yellow. Your decision will depend
on your distance to the intersection
and your speed.
Never speed tip to get through
a green light before it changes. At
any speed, you will reach a point-
of-no-return, or a point where you
must start braking if you are going
to stop before the intersection. If
you were the driver in the bottom
picture, could you stop before the
light turns red? How might a tail-
gater force you into a collision? In this changing zone situation, you need to check your speed, distance, and
other traffic when deciding whether to stop.

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 183

 ^.fWri

the brake pedal, or ride the brake.

When you do so, your brakes heat
up and wear faster. In addition, your
brake lights stay on, confusing dri-
vers behind you. Only flash your
brake lights to warn drivers behind
i you when you know you are going
to slow or stop.
Take these actions to identify
and respond to the risk of parked
vehicles:
• Cover your brake and move left

in your lane to lane position 2.

Be ready for doors to open at the last second.

• Look for drivers through the
windows of parked vehicles.
• Be alert for the parked vehicles'
ready to stop, you need to cover the
brake lights, exhaust, or wheels
brake. Take your foot off the acceler-
turned out.
ator, and hold it over the brake • Lightly tap your horn if needed.
pedal. You can use this technique
• Be ready to stop or swerve.
whenever you sense a possible con-
Swerve only if your left-front
flict. This could cut your reaction
zone is open.
time and help you avoid a collision.
While driving past parked
When you cover your brake, vehicles, watch for doors that might
make sure not to rest your foot on

Adjust your speed early as you enter a town after driving on a highway.

184 Unit 3 Driving in Uiftcrenl Environment;, and Situations

 Minutes Saved/10 miles by Driving 5 mph Faster

4.0

3.5

3.0
"^s
2.5

2.0 1
1.5

1.0

0.5 I
..^n^ I I I I I
0.0
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Miles per hour

Look at the graph to see how much time you save by driving 5 mph faster for 1 miles. Is

driving faster worth it?

open unexpectedly, as shown in the Look at the graph and driver

top picture on left page. Try to drive pictured on this page. If you are as
at least one car door's width away hurried as this driver, remember this:

from parked vehicles. Otherwise, You only save a few seconds by driving
reduce speed. even 5 mph faster. And, the time sav-
ings are less and less at higher speeds.
Adjusting Speed
Imagine that you have been driving Selecting the Best Lane
for an hour on a highway. You are just When driving in multilane traffic,

entering the town shown in the bot- you will use different lanes at differ-
tom on left page. The speed
picture ent times. Select the lane or zone
limit is 25 mph. However, traffic con- with the fewest number of hazards.
ditions should tell you to adjust your The left lane is usually for faster
speed, and drive even slower. traffic. But at times, traffic can be
Blending into traffic is one of the held up by drivers waiting to turn
most common city driving skills you left. These left-turning drivers can
will need. Use these techniques to be a problem when only two lanes
select your best driving speed: are going in your direction.
• Drive with the traffic flow. If your street has multiple lanes
• Stay within the speed limit. going your way, choose the lane where
• Adjust speed and position ahead the traffic flow is smoothest. Imagine
of time for other drivers who driving the yellow car in the picture
might block your way. on the next page. Why is the center
lane the best for drivers going straight?

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 185

 MASS TRANSIT Before pollution and global warming were serious
concerns, London was forced to come to grips with crippling traffic

jams. In the late 1800s, Londoners designed and built a subway

system. Today in London and many other European cities, subways
are the best means of transportation. In the United States, subways
and light-rail systems are expanding. Thousands of people who might
drive or ride at street level now travel by these rail systems in New

York, Chicago, Los Angeles, Atlanta, Boston, San Francisco, and

Washington, D.C.

Lane Positioning Use these tech- • Adjust your speed and lane
niques to position your vehicle in position as needed to stay out of
muhilane city traffic: other drivers' blind-spot areas.
• Increase your following distance • Move to another lane if your
to more than three seconds in front zone closes.

heavy traffic.

Changing Lanes
Once you start driving in a lane, try

to stay in that lane. If you must

change lanes, follow these steps:

1. Use your mirrors to check traffic

in your rear zones.

2. Signal your lane change early.
3. Quickly check your blind-spot
area.

4. Change lanes without slowing.

5. Cancel your signal.
Repeat this procedure if you
need to change more than one lane.

Overtaking and Passing

At times, you might decide to over-
take, or pass, a vehicle ahead. To
overtake another vehicle, use the
Through traffic should use the center lane to
avoid slowdowns or stops. lane-changing procedure and drive

186 Unit 3 Oriving in Different tnvironments and Situations

Carpooling saves time and fuel. It also reduces traffic and parking problems.

past the slower moving vehicle. Drivers who travel alone must use
Signal briefly and return to your lane the regular, more crowded, slower
when both headlights of the vehicle lanes. By using these special lanes,
you have passed appear in your in- people, as shown in the picture
side rearview mirror. You will learn above, ride together to save time
more about the procedures for pass- and fuel, and to reduce pollution
ing in Chapter 10. and parking problems.
Passing in a city can be danger-
ous. You must be alert for pedestri-
ans, cross traffic, signals, and an
endless number of line-of-sight Review It
restrictions. 1. How far ahead should you
If you must overtake another look in city traffic?
moving vehicle on a two-lane two- 2. How do you cover your
way street, make sure you can do so brake?
safely and legally. It is illegal to pass 3. How do you select the best
at intersections or over double- lane on a multilane street?
yellow center lines.

Special Traffic Lanes

To help move rush-hour travel,

many cities now have special lanes

for bus and/or carpool drivers.

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 1 87

 Special Urban Situations

One-Way Streets
You will encounter a wide range of Identifying
situations in city driving. By When you come to an unfamiliar
Objectives
using the IPDE Process, you will be street, first determine if it is a one-
. Describe the pro-
ready to adjust to each situation way street. These clues can help you
cedure for turn-
or right
ahead of time. identify a one-way street:
ing left

from a one-way
• ONE WAY signs are posted on most
street.
Driving on Two-Way Streets one-way streets.
Most city roadways are two-way streets • All moving traffic and parked
. Explain how to
wdth one lane going in each direction. vehicles point in the same
warn a driver
who is driving Other streets have two or more lanes direction.

going in the same direction. • Broken white lines are used to

the wrong way
on a street. Many city intersections do not separate lanes.
have You cannot be
traffic controls. • Most traffic signs will be facing
sure what other drivers will do as the same direction. If you are
you approach an uncontrolled or driving on a street and the signs
blind intersection. are facing the other way, you

Some intersections have special probably are going the wrong

left-turn lanes. If you turn left at an way on a one-way street.
uncontrolled intersection, you must
yield to oncoming traffic. Entering One-Way Streets
Imagine you are driving the yellow
Driving on One-Way Streets on the oppo-
car in the top picture
One-way streets can move a greater site page. To enter the one-way
volume of traffic with fewer conflicts street, turn from the right lane to
than two-way streets. Generally, one- the nearest right lane.
way streets are less congested than To make a left turn onto a one-
two-way streets, so fewer conflicts way street, position your vehicle in
occur. the nearest left lane. Make a sharp

You Are the Driver!

Imagine you are
approaching this intersec

tion. What clues identify

this as a one-way street?

188
left turn into the nearest lane going
left. Signs are used to alert you when
your street is about to become a one-
way street.

Lane Choice on One-Way Streets

If you plan to drive on a one-way
street for a distance, try to avoid a
lane that is next to parked vehicles.
A parked vehicle could pull out and
close your front zone. Each parked
vehicle creates a line-of-sight restric-
tion. If a center lane is avaOable, use
it to reduce possible conflicts.
When you plan to turn, position
your vehicle ahead of time. Move
into the right or left lane at least one
To turn right onto a one-way street, turn from the far right lane into the first
block before your turn.
available right lane.

Leaving One-Way Streets

Imagine you are driving the yellow
car in the pictureon the right. To
turn from your one-way street,
left

position your vehicle in the far left

lane ahead of time. To turn right,
position your vehicle in the far right
lane ahead of time. Complete your
turn by entering the nearest lane
going your way.
On some one-way streets, the
outside lane may be for turns only.
On other one-way streets, you can
turn into a multOane street from
more than one lane. Road markings
or overhead signs will direct you.
You will need to adjust when a
one-way street turns into a two-way
street. Your left lane might end. Signs

or lights will warn you when a one-

way street is about to change to a
two-way street.

To turn left from a one-way street, turn from the far left lane to the first available

lane going left.

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 189

 Signaling Wrong-Way Drivers

you encounter a vehicle headed

the wrong way on a one-way
and
street, slow, steer right,

sound your horn. you If

have time, flash your

headlights to warn the
other driver.

Unexpected Situations
on Crowded Streets
Imagine you are driving in the

situation pictured below on the

left. A vehicle suddenly emerges
from an alley and is about to enter
your path of travel. The street is so You might not be able to see a pedestrian

room in front of a vehicle that is stopped at a

narrow that you have little
green light.
to maneuver.
Slow and cover your brake to
maintain a safe path of travel. If light, they are required to stop for a
necessary, let traffic clear before pedestrian as this driver in the right
you move ahead. picture has done.
When driving on city streets, Angle or parallel parking is

you should maintain a continuous allowed on most streets. If you must

orderly visual search pattern. Even drive close to parked vehicles, be alert

though drivers may have a green for possible conflicts. At the first
hint of movement from a vehicle
or pedestrian, slow, stop, or move
to another lane.

Review It
1. What lanes should you use
when making a right or left
turn from a one-way street?
2. What can you do if another
driver approaches you from
the wrong direction on a
one-way street?

If you cannot nfiove left, be prepared to stop.

190 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

Chapter 9

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

1 . Adjusting to Urban Traffic Individuals

1. What are the two main factors that make Investigate Research local newspapers to find

driving difFicuh in the city? (176) articles about accidents that have been caused by

2. How do you use the IPDE Process for city drivers running red lights. Are some intersections
driving? (177) mentioned more often than others? Compare your
results with those of your classmates.

2. Following and Meeting Traffic Observe Traffic As a passenger in a vehicle, look

3. How do you use the 3-second following- for signs of "road rage" in drivers of other vehicles.
distance rule? (178) Also look for signs of distracted or absent-minded
4. How can you manage a tailgater? (180)
safely drivers. Make a list of the actions you observe.
5. What steps should you take to avoid conflicts Discuss your findings with your class.

with oncoming traffic? 181 (

Groups
3. Managing Space in Urban Traffic Investigate Research alternate transportation sys-

6. How far ahead should you look when driving tems found in large cities. Each group member
in city traffic? (182) should research a different city and make a list of

7. What should you avoid doing when covering all the transportation systems available in that city.

the brake? (184) Note similarities and differences among the trans-

8. How do you select the proper lane for driving portation systems listed. Prepare a group report

on a multilane street? (186) that contains each group member's findings.

Use Technology Use the Internet to find street

4. Special Urban Situations maps of large cities in the United States. Each
9. What is the procedure for turning left or right group member should research a different city and
from one-way street? (188-189)
a observe whether there are more one-way streets or
10. How can you warn a driver who is driving the two-way streets in that city. Compare your find-
wrong way on a one-way street? (189-190) ings with those of others in your group.

Chapters Driving in Urban Traffic 191

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in List A.

tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in List A with the item it

that best completes the statement or answers the defines in List B.

question.
List A
1. While driving in urban situations,
7. take your foot off the accelerator and hold it
(a) keep your vehicle close to others.
over the brake pedal to be ready to brake
(b) cover the brake pedal.
quickly
(c) be ready to reduce speed and change vehicle
8. rest your foot on the brake
position.
9. pass the car ahead
(d) maintain the posted speed.
10. follow another vehicle too closely
2. The 3-second following distance technique
(a) should be decreased in adverse conditions. ListB
(b) is most conditions.
safe for
a. overtake
(c) is the same as total stopping distance.
b. ride the brake
(d) is not safe at speeds over 40 mph.
c. tailgate
3. You can avoid being by a tailgater if you
hit
d. cover the brake
(a) increase your foDowing distance to four
seconds or more.
Think Critically
(b) move to the left side of your lane.
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(c) look in the rearview mirror and warn the
1. Driving in urban traffic can be a challenge.
tailgater.
What characteristics of urban traffic make
(d) keep steady pressure on the brake.
driving more difficult than in other
4. It is illegal to pass another vehicle
environments?
(a) over a broken lane marker.
2. You are driving in the right-hand lane of
(b) at an intersection.
a one-way street. You discover that you need
(c) on a multilane street.
to make a left-hand turn at the next light.
(d)on a one-way street.
What should you do?
Completion Copy the number of each sentence 3. What are some advantages of driving on one-
below. After each number, write the word or words way streets?
that complete the sentence correctly.

5. To give yourself adequate time to react to a

hazard, you should your speed.
6. Urban streets and roads have the highest
number of .per mile.

192 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

1. How long should it take this car to pass by the speed limit 2. You are following this truck. How can you improve your line-

sign? of-sight view ahead?

3. What clue do you have to indicate this is not a stale green 4. What can you do to alert this oncoming driver and avoid
light? trouble?

Chapter 9 Driving in Urban Traffic 193

 SK

194 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Chapter 10
Driving in Rural Areas

10.1

Characteristics of
Rural Traffic

10.2

Using Basic Skills in

Rural Areas
You Are the Driver!
10.3
About 82 percent of all miles of roadways
in the United States are rural roads. Rural
Passing and Being Passed

roads can be two-lane or multilane. What on Rural Roads

problems might occur along this rural
10.4
road? How does it differ from a city street?
Rural Situations You Might
How has the vehicle ahead affected your

line of sight? What lane position would

Encounter
provide a greater margin of safety and
10.5
better view ahead?
Special Driving Environments
Even if you live in an urban area, you

will likely drive in rural areas. This chapter

discusses characteristics and problems you

might encounter in rural and other environ-

ments. It explains how you can apply the

Take it to the NET
IPDE Process to deal with various hazards.

b: [Link]/driveright

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 195

 Characteristics of Rural Traffic

Wide open spaces and less traffic Speed

Objectives are common in rural areas. Determining a safe speed is critical
After driving for long periods of for safe rural driving. Speed
1. Describe rural affects

roadways. time, you might mistakenly assume • your line of sight

that conflicts will not occur. • your stopping distance
2. Describe factors
to consider when However, collisions in rural areas • your vehicle control
selecting a safe
account for nearly twice as many • the amount of damage and
speed.
highway deaths as collisions in injury in the event of a collision
3. Identify traffic
urban areas. Many rural roads have a speed

controls and how limit of 55 mph. Some states allow

they help inform,

Roadways speeds greater than 55 mph. Where
warn, and regu- Rural roads are constructed of many conditions require, lower speeds are
late drivers on different types of materials. Some are posted.
rural roads. paved and others not. Shoulders can There is a difference between safe
be wide or narrow, paved or gravel. speeds and posted speeds. Posted
Road surfaces may be smooth or in speeds are the maximum speeds
very poor condition. allowed under ideal conditions.
At night, the lack of adequate When conditions are not ideal, safe
lighting causes difficulty in seeing. speeds should be used. These are
Be alert to potential changes that slower speeds. Factors that affect safe
could arise. Conditions in rural speed selection include other high-
areas can change suddenly with way users, inclement weather, hills,
little warning. curves, intersections and very nar-

You Are the Driver!

How many traffic hazards
can you identify in this

picture?

196 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situ.\tions

 Roadside Hazards
>7
Consider the existing conditions in
selecting a safe speed. Rural roads
especially older, narrow, and less

traveled ones, present hazards

Shoulders may be uneven
with the edge of the roadway,
soft, or narrow. Danger may
be only a few feet away.

Bridges, guardrails, bushes or

trees may be near the road's
Be prepared to stop as you near the crest
of the hill.
edge. Sign posts may only be
away from the actual
a few feet
roadway. A steep slope might run
row roads or lanes. Always use your
from the shoulder down to a
common sense and never drive faster
drainage ditch.
than conditions permit.
Entrances to businesses, homes,
or fields are always points of possible
Traffic Controls
conflict. Be alert for these areas.
Traffic controls — signs, signals, and Drivers ahead of you could decide at
markings — direct, regulate, inform,
the last moment to turn right or left.
and warn drivers. Traffic controls
Trees, shrubs, or piles of plowed
provide advance information and or drifted snow create line-of-sight
warning of restrictions. Drivers trying to enter
• hazards that you cannot yet the roadway may not be able to ade-
identify They may turn out
quately see traffic.
• major intersections ahead into, or across, your path of travel.
• unusual or hazardous conditions
(curves, animal crossings)
• traffic channeled into reduced
space Review It
Many warning signs use graphics
1 What roadway conditions
towarn of a hazardous condition are common to rural
ahead. Note the sign shown above. driving?
The hill blocks your line of sight and 2. What factors need to be
view of the hazard. considered in selecting a
Traffic controls can be complex, safe speed?
especially at intersections where 3. What advance information
rural highways cross. Identify them do traffic controls provide?
early and know their meanings so
you can avoid conflicts.

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 197

 Using Basic Skills in Rural Areas

seemingly quiet rural IPDE you must manage

Objectives A traffic

scene can change quickly with

or no warning. Risk
Process,
your speed control. The slower your

1. Explain how the

litde is present speed, the more time you have to

IPDE Process
whenever and wherever you drive, solve problems. One or two addi-
but you can manage the level of risk tional seconds can make a great dif-
should be used
in rural driving.
by applying the IPDE Process. ference in your ability to successfully

2. Know the steps

apply the IPDE Process and manage

to safely handle
Applying the IPDE Process space. Apply the IPDE Process when-
Rural driving typically involves driv- ever you drive.
a curve.

3. List rural situa- ing at higher speeds. The faster you Maintaining vehicle control at

tions that require drive, the greater your chance of higher speeds is more difficult than

increased follow- having a severe collision. You have at lower speeds. It takes longer to

ing distance. less time to identify and respond to a stop. Excessive braking or steering

4. Explain how to You may be

situation or hazard. can result in a skid and loss of
forced to make an emergency vehicle control.
enter a multilane
rural highway. response. Sudden responses at higher Drive at a speed where you know
speeds increase the risk of losing you will be able to brake and steer
control of your vehicle. your vehicle without losing control.
While traveling on rural roads, Assess road conditions and the
there are many ways your zones can amount of traction available. Adjust

become closed. To best apply the your speed to conditions. Always

^
'a'
What do the signs indicate about the curve ahead?

drive at a speed that allows you to Driving on Two-Lane Roads

stop or swerve to avoid a collision. Knowing about some common, but SAFli: DRIVING
important, characteristics of rural
Visual Search Pattern roads will help you handle them
Driving and using
Remember the orderly visual search safely. Some of these characteristics
phone or
a cellular
pattern described in Chapter 4? include curves, warning and advisory
reading a map can
Apply those same techniques in rural signs, hills, and intersections.
be dangerous. Get
areas. In your 12-15 second search
Curves Rural roads typically have out of traffic, stop,
range look for clues of hazards that
many curves. Collisions occur at and then make the
have the potential of closing your
curves because speed on the call or read the map.
front zone. Higher rural speeds
approach is too great. Before
extend the actual distance covered by
approaching a curve, you likely will
your 12-15 second search area com-
notice a yellow warning sign that
pared to lower speeds.
warns of a potential hazard (a curve)
Strive to maintain a 12-15 sec-
ahead. Warning signs are usually
ond visual lead. This is the distance
placed anywhere from 250 to 700
your vehicle will travel in the next 12
feet before the actual hazard. A
to 15 seconds. The higher the speed,
warning sign for a curve has a
the greater that distance will be.
curved black arrow on it. The sharp-
Maintaining a 12-15 second visual
er the curve of the arrow, the sharper
lead will help you to identify hazards
the roadway curve ahead.
early. It also gives you time to predict
Curve warning signs often have
and execute an appropriate response.
advisory speed signs posted below

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 199

 .

8. Once you are beyond the mid-

point of the curve, begin to
accelerate gently if conditions
permit.
9. Evaluate your new target area
and search for zone changes.

Hills Unless they have very steep

slopes, hills are usually not marked.
Hills restrict your line of sight. Slow
as you approach the crest of the hill.

Take lane position 1 as you crest the

hill. Look for oncoming traffic and
an escape path to the right.

Intersections In Chapter 7 you

What type of restriction do the shrubs create? Are there any other hazards? learned about how to handle inter-
sections. Follow the same procedures
for rural intersections.
them on the sign post. These indi-
Rural intersections can vary a
cate suggested travel speeds when
conditions are ideal. Follow the rec-
great deal. Some intersections may
ommended speeds, and when condi-
have traffic lights; others may just
have STOP signs. Early identification
tions are not ideal, use a slower
of traffic controls will help you pre-
speed. Natural forces work to push
dict potential conflicts.
you to the outside of the curve when
you travel at higher speeds.
A typical rural intersection is one
where a side road crosses a main
When you approach a curve, fol-
low these
road. The side road will usually have
steps:
the STOP sign. Tall crops, trees, or
1. See the curve in your target area.
shrubs create line-of-sight restric-
2. Check your rear zone.
tions that can block the vision of
3. Check your left-front zone for
drivers at the edge of, or across from,
oncoming traffic.
an intersection.
4. Check your right-front zone to
Treat driveways like intersections.
determine if it is open or closed
Look well in advance for clues of
to your line of sight and path of
driveways, such as:
travel.
• loose gravel projecting into the
5. Stay in lane position 1

main road
6. If the curve is sharp, lightly apply
• electrical, phone, and other utili-
your brakes before you turn the
ty lines crossing the road
steering wheel.
• reflectors marking a driveway
7. As you get closer to the curve,
• mailboxes, typically located at the
look in the direction the road
edge of, or across from, a driveway
curves. See if your path of travel
is going to be open.
200 Unit 3 Driving in Different [Link] and Situations
Following Traffic drivers do dangerous things, it is less
Establishing and maintaining at least likely to affect you if you are following

a 3-second following distance is very at a distance of three seconds or more.

important in rural areas. At high
speeds, a hazard can quickly develop Driving on Multilane Roads
into a conflict. A 3-second following Many rural roads have four or more
distance provides you space and time lanes of traffic. Posted speed limits
to prevent conflicts under normal usually are higher on two-lane rural
conditions. roads. Unlike interstate highways,
In special situations, you should multilane roads may have intersec-
increase your following distance tions rather than exit and entrance
to four seconds or more. A longer ramps. Some intersections may have
following distance gives you more a two-lane road crossing a large four-
control when you are lane road; others may involve two
• being tailgated major multilane roads that cross.
• driving on a steep downhill slope
Multilane Roadways with Center
• following a motorcycle
Lines Some multilane roadways
• following a snowplow
may only have a yeUow line (dashed
• puUing a loaded trailer
or solid) separating high-speed traf-
• following a large vehicle (truck,
fic moving in opposite directions.
motorhome, or bus)
Drivers should never cross a solid
• driving on wet or icy roads
yellow line or double yellow lines
Keeping at least three seconds
except to make a left turn or clear an
givesyou an open front zone. This
obstacle blocking their lane. When-
helps to give you control over the
ever you cross a yellow line, you are
actions of other drivers. When other
responsible to do so safely.

li

'J'

You Are the Driver!

You are driving behind
this car. Is your following

distance adequate?

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 201

 Divided Roadways Divided roads making a left turn, turn fi-om the lane
always have lanes of traffic moving nearest the center line or median strip.

in opposite directions separated in Some intersections may have spe-

some way. The division may be sim- cial turn lanes for right and left turns.
ply a guardrail or a median. A medi- To turn, check your rearview mirrors
an is an area of ground separating for any possible conflicts in your rear
traffic that moves in opposite direc- zone. Signal your intention to turn at
tions. A median can be a few inches least five seconds before the actual
to several feet wide, as seen here. turn because speeds are much higher
If you need to cross a multilane on rural multilane roads.
highway, cross each half of the multi- Signaling well in advance gives
lane road as though it were a one-way traffic behind a chance to adjust
street. If a large enough crossover speed and position to avoid any con-
area exists, move into it after you flicts. If turning left, keep your wheels
cross the first lanes of traffic. Stop, straight until you start your turn. If

look for a large enough gap. You will you are hit fi-om behind, you will not
be turning into the fastest lane of be pushed into oncoming traffic.

traffic, so you may need to look for If you see a vehicle approaching
a gap of six seconds or greater. at a high speed from behind, forget
your turn, accelerate quickly, and
Lane Choice Whenever possible,
proceed straight ahead across the
drive in the right lane on a multilane
intersection to avoid being hit from
highway, unless signs indicate other-
behind. To do this safely, you must
wise. The left lane is usually for pass-
be aware of the conditions in the
ing or preparing to turn left.
intersection.
Turning at an Intersection When
Entering a Multilane Road Follow
leaving a multilane roadway, turn
these procedures if you are on a side
right from the right lane. When

A median strip safely separates liigh-speed traffic tliat niuves m opposite directions.

202 Unit 3 Driving in Differenl Environments ,ind Situations

To make a left turn from a side road onto a multilane tiigtiway, a median strip provides a

safe place to wait for a gap.

road and wish to enter a multilane Though

to a line-of-sight restriction.

roadway: drivers on multilane roadways may

• To turn right, check to the left and have advance warning signs of inter-
right of where your target area is sections ahead, there rarely are such
located. Make sure the left, front signs for driveways.

and right zones will be open.

Enter the nearest right lane as you
turn. Steer toward your target and
accelerate quickly to the prevail- Review It
ing speed. Change lanes only after 1. How should you apply the
you clear the intersection and IPDE Process when driving
reach the prevailing speed. on rural roads?
• Left turns require larger gaps 2. What steps should you take
than right turns. First, cross the to safely handle a curve?
lanes on your side of the road- 3. List five situations that

way. Choose a time when no traf- require more than a

fic is approaching in the lane just 3-second following distance.

across from the center line. Then 4. What is the procedure for
turn into the nearest lane. entering a multilane rural
Accelerate more quickly to the highway?
prevailing speed than you would
for a right turn.
Entering the roadway from a
driveway presents problems similar
to entering from a side road. On-
coming drivers may not see you due
Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 203
 Passing and Being Passed on Rural Roads

Passing on a two-lane road carries pass, continue the steps in

a higher level of risk than passing preparing to pass.
Objectives
1. List the checks
on a multilane road. When you pass • Check roadway markings and
to make before
on a two-lane rural road, you will be signs ahead. Make certain that

passing another
in the same lane as oncoming traffic passing is legal.

vehicle.
for a short period of time. Use parts • Look ahead to your target area. Is

2. List the steps for

of theIPDE Process to help lower your line of sight adequate? You
passing on a two- your risk when passing. may have to move to lane posi-

lane rural road. tion 2 to get the best view ahead.

3. List situations
Passing y Is it safe to pass?

where passing Passing another vehicle is really a • Check the roadway conditions. If
should never be three-stage procedure. You decide to traction is limited, you probably

attempted. pass, prepare to pass, and execute the should not pass. If you must pass
maneuver. under poor conditions, you will
need to accelerate gently and
Deciding to Pass gradually while passing.

Before you pass a vehicle, assess • Check the roadway shoulders

your situation. Ask yourself these and sides ahead that might cause
questions: the vehicle you are passing to
• Is it worth it to pass? swerve to the left.

• Is it legal to pass?
• Check your rearview mirrors for

• Is it safe to pass? any potential conflicts to your

Consider passing only if you can rear zone. If a vehicle is rapidly

answer "yes" to all of these questions. closing in behind you, delay

The major responsibility for passing your pass.

safely belongs to the driver who is

• Glance quickly over your left

passing. shoulder. Make sure there are no

vehicles in your blind spot.

C Preparing to Pass • Check the oncoming traffic lane

again. Make sure no vehicles are
Take these actions when preparing
SAFE DRIVIIVG
rq]
to pass:
approaching and there is enough
space for you to pass safely. Any
• When you find your front zone
Although some states closing to less than three seconds,
approaching vehicles must be at
allow passing drivers to least 20-30 seconds away. You
identify the reasons. Is the vehicle
exceed the speed limit, will need 10-15 seconds to com-
ahead going slower than the
it is safer to pass within plete the pass. //'/'/; doubt, do
posted speed limit? Is it likely to
the posted speed limit. not pass.
be making a turn? If so, hold
back and eliminate passing.
• Check ahead for driveways and
If

conditions indicate you should

side roads. Make sure no traffic

will be entering the roadway.

204 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments ,ind Situations

 you have determined that
After
your left-front zone (the path to be
taken) is clear, you are ready to pass.
Ifyou identify a problem, slow down
and establish at least a 3-second fol-
lowing distance. Repeat the steps to
prepare to pass again. In time these
steps will become part of your nor-
mal driving behavior.

Executing a Pass on Two-Lane

Roads
Follow these steps when passing on a
two-lane road:
1. Get in your ready position by
keeping at least 3 seconds of
following distance.
2. When it is safe to pass, signal for

a left-lane change and glance

over your left shoulder to check
your blindspot.
3. Change lanes smoothly.
4. Accelerate at least 10 mph faster

than the vehicle you are passing.

All passing should be done within
the speed limit.
5. Make your final evaluations. If

you notice a problem that is

within 20-30 seconds ahead, you

can still change your mind —pro-
vided you have not gone beyond
the vehicle you are trying to pass.
If it is clear, continue to acceler-
ate to the proper speed.
6. Maintain your speed. Remain in
the left lane until you can see two
headlights of the vehicle you are
passing in your inside rearview
mirror.
7. Signal for a right-lane change.
8. Return smoothly to the right
lane. Do not slow down.

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 205

 9. Cancel the signal. Adjust your
speed and vehicle's lane position.
If you are passing a large truck,
you will need more time and space.
It is a good idea to make sure that
you have at least 30 seconds of clear
space when passing a large truck.

No-Passing Situations
No-passing situations are marked by
solid yellow lines, as shown in the
pictures. Signs can also mark no pass-
ing zones. Rectangular white signs on
the right side of the road will indicate
DO NOT PASS; yellow pennant-shaped
signs are on the left side of the road
and indicate NO passing ZONE. Passing
is illegal and unsafe when

• your line of sight is restricted

• space is narrow, and your front
zones are closed
• cross-traffic is present, even if no
The solid yellow line means that drivers in the right lane must not pass. They
warning signs or lines are present
would be unable to see vehicles coming over the hill.
How do these conditions apply
to the following situations?

No Passing on Roads Going Uphill

Passing is not allowed within 700 to
1 ,000 feet before the top of a hill.

Notice that the driver of the yellow

car in the top picture has too great a
restricted line of sight to pass safely.

No Passing at Intersections Passing

is illegal within 100 feet of an inter-
section. Slow down when approach-
ing an intersection.

Other No-Passing Situations

There are other situations where
passing is prohibited or should not
be attempted. Examples include:
• Within 100 feet before a railroad
Passing at or near an intersection is dangerous. A driver turning from the crossing.
crossroad might enter your lane.

206 Unil 3 Driving in Different [Link] and Situations

 • On a two-lane bridge or under-
pass.
• On curves, where your line of
sight is so restricted you can not
around the curve.
see
• When the vehicle ahead is travel-

ing at or near the speed limit.

Remember, most passing should
not require a driver to exceed the
posted speed hmit.
• When your line of sight is

limited by fog, snow, or rain.

• When several vehicles are ahead
of you, pass only one vehicle at

a time.
• When you cannot complete a
pass before the start of a no pass-
ing zone
• Any time oncoming traffic is too
close.
• When you will be stopping or
turning soon. Do not pass on bridges and near underpasses, since they might not have
shoulders to provide escape areas.

Passing on Multilane Roads

You need to be cautious on a multi-
lane highway with only a center line
to separate traffic. Check all lanes
going in your direction before you
pass on a multilane roadway. Make
sure that no one will move into your
front zones taking away your path of
travel. The vehicle you intend to pass
should be going several miles per
hour slower than you.
Generally, all passing should be
done in the left lane. Passing on the
right is often illegal. Sometimes, it

becomes necessary to use the right

lane to pass a vehicle. Remember the
procedures for passing and follow
them every time you pass.

Passing is Illegal in both lanes around this curve.

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 207

 Glance regularly into your mirror to see if a car is about to pass you.

Being Passed
If you are the passing driver, you
have the majority of the responsibih-
Review It
What are the checks you
ty for passing safely. However, you
should make when preparing
also have responsibilities when being
to pass?
passed.
What are the steps for pass-
You must be aware that another
ing on a two-lane rural road?
vehicle is passing, even when the dri-
In what situations should
ver of the vehicle fails to properly
you never pass?
warn you. Check your mirrors often
to identify vehicles approaching
from the rear.

When another vehicle passes, it

may help to move to lane position 3.

By doing you provide an extra

so,

space cushion and provide the pass-

ing driver with a better view ahead.
If the passing driver is having
a difficult time trying to pass, slow
down to help that driver. Intention-
ally speeding tip while being passed
is illegal. Only speed up when the
driver has decided not to pass and
drops back. This will quickly open
a space behind you.

208 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Rural Situations You Might Encounter

rural areasyou may encounter moving vehicles have an orange and

In
vehicles, animals, and situations red triangular sign like the one in Objectives
that you do not encounter on city the picture. 1. Explain how
streets. Apply the same driving When driving at a higher speed, to pass a slow-
techniques in rural areas as you you will rapidly close in on a slow- moving vehicle.
would urban areas. For example,
in moving vehicle. If you find yourself 2. Explain the steps
in a rural area you v^ould respond closing to less than three seconds, be to take to deal with
to a tractor pulling a plow the same aware that you may have a problem. animals on or
way you would a large truck or bus Slow down and prepare to pass when along the roadway.
in the city. Applying the IPDE it is safe to do so. Stay far enough 3. Explain how you
Process whenever you drive will behind and in a lane position that
can allow hazards
maximize your ability to more you the ability
gives to check for to separate when
easily recognize conflicts and solve oncoming traffic. meeting traffic.
problems.
Animals
Slow-Moving Vehicles Animals can be a problem on rural

A slow-moving vehicle is one that [Link] can easily become

is unable to travel at highway speed. frightened and dart out into your
Most tractors and other large farm path. Each year millions of dollars
machinery can only travel at lower in property damage occur when
speeds. They are not designed, nor animals and motor vehicles collide.
intended, as means for personal Hitting a large animal can result
transportation. in damage to your vehicle, and seri-

Identify slow-moving vehicles as ous injury or death to you, your

The sooner you do,
early as possible. passengers, and the animal. In areas
the more time you have to respond. where large wild animals are com-
Apply the IPDE Process. Most slow- mon, reduce your speed and search

The vehicle has closed your front zone. Is it safe to pass in this situation?

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 209

 You Are the Driver!
How should you handle
this situation?

a much widerarea than usual. If you as above. Be careful not to risk a

seeone animal, anticipate the pres- more serious collision by trying to
ence of more. avoid the animal.
You may see warning signs where
large animals are common. If you see Meeting Oncoming Traffic
an animal warning sign, let it serve Meeting traffic on two-way roads
as a clue, and do the following: can be dangerous. Very little space
• Evaluate your left- and right- separates you from oncoming traffic.
front zones for line-of-sight With traffic moving at higher speeds,
restrictions from which animals a head-on collision can cause serious
could enter. damage, injury, or death.
• Check your rear zone to deter- If you identify an oncoming

mine if you will be able to slow vehicle, check your right-front zone
or stop quickly. for an alternate path of travel and
• Check your left-front zone to for line-of-sight restrictions. Try
see if it will be open for an to adjust your timing to have the
escape path. oncoming vehicle approach you
If you happen to observe one or when you have the least problem
more animals crossing the road, stop in your right-front zone.
well in advance. Be patient and wait Use these guidelines for selecting
until it is clear to proceed. Do not a place to meet oncoming traffic.

get out and attempt to hurry • Separate the hazards in or next to

any stragglers across the your path of travel. Adjust your
road. You are much safer speed to deal with only one haz-
in your vehicle. ard at a time. In most situations
When a smaller animal sud- slowing down is your best action.
denly appears in your front zone, Imagine the hazard is a narrow
you may be tempted to brake hard or bridge as in the picture. You
swerve. Follow the same procedures judge that you might meet the

210 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 approaching vehicle just about
the time you approach the haz-
ard. By slowing down and letting

the approaching vehicle clear

the hazard first, you separate
the hazards.
ANIMAL COLLISIONS More than 4 percent of ail colli-
• Meet where the most space is
sions reported in the United States involve animals,
available. When you must meet
and that percentage is rising. Most of these collisions
oncoming traffic, try to select
occur with deer — about 500,000 a year. Collisions with
a location where you have an
animals are more likely to occur at dawn or dusk. Most
open right-front zone to move October and November
of these collisions occur in
into if you need to swerve to
during the deer mating season.
avoid conflict.
• If you are meeting a line of vehi-
cles, slow down and move into
lane position 3 to provide a little

more space between you and the • an impairment due to alcohol,

approaching vehicles. other drugs, or medications
Oncoming drivers may cross into • an impairment due to illness
your lane on rural roads for several or fatigue
reasons. Examples include: • a vehicle failure
• a blowout, hitting or swerving to
avoid a pothole or other debris Meeting Slow-Moving Vehicles
on the road When you see a slow-moving vehicle
• an unexpected loss of traction or stopped vehicle in your left-front
due to ice, snow, rain, or mud zone, check to the rear of the vehicle
• a distraction for a passing vehicle. The passing

Adjust your speed and position to allow the hazards to separate.

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 211

 Not all railroad crossings have lights and gates.

driver may you are

not see you. If Railroad Crossings
applying the IPDE you will
Process, Many railroad crossings do not
check your right-front zone and have complete controls (flashing
move into lane position 3, or onto lights and gates). In rural areas,
the road shoulder if necessary. trains travel at high speeds. Be alert
Always know where you have an for railroad-crossing warning signs.
open zone into which you can move. Slow and check left and right before
If you do not have an open zone, crossing. Never cross a railroad
brake enough to create space for crossing until you know it is abso-
yourself or the passing driver. lutely safe to do so. Remember,
when a vehicle and a train collide,
Meeting at Night the train always wins.
Be alert when driving at night. You
need to be aware of vehicles in the
distance. Keep your windshield clean.
At night, headlights shining over Review It
the crest of a hill can warn you of 1. Identify the steps in safely
an approaching vehicle. If you have passing a slow-moving
your high beams on, switch them vehicle.
to low beam anytime you are within 2. List the steps to take to deal
500 feet of an approaching vehicle. with animals on or along
Do not look directly into the head- the roadway.
lights of the approaching vehicle; 3. Explain two examples of
you could be temporarily blinded, how you can allow hazards
especially if their headlights are on to separate when meeting
high beam. Glance instead to the traffic.
right edge of the road. There is often
a white line to help you maintain
position in your lane.

212 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Special Driving Environments

Driving through mountains and Driving Up a Mountain

deserts can challenge your Accelerate steadily when driving Objectives
patience, energy, and skills. Make uphill to maintain speed because 1. Describe special
certain your vehicle is in good work- gravity is pulling your vehicle down- safety precautions
ing condition. Adhere to the speed hill. If the slope is steep, you might for mountain
limitsand warning signs. Particularly need to downshift to a lower gear. driving.
be aware of your vehicle's gauges An automatic transmission vehicle 2. Describe special
while driving. will downshift by itself. On extreme- safety precautions
when extra power is
ly steep inclines, for desert driving.
Mountain Driving needed, you may need to manually
Mountain driving presents more shift an automatic transmission
g'W'[Link]^^[Link] /iHl III mil liiillil|J!im|mil!HHI

problems and special situations than vehicle into a lower gear (low 1

driving in flatter areas. The effects or LOW 2).

of gravity are constantly at work. When you can't see around a

Gravity will make your vehicle go curve, reduce your speed, move into
faster when going downhill, and slow lane position 1, and tap your horn.
your vehicle when going uphill. Evaluate your path of travel through
Mountain roads often zigzag the curve. An oncoming vehicle
across a mountain with a series of could cross into your lane because
sharp turns called switchbacks. A it has built up too much downhill
switchback bends sharply in the speed before the curve. Driving too
opposite direction. In the picture, the fast is a leading cause of collisions
sign warns that a switchback is ahead. in the mountains.

At the switchback this road reverses direction.

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 213

 Loaded trucks, recreational vehi- Adjust your speed with an occa-
cles (RVs), and vehicles puUing trailers sional use of the brakes. Do not ride
move more slowly up mountain your brakes, because doing so can
roads. Follow these vehicles at their overheat them and make them fade.
speeds and maintain at least a If you are braking often, shift to a
4-second following distance. Some lower gear; your transmission can
mountain roads have locations called help slow you down and can reduce
pull-out areas where an additional the need to brake as much. Finally,

right lane is provided for slower- keep your speed low enough to main-
moving vehicles. When slower-moving tain control and stay in your lane.
vehicles move into such areas, it allows Large vehicles can experience
faster-moving vehicles an opportunity serious brake problems going down-
to safely pass and proceed. hill, especially on long steep down-
grades. Some mountain roadways
Driving Down a IVIountain have runaway vehicle ramps, as the
Unless you do something to resist it, on the next page shows.
picture

gravity will pull your vehicle faster Runaway ramps provide a place for

and faster downhill. Downshift vehicles, especially large trucks, to

before you start traveling downhill, safely get out of traffic and stop when
regardless of the type of transmis- their brakes are no longer effective.

sion in your vehicle. Never coast

downhill in neutral, while depress- Weather in tlie IVIountains

ing the clutch, or in overdrive Fog, snow, and ice can make moun-
because the vehicle will speed up and tain driving even more difficult.

you might lose control. Some mountain roads become

blocked with excessive snow.
Weather conditions can suddenly
change in the mountains. If weather
conditions are poor, call the high-
way department or state police hot-
line. Tune your radio to frequencies

that update travelers on weather

and road conditions. These fre-

quencies are often identified on

blue driver-service signs along
the side of the road.

Effects of Altitude on Drivers

High altitudes can affect the driver,
causing shortness of breath, faster
heartbeat,and headache. Lower
Viewpoints provide a place for slower vehicles to move out of traffic so faster amounts of oxygen at higher alti-
traffic can proceed. tudes can reduce concentration and

214 Unit .1 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

cause drowsiness. Effects can be
worse for tired drivers. Do not drive
if you feel these effects or are tired.

Effects of Altitude on Vehicles

The thin mountain air can affect
your vehicle's engine. Climbing
power is reduced. Acceleration can
become sluggish. The temperature
of the water in your radiator may
increase significantlyand could
cause overheating. If your air condi-
tioner is on, turn it off.

Check your gauges and warning

lights often, li the temperature light the Driver!
comes on, safely pull over and stop How would this
security. The from the intense
glare
to let the engine cool. Turning on ramp help
sun can reduce your vision.
your heater may help circulate some a runaway
To help reduce the effects of hot
of the heat built up in the engine. vehicle?
desert driving, you should
Engines can get extremely hot
• wear good quality sunglasses to
when driving in mountains. When
help reduce the effects of sun glare
you shut off your engine, vapor lock
• plan more frequent stops and
occurs. The engine will not start
change drivers often
because the fuel cannot be pumped
• carry an ample supply of water
in a gaseous state. Allow the engine
to cool. Then try restarting it. \
Effects of Heat on Vehicles
If you do a lot of mountain dri-
ving, have your vehicle serviced reg- Extensive desert driving requires

ularly for maximum performance. more frequent vehicle service.

Battery fluids should be checked
daily if the battery is not self-
Desert Driving
contained. Radiator fluids should
Deserts are often hotter and larger
be checked at every fuel stop.
that most drivers realize. Desert
CAUTION: Never remove a
driving is hard on the driver,
from a hot radiator
radiator cap
the car, and the roadway. Always
The steam and hot fluid could burn
prepare yourself and your vehicle
you. Check the fluid level in your
in advance.
radiator recovery tank. If you must
check the level in the radiator, wait
Effects of Heat on Drivers
until your engine cools.
Intense daytime heat can cause great
Check tire pressure regularly.
stresson you when driving long dis-
Tire pressure will increase as you
tances. The sameness of the scenery
drive. Do not reduce the tire pres-
can lull you into a false sense of

chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 215

 Visibility can be very limited in a sand storm

sure below the lowest recommended oil and air filters changed. Dirt par-
pressure. A tire with low air pressure ticles from the storm that remain
will run hotter, which could result in in your fuel injection system and
tire failure. engine oil can cause excessive engine
wear and damage.
The Desert Roadway

r SAFE DRIVINC
Do not drive over
Well-designed highways with gentle
curves invite higher speeds. Be care-
ful of the sandy roadside shoulders,
because your wheels could sink
Flash Floods
A flash

flash flood
flood is a
rush of water from heavy rain.
sudden unexpected

can develop quickly and

A

water-covered roads quickly into the sand if it is not firm unexpectedly. This condition is espe-
or streams in the
and compacted. If you need to pull cially dangerous in the desert because
[Link] water may over, make sure the location you the ground washes away easily. If you
be deeper and running select is firm and out of traffic. encounter a flash flood, seek higher
more swiftly than you ground immediately and wait for
think.
Sandstorms and Dust Storms the water to recede. Stay away from

Windy conditions in deserts often creeks or natural drainage areas.

create visibility problems. Avoid

driving in sandstorms or dust
storms. If you encounter such a
storm, slow immediately and find Review It
a safe place to pull over. Turn off What safety precautions

your headlights and turn on your should you take for driving
hazard flashers. Wait in your vehicle in mountains?
until the storm passes. What safety precautions

If you must drive, go slowly. Use should you take for desert
your low-beam headlights to help driving?

see and be seen. As soon as possible

after the storm, have your oil, and

216 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments .ind Situations
Chapter 10

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1 . Characteristics of Rural Traffic individuals

1. What are rural roadways like? (196) Investigate Research to find out which states
2. What factors should you consider when select- have a 55 mph speed Hmit and which do not.
ing a safe speed? (196) Also examine the number of traffic fatalities that

3. How do traffic controls inform, warn, and occur each year in each state. Is there a correlation
regulate drivers on rural roads? (196-197) between speed limit and number of fatalities?

Use Technology Use the Internet to find out

2. Using Basic Sl(ilis in Rural Areas
current conditions on mountain roads (either
4. How should you use the IPDE Process in rural
in your state or another state). Discuss with the
driving? (198)
class what precautions you would take if you
5. What steps should you take to safely handle
were driving in those conditions.
a curve? (200)
6. What are some rural situations that require
Groups
increased following distance? (201)
Debate Divide your group into two and debate
7. How do you enter a multilane rural highway?
the issue of mandatory speed limits. One side
(203)
should argue for keeping a 55 mph speed limit;
the other side should argue for allowing speeds
3. Passing and Being Passed on Rural Roads
greater than 55 mph.
8. What checks do you make before passing
another vehicle? (204) Demonstrate Make a group poster that
9. What steps should you take when passing on a illustrates the hazards or other situations you
two-lane rural road? (205-206) might encounter while driving on a rural road.
10. In what situations should you never attempt Present the poster to your Group members
class.

passing? (206-207) should take turns explaining what each iOustration

means and what to do if the hazard or situation is
4. Rural Situations You Might Encounter encountered while driving.
11. How do you pass a slow-moving vehicle? (209)
12. What steps should you take to deal with
animals on or along the roadway? (209-210)
13. How can you allow hazards to separate when
meeting traffic? (210)

5. Special Driving Environments

14. What special safety precautions should you
take for mountain driving? (213-214)
15. What special safety precautions should you
take for desert driving? (215-216)

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 217

Chapter 10

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in List A.
sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in List A with the term it
letter that best completes the sentence or answers defines in List B.
the question.
List A
1. Posted speed signs indicate
8. place on mountain roads for vehicles to safely
(a) the safest speeds possible in any conditions.
get out of traffic when their brakes are not
(b) minimum speeds under ideal conditions.
effective
(c) maximum speeds under ideal conditions.
9. sign posts on a curve with suggested speeds for
(d) suggested speeds that legally may be exceeded. ideal conditions
2. Which of the following provides advance
10. additional right lane on mountain roads for
information and warning about approaching
slower moving vehicles
driving situations?
11. area of ground separating traffic moving in
(a) roadways (b) road shoulder conditions
opposite directions
(c) posted speeds (d) traffic controls
12. vehicle unable to travel at highway speed
3. What effect does increased speed have on the
13. turns that bend sharply in the opposite
time available to complete the IPDE Process?
direction
(a) increases time available
(b) decreases time available
ListB
a. pull-out area d. switchbacks
(c) varies with number of hazards present
b. slow-moving e. runaway vehicle ramp
(d) no effect
vehicle f. median
4. Solid yellow lines indicate
c. advisory speed signs
(a) no passing situations.

(b) conditions are favorable for passing.

Think Critically
(c) you must pass with caution. Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(d) hazards in the roadway. 1. Why do you think that rural collisions account
Completion Copy the number of each sentence for a majority ofhighway deaths?
below. After each number, write the word or words
2. What types of animals might you expect to see
in areas with animal-warning signs? What
that complete the sentence correctly.
roadways have separated lanes of traffic
should you do if you pass an animal-warning
5.

moving in opposite directions. sign while you are driving?

6. The force that makes your vehicle go slower

when driving uphill is called .

7. A is a sudden unexpected rush of water

from heavy rain.

218 Unit } Driving in Diffcrcnl EnvironmenLs and [Link]

 Chapter 10

Review

1. What hazards do you see? Which zones are open? How 2. You are driving the yellow car, and a car is attempting to
would you respond to avoid the hazards? pass you. What should you do to help the passing driver?

3. You are approaching a curve. What do you identify and 4. You are driving the yellow car. What possible conflicts do
predict? What actions should you take to safely handle the you identify? What should you do?
situation ahead?

Chapter 10 Driving in Rural Areas 219

220 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations
 Chapter 11
Driving on
Expressways

11.1

Characteristics of Expressway
Driving

11.2

Entering an Expressway

You Are the Driver! 11.3

Strategies for Driving

Imagine you are driving the sport utility

vehicle at the beginning of the entrance

on Expressways
ramp to this expressway. The traffic on
11.4
the expressway is heavy and is moving
Exiting Expressways
fast. The driver of the vehicle behind you

may be in a hurry and is following you

11.5
too closely. How can you communicate
Special Expressway Problems
with that driver? What action should you

take as you enter the acceleration lane?

In this chapter you will learn the nec-

essary skills for entering, driving on, and

exiting expressways. You will also learn

strategies for low-risk expressway driving.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 11 Driving on Expressways 221

 Characteristics of Expressway Driving

nonmotorized vehi-
Anorexpressway is

controUed-access highway.
a limited-access • Pedestrians,
cles, and slow-moving vehicles
Objectives
Vehicles can enter and leave express- are not permitted on most
List five reasons
ways only at interchanges. Express- expressways.
why expressways
ways include interstate highways, • Wide shoulders and extra-wide
have lower colH-
freeways, turnpikes, toll roads, park- underpasses provide good escape
sion rates than
ways, and some beltways. Most of paths.
other highways.
these terms are used interchangeably • Expressway signs are designed to
, Describe four
and designate any type of con- help drivers anticipate conditions
different types
trolled-access highway. well ahead.
of expressway
interchanges.
Advantages of Expressways Expressway Interchanges
, List strategies

for low- risk Expressways are designed for low- These pictures show the most com-
driving on risk higher-speed travel. Despite the mon types of expressway inter-

expressways. high speeds and heavy traffic, you changes. Interchanges are places where
are safer on expressways than on drivers can cross over or under as well

other highways. as enter or leave the expressway.

Expressways have fewer collisions

for five main reasons: Cloverleaf Interchange
• Cross traffic is eliminated. A cloverleaf interchange has a series
• Expressways have a median or of entrance and exit ramps that
barrier between opposing lanes resemble the outline of a four-leaf
of traffic. clover. This type of interchange
enables drivers to proceed in either
direction on either highway.

Diamond Interchange
A diamond interchange is used when
a road that has little traffic crosses a
busy expressway. A complete clover-
leaf is not needed because left turns
by exiting traffic can be made easily

on the less-busy road.

Trumpet Interchange
A trumpet interchange is used where
a side road forms a T intersection
with an expressway.

Cloverleaf interchange

222 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

All-Directionai Interchange

An all-directional interchange is

used in complicated intersections

with high-volume traffic. From this

interchange, traffic is channeled in

many different directions.

Safe Driving Strategies

Although expressways have advan-
tages compared to other types of
roadways, collisions on expressways
are often more serious. Higher
speeds often place greater demands Diamond interchange
on both driversand vehicles.
When driving on expressways, you
should travel at about the same speed
as other vehicles. Driving faster than
other traffic may cause you to be con-
stantly passing other vehicles. If you
drive too slowly, you can block the
smooth flow of traffic and become a
hazard. Conform to posted minimum
and maximum speed limits. Have
your headlights on at all times so you
are more visible to other drivers.
Use the following strategies to
help you become a safe expressway
driver. Trumpet interchange

Prepare Yourself and Your Vehicle

Preparation for driving on any
expressway should include a travel
plan, regardless of the length of the
trip. For short trips, know the name,
route, or number for both the
entrance and exit you will use.
For long-distance trips, plan stops
for food, fuel, and rest. Make every
effort to stay alert, use the IPDE Pro-
cess constantly, and be aware of traffic
conditions in all your zones at all times.

Mechanical failure can occur even

on a short trip. Keep your vehicle in
All-directional interchange

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 223

 Until you gain experience, avoid driving in heavy rush-hour traffic.

top condition to guard against Cooperate with Other Drivers You

mechanical failure when driving must cooperate with others when
SAFE l>UIVIi\ti
^4 on expressways. driving on expressways. Resist the
urge to challenge other drivers for
Traveling at the same Build Experience Gradually When
any reason. Road rage, an extreme
you first drive alone on an express-
speed as other traffic act of aggression, can be a serious
on the expressway
way, choose a time when traffic is
factor leading to a major conflict in
light. Avoid driving in the heavy
does not mean that you high-speed expressway traffic. React
rush-hour traffic like this photo-
should keep up with cautiously if someone cuts you off or
graph shows. Practice entering and
drivers who are moves into your front zone too soon.
exiting several times before driving
exceeding the speed
limit or driving too fast
in heavier traffic. When you are driv-
ing in very light traffic, practice lane
for conditions.
changes even when there are no
vehicles to pass. Once you develop
Review It
1. What are five reasons why
self-confidence, you will be better
fewer collisions occur on
prepared to drive in heavier traffic.
expressways than on other
Concentrate on the Driving Task types of roadways?
Traffic conflicts can develop more 2. What are four different types
rapidly at higher speeds, especially of expressway interchanges?
on multilane expressways. Give full 3. Explain what strategies you
attention to the driving task and do can use to become a low-risk
not allow yourself to become com- driver on expressways.
placent. Never lose sight of the fact
that high-speed expressway driving
can present a high degree of risk.

224 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Entering an Expressway

Before you enter an expressway, If you start to enter at an en-

make sure you are using the trance you do not want, go ahead Objectives
correct entrance ramp. Guide signs and get on the expressway. You 1. Explain how to
mark most entrances and give the can then safely exit at the first
enter an express-
route number, direction, and name opportunity. way properly.
of a major city located in that direc- 2. Describe four
tion. Many drivers have mistakenly Expressway Entrances possible entrance
tried to enter an expressway by using Most expressway entrances have problems.
an exit ramp. To help prevent this three parts: 3. Explain why
most states post signs saying
error, • The entrance ramp you time
gives entering an
WRONG WAY or DO NOT ENTER. to evaluate zone conditions and expressway
determine the best speed as you from the left is
prepare to enter the expressway. more hazardous
• The acceleration lane is usually than entering
long enough for you to search from the right.
for a gap in which to merge and
accelerate to the speed of traffic
on the expressway. However,
accelerating to expressway speeds
in the acceleration lane is deter-
mined by the volume of traffic
both on the expressway and in
the acceleration lane.
• The merging area is the third
part of an expressway entrance
where vehicles blend into the
expressway traffic. Evaluate how
much time and space you have in
your open front zones for merg-
ing into the flow of traffic. Try to
merge at about the same speed as

the vehicles in the nearest lane.

Steps for Entering

Follow these steps to enter an
expressway smoothly and safely:

1 . Make sure the entrance is the one

you want. Look for a red and white
WRONG WAY or DO NOT ENTER sign.
The parts of an expressway entrance

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 225

 ^^^ ^i^ikMi!- 2. Once on the entrance ramp, check
your front and rear zones. Signal
and take quick glances through
your left outside rearview mirror
and over your left shoulder to
find a gap in traffic where you can
safely merge. Look for an entrance
ramp signal light and be prepared
to stop if it is red.
3. Once you are in the acceleration
lane, gradually increase your
speed. Continue to quickly
Make sure the entrance is the one you want. Check front and rear zones. glance over your left shoulder
Find a gap. and through your outside
rearview mirror. Decide when it

is a safe time and place to merge

into the gap in traffic.
4. Before entering the merging area,
decide which vehicle to follow in
the flow of the expressway traffic.

As you enter the merging area,

adjust your speed to match the
traffic flow. Position your vehicle
at a safe interval behind the
vehicle you plan to follow.
Merge smoothly.
5. Once on the expressway, cancel
your signal and adjust to the
When in the acceleration lane, decide where to enter the gap.
speed of traffic. Keep a space

cushion around your vehicle.

Possible Entrance Problems

Entrance driver errors cause many
conflicts and collisions on express-
ways. Many drivers feel insecure
when they have to merge into fast-
moving traffic. Short entrance
ramps, short acceleration lanes,
and high dividing walls also can
cause entrance problems.
Using the IPDE Process at all

expressway entrances is critical.

Merge smoothly into traffic.

226 Unit i Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 • Make your visual checks and
zone evaluations quickly. Identify
possible problems on each part
of the expressway entrance.
• Predict actions of other drivers.
• Decide on your entrance gap and
speed.
• Execute your merge into traffic

smoothly and safely.

Entrance Ramp Problems If you

make an error and enter the wrong

entrance ramp, continue onto the
expressway. Drive to the next exit. When the signal light on an entrance ramp is red, wait for the green light before

Never back up on an entrance ramp proceeding onto the expressway.

or on an expressway.
If other vehicles are on the
and green. The timing of the signal
entrance ramp, adjust your speed to
lights is determined electronically by
avoid conflict. Some ramps, particu-
the volume of traffic at any given
larly ramps with sharp curves, have
time. You must wait for the green
yellow advisory signs posting a speed
light before entering the expressway,
limit. Stay within the speed limit.
as the picture shows.
Begin looking immediately for a
gap in traffic if the entrance ramp is Acceleration Lane Problems During

short or there is no acceleration lane. rush hours, the large number of vehi-
If you have a closed front zone, cles entering and on the expressway
reduce your speed to give the vehicle can make it almost impossible to
in front more time to find a gap. accelerate to expressway speeds. Under
Check your rear zone and avoid a these conditions, try to match the
sudden slow or stop. speed of traffic around you.
Some entrance ramps have high Some entrances have very short

walls that divide expressway traffic acceleration lanes. In such cases, you
and entering traffic. These walls usually do not have the space to accel-

restrict your line of sight to express- erate to the speed of expressway traffic.

way traffic. On some ramps, you will You need a longer gap to enter traffic
be very close to the merge area and accelerate to the traffic speed.
before you can see the expressway Make every effort to enter an
traffic. Reduce your speed until you expressway without stopping. A
have a clear line of sight. driver behind you might be looking
for a gap and not realize that you
Entrance Ramp Signal Lights Some
are stopped. If you must stop, take
entrance ramps have signal lights to
these precautions:
help space traffic entering the
1. Flash your brake lights to warn
expressway. The lights are usually red
behind you.
drivers

chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 227

 Entering an expressway from the left can be more difficult tiian entering from the right.

2. Pull onto the shoulder at the Checking fast- moving traffic

f SAFE DlUVlXd
3.
end of the acceleration lane
or merge area.
You are now in an emergency
over your right shoulder can be
difficult

Some
than checking to your
vehicle roof supports
more
left.

and head
If you have to stop situation. Wait for a large, safe restraints can obstruct your view of
before merging onto an gap. Signal and accelerate quickly the oncoming expressway traffic. You
expressway, you will as you join the traffic flow. might have difticulty seeing a motor-
need to accelerate cyclist or a very small car. Signal
more from a stopped Merging Area Problems Adjusting
early as you look for a gap. When
your speed is critical to timing a
position. Consider this you see a gap, accelerate and merge
as you determine the
smooth entrance into traffic. A
into the traffic lane.
speed needed for your
closed front zone may cause you
to reduce your speed and even to
entry.
select a new gap. Once you are
on the expressway, accelerate as
you establish your safe following
Review It
1. What are the proper steps
distance.
for entering an expressway?
Entrance Ramp on Left Some ex- 2. What problems could
pressway entrance ramps are located make entering an expressway
on the left of the expressway, as the difficult?
picture shows. The acceleration lane 3. Why is the chance for con-
merges into the far-left lane of flict greater when entering
expressway traffic. Since this lane is an expressway from the left

usually used for high-speed traffic, than from the right?

the potential for conflict is greater
than when you enter from the right.

228 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 Strategies for Driving on Expressways

or drivers changing
Once you are on the expressway, slowing traffic

stay alert as you adjust to the lanes. Anticipate closed zones and Objectives
constantly changing traffic scene. Use points of conflict before they occur. 1. Explain how to use
your IPDE Process continually. Use Predict that a parked vehicle on the the IPDE Process
the process to predict any conflict and shoulder might suddenly pull onto to achieve a safe
decide accurately how to respond. the expressway or even back up. At a path of travel.
distance, a vehicle backing up may 2. Describe when
Applying the IPDE Process still look like it is moving forward. following
Expressway driving can make using Decide Speeds seem to magnify a distances should
theIPDE Process more difficult than driver's indecision. Yet faster driving
be increased for
when driving on two-lane roads. speeds demand that you make expressway driving.
Higher speeds, multiple lanes, and a 3. Tell what actions to
quicker decisions. Last-second deci-
heavier volume of traffic can make sionsand driving adjustments can take when you are
the Identify and Predict steps more being tailgated.
change your safe path of travel into
difficult.
a closed zone or point of conflict. 4. Describe three

Interchanges can be high-collision actions that should

Identify Expressways are designed
areas since so many driver decisions be automatic when
to give drivers a long sight distance.
are made there. Open zones can very you are changing
However, higher speeds and multiple
quickly become closed zones. lanes on an
lanes reduce the amount of visual
expressway.
information you can gather. You
Execute Execute your decisions
need to identify the volume of traffic
smoothly. Avoid sudden moves.
around you, as well as signs, signals,
and roadway markings. You also
need to identify closed front zones
early. Never allow yourself to become
trapped between two large vehicles,
as the driver in the picture has done.
Be aware of drivers who do not
seem to have their full attention
on the driving task. These may be
drivers talking on cellular phones
or reading a map. Increase your
space cushion when you are around
these distracted drivers.

Predict A predictable traffic flow

is a safety feature of expressways.
However, you must search ahead to
your target area to watch for sudden The driver of this vehicle has become trapped with closed left-front and front

zones and a line-of-sight restriction.

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 229

 Signal early for every maneuver and not straddle lane lines because this
maintain a safe following distance. prevents the other drivers from main-
taining their proper lane positions.
Lane Choice
On the expressway, decide Signs, Signals, and Roadway
the best lane in which to Marl(ings
drive. Generally, it is safer Part of your decision of lane choice is

to drive in the right lane based on information from express-

and pass on the left. way signs, signals, and roadway mark-
Reserve the center and left ings. You are better able to maintain a

lanes for drivers who are safe path of travel and avoid making
passing and for faster traffic. sudden last-second decisions if you
When traffic is heavy in the • know your destination
right lane, especially at entrance • read signs and roadway markings
ramps during rush-hour traffic, use • always think ahead
the center or left lane to avoid con- On some expressways, several
flicts in the far right lane. Drivers overhead signs are posted at the same
entering, as well as drivers on the place. Scan the signs quickly to get the
expressway, share responsibility for information you need to continue in a
protecting each other ft^om conflict. safe path. In many states, an overhead
Large trucks and vehicles towing sign with a yellow panel indicates the
trailers are required to travel in the exit lane, as shown in the picture. All
right lane on many expressways. traffic in this lane must exit.
Although you may sometimes share Some overhead signs teU you if

the right lane with them, let the traffic lanes are open or closed to traffic. A
dictate the lane you will use. Avoid green arrow means that the lane is

driving between two large vehicles. Do open for traffic. A yellow X over your

You Are the Driver!

What should you do if you
suddenly realize this is the
exit that you want to take?

230 Unit .^ nrivinp in nifTcrcnt tnvironnicnts and Siliuliuns

 expressways to keep traffic from
SPEED LIMITS moving too slowly. This speed limit
is the lowest legal speed you can
D/^Y REASONABLE & PRUDENT
drive under ideal conditions. During
TRUCK 60
adverse conditions such as rain, fog,
NIGHT - ALL VEHICLES- 55 snow, or slippery roadways, driving
under the minimum speed limit is

both legal and wise. Use the far right

lane when you are driving at or

Some signs show special speed limits for under the minimum speed limit.
different times of day and types of vehicles.
Common Speed If you drive at the

common speed, the speed used by

lane warns you that the lane will be most drivers, you can better blend
closed ahead. In this case you must with expressway traffic. Sometimes
prepare to move into another lane. thecommon speed is above the max-
A red X farther ahead indicates that imum speed limit. Resist the tempta-
the lane already is closed. tion to increase your speed to keep
Many expressways into and out up with the faster vehicles. Drivers
of cities often have express lanes. In who exceed the common speed are
most cases, these lanes have very few likely to weave in and out of traffic
entrances and you are not
exits. If
to pass other vehicles. This practice
sure where your exit do not enteris,
is dangerous not only to the driver
the express lanes. Otherwise, you exceeding the speed limit, but also
may be forced to drive beyond your to other drivers on the expressway.
intended exit.
Wolf Packs A responsible driver tries
Speed Limits to avoid bunches of vehicles known
as wolf packs. Reduce your chances
Most states post maximum speed lim-
of being involved in a conflict by
its on expressways. Some states have
being a "loner" on the expressway.
no maximum speed limit, and others
This may be difficult to do in today's
post lower speed limits for trucks and
high-volume expressway traffic. How-
larger vehicles.
ever, when you travel in the middle of
When you drive in areas with no
a pack, all zones may be closed. Adjust
posted speed limit, follow the basic
your speed to avoid wolf packs. The
speed law. Drive at the speed that is
picture shows two wolf packs. The
safeand prudent for the weather and
driver of the yellow car in the center
roadway conditions.
lane has wisely chosen to be a "loner"
Minimum Speed Limit Driving too by driving between the packs.
slowly could be very dangerous in
Adjust your speed to avoid
fast-moving traffic and could cause Following
being in a wolf pack.
rear-end collisions. A minimum The high speeds of expressway traffic
speed limit is posted on many demand that you maintain at least

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 231

 following distance is especially
important when you are
• following a large vehicle that is

blocking your vision

• following a motorcyclist
• driving in bad weather or road-
way conditions
• driving in heavy traffic
• being tailgated
• driving a heavy vehicle or pulling
a trailer
• operating a motorcycle

Which
• entering or exiting an expressway
of these drivers is following too closely?

Blind Spots Remember that you have

a 3-second following distance. A blind spots in both your left-rear and

shorter following distance reduces right-rear zones. Check these zones

your sight distance and leaves little

often and be alert for other drivers

time and space to react to a closed who may pass you. When you are
front zone. behind a vehicle in the next lane, keep
Applying the 3-second following far enough back so you are not in that

distance rule on the expressway is a driver's blind spot. Reduce your speed
safe plan under ideal conditions. The or accelerate and pass in order to stay

blue car in the left lane of the picture out of another driver's blind spot.

has a good space cushion and a safe

following distance. However, the Being Followed
black vehicle behind the blue car is Vehicles following you too closely, or
following too closely and does not tailgating, can put you in a danger-
have enough space in the front zone. ous situation. Many drivers tend to

Keeping an ample space cushion think that they have no control

around your vehicle gives you both over the space in their rear zones.
time and space for an "out." Encourage tailgaters to pass you
Continually scan the traffic scene by reducing your speed gradually.
around you to be aware of any situa- However, do not reduce your speed
tion that may affect your safe path of if heavy traffic prevents tailgaters

travel. If a driver cuts into your space from passing. If a driver continues to
ahead, keep cool. Do not react in a tailgate, change lanes when it is safe

manner that could cause another to do so. Frequently check your rear
driver to exhibit road rage. Slow and zones to stay aware of any tailgaters.

reestablish a safe following distance.

Increase your following distance Lane Changing
to at least 4 seconds when conditions Avoid changing lanes too often.
are less than ideal. Increasing your Unnecessary weaving from one lane

232 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

to another can lead to a collision.
Take these steps to change lanes on
the expressway:
1. Change lanes one lane at a time.

Signal every lane change, whether

or not other vehicles are present.
2. Check traffic in the outside and
inside rearview mirrors. Check the
blind-spot area in the direction
you want to move.
3. If your path is clear, accelerate

gently and move to the next lane.

4. Cancel your signal after you have
changed lanes.

Once you have made a lane

change, establish your position in
that lane before moving to another.
Drive at the speed of traffic in that
lane if it is within the speed limit.
Changing lanes on an expressway A conflict can occur when two drivers head
ismore complicated when three or for the same space at the same time.
more lanes of traffic are moving in
the same direction. Many times a
potential conflict is created when two
drivers head for the same space at the
same time, as the top picture shows.
A quick glance over the shoulder lets

you check the lane to see if it is open.

Sometimes you will change lanes
so traffic entering the expressway can
merge safely. Remember that some
expressways have entrance ramps on
the left as well as on the right. If you
are driving in the left lane and see a
driver entering fi-om the left, predict a
closed front zone. Signal right, check
your right zones, and change lanes as
the yellow car in the picture is doing.
Lanes are often closed for con-
struction and road repair. When a
lane is closed, drive only in the lanes
open for traffic. It is both illegal and
The driver of the yellow car predicted a closed
hazardous to use the shoulder or front zone and decided to change lanes.

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 233

 median as a driving lane when traffic move to lane position 2 or 3.
is backed up. Drivers who drive ille- Continue to check the vehicle that
gallyon the shoulder are also pre- is passing you. Keep your speed
venting emergency vehicles from steady and do not accelerate.
having an open path of travel. If you are continually being
passed on the right, move to the lane
Passing and Being Passed on your right when it is safe to do so.
Passing other vehicles on an express- When you are ft'equently being passed
way usually is safer than passing on a on both sides, you are in a poten-
two-lane highway. Because a median tially dangerous situation. You have

separatesyou from oncoming traffic reduced the space in your left and
on an expressway, a head-on colli- right zones and have greatly increased

sion is not a threat. However, ex- your degree of risk. Blending into
pressway speeds and a high volume the flow of traffic is just as impor-
of traffic demand caution and con- tant during passing as it is when
centration, along with the constant entering or exiting an expressway.

use of the IPDE Process, when pass-

ing. Always make sure conditions are
safe for passing before you begin
your maneuver. Review It
Passing on the left is common on 1. How can using the IPDE
expressways. However, passing on the Process help you maintain

right is permitted if a slower driver is a safe path of travel on

in the left lane. expressways?
When passing another vehicle, 2. When should following
follow the procedure for making a distances be increased for

lane change to the left. The yellow expressway driving?

car in the picture is following the 3. What actions could you
correct lane-change procedure to take when you are being

pass vehicles in the two right lanes. tailgated?

After passing, return to your origi- 4. What three actions should

nal lane by making a safe lane change. be automatic when

Make these actions automatic changing lanes to pass
when you pass: on an expressway?
• Evaluate the zone you are entering.
• Signal your lane change.
• Check blind-spot area by glanc-

Use signals and constantly ing over your shoulder to the left

check traffic when passing or right, as necessary.

on an expressway. When you are being passed, be
aware of the position of the vehicle
passing [Link] you do not have

enough space cushion to the side.

234 Unit 3 Driving in niffcrenl KiivininiiK-nls .iikI Sitiialiiins

 Exiting Expressways

Leaving an expressway safely vehicle without blocking the vehicles

requires planning and skill. Plan behind. Try not to decelerate until Objectives
for your exit as early as possible. you are off the expressway and in the
1. Explain how to
Scan signs to know which exit to deceleration lane. apply the IPDE
take. When you see the sign for your The deceleration lane leads into Process to exit an
exit, move into the lane designated the exit ramp, the ramp leading off expressway.
by the sign. Most expressway exits the expressway. Identify the sign that 2. List the steps
provide a deceleration lane, an shows the exit-ramp speed. If you do for exiting an
added lane in which to slow your not slow your vehicle enough in the expressway.
deceleration lane, you might enter 3. Describe three
the exit ramp at too high a speed. possible exiting
Many exit ramps lead into a sharp
problems.
curve. The posted ramp speed limit

indicates the top speed possible for

mmimmmmmmimmmmmmmmmmmmiKm
negotiating the exit Remember,
safely.

if you miss the exit you want, go on

to the next exit. Never stop or back up

if you go past your exit.

Applying the IPDE Process

Use the IPDE Process to plan your
exit well in advance:
1. Identify the green expressway
guide signs showing the distance
to your exit.

2. Predict actions of other drivers

who might be using the same exit.

3. Decide on the safe speed for

exiting.
4. Execute your maneuver smoothly
and blend with slower traffic.

Steps for Exiting

Follow these steps to exit an express-
way:
1. At least one-half mile before the
exit, check fi-ont and rear zones
for traffic. Signal and move into
lane position 3 in the lane that
The parts of an expressway exit.

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 235

 leads into the deceleration lane.
This shown in the first picture.
is

Change only one lane at a time.

Avoid last-second decisions and
sudden moves. Do not reduce
your speed until you are in the
deceleration lane.
2. Move into the deceleration lane.
Cancel your signal.
3. Flash your brake lights to warn
drivers behind that you are slow-
ing. Check your rear zones so
you will know the speed of fol-
Be in lane position 3 before you get to the deceleration lane.
lowing traffic. Slow gradually and
keep a safe space cushion ahead
and behind you.
4. Identify the exit-ramp speed
sign, asshown in the bottom
picture. Check your own speed,
and adjust to the posted speed
limit. Predict a STOP or YIELD sign
at the end of the exit ramp.
Be alert when entering traffic on
a local highway or street after leaving

the expressway. Expect two-way traf-

fic, and
pedestrians, intersections,
the need for lower speeds. Check
your speedometer frequently and
Move into the deceleration lane.
be alert for the typical hazards of
two-way streets and roads.

Possible Exiting Problems

Even though leaving an expressway
should be a smooth operation, prob-
lems can occur. Be alert and ready to
adjust to problem situations.

Crossing Paths On some express-

ways, like the one shown in the first

picture on same
the next page, the
lane is used as both an entrance and
an exit. Exiting traffic should merge

Slow to the posted speed limit.

236 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

behind entering traffic since entering
traffic is accelerating.

Ramp Overflow Traffic can back up

from an exit ramp onto the express-
way, as the second picture shows.
Rather than joining the overflow and
risking a rear-end collision, go past
the exit and use the next exit. Some
drivers pull off on the shoulder out
of the lane of traffic. This is both
unsafe and illegal.

Start slowing early if you must use

a backed-up exit. If you see vehicles
backed up near the exit ramp, check
your rear zone, flash your brake
lights, and begin to slow. Check your
rear zone again to make sure traffic is

slowing. If traffic is not slowing, try

to pass the exit area smoothly, and
drive on to the next exit.

Short Deceleration Lane Slow

more quickly if the deceleration lane
is short. Evaluate your rear zones.
This is critical in such situations.
As you enter the deceleration lane
• judge the lane's length
• identify the exit-ramp speed
• check speed while braking
• check traffic in rear zones

Review It
1. How should you use the
IPDE Process when planning Driver's paths might cross when the same What should drivers do when
lane is used for entering and exiting. traffic is backed up near an
an from an expressway?
exit
exit ramp?
2. What steps should you
follow when exiting an
expressway?
3. What are three possible exit-
ing problems?

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 237

 Special Expressway Problems

Expressways can provide the safest or exercise. If you need more rest,

type of driving. Even so, prob- stop at a safe place and take a
Objectives
lems can arise that present hazards brief nap.
, Describe the
cause of highway
and possible conflicts.
Fall-Asleep Collisions
hypnosis and tell

what actions to Driver Condition More than 100,000 collisions in the

take to stay alert. Driving for long periods of time can United States each year are caused by
, Explain what affect drivers. Be alert for problems sleepiness. Fall-asleep collisions are

to do if your that can affect you and the other twice as likely to involve fatalities as

vehicle becomes drivers on the road. other types of collisions.

disabled. Sleepiness is a preventable cause

, List three key Highway Hypnosis of vehicle collisions. Drivers who fail

factors that Staying alert can be a problem when to recognize their own fatigue and
contribute to you travel long distances on express- sleepiness, or even ignore it, pose a
safe driving ways. You may drive mile after mile at high-risk threat to themselves and to

on expressways. steady speeds with few hills, curves, others on the roadway. All drivers are

or interchanges. You can be lulled at risk for fall-asleep collisions.

into an inattentive, drowsy state

known highway hypnosis.

as Velocitation

When you tlrst notice that Hours of driving can fool you into
you are becoming drowsy or your thinking your vehicle is traveling
attention is less focused, sit up slower than it really is. You might
straighter and open a window. then unconsciously drive too fast.

Stop at the next exit and stretch This condition, called velocitation,

LEAVING EXPRESSWAYS Many drivers have

difficulty adjusting to lower speeds after leaving
an expressway. Some drivers fail to slow down
to the posted speed limit and find themselves
stopped by police officers. These drivers usually
wilt be issued tickets for speed-limit violations.

238 Unit 3 Driving in Oiffcrenl [Link] ancl Situations

can be especially hazardous when Disabled Vehicle
you exit an expressway. Take these steps with the first sign of
The roadways you drive on after trouble with your vehicle:
exiting usually have a lower speed 1. Check rear zones and signal.
limit than the expressway. If you Pull as far as possible onto the
are "velocitized," you might con- shoulder or the median.
tinue to drive at expressway speeds 2. Turn on your hazard flashers.
after making your exit. To prevent If the vehicle is not very far off
exceeding the local speed limit, the road, get everyone out and
check your speed often after exiting away from traffic.

the expressway. 3. When it is safe to do so, raise the

hood and tie a white cloth to the
Roadway Conditions antenna or door handle. If you
Be aware of the characteristics of have a cellular phone, call for help.

certain expressways in order to drive 4. If you have emergency flares or

safely on them. Even under the safest reflectors, set them out at least

500 feet behind your vehicle your vehicle becomes dis-

conditions, roadway problems can If

abled, pull as far as possible

still arise. when it is safe to do so.
onto the shoulder or median.
5. Get back into your vehicle and
Expressways Through Cities lock all Ask anyone who
doors.

City expressways have more exit and you to go to a

stops to assist

entrance ramps than rural express- phone and call for help. Never get

ways. More ramps increase merging into a stranger's vehicle.

traffic conflicts and give indecisive 6. Do not stand in the expressway

drivers more opportunities for dan- to direct traffic.

gerous last-second decisions.

Remember the following points Roadway Repair
when driving on an expressway Be alert for roadway repair zones.
through a city, especially during Watch for orange construction signs
SAVM DlUVIXti
rush hour: and be prepared to slow as soon
Fines are often doubled
• In most cases, drive in the center as you identify the first one. Early-
for speeding violations
or left lane to avoid merging warning construction signs with
in construction zone
vehicles. blinking lights indicate the construc-
areas.
• Know well in advance where you tion-zone speed limit. Reduce your
want to exit. Get in the correct speed and follow the directions of
lane early. Fast-moving traffic the construction workers.
can make lane changing difficult

and dangerous. Rural Interstate Highways

• Search constantly for signs, sig- Driving long distances on rural inter-
nals, and roadway markings. state highways can become monoto-
• Predict that other drivers are nous. Check your speed frequently,
less alert and less aware than and look as far ahead as possible into
you are. your target area.

Chapter 1 1 Driving on Expressways 239

 a machine. The second type is oper-
ated by an attendant for drivers
without exact change and drivers
of larger vehicles.
Another type of tollbooth is

operated electronically. An electronic

device is placed inside the driver's
vehicle on the windshield or on the
dashboard. As the driver approaches
the designated toll lane, the device
communicates electronically with
a computer in the lane. The toll is
Select your lane well in advance. Stay in that lane and have your money ready.
then subtracted from a previously
prepaid account.
Try not to let larger vehicles tail-
gate you. Remember that they can-
Using Expressways Safely
not stop as quickly as you can. Pass
Three key factors contribute to safe
larger, slower-moving vehicles only
driving on expressways:
when it is safe to do so.
• cooperation among drivers
• concentration on the driving task
Tollbooths
• use of the IPDE Process
ToUbooth plazas are located along
Keeping these factors in mind as
many expressways. You stop at a you gain expressway experience will
tollbooth and pay a fee, or toll, for
enable you to contribute to low-risk
driving on that expressway.
expressway driving.
Rough sections of roadway, called
rumble strips, are built into the ap-
proach lanes of some toU plazas. These
strips warn you of the tollbooths ahead
Review It
and remind you to check your speed.
1. What are causes of highway
When approaching a tollbooth
hypnosis? What actions can
plaza, look for a green light above a
you take to stay alert?
tollbooth. The green light indicates
2. What should you do if your
that the lane is open for traffic.
vehicle becomes disabled?
Many toll plazas have signs over-
3. What are three key factors
head in different colors, as the pic-
that can help you drive safely
ture shows. These colors indicate the
on expressways?
lanes for the tollbooths that are elec-
tronic, require exact change, or are
attendant operated.
Toll plazas have at least three

types of tollbooths. One type is auto-

matic; the driver deposits coins into

240 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

Chapter 1

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

I. Characteristics of Expressway Driving Individuals

1. What are five reasons expressways have lower Observe TrafficAs a passenger in a vehicle,
coUision rates than other highways? (222) observe vehicles that pass both the vehicle you
2. What are four different types of expressway are in and other vehicles. Record the number of
interchanges? (222-223) vehicles you see passing in a five-minute period.
3. What strategies can you follow for low-risk Note the number of vehicles passing on the right
driving on expressways? (223-224) and the number passing on the left. Also note
whether the vehicles seem to be exceeding the
2. Entering an Expressway speed limit. Discuss your observations in class.
4. How do you properly enter an expressway?
on map of
Investigate Locate the interchanges a
(225-226)
your area and nearest city. Identify each as clover-
5. What are four possible problems you may have
leaf, diamond, trumpet, or all-directional. Discuss
when entering an expressway? (227)
your findings in class.
6. Why is entering an expressway fi-om the left more
hazardous than entering from the right? (228)
Groups
3. Strategies for Driving on Expressways Use Technology Use the Internet or other sources
7. How can you use the IPDE Process to achieve to research the use of tollbooth plazas in your
a safe path of travel? (229-230) state and neighboring states. Find out how many
8. When should following distances be increased tollbooth plazas are being used. Find out whether
for expressway driving? (232) the tollbooths operate with toll attendants, auto-
matically, or electronically. Also find out how
4. Exiting Expressways much money the booths collect annually and how
9. How can you apply the IPDE Process to exit the money is used. Write a group report based on
an expressway? (235) your findings.
10. What steps should you take when exiting an
Demonstrate As a group, make an expressway
expressway? (235-236)
model and label the various components. Present
II. What are three possible exiting problems?
your model to the class. Group members should
(236-237)
take turns explaining the purpose and potential
problems related to each expressway component.
5. Special Expressway Problems
12. How is highway hypnosis caused and what
actions can you take to stay alert? (238)
13. What should you do if your vehicle becomes
disabled on an expressway? (239)
14. What three key factors contribute to safe driv-
ing on expressways? (240)
Chapter 11 Driving on Expressways 241
Chapter 11

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement defines in list B.

or answers the question.

List A
1. Expressways are safer than other types of roads 7. group or formation of vehicles traveling on an
because expressway
(a) there is less traffic. 8. speed used by most drivers on an expressway
(b) there are no intersections or cross traffic. 9. condition of unconsciously driving too fast as a

(c) average speeds are higher. result of driving for long periods at high speeds
(d) there is no barrier between opposing traffic 10. lane that permits drivers entering an express-
lanes. way to accelerate to the speed of expressway

2. If traffic is backed up on the exit ramp you traffic

want you should

to use, 11. stretch of roadway at the end of an acceleration
(a) pass the ramp and use the next exit. lane where vehicles join the flow of traffic
(b) stop on the expressway until the ramp
ListB
is clear.
a. acceleration lane
(c) pull onto the shoulder and wait.
b. velocitation
(d) none of the above
c. wolf pack
3. Expressway collisions tend to be more serious
d. common speed
than those on other types of roads, because
e. merging area
expressways
(a) have median strips.
Think Critically
(b) have so many conflicts.
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(c) have higher-speed travel.
1. What are the pros and cons of higher-speed
(d) have more hazards.
driving on an expressway?
Completion Copy the number of each sentence 2. How do you think wolf packs form on
below. After each number, write the word or words expressways?
that complete the sentence correctly.
4. You slow your vehicle without blocking those
behind you when you are in the lane. .

5. A interchange is used when a side road

forms a T intersection with an expressway.
6. The right edge of the expressway should be
marked with a line.

242 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situation;;

 Chapter 11

Review

Decision Making

1. The yellow car is about to enter the merge area. What 2. What unsafe practice is the driver of the yellow car follow-

should car 1 do? How can car 2 help? What should car 3 ing? What options does this driver have to improve the situ-

predict? What action should the driver of the yellow car be ation? How might the tailgater affect the yellow car driver's
executing? decision?
244 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations
 Chapter 12
Driving in Adverse
Conditions

12.1

Reduced Visibility

12.2

Reduced Traction

12.3

You Are the Driver! Other Adverse Weather

Driving in traffic during good weather
Conditions
is difficult enough —but imagine driving
in these snowy conditions! The unpre-
dictable nature of other drivers makes

this a high-risk situation. What wiU you

predict others might do? How can you
control your vehicle? Can you prepare
for this ahead of time?

Extreme situations will raise many

questions on how to drive safely. This

chapter will help you answer those ques-

tions and show you how to better manage

risk in these situations.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 245

 Reduced Visibility

Whenever visibility is reduced sight restriction, you will have a

drivers need more time to use much harder time using the IPDE
Objectives
the IPDE Process. You can maintain Process effectively.
1. Tell how to use
a safe intended path of travel by A simple thing like moisture
the IPDE Process
• slowing down to give yourself forming on the inside of your
to manage risks
more time windshield can make the differ-
inbad weather.
• scanning in and around your ence between safe, low-risk
2. Explain what you
path of travel to the target area driving and colliding with another
can do to help
to identify hazards early vehicle. Take these steps when
others see you at
• predicting others will make the slightest amount of moisture
dawn and dusk.
maneuvers into your intended builds up:
3. Describe the spe-
path of travel • Turn on your front-window
cial techniques
• deciding to position your vehicle defroster.
you can use for
ahead of time with an extra space • Switch on your rear defogger.
night driving.
cushion around it • Use air conditioning and/or
4. Explain the pro-
• executing driving actions gently heater if it will help.
cedure to use at
to maintain control so others • Open windows as needed.
night when an
know what you are doing Clean all windows and lights
oncoming driver
ahead of time in bad weather. Keep
fails to use low-
Your Vehicle Windows a close check on any ice, snow, or
beam headlights.
The most important rule for your dirt buildup, especially on head-
vehicle's glass is "keep it clean!" If and taillights. Stop
lights to clear

dirty windows become a line-of- them by hand.

Imagine what important things you don't see in the night.

246 Unit 3 Orivint; in nitTercnl Environments jnd Sitiutions

 good weather, clean win-
Even in

dows can be a problem. The plastics

used in many vehicle interiors can
give off vapors that coat the inside of
windows over time. Cigarette smoke
also can create a dirty-window prob-
lem. By keeping windows clear, you
improve your ability to identify,

especially at night.

Sun Glare
At times the sun can create severe
and blinding glare conditions. Sun
glasses and a sun visor can help, but
try to avoid looking toward the sun.
By driving with low-beam head-
lights on all the time, you help other

drivers see you. The brightest day

will create the darkest shadows. With

severe-glare situations and the sun Dawn driving without iieadlights on can set many traps.
behind you, be prepared for other
drivers to miss seeing your signal or
light make it easier? What things
even seeing your vehicle.
might you see during day-time
driving that you would miss while
Dawn and Dusk driving at night?
Dawn and dusk driving situations
can be very dangerous. The low Headlights Keep these points in

visual contrast between moving mind when driving with your head-

vehicles and the driving scene can lights on at night:

be deceiving. Again, by always driv-

• Use high-beam headlights to
ing with your headlights on low see further down the road. Also,

beam, you can help others to see look beyond your headlights

you. How would you defend yourself for important information. Only

if the oncoming driver in the top use your high-beam headlights

picture did not have headlights on? when vehicles are more than
one-half mile in front of you.

Night Switch to low-beam headlights

the instant you see the head-
Low levels of light at night severely
lights of an oncoming vehicle,
limit your ability to use the IPDE
the taillights of a vehicle you
Process. Look at the picture on the
are approaching, or the taillights
left. Even with street lights, how
of a vehicle that has just passed
do these nighttime conditions make
you. This prevents you from
driving more difficult? Would day-

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 247

 Be ready to adjust to a new situation beyond the headlights.

blinding the other driver with 3. Could you be blinded by bright

your headhghts. oncoming headlights? Look
• Use low-beam lights in bad ahead with frequent quick
weather. In snow, heavy rain, glances to check oncoming
To give yourself more or fog, high-beam headlights traffic. Do not stare directly
time for the IPDE will reflect more light back into oncoming high-beam
Process at night, looi<
into your eyes; as a result, headlights.
beyond the range of you will see less. 4. Is it possible you will encounter
your headlights. a hazard to the right after the
Meeting Other Vehicles Take these
oncoming vehicle? Be ready to
actions if an oncoming driver fails
adjust to a new situation beyond
to use low-beam headlights after
the oncoming headlights.
you switch to low-beam headlights:
1. Is the oncoming driver far Overdriving Headlights The term
enough away to respond to you? overdriving headlights means
Briefly flick your headlights from driving at a speed that makes your
low to high to low to remind the stopping distance longer than the
oncoming driver to switch to distance lighted by your headlights.
low-beam headlights. Most new Make sure you do not overdrive
vehicles make this easy by having your headlights, especially in bad
a flash-to-pass position on their weather or on a slick road.
high-beam control switch. In normal driving conditions,
2. Is the oncoming driver still using use this 4-second stopping distance
high-beam headlights? Slow, rule to see if you are driving within
move to lane position 3, and the range of your headlights.

glance at the right edge of the 1. Pick a fixed-checkpoint ahead

road as shown here. the instant the checkpoint

248 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

 appears in the area lit by your
headlights as shown here.
2. Count off four seconds: "one-
thousand-one, one-thousand-
two, one-thousand-three,
one-thousand-four."
3. Check your vehicle's position.
When you have just reached your
fixed checkpoint, you can assume
your stopping distance on dry
pavement is within the range
of your headlights.

Fog
When your headlights shine into
fog, light is reflected back by water
particles in the fog. This makes it
harder for you to see. If you use The stop sign is five seconds away. Are you
high-beam headlights, your ability overdriving your headlights?

to see is reduced even further. Always

use low-beam headlights in fog as
Thick and in some situations
fog,
shown below. heavy industrial smoke, can be very
Fog also can reduce your ability to
dangerous. Before entering fog, be
judge distances. Oncoming vehicles prepared to slow or even park safely
may be you think. Avoid
closer than
off the side of the road. Better yet,
trouble by slowing and increasing the
park in a rest area or parking lot.
space cushion around your vehicle.

In fog, oncoming traffic may be closer than the driver perceives.

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 249

 Ifyou stop at the side of the road- location. Don't forget to use your

way, use your hazard Hghts to warn hazard flashers.

others that you are stopped.

Snow
Rain Wind-driven snow can reduce
Heavy rain reduces your abihty to your vision, cover roadway mark-
see and be seen. Keep your wind- ings, and make steering more diffi-

shield clear by using your wipers cult. Be prepared to slow and steer

and defroster on high. Make sure [Link] snow can block

your low-beam headlights are your rear window, reducing visi-
already on as shown in the picture. bility. Slush or ice also can build
Many states require low-beam head- up on your windshield wipers. If

lights to be on when wipers are on. snow, slush, or ice builds up, pull
Reduce your speed. As with fog, if off the roadway and clean it off.

the rain is so heavy that you cannot Also clear your headlights, tail-

see well, be prepared to pull off the lights, and other parts of your
road and sit out the storm in a safe vehicle that need it.

By using headlights all the time, you won't have to remember to turn them on in the rain.

250 Unit 3 Drivinj" in Differcnl i:nviriinmenls and SiliKilicMis

 You Are the Driver!
What special actions
should you be prepared
Sk:
to take in this heavy snow
'i:ri::: situation?

In blizzard conditions, the last

thing you want is to be stranded
in the middle of nowhere. If the
Review It

weather is that bad, try to delay

1. What actions should you
take when using the IPDE
travel until roads and weather
improve. Process in limited-visibility
situations?
Use low-beam headlights when
it snows, day or night. Reduce your
2. What steps can you take to

speed to maintain control and to help others see you at dawn

give others time to respond to and dusk?
you. If snow covers the road, 3. When should you use low-

closing your right-front zone, do beam headlights at night?

not crowd the center of the road 4. What steps should you take
by moving to lane position 2.
when an oncoming driver
This action has the effect of nar- fails to use low-beam head-
rowing the road and could lead lights?

to a head-on collision.

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 251

 12.2

Reduced Traction

discussed in Chapter traction 5, Hydroplaning When a tire loses

Asallows your to grip the road
tires road contact by rising up on top
Objectives
so that you can control your vehicle. of water and no longer has contact
1. Describe what
Rain, snow, ice, sand, and other with the road, hydroplaning occurs.
happens to
materials can limit your traction. Hydroplaning is caused by a combi-
traction during
Reduced traction can create high- nation of standing water, speed, and
rain and snow.
risk driving situations. tire condition. The deep tread of
2. List the steps you
new, properly inflated tires will cut
can take to avoid
Wet Roadways through the water and grip the road.
hydroplaning.
Rain-slick roads can create a prob- But even with good tires, hydroplan-
3. Describe how
lem for anyYou can avoid
driver. ing can occur at speeds of 35 mph,
to correct a rear-
trouble by knowing the right actions in water as little as 1/12-inch deep.
wheel skid. P

to take ahead of time. Tires that are bald or underinflated

4. Tell how to use
^

can start to lose their grip and

the controlled- When Rain Starts When rain starts
hydroplane at less than 35 mph.
braking to fall, it mixes with dust and oil on
Slushy snow in standing water also
technique. the road. This mix can make the increases the risk of hydroplaning.
road very slippery, until more rain If you must drive through stand-
washes it away.
ing water, take these steps to avoid
Reduce speed to make better hydroplaning:
use of your limited traction on wet • —
Reduce speed especially if the
roads. You can get a little better trac-
water is deep enough to have
tion by following the tire tracks left
raindrops "splash" on the water's
by the driver ahead. surface.

You Are the Driver!

What action should
be taken to avoid hydro-
planing before driving
through the water?

252 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

Deep water can be dangerous.

• Use properly inflated tires with to build frictionand create heat

good tread. on your brake pads. This heat
will help dry your brakes and
Deep Water When you don't know
keep them working.
how deep the water ahead is, do not
4. After leaving the water, squeeze
drive through it. Floods cause more
your brake pedal lightly to see if
deaths than any other weather con-
your brakes are working normally.
dition, and 60 percent are vehicle
If your vehicle pulls to one side
related. If you must drive through
or does not slow, drive for a short
deep water, use the following steps:
distance while applying a light
1. Estimate water depth by watching
brake-pedal pressure with your
other vehicles and looking at
left foot to help dry your brakes.
objects such as fire hydrants, fence
posts, and parked vehicles. If there
Snow
is even a possibility of the water
Different types of snow can produce
coming up to the bottom of your
vehicle —do not enter the water.
different levels of traction. When
fresh snow falls at low temperatures,
2. If the water is just over the rims
of your tires, drive slowly in low
traction can be fairly good. When
traffic packs the snow at places
gear. Avoid driving on a soft
like intersections, traction can be
shoulder. Try to drive on the
reduced. In subzero weather, even
higher, center of the road.
the moisture from vehicle exhaust
3. When driving at a low speed
can freeze into dangerous ice on
through water, apply a light
the pavement.
brake pressure with your left foot

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 253

 If your drive wheels slip, release your
accelerator and start again.

To improve traction on snow, use

all-season tires. To improve traction
even more, many states allow the use
of tire chains at certain times. Chains
are placed over the tread on the tires

to increase traction.

Rocking a Vehicle Often you can

move your vehicle out of deep snow,
mud, or sand by driving forward a
litde and then back a little. By repeat-
ing this sequence, you can work your
Use gentle control actions to rock your vehicle. way out. This technique is called rock-
ing a vehicle. Check your owner's

Temperatures at or just below manual to make sure this procedure

the freezing point (32°F or 0°C) can will not hurt your transmission. If it

create dangerous traction situations. is okay, follow these steps:

The combination of snow, slushy 1. Straighten front wheels as the dri-

water, and ice can make for extremely ver in the picture above has done.

slippery surfaces. 2. Gently accelerate forward. Do not

spin your wheels.
Driving Techniques for Snow 3. Let up on your accelerator. Pause
Gentle acceleration, steering, and just long enough to let the engine
braking are the keys to vehicle control slow. Shift to REVERSE and gentiy
in snow. Put your vehicle in motion move backwards. Let up on your
by gently squeezing the accelerator.

SALTING ROADS Using salt on roadways is a big operation

in most states and cities that experience cold weather.

Thousands of tons of salt are used on roads in northern-

tier states across the country. Because salt is also harmful

to the vehicle's paint and underbody, you should always

wash it off as soon as possible. Remember, salt only works
down to about 18 degrees Farenheit.

254 Unit 3 Driving in Diflcrcnl Invironnicnls and [Link]

 Cold air circulating

over and under bridges

causes water to freeze.

Ice forms on bridges first.

accelerator and shift to drive to from traffic. Slow gradually if your

move forward. vehicle starts to slide.
4. Continue this backward-and- Windows and windshield wipers
forward movement until your can also ice up in severe weather.
vehicle has cleared tracks that If your defroster cannot keep your
are long enough to drive out. windshield clear, pull out of traffic

and clear it manually. It might be

Ice best not to drive at all.

Be especially alert if temperatures If you must drive, be extra alert

drop below freezing and it is raining. for these icy situations:

These conditions are just right for • Ice on Bridges Bridge roadways
snow, ice, and sleet. Predict the worst tend to freeze before other road-
when ice begins to form. way surfaces. Cold air circulates

Temperatures will change the above and below the roadway on

amount of traction you will have on bridges and overpasses as shown
ice. If the temperature of ice warms in the picture.

from degrees to 32 degrees Faren- • Black Ice Be alert for "black ice"
heit, your traction will be cut in half. that forms in thin sheets. This
Squeeze your brakes lightly to can be extremely hard to see. Be
check your traction in icy areas. extra careful for this type of ice in
Only do this at low speeds away winter mountain situations.

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 255

 Construction Areas Construction
trucks and other equipment can
leave mud, dirt, or sand on the
road. Slow, steer gently, and obey
workers' directions. Be especially
careful for workers and construction
drivers who do not see you. Use
an extra space cushion to protect
them. In many states, traffic fines

double in construction zones.

Skidding
In Chapter 5 you learned how trac-
Gravel on the road will affect your control.
tion allows your vehicle to grip the
road. You also learned what factors
• Ice in Tire Tracks Snow can can reduce traction. In extreme
pack down into ice in the normal reduced-traction situations, your
driving tracks. Avoid these slip- tires may lose all or part of their grip
pery tracks by moving a little to on the road and skid. Skidding can
the right in lane position 3 to use happen on any surface while you are
the unpacked, less-slick portion braking, accelerating, or steering.
of your lane. In addition to slowing ahead of
time, early detection is one of your
Other Reduced-Traction best defenses to control skidding.
Situations What is the best way to detect a

Braking distance will always increase skid? Aim high to see your target
in low-traction situations. Slow
early and then be ready to slow
even more.

Gravel Roads Loose gravel on roads

can act like marbles under your tires

and cause skids. Well -packed wheel

paths usually form on heavily traveled
gravel roads. Drive in these paths for
better traction and control. If you need
to move out of the wheel paths, slow
and hold your steering wheel firmly.

Leaves Wet leaves on the road can

decrease traction and reduce your Respect the dangers around a construction
stopping and steering control. Slow site by lowering your speed and being ready
ahead of time if you see wet leaves to stop.

on the pavement.

256 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

If your vehicle skids off target to tfie left, you and you should steer like this.

migfit see this...

If your vehicle skids off target to the right, you and you should steer like this.

might see this...

well down the road. The instant you In all these situations, remember:
see your vehicle is not traveling in 1. A locked or spinning wheel
your intended path of travel toward provides no steering control.
your target, you need to start cor- 2. Never give up trying to correct
recting the skid, as the pictures a skid.

show. If you wait until you feel your

Over-Power Skid If you apply too
vehicle skidding, you may not be
much power to your drive wheels,
able to correct the skid in time to
they may spin, thus causing a skid.
avoid trouble.
To correct this, simply let off your
These pages will show you how
accelerator.
to correct most skidding situations.

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 257

 Over-Braking Skid If your vehicle 3. The rear end of your vehicle
does not have an antilock braking probably will continue to slide a
system (ABS) and you over-brake, little from side to side, or fishtail,
the wheels may stop while you are after you have corrected the ini-
still moving. To correct this, release tial skid. Steer and countersteer

your brake pedal enough to get your in the direction your vehicle
wheels rolling. See the controlled needs to go. As your speed
braking section on the next page drops, your control will increase.
for more details. Look at the illustration to the left

to see how you can provide precise,

Front-Wheel Skid You are in a
smooth, continuous steering actions
front-wheel skid if you turn the
to correct a fishtail skid sequence.
steering wheel and your vehicle
wants to slide straight ahead. Your Skidding in a Curve Slow ahead of
vehicle responds less than you want time to avoid skidding in a curve. If

it to. To correct this skid, you need you do skid in a curve, you probably
to regain traction for steering. To do are going to go off the road. If so,
this, you need to use the steps to correct a front-wheel
1. Release accelerator or brake or rear-wheel skid and steer for an
pedal pressure. off-road path of travel that is as safe

2. Quickly apply and release the as possible.

brake pedal to slow if your

vehicle does not have ABS.
3. Continue to look and steer at the
path of travel you want to follow.

Rear-Wheel Skid If you are steering

straight and your vehicle starts to
move off target to the left or right,
Correcting a fishtailing skid
you probably are just starting a rear
wheel skid. This skid can be caused
by using too much power or braking
on slick surfaces. The instant this
skid starts, do the following:
1. Release your accelerator or brake.
With manual transmission,
depress your clutch pedal.
2. Steer quickly and precisely in the
direction your vehicle needs to
go, as shown on page 257. On a
straight road, steer for your tar-
ABS enables you to steer and stop at the
get and intended path of travel.
same time.
Be careful not to overcorrect for
the skid by steering too much.

258 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

Controlled Braking
A panic stop can lock your wheels,
causing a skid and loss of steering
control.
Use controlled braking to reduce

your speed as quickly as possible

-nna 38 feet reinforced chains

while maintaining steering control packed

snow !Tna 52 feet snow tires
of your vehicle. Controlled braking
is a technique of applying your brakes
3138 60 feet conventional tires
to slow or stop quickly without lock-
ing your wheels. Follow these steps
I
(ina 75 feet reinforced chains
to use controlled braking:
149 feet
1. With the heel of your foot on the glare
conventional tires ma
ice
floor, let the ball of your foot
151 feet
press your brake pedal. You must snow tires

press hard enough to slow your

Braking Distances at 20 mph
vehicle rapidly without locking
your wheels.
2. If your wheels lock and your to steer and brake at the same time
vehicle skids, ease up on your as shown in the picture on the left.
brake pedal just enough to let They will not enable you to stop in a
your wheels start rolling. shorter distance.
3. Keep using this squeeze-relax The chart shows how long it

a little-squeeze process until takes to stop from 20 mph. Notice

you stop. the difference that different tires and
Using just the right amount road surfaces can make.
of pressure is the hardest part in
controlled braking situations. To
overcome this problem, most new
vehicles are equipped with an anti- Review It
lock braking system (ABS). 1. What happens to traction
An ABS-equipped vehicle uses a during rain and snow?
computer to prevent its wheels from 2. What happens when a
—
locking even in an emergency stop. vehicle hydroplanes?
If your vehicle has an ABS, just press 3. What are the steps you
the brake pedal as hard as you can need to take to correct
in an emergency. You may feel little a rear-wheel skid?
pulses through the brake pedal or 4. What does controlled
hear the ABS at work. Don't let up braking enable you to do?
on the brake pedal; maintain firm
pressure until you stop. Also re-
member, ABS vehicles will allow you

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 259

 Other Adverse Weather Conditions

Extreme weather conditions can and apply extra steering to the left

Objectives make routine driving very diffi- just to keep moving in your intended
1. Explain how to
cult. Other adverse conditions such path of travel.

control your as wind, extreme temperatures, and You may experience this type
vehicle in windy winter weather may also affect the of situation when driving out from

conditions. control you have while driving. under a bridge or from a tunnel. Just

2. List precautions remember to keep a balanced grip

for driving in
Wind on the steering wheel and be ready
extremely hot or Strong winds can reduce your vehi- to make steering corrections for

cold weather. cle control. Imagine the truck pic- cross winds.

3. Describe what to tured here is passing you on the left. In the unlikely event you are in

do to maintain A strong wind blowing from the

is an area where tornadoes are spotted,
vehicle control left. What should you expect? How be ready to act. The last place you
during winter can you maintain control? want to be in a tornado is in a car.

driving. Anticipate a strong blast of wind If you see a tornado and there is no
from the left after the truck passes. place to take cover, stop, get out of
To maintain control, be ready to your vehicle, and lay down in a ditch
slow a little, move to lane position 3, or under a bridge.

Expect the combination of a high cross wind and truck traffic to make driving tough.

260 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

In deep snow, make sure exhaust can get away from your vehicle.

Hot Weather • Be Alert for Exhaust Leaks

Your vehicle is designed to operate Carbon monoxide gas is created
in a wide range of temperatures. It
when your engine runs. This gas

has a cooHng system to help it warm is colorless, odorless, and deadly.

up in winter and stay cool in the Even a small exhaust leak can be

summer. But in extreme conditions, trouble. When driving, always

problems can develop. have a source of fiesh air coming

Your temperature light or gauge into your vehicle —even if you
indicates when your engine is too have to open a window a little. If
hot. When this happens, turn off you are stuck in snow with your
your air conditioner. You may be engine running, make sure your

uncomfortable, but you might also exhaust pipe is not blocked as

be able to cool your engine enough this driver is doing.

by turning on your heater. If the

• Do Not Race a Cold Engine
engine temperature warning light Racing a cold engine will increase

stays on, stop and park in a safe wear on it. Do not run a cold

place to let the engine cool. Once engine at high speeds.

cool, check your coolant level in

• Do Not Set Your Parking Brake
your cooling-system surge tank. Ice or slush stuck to the under-

Never remove the radiator cap side of your vehicle can freeze
on a hot engine because the hot your parking brake when you
liquid inside can scald you. If park your vehicle. In these condi-
needed, refill and repair your tions, use your automatic trans-
cooling system. mission park gear or reverse with
a standard transmission.

Cold Weather
Very cold weather creates problems.
Tips for Smooth Winter Driving
Be prepared by taking the following Winter driving will test the best of

steps: your IPDE driving skills. The extra

chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 261

 Keep a Safe Following Distance
Allow six, seven, or more seconds

of following distance just to

make sure you have room.
Try to Keep Moving in Snow If
you must be out in a blizzard, be
alert for drivers who are stalled,
disabled, or moving extremely
slowly. Try to avoid getting stuck
behind them. Slow down and
maneuver to avoid others and
to keep moving. The energy of
motion created by your moving
you
vehicle can help carry
through snowy situations.
Use a Lower Gear on Slippery
Roads Use a lower gear to main-
tain control on ice or snow.
Remember, keep moving to avoid
getting stuck.
Avoid Cruise Control Do not
use cruise control on slippery
Clear snow off your roof, hood, and trunk so it roads. The system could cause
will not blow off and blocl< your vision. you to lose control.

effort you make to maintain an ade-

quate line of sight and open zones
is worth it. You can help smooth Review It
the way by following these tips: 1. What actions must you take
• Look and Listen for Traffic to maintain vehicle control
Reports Be alert to television in strong winds?
and radio reports about accidents, 2. What can you do to cool an
road repairs, and bad weather. overheated engine?
You also can take advantage of 3. Why should you try to keep
Internet information sources. moving at low speeds in

• Keep Windows Clear Remove heavy snow?

snow and ice before driving as
this driver is doing. Don't forget
your headlights and taillights.

You want to sec and be seen.

• Respect Lower Speeds Travel
with the flow of traffic, but always
maintain control of your vehicle.

262 Unit 3 I5riving in Different Environments and Situations

Chapter 12

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1. Reduced Visibility Individuals

1. How do you use the IPDE Process to manage Investigate Make a list of all the sources available
to you to check on traffic conditions. Your
bad weather? (246)
risks in

2. What can you do to help others see you at list should include sources for local conditions as
dawn and dusk? (247) well as sources for conditions across the country.

3. What special techniques can you use for night Use Technology Use the Internet to check
driving? (247-249) weather conditions throughout the United States.
Identify places with weather conditions that could
2. Reduced Traction affect travel. Compare your findings with those of
4. What happens to traction during rain and
your classmates.
snow? (252)
5. What steps can you take to avoid hydro-
Groups
planing? (252) Demonstrate Using model vehicles, demonstrate
6. How do you correct a rear- wheel skid? (257) to the class the various types of skids discussed in
7. How do you use the controUed-braking the text. Explain how the skids occur and how to
technique? (257-258) correct for them.

3. Other Adverse Weather Conditions Practice With the owners' permission, practice

8. How can you control your vehicle in windy cleaning the outside windows of the vehicles

conditions? (260) parked in your school parking lot.

9. What precautions can you take for driving

in extremely hot or cold weather? (261)

10. What should you do to maintain vehicle

control during winter driving? (262)

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 263

Chapter 12

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in List A.
sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in List A with the term it
letter of the answer that best completes the sen- defines in List B.
tence or answers the question.
When reduced, the
List A
1. visibility is first action
8. vehicle loses part or all of its grip on the road
to take is to
9. repeating the sequence of driving forward a
(a) maintain a steady speed, (b) stop.
little and then back a little to move your vehicle
(c) slow down.
out of deep snow, mud, or sand
(d) move closer to the windshield.
10. reducing speed as quickly as possible while
2. If traction conditions are hazardous, you
maintaining steering control of your vehicle
should
1 1. driving at a speed that makes your stopping
(a) drive slowly. (b) not drive at all.
distance longer than the distance lighted by
(c) drive close to other vehicles.
your headlights
(d) use emergency flashers.
12. occurs when a tire loses road contact by rising
3. Traction on wet roads can be improved by
up on top of water
driving
(a) toward the right edge of the roadway. ListB
(b) at or near the posted speed limit. a. controlled braking d. skid
(c) with reduced tire air pressure. b. hydroplaning e. overdriving headlights
(d) in the tire tracks of the vehicle ahead. c. rocking a vehicle
4. When your temperature gauge indicates that
your engine is too hot, you should Think Critically
(a) turn on your heater. Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(b) remove the radiator cap. 1. Using the IPDE Process as your guide, explain
(c) turn on your air conditioner. how you can maintain a safe intended path
(d) none of the above of travel when visibility is reduced.

Completion Copy the number of each sentence 2. Which headlights (low-beam or high-beam)

below. After each number, write the word or words should you use when driving at night in

that complete the sentence correctly. adverse weather conditions? Explain your

5. Wearing sun glasses and a sun visor helps you answer.

deal with blinding conditions.

6. If it is snowing during the day or at night, you
should always use headlights.
7. brakes allow you to steer and stop at the
same time.

264 Unit i Driving in Different Environments .ind Situations

 Chapter 12

Review

Decision Malting

1. What actions should you take in this skidding situation? 2. In this winter situation, what precautions should you take
when approaching the bridge?

3. As you approach this situation and see that the blue van 4. What visual habit should you use to avoid being blinded by

has stopped, how would you use controlled braking? these oncoming high-beam headlights?

Chapter 12 Driving in Adverse Conditions 265

266 Unit 3 Driving in Different Envirnnments ;ind Situations

I
 Chapter 13
Handling Emergencies

13.1

Vehicle Malfunctions

13.2

Driver Errors

13.3

You Are the Driver! Roadway Hazards

Imagine that you are driving the red car in
13.4
this situation. The gray car on your left pulls
Collisions
out in front of you. What should you do?

What should you do if a collision occurs?

Vehicle malfunctions, driver errors, and

roadway hazards can cause emergencies.

In all cases, you must be prepared to act

quickly to avoid or minimize a collision.

In this chapter you vv^ill learn how to

handle many kinds of emergencies, and

what steps to take if you are involved in

a collision.

Take it to the NET

Pil [Link]/driveright

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 267

 Vehicle Malfunctions

Proper maintenance can prevent When a rear tire blows out, the

Objectives most vehicle malfunctions. When back of the vehicle can fishtail. When
your vehicle gives you any warning fishtailing occurs, the rear of the
1. List actions to
signs, promptly make the necessary vehicle swerves back and forth.
take if a tire I
* repairs. Handle a rear blowout like a skid.
blows out.
Vehicle equipment sometimes Take the following actions when
2. List the proper
will malfunction with no warning. a tire blows out:
steps to follow if

the brakes fail.

A sudden malfunction can create an 1. Grip the steering wheel firmly.
emergency. If prepared for an emer- 2. Ease up on the accelerator to slow
3. Explain what
to do if your gency, you will reduce your risk of the vehicle. Do not brake. Braking
I
serious trouble in traffic. can cause the vehicle to swerve.
accelerator sticks.
Describe what
3. Check the traffic situation as you
4.
Tire Failure gain control of the vehicle.
to do in case
Tires wear more quickly under un- 4. Drive off the roadway slowly,
of steering
favorable driving and poor mainte- braking gently.
failure.
nance conditions. Abrupt braking 5. Turn on hazard flashers. Drive
and sharp steering shorten tire life. slowly until you find a safe
Bumps, potholes, and poor roadway location to stop.
surfaces add to tire stress and can
cause sudden damage to tires. Un- Changing a Tire
balanced wheels and poor alignment Even if you are an auto club mem-

can cause tires to wear unevenly. ber, you should know how to change
Underinflation and overinflation are a tire. Tire-changing instructions are
other causes of tire wear. included in the owner's manual for
your vehicle. Practice changing a tire

Blowout in a safe place.

A blowout occurs when a tire loses To change a tire, you will need
air pressure suddenly. A blowout a jack, a hand-operated device used
might occur if the tire hits an object to lift and hold one corner or side

on the roadway or a pothole. Older, of the vehicle. An elevated vehicle

badly worn, or underinflated tires might slip off a jack. Never put your-
are more likely to blow out. self in a position where the vehicle
When a front tire blows out, the could fall on you.
vehicle quickly pulls in the direction Follow these steps to change a tire:

of the deflated tire. You must steer 1. Park on a level area away from
firmly against the pull of the vehicle. traffic. Turn on the hazard
A left-front tire blowout is especially flashers. Put the selector lever
dangerous, since the vehicle will pull in PARK; use reverse in a stick-
toward the lane of oncoming traffic. shift vehicle. I

268 Unit i Driving in Different Environments .inti Situations

2. Set the parking brake.
3. Block the wheel that is diagonally
opposite the flat tire. Carry two
blocks of wood or two bricks in
your trunk for this purpose.
Place one block in front of the
wheel and another block firmly
behind the wheel. Blocking helps
keep the vehicle from rolling
once it is raised up by the jack.
If a left-front tire blows out, the vehicle might pull toward oncoming traffic.
4. Ask your passengers to get out
of the vehicle and move to a safe
place away from the roadway. 11. Remove the wheel with the flat

5. Take out the spare tire, jack, and tire. Place the wheel to the side.

lug wrench. 12. Mount the wheel with the spare

6. Assemble the jack. Position it Rock it gently into position.

tire.

under the vehicle. 13. Replace and tighten the lug nuts.
7. Jack up the vehicle partway. The 14. Lower the vehicle slowly and
flat tire should touch the ground remove the jack.
so that the wheel cannot turn. 15. Use the lug wrench to tighten all
8. Remove the wheel cover. Loosen the lug nuts again.
the lug nuts, the devices that 16. Leave the wheel cover off as a
hold the wheel to the vehicle. reminder to fix the flat. Put the
9. Jack up the vehicle until the tire wheel cover, flat tire, and tire

completely clears the ground. changing equipment into the

10. Use the lug wrench to remove the trunk. Remove the blocks.

lug nuts. Place them in a safe Replace or repair the flat tire as

place, such as your pocket. soon as possible. If your spare tire is

Rock the spare tire into position as you mount It.

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 269

 a temporary or compact spare, drive 3. Pull and hold the parking-brake
on it only as necessary under the release lever out or hold the

Y SAFE imiv]^ manufacturer's conditions of its use. parking-brake button

Apply the parking brake. You can
at "Off."

A quick look around Brake Failure quickly release the parking brake
your vehicle before Vehicles are required to have a two- for a moment if the vehicle
driving may help you part braking system. If one part begins to skid.
identify a worn tire, fails, the other part still brakes two 4. Search for an open zone. You can
burned out light, or wheels. The brake warning light sig- still steer. As a last resort, rub the
other problem — before nals a brake failure. If both braking wheels against a curb to reduce
a vehicle failure occurs. parts fail at the same time, your speed. If a collision is unavoid-
foot brake will have no braking able, steer for a sideswipe rather

power at all. than colliding head-on into

something solid.

Total Brake Failure

Power Brake Failure Brake
Total brake failure rarely happens. "failure" with power or power-
When it does occur, the driver is
assisted brakes is usually the loss
usually braking hard for a stop. of power that helps you brake. The
Follow these steps immediately power stops if the engine stops, but
if your brakes fail:
the brakes have not failed. You must
1. Pump Pumping
the brake pedal. push the brake pedal harder.
might temporarily restore enough
brake-fluid pressure to slow or Other Brake Failures
stop your vehicle. You will know When brakes overheat, they can lose
after three or four pumps if your
effectiveness. This condition, called
brakes are going to hold.
brake fade, occurs after continuous
2. Downshift to a lower gear. This
hard braking. To regain full braking
uses the braking power of the
ability, stop the vehicle and let the
engine to slow.
brakes cool. Overheating can warp
the rotors on disc brakes. As a result,
braking becomes uneven, and the
vehicle might surge forward as you
brake. To restore smooth braking,
you might need to have the rotors
repaired.
Driving through water also
can cause temporary brake failure.

Gently brake after you leave the

water. Friction can help generate
heat to dry the brakes. Test them
again to be sure they work properly.
If your brakes fail, apply the parking brake, but hold the button at "Off " or hold

the release lever out.

270 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations

Accelerator Malfunctions
You can lose control of your engine's
speed when the accelerator mal-
functions. Some problems can cause
your vehicle to accelerate more than
you intend, and other problems can
keep your vehicle from accelerating.

Broken Spring
A broken accelerator spring is a seri-
ous problem. The accelerator pedal
might be flat on the floor. You can

no longer control engine speed with

While stopped or driving in ligtit traffic, you can try to free a stuck accelerator by
the accelerator.
putting your toe under it and lifting.

If you have this problem, shift to

NEUTRAL. Put on your hazard flash- [Link] engine will race,

ers, check traffic, and brake safely to but power is removed from the

the side of the road. Do not drive the wheels. You might damage the

vehicle until the spring is repaired. engine or transmission in an

automatic transmission, but
Stuck Accelerator you might also avoid a collision.
5. Follow your escape path off
The accelerator is stuck if the engine
the roadway.
does not return to idling speed when
6. Turn off the ignition once you
you release the accelerator. One cause
are off the roadway.
of a stuck accelerator is a wadded
If you are in a light-traffic area,
floor mat around the pedal.
you might try to fi-ee a stuck accelera-
A stuck accelerator is a critical
tor while driving. Put your toe under
emergency. While driving at a steady
the accelerator pedal and lift. Never
speed, you have no warning that the
accelerator is You discover that
stuck.
reach down with your hand to lift the

pedal while driving. You cannot see

there is a problem when you need to
or drive safely from this position.
turn or stop.
After stopping, take these actions:
Take these actions if your accel-
erator sticks:
• Remove any obstructions
around, under, or over the
1 Kick the side of the accelerator
accelerator.
once to try to jar it free.
• Tap the accelerator repeatedly.
2. Apply the brakes.
• Put your toe or hand under the
3. Choose an escape path that leads
to an open zone off the roadway.
accelerator and lift.

After freeing the accelerator, test it

Continue braking.
before you drive. If a broken spring
4. If you are steering into a sharp
is the problem, do not drive until it
curve or turn, shift to NEUTRAL.
is repaired.
Depress the clutch in a stickshift

chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 271

 Engine Failure warning devices to alert other road-

Usually you have very little warning way users.

that your engine is going to sputter or

stop. With a stalled engine, you can still
Flooded Engine
steer your vehicle. If you have power When too much fuel and not enough
steering, you will have to steer harder. air reach the engine, it becomes

Follow these steps if your engine flooded. You can flood the engine
stops suddenly: if you pump the accelerator when
1. Shift to NEUTRAL when the engine trying to start the vehicle.
first sputters or stops. Follow these steps to start a

2. Begin moving out of traffic to flooded engine:

the nearest shoulder. Turn on the 1. Hold the accelerator pedal to the
hazard flashers. Do not brake. floor to let air in and to clear

3. Try to restart the engine while you excess fuel from engine.
are moving. If the engine starts, 2. While holding the accelerator
shift into a forward gear and pro- down, turn the ignition switch
ceed. If it does not start, move on steadily for five seconds. If
onto the shoulder or to the curb, the engine does not start, wait
if possible. Steering will be harder several minutes, and try again.
when power is lost by engine fail- 3. When the engine starts, release
ure. Try again to start the engine. the accelerator gradually to help
4. If the engine still fails to start, clear excess fuel from the engine.
raise the hood and leave the
hazard flashers on. Go for help. Overheated Engine
If you have a cellular phone, use Sometimes even a well maintained
it to secure assistance. engine overheats in hot weather or
If your vehicle becomes disabled in stop-and-go traffic. Driving up
in risky locations, set flares or other long hills with the air conditioner on
also can cause overheating. The tem-
perature light or gauge warns you if
the engine overheats.
Take these steps if your engine
overheats:
1. Turn off the air conditioner.
2. Turn on the heater to draw heat
from the engine. You might be
uncomfortable, but this will
lower engine temperature.
3. During stops, shift to neutral.
Press the accelerator gently to
speed up the engine slightly.

If your engine fails, turn on the hazard flashers, move safely off the roadway, 4. If the temperature light stays on
and raise the hood to signal you need help. or if the gauge points to hot,

272 Unit 3 Driving in Dittercnt Envininnienis and Situations

 move to a safe place. Stop, turn
off the engine, raise the hood,
and let the engine cool. Do not
add water to the radiator until
the engine has cooled.

Steering Failure
Complete steering-system failure sel-

dom occurs but is extremely serious.

Total Steering Failure If your hood flies up, look through the space below the open hood and steer to
Take these actions if your steering a safe place.

fails completely:
1. Use your horn and hazard flashers
hood is vibrating. Release the hood
to communicate your emergency.
and secure it.
2. Stop as quickly and safely as
Take these actions if the hood
possible. Lift your foot from the
flies up while you are driving:
accelerator. Do not brake. Braking
Slouch down in your seat to look
1.
could cause the vehicle to skid.
through the crack below the
Use the parking brake. Hold the
open hood. Check the rear zone.
parking brake release "Off" and
2. If you cannot see under the hood,
use a quick on-off action.
roll down your window. Look in
3. Shift to a lower gear.
the direction that you are driving.
3. Turn on the hazard flashers.
Power-Steering Failure
Pump the brakes gently to warn
Power-steering failure occurs when other drivers of your emergency.
the engine dies, when the power- 4. Slow down, and drive out of the
steering fluid level is when a
low, or traffic flow to a safe location.
drive belt slips or breaks. The steer-
ing mechanism still works, but you Headlights Fail
must exert more effort to steer. and your
If you are driving at night
headlights flicker, move quickly off
Loss of Forward Vision
the roadway to a safe place.
Ifyou have lost forward vision, you Follow these steps if your head-
must act promptly to regain your lights fail entirely:
driving view. Slow and continue to
L Turn on your right turn signal to
drive in your path of travel. lightup an escape path to the right.
2. Immediately slow down and
The Hood Flies Up bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
This rare emergency usually occurs 3. Try the dimmer switch, parking
because the hood is not securely lights, and hazard flashers. Some
latched. Stop your vehicle if the circuits might still work. If so, use

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 273

 parking or hazard lights to help equipment, or a combination of
you drive off the roadway to a sources. Carry an A-B-C-type fire

safe location. extinguisher that is designed to con-

4. Use the light from street lights, trol such fires. Notify the fire depart-
signs, buildings, or other vehicles ment of any vehicle fires.

to help you see. Move off the

roadway to a safe location when Engine Compartment Fire
the vehicle has slowed. Use a Most vehicle fires start in the engine
flashlight to check fuses or fuse compartment. Take these actions in
clips. If necessary, replace or case of fire:

reseat the fuse before proceeding. 1. Quickly steer the vehicle off the
roadway to a safe, open area. Stay
Splashed Windshield away from buildings and service
Your windshield might be splashed stations. Turn off the ignition.

with snow, slush, or mud. Immedi- 2. Have passengers move at least

ately turn on your windshield wipers. 1 00 feet away from the vehicle.

Slow, and try to maintain your path 3. Estimate how serious the fire is.

of travel until you regain visibility. If You might see flames and smoke
you anticipate that your windshield around the hood. Do not try to
will be splashed, turn on wipers put out the fire. Leave the hood
before you lose vision. closed. Move away from the
vehicle while you wait for the
Vehicle on Fire fire department. The fuel tank

A vehicle fire can be dangerous. could explode.

The fire can involve fuel, oil, grease, If you think that the fire is small

ordinary combustibles, electrical enough to control and you have

an A-B-C-type fire extinguisher,
you should take these steps:
1. Use gloves or a rag to protect

your hands. Turn your face away

to protect yourselffrom the heat
and flames. Carefully open the
hood. Once the hood is up, the
fire will burn freely.

2. Direct the extinguisher on the

fire. Water will not put out oil and
fuel fires and can spread the fire.

3. Never try to disconnect the battery

or work with your hands under
the hood while it is still hot.
Fire is possible in any collision
where the engine compartment is

Do not open the hood if smoke is coming from under it.

smashed. Turn off the ignition, and

274 Vnh 3 Driving in DilTcrcnt I-nvircinnK'nls and Silviations

 You Are the Driver!
Your car is stalled on the
railroad tracks with a train
approaching. What direc-
you run when
tion should
you abandon the car?

get passengers out and away from Shift to NEUTRAL and push the
the vehicle. vehicle off the tracks.
If a train is coming, abandon
Passenger Compartment Fire your vehicle. Move away from
A passenger compartment fire usu- the tracks in the direction the
ally is caused by a carelessly handled train is approaching. This helps
match or burning tobacco product. you avoid injury from flying

Pull off the roadway. Use water or a fragments.

fire extinguisher, and make sure the

fire is completely out. Upholstery

fires often restart.

Vehicle Stalls on Railroad Tracks

Weather, driver, or roadway condi-
tions may cause a vehicle's engine to
stall while crossing railroad tracks.
Take these actions if your vehicle
stalls on the tracks:
1 Check carefully to be sure no
train is coming. Try to restart the
vehicle. If the engine floods, hold
the accelerator to the floor as you
restart the engine.

2. If you cannot restart the engine,

have passengers leave the vehicle.
Have one passenger watch for
trains, and ask others to help you.
 13.2

Driver Errors

Driver errors cause many more You should take the following
emergencies than do vehicle mal- actions for a safe off-road recovery:
Objectives
functions. Errors due to inexperi- 1 . Hold the steering wheel firmly
Describe how to
ence, lack of attention, orpoor on the top half with both hands.
return to the
decisions often create driving emer- The greater the drop-off between
roadway if your
gencies. Any driver can be put in an roadway and shoulder, the greater
vehicle runs off
emergency situation by the unpre- amount of steering control you
the roadway.
dictable act of another driver. need. Keep your vehicle heading
, Explain when
Developing automatic responses straight toward your target.
to use an
to emergencies is a critical part of
emergency
the total driving task. Identifying
swerve.
an emergency, predicting its conse-
quences, making correct decisions,
and executing decisions quickly will

help you avoid a collision.

Driving Off the Road

When a front wheel leaves the edge
of the roadway, returning to the Straddle the roadway edge.

roadway can be easy if the shoulder

is paved and in good condition.

However, the shoulder is often

lower than the roadway or is not
paved. Many fatal one-vehicle colli-
sions result when drivers brake and
return suddenly to the roadway. In
such a situation, the vehicle often
4
rolls over. Other collisions can
occur when drivers quickly return
to the roadway and abruptly cross
into other traffic.

Off-Road Recovery
Use your targeting and refer-
skills

ence points to get back on the road-

way when a front wheel leaves the
pavement. Avoid quick steering.
Regain control of your vehicle before
returning to the lane of travel.
 2. Let up on the accelerator and to a new path in less distance than the
brake gently to 5 or 10 mph. distance you needed to stop safely.
Avoid hard braking.
3. Position your vehicle so it strad- The Stop-Swerve Decision
dles the roadway edge. The picture below shows a
4. Select a place to return to the dangerous situation. The
roadway where the shoulder is driver of the yellow vehicle
nearest the level of the roadway. might hit the brakes to stop.
5. Check for traffic. Signal, check In some situations, this action
your blind spot, and return to will be the only choice. How-
the roadway. ever, if the driver hits and locks
6. Steer Vs to V4 of a turn toward the the brakes, the vehicle might
roadway to return. If the drop off slide into the vehicle ahead. When
is you might need to slow
severe, moving at 30 mph or more, the trac
more and turn very sharply to get tion created by the vehicle's tires can
back onto the pavement. turn the vehicle sideways faster than
7. Countersteer sharply the instant braking traction can stop it.

the front tire touches the road- When deciding whether to swerve
way. You countersteer when you around an object, be sure that no
steer in the opposite direction. other vehicle is in the lane that you
8. Center the vehicle in lane posi- will enter.
tion 1 and reestablish your target.

Cancel your signal. Accelerate to

match the flow of traffic.

If traffic is heavy when you go

off the roadway, drive entirely off

the roadway. Stop and wait for
a large gap in traffic before you
reenter.
Sometimes an obstruction, such
as a bridge or guardrail,might be on
the shoulder ahead. In this case, you
must make a quick recovery. Grip
the steering wheel firmly. Counter-
steer immediately when the front
wheel touches the roadway.

Emergency Swerving
Swerving is a last-second emergency
means of avoiding a collision. Swerve
only when you believe that braking
will not prevent a collision. At speeds
over 30 mph, you can usually swerve Should the driver of the yellow car stop or swerve?

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 277

 —

1 . You must swerve sharply around a close object. 2. When the object is farther away, swerve
less sharply. 3. The swerve is less sharp at a greater distance.

The stop-swerve decision is not How Sharply to Swerve?

an easy one to make. Any sudden The amount of time available to
action should be used only as a last swerve determines how
sharply you
resort. If a pedestrian steps in front must swerve. Consider two factors
of you, you might be forced to make distance and speed —
when determin-
a stop-swerve decision. ing how much time is available.
Use the IPDE Process and Zone When the stopped vehicle is farther
Control System to protect yourself in away, as shown above, the swerve will
stop-swerve situations. In addition, be less severe and easier to execute.
allow at least three seconds between As speed increases, the less time
yourself and the vehicle ahead. you have to swerve. For example, you
have about 2 seconds to swerve at 40
Executing an Emergency Swerve mph. You have just 1 second at 60 mph.
Follow these steps if you decide to
swerve:
1. Identify' the escape path.
2. Grip the steering wheel firmly Review It
and turn the wheel sharply in 1. How should you return
the direction of the swerve. safely to the roadway if your
3. In the same rhythmic motion, vehicle runs off the roadway?
countersteer to stabilize your 2. Under what conditions
vehicle. Straighten the wheel, and should you make an emer-
continue to steer in your path. gency swerve?

J
278 Unit 3 Driving in Different Environments and Situations
 Roadway Hazards

Unusual and unexpected roadway If you must drive through a

hazards can cause you to lose pothole, slow down to prevent tire
Objectives
control of your vehicle. Driving into damage. By driving slowly, you can Describe how to
deep water, sharp curves, and objects better keep control of your vehicle.
minimize vehicle
on the roadway can result in emer- damage caused by
gency situations. Sharp Curve potholes.
Driving around a curve fast is dan- Explain what to do
Potholes in the Roadway gerous. Poor road conditions or if you enter a
Potholes can develop as water collects crossing the center line might lead to curve too fast.
in cracks in the roadway. The water a collision. The standard warning Tell how to escape
can freeze and thaw, causing the sign may not indicate exactly how from a vehicle that
cracks to expand. As vehicles drive sharp the curve is. Also, the warning is sinking in water.
over these water-filled cracks, they sign might not have an advisory
break up the roadway even more. speed sign.
Potholes often have sharp edges Take these actions if you enter a
which can severely damage tires. You curve too fast:

can lose control of your vehicle 1. Brake gently as soon as you real-

and severely damage it — if you hit ize your problem. If you are not
a pothole at a fast speed. yet in the curve, brake more
Watch for potholes and avoid firmly. If you are already in the
hittingthem whenever possible. curve, brake, but do not lock the
Drive carefully around or straddle a wheels.
pothole. Stay in your own lane and 2. About halfway through the
check front zones as you try to avoid curve, look to your target and
potholes in the roadway. accelerate gently to help stabilize
your vehicle.

Object on the Roadway

An object on the roadway creates
a hazard, whether it is an object,
leaves, an animal, or a person. A
cardboard box in the street might
not appear to be dangerous. Neither
does a pile of leaves raked from a
yard. However, avoid these and other
objects on the roadway. You might
not be able to identify the contents
of the box. You cannot see a rake or
Drive slowly through potholes to prevent tire
other object in the leaf pile.
damage.

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 279

You Are the Driver!
Should you steer around,
brake, straddle, or drive
over the object?

First check traffic, and then open. Pressure will equalize as water
decide whether to steer around, enters your vehicle. You then can
brake, straddle, or drive over the open the door.
object. Choose to straddle the object If your vehicle is totally sub-

only if your vehicle can clear it and merged underwater, some air will be
you cannot safely steer around it. trapped for a brief time toward the
Avoid swerving left across the center highest point of the vehicle. Try to
line because you could encounter two of air while
get a full breath or

other traffic. Drive over an object locating a window or door that is

only as a last resort. facing up. Open the window or door
and leave your vehicle.

Vehicle in Deep Water you become trapped in your

If

Do not attempt to drive through vehicle underwater, turn on your

deep water on the roadway. Turn headlights. This can help rescuers

around or take another route. find your vehicle more quickly.

Take these actions if your vehicle

goes into deep water:
1. Open the window that is the
most out of the water. Power
windows might short circuit in
water so open these windows
immediately.
2. Unfasten your safety belt. Check
your passengers, and have them
unfasten their safety belts.

3. Exit promptly through the open

window.
If the windows will not open,
attempt to exit through a door.

Do not panic if the door is slow to

 13.4

Collisions

M I
ost drivers are involved in a
collision at
their lives. If
some time during
you know in advance
collision, serious injuries

death are more likely to occur. Take

these steps you are threatened
if
and/or

Objectives
1. Explain how to
how to react, you can lessen the with a head-on collision:
avoid or minimize
effects of a collision. 1. Maintain vehicle control.
head-on, side-
Brake hard, but do not lock the
impact, and rear-
Minimizing Effects of a Collision wheels. Slowing lessens the force
end collisions.
Suddenly, a vehicle emerges from a of impact and gives the other
2. List the immediate
driveway and enters your path of driver space and time to recover
steps to take if a
travel. You know you cannot
that control.
collision occurs.
avoid a collision. What should you 2. Blow the horn and flash the
3. Describe other
do? If a collision is about to occur, headlights. These actions might
follow-up steps
act as follows: alert an impaired driver.
needed after a
• Above all, do not give up. Keep Continue braking and move to
coUision.
control of your vehicle. Any the right if the driver does not
change of speed or direction that heed your warning.
lessens the impact will help. 3. Steer right toward the shoulder.
• Steer for something "soft" if Do not steer left. The other driver
you leave the roadway. Look likely will try to steer back into
for bushes or an open field. the proper lane. Prepare to drive
• Avoid objects, such as trees and entirely off the roadway to the
parked vehicles. right, if necessary.
• Get yourself and passengers out
and away from your vehicle if Threat of a Side-Impact Collision
there is a chance of another
Take these steps to avoid or lessen the
vehicle colliding with yours.
effect of a side-impact collision:

Threat of a Head-on Collision

1. Brake or accelerate quickly. Do
whichever seems more likely to
Because a head-on collision produces
lessen the collision impact.
the greatest force of impact of any

Steer to the right if a head-on collision seems about to occur.

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 281

 collision between passengers and the
inside of the vehicle.

Threat of a Rear-End Collision

You are nearly defenseless against a
rear-end collision when your vehicle
is stopped. If your vehicle is in

motion, you might not realize that

a vehicle approaching from the rear

is coming too fast and might not be
able to avoid hitting your vehicle.

What can the driver of the white car do to minimize the effects of a second Take these actions if you are
collision on the passengers? threatened with a rear-end collision:
1. Flash your brake lights early to
alert the driver behind you.
2. Blow the horn to alert the other
2. As the vehicle nears, check your
driver.
front zones for open space and
3. Change lanes or swerve away
from the impact. Be aware of move forward, if possible. This
precaution gives the driver
the constantly changing traffic
around you. approaching from the rear more
situation
time and space to stop safely.
The driver of the white car cross-

Y SAFE DRIVING ing the road in the picture above

might tlnd it difficult to avoid being
3. If the intersection is

erate to give the other driver

clear, accel-

more space to stop. If your path

hit from the side. However, by accel-
Most states have what
is not clear, turn right.
erating, the driver might avoid hav-
is known as a "Good
4. If a collision is unavoidable,
Samaritan Law." These ing the passenger compartment
release your brakes just before
laws help protect crushed. An impact to the passenger
second the collision occurs. This helps
people giving first aid compartment often causes a

at a collision scene.

What would you do if you saw this car approaching from the rear?

282 Unit 3 Driving in Different Knvironments and Situations

I
What procedures should you follow in a collision, even before help arrives?

soften the impact. Brake immedi- you cannot, write your name, address,
ately after the colhsion to avoid and phone number on a note. Leave
sliding into another traffic lane. the note under a windshield wiper.
Maintaining a 3-second following Notify the police.
distance and stopping so that you see
2. Aid the Injured. Never move an
the tires of the vehicle ahead are good
injured person unless there is danger
habits. These actions often can help
of fire or another collision. Send for
you avoid being hit from behind.
paramedics if anyone is seriously
injured. Administer basic first aid
If You Have a Collision
for injuries such as severe bleeding,
If you collide with another vehicle,
shock, and breathing stoppage only
a pedestrian, or someone's property,
if you have completed a certified
you are legally required to follow
first-aid course.
specific procedures.

Your First Steps

DRIVE RIGHT
Each state has specific procedures that
you must follow immediately when
involved in a collision. All states
require you to take these five steps.

1. Stop Immediately. Failure to DIALING 911 Dialing 911 to report emergencies is a rel-

stop is a serious offense. Move your atively new system. As late as the mid-1980s, you had
vehicle to the side of the road. Do to call the full number for the service you wanted. As
not leave your vehicle where it can recent as the late 1960s, you may have called the local
block traffic unless it is so damaged it funeral home for ambulance service. Dialing 911 gets
cannot be moved. Turn off ignition. you fast, appropriate service when it is needed.
If you damage a parked vehicle
even slightly, try to find the owner. If

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 283

 3. Prevent Further Damage. Warn Give Police the Facts Provide hon-
oncoming traffic with flares or reflec- est, accurate facts. Never argue

tors placed at least 100 feet ahead of about who was to blame, and never
and behind the collision site 500 feet ( admit blame. Stay at the scene until
away in high-speed traffic). If you do all information has been recorded.
not have such devices, another per- Take your vehicle to a repair shop
son might stand in advance of the for repairs. You gen-
any necessary
site and direct vehicles around the erally need two repair estimates for

collision. Do not put yourself or oth- insurance purposes. Keep all bills.
Exchange information with ers in danger while directing traffic.
drivers involved in a
File Necessary Reports Each state
aii

collision. 4. Send for Police. You must call requires drivers involved in a collision

the police if anyone is injured or to file a written report if someone was

killed. Some states require you to killed or injured, or if property dam-
call the police for any collision, even age exceeds a set amount. Some states

if no personal injuries are evident. require that a report be filed within

24 hours of the collision.
5. Exchange Information. Get and
You must also produce proof of
provide this following information
financial responsibility by showing a
from other drivers involved in the
card that lists your current insurance
collision: names, addresses, driver's
coverage, or a bond card. Finally,
license numbers, license plate num-
notify your insurance agent prompdy.
bers, and insurance company names
If you fail to do this within the time
and addresses.
company
specified in your policy, the
Note the names and addresses
might refuse to pay your claim.
of passengers, the positions in which
they were sitting, and the extent of
their injuries. Getting and giving this
information is your responsibility.
Review It
1. How can you minimize the
Additional Steps
impact of a head-on colli-
Take these additional steps after a sion? a side-impact collision?
collision:
a rear-end collision?

Record Witnesses' Names and 2. What steps should you take

Addresses Note the names and immediately if you are
addresses of any witnesses to the col- involved in a collision?

lision. Make a sketch of the collision 3. What additional steps

scene or take a photo. Record such should you take following

facts as time, date, location, weather, a collision?

and driving conditions. Note the

name of the hospital to which any
injured persons were taken. Note
the name and badge number of the
police officer at the collision scene.

284 Unit 3 Driving in Different Envircmmcnts and Situations

Chapter 13

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

1 . Vehicle Malfunctions Individuals

Investigate Research the specific procedures you
1. what actions should you take if a tire blows
must follow when involved in a collision in your
out? (268-269)
state. Write a report of your findings.
2. What are the proper steps to follow if the
brakes fail? (270) Observe As a passenger in a vehicle, look for haz-
3. What should you do if your accelerator sticks? ards in the roadway for a week. Make a list

(271) of the hazards you see. Discuss the hazards with

4. What should you do in case of steering failure? your class.

(273)
Interview Visit a local vehicle repair shop. Obtain
the manager's permission to interview a mechanic.
2. Driver Errors
Ask the mechanic to explain the most common
5. If your vehicle runs off the roadway, how
causes of engine failure. Report your results to the
should you return it to the roadway?
class.
(276-277)
6. When should you use an emergency swerve?
(277-278) Groups
Practice As a group, practice changing a tire on a
3. Roadway Hazards vehicle provided by your instructor for this pur-
7. How could you minimize vehicle damage pose. Group members should take turns perform-
caused by potholes? (279) ing the various steps.
8. What should you do if you enter a curve too
Demonstrate List the possible vehicle malfunc-
fast? (279)
tions described in this chapter on separate pieces
9. How would you escape a vehicle that is sinking
of paper. Each group member should draw one
in water? (280)
piece of paper, then explain to the group what
should be done if faced with that malfunction.
4. Collisions
10. How do you avoid or minimize head-on, side-
impact, and rear-end collisions? (281-282)
11. What are the immediate steps you should take
if a collision occurs? (283-284)
12. What are the follow-up steps you should take
after a collision? (284)

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 285

Chapter 13

Review

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in List A.

sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in List A with the term it

letter that best completes the statement or defines in List B.

answers the question.

List A
1. If you have a blowout, which action should 8. devices that hold the wheel to the vehicle
you avoid? 9. steer in the opposite direction
(a) ease up on accelerator 10. sudden loss of tire air pressure while driving
(b) pull off onto the shoulder slowly 11. hand-operated device used to lift and hold one
(c) brake hard corner or side of the vehicle
(d) turn on hazard lights 12. loss of braking effectiveness caused by over-
2. Which action should you take first if the heating of the brakes after long, continuous,
accelerator sticks while you are driving? hard braking
(a) shift into a lower gear 13. back and forth swerving of the rear of a vehicle
(b) turn off the ignition
apply the parking brake
ListB
(c)
a. jack d. brake fade
(d) kick the side of the accelerator
b. fishtailing e. countersteer
3. To avoid a side-impact collision, you should
c. lug nuts f. blowout
(a) lock your brakes, (b) brake or accelerate
quickly,

(c) steer to the left. (d) steer to the right. Think Critically

Completion Copy the number of each sentence Write a paragraph to answer each question.
1. You are driving in a residential area and iden-
below. After each number, write the word or
tify a vehicle in your right-front zone backing
words that complete the sentence correctly.

4. An engine when it has too much fuel out of a driveway. You hit your brakes hard,

and not enough air.

but your vehicle does not slow or stop.

5. Vehicle fires generally start in the .

What steps should you take?
When water collects in roadway cracks, 2. You are involved in a collision on the freeway
6.
in a neighboring state. You are not hurt but
can develop.
are not sure about the driver of the other
7. A collision produces the greatest force

of impact of any collision.

vehicle. What should you do?

286 Unit 13 Driving in Different Hnvironmenls ami Situations

 Chapter 13

Review

Decision Malting

1 . This car just had a right-front tire blowout. What steps 2. You are traveling at 30 mph. You brake for the stop ahead,
should the driver take to handle this emergency safely? but then realize that your brakes do not work. What should
you do to stop the vehicle?

3. The driver cannot possibly stop in time to avoid hitting the You are driving the gray car. Both you and the driver in the
bicyclist. What should the driver do? white car are traveling 30 mph. The other driver is not aware
of your car What can you do to prevent a collision or keep
the collision from being too serious?

Chapter 13 Handling Emergencies 287

 Unit 4

Being a
Responsible
Driver

Chapter 14

Effects of Driver Condition

•
1
"^ Chapter 15

Alcohol, Other Drugs,

and Driving

Chapter 16

Buying and Owning

a Vehicle

Chapter 17

^ Maintaining Your Vehicle

Chapter 18

Planning Your Travel

290 I'nit 4 Being a Responsible Driver
 Chapter 14
Effects of Driver
Condition

14.1

Emotions and Driving

14.2

Physical Senses and Driving

14.3

You Are the Driverl Physical Disabilities

Imagine you have just been bicycle riding

like these people. Every activity you do

including driving — involves some risk.

You can keep your driving risks low if you

are mentally alert, emotionally fit, and

physically healthy. You must rely on your

senses to help you stay on a safe, conflict-

free path of travel.

This chapter discusses both your emo-

tional and physical abilities as they relate

to your driving. You will learn how your

senses can help lower the risks involved

in driving. You also will discover how

a driver can compensate for physical

disabilities that affect driving. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 291

 Emotions and Driving

The word emotion is used to name Mental Effects of Emotions

Objectives a strong feeling. Anger, fear, and Strong emotions can interfere with
joy are examples of emotions. your ability to think, reason, and
, Tell how anger
can affect your Emotions add a special flavor to life. make wise They can
decisions.

ability to drive. increase your chances of making

. Explain how How Emotions Affect Driving a mistake. Emotions can affect

passengers can Emotions influence the way you the way you make judgments in

help a driver. think and act. When emotions affect a driving situation.

Tell how you can your thoughts and actions, they can In some emo-
situations, a strong

manage your change the way you normally assess tion can cause you to focus your
emotions whOe risk and make driving decisions. attention on one event. You might

driving. They can lead you to accept more miss other important events in a
Describe the or less risk than normal for the gain driving scene. In the picture, the
influence emo- you receive. Emotions can be infec- driver in front has just cut over to

tions have on tious; they can affect others in your the right lane and started to slow.
your willingness vehicle and in vehicles around you. This action could starde following
to accept risk. A driver can minimize the effects drivers. It may cause them to become
of emotions by using courteous upset or angry. However, instead of
driving strategies. Using courtesy to becoming upset, they should increase
influence the effects of emotions on the space between themselves and the
others empowers you. In effect it can vehicle ahead. Drivers need to reduce
help keep you in control of yourself their own risk, rather than seek
and others. revenge or get even.

You Are the Driver!

How would you feel if this
driver cut into your lane?
What might the driver
behind you think of your
I
response?

292 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

I
Physical Effects of Emotions In normal driving situations,

Strong emotions also can cause other drivers might interfere with
changes in your bodily functions. Your your intended speed or path
body prepares itself for the stressful of travel. They might slow or
event. Your heartbeat increases, your change lanes improperly.
breathing quickens, your digestion They might not yield, may
slows, and your muscles tighten. fail to signal, or may not
Some emotional stress is needed move quickly enough when
to sustain life. However, continued a traffic light changes. Some-
emotional stress can exhaust you times you might think that
and contribute to adverse effects on other drivers are trying to irri

the body such as heart disease and tate you. As a result, you might
digestive disorders. The more tasks become angry.

to be handled, the more complex Anger occurs more often to

and stressful the situation. Rush
hour traffic can cause stress and
drivers than any other emotion.
It can range from mild irritation to
«»^
fatigue in all drivers. Bumper-to- furious rage and can result in aggres-

bumper driving situations in the city sive actions or even violent acts of
can also cause stress. "road rage."
In this picture, the driver is

Anger While Driving angry at the people who are talking

You usually rely upon a set of and blocking his way. The driver is
assumptions or expectations when angry because he might be late for
driving. You assume that others will an appointment. If he cannot main-
tain emotional control, he might
drive and act in a safe, responsible
manner. You might be tempted to remain angry and react aggressively.
react angrily when you must change
Anger can impair all of your
your expectations. driving skills. You might take risks

The driver might remain angry long after the people have cleared his path.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 293

 you would not take if you were calm. Anxiety differs from anger. You

r SAFE DRlVINGj
Avoid situations that
You also might not see everything
you should see and miss an impor-
tant clue. You might force other
might be anxious when driving
an unfamiliar, difficult situation.

You might have trouble identifying

in

drivers to stop or swerve abruptly. hazards when you are confused. You
could evoke anger. Do These last-second actions can cause might even feel panic-stricken. As a
not make emotional, conflicts and added stress not only responsible driver, work to recognize
last-second decisions for you, but for other drivers as well. difficult situations, and try your best
when driving in heavy Good drivers never surprise others. to cope. It may mean delaying driv-
traffic. What might you do when you ing, but your risks will be reduced.
become angry while driving — or Excitement and happiness also
confront other drivers who are? can prevent you from fully concen-
Think positively. Leave punishment trating on your driving task. A
to the police. Your acts of punish- happy, excited driver can be just as
ment may just aggravate the other impaired as an angry driver. After an
drivers even more. Model good intense event, such as a sports event,
behavior. Consider that other drivers be sure that strong emotions do not
may have good reasons for their impair your driving ability.

[Link] you recall times when

you have made similar decisions? Emotions and the IPDE Process
The successful use of the IPDE
Other Emotions and Driving Process requires total concentration
Sorrow, depression, and anxiety on the driving task. You need time to
are among other emotions that can use the IPDE Process. In a tight, high-
adversely affect driving. These emo- you need even more
stress situation,

tions can also slow body processes IPDE Process to keep

time to use the
and reduce mental alertness. from making wrong or late decisions.

You would need to have your emotions under control If you were driving into this situation.

294 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Oriver

Spirits might be high after winning a game, but drivers must remain in control.

Your emotional condition can drasti- responsible for the safety of your
cally affect your driving ability. passengers.
Think how emotions could affect In this picture, a championship
your driving if you were beside the soccer match has just ended. Every-
truck pictured on the opposite page. one is going to celebrate. Emotions
The car ahead has been slowing and will be running high. The driver will

forcing you to slow. The truck driver be under special pressures to concen-

has just decided to pass the car. You trateon the driving task. However, to
are not sure what the driver ahead is make sure that nothing goes wrong,
going to do. Another truck is behind the driver must be the leader and
the passing truck. As a result, the maintain control of the situation.
driver ahead and the truck drivers Passengers can help the driver
could cause you to make quick, maintain control while driving. Here
irresponsible errors. are actions you, as a passenger, can
take to assist a driver:
Passengers and Emotions • Avoid saying or doing anything
Peer pressure can be a very strong that might distract or upset the

force, depending upon the situation. driver. Refrain from heated discus-
In a baseball game, team spirit can sions. Talk about positive events.
help win the game. In a vehicle, your • Discourage the driver from taking
passengers can strongly influence the reckless actions. Be prepared to

way you drive. intervene if the driver endangers

Inmost group situations, one others by reckless driving. Encour-

or more people need to assume age the driver to let someone else

responsibility and lead the group. drive, or refuse to ride in the same
When you are driving, you must be vehicle. Do what you must to
the leader and take control. You are protect yourself and others.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 295

 • Do not hesitate to compliment you to drive fast, increasing the risks.
the driver for doing a good job An hour you probably would
later,

of driving in a difficult situation. not drive home

in the same manner.
You might need the same sup- You then would drive more cautiously
port when you are the driver. and courteously.
Onthe other hand, sometimes
Effects on Risk Taking you might be so uninterested in your
Your emotions have a big influence on trip that you don't give your complete

the amount of risk you are willing to attention to the driving task. Driving
take. You probably will be more likely the same route over and over may
to take risks if you are angry than if cause you to pay less attention to the
you are happy. When
a driver cuts you driving task.
you might want to
off after passing,
get even by taking chances that you Controlling Emotions
would not normally take. During some performances, you are
Mature, responsible drivers do not asked to hold your applause until a
let their emotions make them take certain point. You must manage your
unnecessary risks. Taking a chance emotions until the proper time. In
while driving can be deadly. You must driving, you must develop this same
be mature enough to adjust your type of emotional discipline. You
behavior so that you do not drive into must strive to keep emotions from
or create high-risk situations. You also affecting your driving ability.
must be mature enough to refuse to
Coping with Emotions High-
take part when other people suggest
stress driving situations can cause
activities that could endanger you,
emotions to surface. These tech-
your passengers, or other drivers.
niques can help you manage your
Your emotions might cause you to
emotions while driving:
take chances at different times on the
• Use the IPDE Process to drive in
same roadway. For example, if you
an organized manner. Learn and
were driving an injured triend to the
use correct driving procedures
hospital, your concern might cause
until they become habits. You
then will be more likely to exe-
cute the proper action, even
when under emotional stress.
• Anticipate emotion-producing
situations, and adjust your
expectations. Say to yourself,
"I know there will be delays
during rush hour, so I will allow

more time to get home. I will

not let the actions of others
bother me."
Even if you drive on ttie same street every day, always be aware of potential risks.

296 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 AGGRESSIVE DRIVING Citizens Against Speeding and Aggressive
Driving (CASAD) is a fairly new grassroots organization dedicated to
making safer roads. CASAD members feel aggressive driving has
become an epidemic. They believe it is socially unacceptable to
speed and drive aggressively on any road under any circumstance.

• If you encounter an aggressive Goal of Emotional Control

driver, do not challenge the driver. Emotions are complicated and
Avoid eye contact, ignore ges- powerful forces. Learning about
tures, and remain calm. Adopt emotions and how to manage them
a "yield" attitude. is something most individuals work

• Try to adjust your route to avoid at all their lives. Maintaining an atti-

irritating traffic situations. tude of "I will always work to man-

• If you make a special
are tired, age my emotions when driving" is
effort to manage your emotions. a big step toward actually mastering

A tired person can become upset your emotions. If you can manage
more easily. your emotions and maintain your
• Analyze your mistakes. Learn driving ability, those skills will help
from them so you are less
that keep the risks of driving low as well

likely to repeat the same mistakes. as your stress level.

• Keep courtesy as one of your
personal rules of the road.

Review It
1. How can anger affect your
ability to drive?

2. How can you help a driver

when you are a passenger?
3. What can you do to manage
your emotions while driving?
4. How can your emotions
affect the risks of driving?

UW !
l|ll
l| l l
B| I II IH ||ll|ll|ll
I
I

You can earn the respect of others if your emo-

tions do not interfere with your driving ability.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 297

 Physical Senses and Driving

Your senses play a vital role in oncoming traffic in the next. The
Objectives using the IPDE You use
Process. ability to see things clearly is called
your and
abilities to see, hear, smell, visual acuity.
1. Define the parts
of your field of
detect motion to know what is occur- A person with normal visual acu-

vision.
ring in and around your vehicle. ity — called 20/20 vision —can read
Driving, like other activities such 11 /32-inch letters on an eye chart
2. Describe what
you can do as sportsand mowing the lawn, from 20 feet away. If you have 20/20
exposes you to risks. As you drive, vision,you should be able to read
to compensate
your senses help you stay alert and the term IPDE in the block on this
for poor depth
perception.
be aware of changing situations. If page from 20 feet away.

3. Explain how your you know your physical abilities, you You must pass a visual acuity test
have a better chance of maintaining in order to obtain a learner's permit,
senses help you
control over your vehicle and mini- and possibly again to get a driver's
drive.
mizing your driving risks. license. Most states require a mini-
mum corrected visual acuity of
Seeing 20/40 to drive. A person with 20/40
More than 90 percent of the infor- vision must be twice as close to an
mation you gather while driving is object to see it as clearly as a person
received through your eyes. You with 20/20 vision must be. With
must be and quickly
able to clearly 20/200, the person would have to be
identify closing zones in your 10 times closer. If you must wear
intended path of travel. glasses or contact lenses to pass the

Your brain directsyour eyes to vision test, then you must wear them
focus on objects in and around your whenever you drive.

path of travel. Information is sent

to your brain and combined with Color Vision
stored information. As a result, you Color vision is the ability to distin-
can identify hazards, predict con- guish one color from another. Not
flicts, decide to maintain or adjust being able to distinguish colors is

your speed and position, and execute called color blindness. Being able to
your decisions. see the colors red, green, and yellow
is particularly important since these
Visual Acuity colors give the messages stop, go, and
When driving you need the ability to slow or caution. The most common
see things clearly both near and far type of color blindness is the diffi-
You have 20/20 vision in

each eye if you can read away. For example, you may need to culty to distinguish red and green.
these letters with each eye read the gauges on your instrument A color-blind driver can com-
from 20 feet away. panel in one instant, then identify pensate by

298 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 • remembering the order of the
hghts in a traffic signal. If the
Hghts are vertical, the red light is

at the top. If horizontal, the red

light on the left.
is

• knowing the meanings of traffic

signs by their shapes
• reading all signs that appear with
traffic signals
• checking all zones and 90 degrees
to left and right before proceed-
ing at traffic signals
• taking cues from other drivers

Field of Vision

Your field of vision is all the area

that you can see around you while
You see most clearly in the area of central vision, but the fringe vision is also
looking straight ahead. From this
important.
position, most people can see about
90 degrees to each side, or about a
half circle. However, you can only area and 12-15 seconds ahead to

see clearly in your area of central identify zone changes.

vision as shown in the pictures. This Surrounding your central vision

straight-ahead part of your field of is The farther from
peripheral vision.
vision is a small, 10-degree, cone- the central vision, the less clear the
shaped area. As you drive, direct view. The part of your peripheral

your central vision to your target vision closest to your central vision

Use your central vision to check your target area and front zones. Use your fringe vision to check reference points and detect
changes in your rearview mirror.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 299

 —

is called fringe vision. Side fringe • allowing for additional clear dis-
vision is used to monitor a zone con- tance ahead before passing
dition after it has been identified in • allowing greater distances at
central vision. The upper fringe night than at daytime. (Darkness
vision is used to detect changes in hides many guides you use in the
the rear mirror. The lower fi-inge daytime.)
vision is used to monitor reference
points for vehicle position. Night Vision
Some people see less than a total of The ability to see at night varies
180 degrees. A narrow field of vision from person to person. Some people
140 degrees or less — is caUed tunnel who see clearly in the daytime have
vision. A driver who has tunnel vision poor night vision. Not being able to
must compensate with more frequent see well at night is called night
head and eye movements. blindness.
All people see less at night than
Depth Perception in daylight. Colors are harder to
The ability to judge distance between identify. Details of objects do not
yourself and other objects is depth appear as sharp as in daylight.
perception. When driving you must Your night vision is limited to
judge the distance between your the area lit by headlights, streetlights,
vehicle and other and other
vehicles and other lights. In rural areas, you
objects. Accurate judgment is more might be in total darkness except for
difficult when the other vehicle is the area lit by your headlights.
moving. At night you might not be able to
A driver can compensate for see anything to the sides. You might
poor depth perception by be less able to read signs and road-
• using a following distance greater way markings. Compare the two pic-
than three seconds tures that show the same situation.

You can see nearby objects and distant ones clearly In daylight. Your ability to see objects and judge distance is

limited at night.

300 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 You Are the Driver!
Some vehicles reflect sun-
light into your eyes. How
can you compensate?

The only difference is that one pic- pupOs contract. You might be tem-
ture was taken during the day and porarily blinded before your pupils
the other one was taken at night. can adjust to the bright lights.

Notice that you cannot see as much The term glare recovery time
at night. Your ability to judge dis- describes the time your eyes need to
tances accurately also decreases. regain clear vision after being affect-
ed by Your pupils can take
glare.

Glare 5-10 seconds to readjust. At 40 mph,

Glare occurs in the daytime when you can travel more than the length

bright sunlight is reflected off shiny of a football field while partially

surfaces. Sunroofs and convertibles blinded.

let in additional sunlight that can Take these steps to avoid or

produce glare. At night, glare occurs recover from glare:

when bright lights reflect off shiny • Avoid looking directly at bright

surfaces. The term glare resistance lights. Use the right edge of the
describes the ability to continue see- roadway as a guide.

ing when looking at bright lights.

• Anticipate glare situations and

Glare resistance varies from person glance away or squint.

to person. Some people are more • Use side fringe vision rather than

sensitive to light than others. central vision to check your lane

Sudden glare can blind a person position and the location of

temporarily, especially at night. oncoming vehicles.

Headlights turn toward you at inter-
• If you are impaired by glare, slow
sections. Bright lights appear from until your vision clears.

over hills and around curves. A vehi- • Wear sunglasses and use your

cle using high-beam headlights vehicle's sun visor in bright sun-

approaches from behind. Your pupils light.

open wide at night to let in all avail-

• Adjust your rearview mirror for
able light. When your eyes are sud- night use.

denly exposed to bright lights, your

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 301
 Vehicle Speed and Vision Hearing
As your vehicle's speed increases, Your sense of hearing can alert you to

your need for accurate vision also the sounds of vehicle horns, train
increases. Yet, at higher speeds, you whistles, emergency- vehicle sirens,

have less time to see clearly. Your and engines and brakes of trucks and
field of vision also is narrowed. At 55 buses. You can also get early warning
mph, your clear side-vision area is of mechanical problems by listening
less than half as wide as at 20 mph. for unusual noises from your vehicle.

Objects off to your sides become Drivers who have sounds blocked
blurred and distorted as your speed from them can be dangerous to
increases. This blur, or speed smear, themselves and to others. Driving
as shown in the picture, has an effect with closed windows and with stereo
much like tunnel vision. Your eyes or headsets on may make a driver
tend to focus far ahead to where the unaware of critical traffic sounds.
roadway appears to come to a point. Using a cellular phone while driving
You see less and less of what is hap- creates a similar problem.
pening on the sides. Increase the fre- Drivers who are deaf know that
quency of your side glances when they must compensate for what they
driving at highway speeds. cannot hear. They use their eyes more
than drivers who have normal hearing.
Other Senses and Driving
Sometimes you need to depend on Smell
other senses to identify threats to Your sense of smell can identify an
your path of travel. In complex driv- overheated engine or overheated
ing situations, you may have to use brakes. Smelling exhaust fumes
more than one sense at a time. inside your vehicle can give you an

When you drive at higher speeds, your side vision is less clear.

302 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

early warning to the presence of radio stations, tapes, and CDs while
deadly gases. driving. You increase your risk of
a collision any time you take your
Sense of Motion eyes off the road and a hand off the
Certain sensations can give you clues steering wheel.

to the movement of your vehicle. Your Cellular phones can be helpful

sense of balance tells you that you are in a vehicle in emergencies, but they

veering right or left, changing speed, are dangerous to use while driving.

or going around a curve. A sudden Research studies have found that

vibration of the vehicle or jerk of the drivers talking on a cell phone were
steering wheel might warn you of a four times more likely to be involved
mechanical problem, a flat tire, or a in a collision. You should turn off

change in the roadway surface. your cell phone while driving. If you
need to use the phone, pull off the
Risk Management road and stop the car.

Other distractions can come

You increase or decrease your risk of
becoming involved in a collision by from people or pets in the vehicle.

changing the level of control you The driver is responsible for keeping
passengers under control. Pets need
have over your vehicle. Impairment
or inadequate use of senses of vision,
to be placed in carriers or secured

hearing, smell, and motion will with special harnesses. The more

affect your ability to manage risks.

distractions you can eliminate, the
better you will be able to manage
Also, anything that distracts you
risks to avoid collisions while driving.
from using your senses and concen-
trating on the driving task will
increase your risk of a collision.

Distractions Review It

A driver needs to focus on the driving

1. what is your field of vision?

task at all The driving scene

times.
What part of your field of
vision provides you with
can change quickly, and you need to
your clearest vision?
be alert to changes so that you make
decisions and act quickly.
2. What can you do to
compensate for poor depth
An audio system in your vehicle
perception?
can cause distractions, although it can
be helpful if used safely. You need to
3. How do your senses of
seeing, hearing, smelling,
keep the volume at a level that allows
sounds
and motion help you assess
you to hear important traffic
driving situations?
such as sirens and horns. Also, do not
wear headphones while driving.
Headphones wUl block traffic sounds,
and it is illegal in many states to wear
them while driving. Avoid changing
chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 303
 Physical Disabilities

Experienced drivers have learned mental and physical processes. If you

Objectives to respond to temporary and are fatigued, you will need more

, Tellwhat you can permanent disabilities. Generally, time to use the IPDE Process.

do to combat driving is possible for people who Fatigue can also cause drowsiness.

fatigue.
have moderate to severe disabilities. Drowsy driving is estimated to cause
However, a disability needs to be rec- at least 100,000 collisions a year.
, Explain what to
ognized before it can be overcome, There are several danger signs of
do to avoid car-
whether temporary or permanent. drowsiness:
bon monoxide
• trouble keeping your head up
exposure and
how to deal with
Temporary Disabilities • drifting between lane positions
Sometimes you must drive even • wandering, disconnected
its effects.
though you are not at your physical thoughts
, Describe what
drivers who have best. While you can compensate for • inability to stop yawning
some temporary disabilities, with • eyes closing or going out of focus
permanent
disabilities can others you should not drive until • inability to concentrate on
they no longer exist. driving task
do to compensate.
When are you about to fall

Fatigue asleep? That is hard to predict. Most

Mental or physical work, emotional people biologically prefer to sleep

stress, or loss of sleep can cause between 12:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m.,

fatigue. Fatigue lessens your fitness and again around 2:00 P.M. You may
to perform tasks, including driving.
experience drowsiness during these

It dulls your senses and slows both times. Be cautious.

Drowsiness can interfere with a person's driving abilities.

304 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

I
 Rest is the only safe remedy for

fatigue. However, people often need

to drive even when they are tired.
If you are tired after work or school,

take a break for a few minutes before

you drive. You might also choose a
DROWSY DRIVERS According to a national poll, half of
quieter, less congested route home.
the people surveyed said they had driven while feeling
Take these actions to deal with
drowsy. One in five admitted they had fallen asleep
fatigue on long drives:
behind the wheel.
• Rest before you start.

• Change drivers often.

• Stop every two hours. Walk,
stretch, get a beverage or snack, impair your driving. These and other

or take a nap on long trips. temporary conditions can cause dis-

• Wear sunglasses in bright sunlight comfort and pain, limit physical

and to shield against snow glare. movement, lessen endurance and
• Use your orderly visual search strength, or dull your senses.

pattern to keep your eyes moving. Effects of Medicines Many medi-

• Be active — listen to the radio,
cines have side effects that can
sing, or talk with your passengers. interfere with your driving ability
• Stop in a safe, well-lighted place
and risks. For example, medicine
you feel drowsy. Lock the vehi-
if
that reduces headache pain or
cle and take a nap.
relieves might also cause
hay fever,
If you feel tired often, check with
drowsiness, dizziness, or reduced
your doctor. You may have a chronic alertness.
illness or sleep disorder. you take medicine, consider
If

these points before you drive:

Temporary Illness or Injury • Read the label to learn the possi-

Any illness, even a cold, can impair ble side effects, as shown in the
driving to some extent. A temporary picture. Ask your physician or
physical injury, such as a broken pharmacist about side effects.
bone or a sprained ankle, also can

SSg ALLERGY TABLETS

INDICATIONS fOR USE provides fclici ir om hay lever, upper respiralOfy allergy symptoms:

sneezing njnny nose: itchy, watery eyes

DOSAGE Adults and children over 12: 1 tableIevery4lD6tKiurs Not to exceed 6 tablets
in 2A hours Chtldren 6 through 1 1 years. '.^ Uie adult dose (bfeak laWel m hall) evety 4

to 6 hours Not to exceed 3 whole taUeb m 24 hCKirs. For clddfOT urider 6, consul! a phystcon.
.

WARNING: Do not take this product if you have asthma, glaucoma, or difficulty in imna-
tion due lo enlargement of the prostate gland, except under the advice and stqiervision of
a physician-
CAUllON; Do not drive or operate heavy machirwry as this pre(£ratkin rnay cause drinvsiness.
Avoid alcoholic beverages wMe taking this product. May cause excitabilily. especially in
children.
WARNING Keep ihis and all drugs out of reach of chikjren In case ol accidefital overdose.
contaci a physician or poison control center immedialely As with any drug, d you are pregnani
or nursJno a baby, seek the advice ol a health professional belore using this product
FORMULA; Each tablet contains Cfilorpheniramme Maleate 4mg.
May also contaui Celtulose, ColOf ,
Crcecarmetose Sodium. Oicaloum Phosphate, laclose,
MagnesiumSlearaie. Povidone, Sodium Starch [Link]. Talc, and other ingredients

Store at room temperature [59° 86°^

Protect Irom excessive motslure
.UDiiiMiniaviiuiiti

Many commonly used medicines can affect your driving ability.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 305

In heavy traffic, your intakes might draw in carbon monoxide from the exhaust of the car ahead.

• A medicine can affect you differ- such enclosed areas as tunnels and
ently at different times. underground parking facilities. Your
• If possible, drive to your destina- heater or air conditioner vents might
tion before taking the medicine. draw in exhaust fumes from the car
• If you must drive after taking ahead, as shown here. Leaving a rear
medicine, try to choose a quiet, window open might create a slight
less-congested route. vacuum that pulls in exhaust fumes.
Take these actions to prevent car-
Effects of Carbon Monoxide Your
bon monoxide exposure and combat
vehicle's exhaust fiimes contain car-
its effect:
bon monoxide, a colorless, odorless,
• If your vehicle is parked in a
and tasteless gas. Carbon monoxide
garage at home, open the garage
is present in all engine exhaust gases.
door before starting the engine.
You can sometimes detect carbon
• Avoid running the engine inside
monoxide in a vehicle because it is
a garage. Move your vehicle out-
mixed with other exhaust fumes that
side after starting the engine.
do have an odor. However, you can-
• In stop-and-go traffic, keep a
not tell how concentrated the carbon
three-second following distance.
monoxide is by the odor of the ex-
Stop where you can see the tires
haust fiimes. If there is no odor, you
of the vehicle ahead touching the
cannot be sure there is no carbon
pavement.
monoxide.
• In traffic jams, especially in
Small amounts of carbon
enclosed areas, turn off the
monoxide can cause drowsiness,
engine when possible.
headaches, muscular weakness, men-
• Check your exhaust system
tal dullness, and nausea. Too much
regularly.
carbon monoxide can cause death.
• Do not drive with the rear win-
Be alert for the danger of carbon
dows open.
monoxide in heavy traffic and in

306 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 • Move a person who is overcome and often do, take chances they
by carbon monoxide into fresh air. would not take if they were well.
Seek medical help immediately. Being tired or under the influence of
medicines can increase your chances
Smoking Be aware smoking
that
of being in a collision. Be aware of
while driving is dangerous. Smoking
the side effects of medicines by read-
raises the carbon monoxide level
ing the labels. Compensate for side
in a person's blood. Smoke residue
effects of medicines and for illness
accumulates on windows and affects
by using an extra space cushion and
vision.
taking even fewer chances.
Discourage your passengers from
smoking. Carbon monoxide from
Permanent and Physical
tobacco smoke can affect even non-
Disabilities
smokers in an enclosed area such as
Special vehicle equipment and con-
someone does smoke in
a vehicle. If
trols can make it possible for many
your vehicle, open a window to pro-
people with permanent disabilities to
vide fresh air.
drive, as shown in the picture. Still
others can control their disabilities
Effects on Risk Taking
with medication.
Temporary illness, such as a cold,
can affect a driver's risk-taking deci- Older Drivers As a nation, we are
sions. Because they are temporary, healthier and living longer. As a result,
many drivers do not recognize the more older drivers are using the road-
illness's influence on their driving ways. One in six drivers is over age 65.
skills. They might be more willing to. Eighty percent of drivers over age 75

Vehicles are often adapted to help physically challenged people maintain independence.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 307

 Effects on Risk Taking

Most drivers with permanent disabil-

ities do not take unnecessary chances

with driving decisions influenced by

their disabilities. These drivers often
understand that the disability itself
may put them at a higher level of
risk. The solution is knowing that

you have the disability, admitting you

have it, and compensating for it.
Whatever the Ulness or disability,
everyone who can perform the driv-
Special parking areas and license plates
ing tasks safely and successfully earns
help disabled drivers reach their destinations
safely.
the privilege of being licensed to
drive when all other requirements
are met. Sometimes they are
take prescribed medicines. Aging
required to take more frequent test-
slows reflexes, dulls vision and con-
ing to maintain that privilege.
centration, can make muscles weaker
Some drivers with permanent dis-
and inflexible, and reduces depth per-
abilities have special license plates or
ception and field of vision. Failure
window cards with the handicapped
to yield the right of way is the main
symbol. The symbol also appears on
factor in collisions involving older
license plates or window cards of driv-
drivers. However, drivers over 65 are
ers who often transport handicapped
stUl involved in fewer collisions per
people. Vehicles with these license
mile driven than those under 30.
plates can park in specially marked

A Chronic A chronic illness areas in parking lots and on

r
Illnesses streets.

is an ailment that lasts over a period

SAFE DUIVINC; /"--'-y- •» of years. Some chronic illnesses have
little effect on driving. Other illnesses,
It is illegal to park such as heart disease, could seriously Review It
in handicapped- impair a person's ability to drive. 1. How can you compensate
designated parking Some chronic illnesses require for the effects of fatigue?
spaces unless you have regular medications that can cause 2. How can you avoid and
special identification. side effects that interfere with driving. combat exposure to carbon
Some people have diseases that cause monoxide?
sudden loss of consciousness or 3. How can a permanent dis-
muscular control. Before these indi- ability affect your driving?
viduals can receive a driver's license,
they must provide medical proof that
their chronic iUness is under control.

308 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Chapter 14

Review

Reviewing Ciiapter Objectives Projects

1. Emotions and Driving Individuals

1. How can anger affect your ability to drive? Investigate Research newspaper articles about
(293-294) traffic collisions involving drivers who were
2. How can you help a driver when you are a pas- fatigued. Write a report about a collision involving
senger? (295-296) a driver who fell asleep at the wheel.
3. What can you do to manage your emotions
while driving? (296-297) Observe Traffic Keep track of the sounds you
4. How do emotions influence your willingness hear for a week as a passenger in a vehicle. Make a
to accept risk? (296)
list of each sound you hear, and count the number
of times you hear that particular sound. (Focus on

2. Physical Senses and Driving vehicle-related sounds and sounds coming from
outside the vehicle. Do not include sounds made
5. What are the parts of your field of vision?
by the driver or passengers.) At the end of the
(299-300)
week, compare your results with those of your
6. What can you do to compensate for poor
classmates.
depth perception? (300)
7. How do your senses help you drive? (298-303)
Groups

3. Physical Disabilities Demonstrate Prepare a short skit that takes place

8. What can you do to combat fatigue? (304-305) in a vehicle. Six students have just attended

9. What can you do to avoid carbon monoxide a football game at another school. They are on

exposure and deal with its effects? (306-307) their way to a victory party. Demonstrate examples
10. What can drivers who have permanent disabil- of good as well as unacceptable behaviors in the

ities do to compensate? (307-308) vehicle. Present the skit to your class.

Use Technology Prepare a spreadsheet that con-

tains each group member's visual acuity score. (If
you do not know your visual acuity score, you
need to take a visual acuity test to find out.) List
the different ratios in descending order.

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 309

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question. List A

1. Emotions influence driving because they 9. ability to continue seeing when looking at
(a) cause you to drive fast.
bright lights
(b) change the way you assess risk. 10. occurs when objects off to your sides become
(c) change the way you make driving decisions. blurred and distorted as your speed increases
(d) both b and c 11. ability to see things clearly both near and far
2. A person who must be twice as close to an away
object to see it as clearly as a person with nor- 12. time your eyes need to regain clear vision after
mal visual acuity has being affected by glare
(a) 20/20 vision. (c) 20/60 vision. 13. ability to judge distance between yourself and
(b) 20/40 vision. (d) 20/200 vision. other objects
3. The part of your peripheral vision closest to 14. not being able to distinguish colors
your central vision is called 15. not being able to see well at night
(a) fringe vision. (c) depth perception. 16. narrow field of vision of 140 degrees or less
(b) tunnel vision. (d) side perception.
ListB
4. The best way to prevent fatigue on long drives
a. color blindness e. night blindness
is to
b. speed smear f. glare resistance
(a) increase speed to shorten trip time.
c. glare recovery time g. depth perception
(b) wear sunglasses.
d. visual acuity h. tunnel vision
(c) turn on the air conditioner.
(d) rest before you start.
Think Critically
Completion Copy the number of each sentence Write a paragraph to answer each question.
below. After each number, write the word or words 1. List and discuss the techniques you can use to
that complete the sentence correctly. control your emotions while driving.
5. While driving, drivers experience the emotion 2. Explain how you would prevent exposure to
of more often than any other. carbon monoxide poisoning in the vehicle you
6. Your allows you to judge the distance drive.
between yourself and other objects.
7. Carbon monoxide gas is present in the
of a vehicle.
8. Most collisions involving older drivers are
caused by failure to .

310 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Chapter 14

Review

Decision IVIaking

1. Where should you direct your clear central vision in the next What is causing this driver to be impaired for a few sec-
few seconds of driving? onds? What actions could the driver have taken to prevent

this impairment? What can the driver do now to minimize

the danger?

3. These people are having an argument. How could the argu- 4. How are these passengers affecting tiie liiivei: VViiat

ment affect the driver's ability to drive? should they be doing to help?

Chapter 14 Effects of Driver Condition 311

312 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

i
 Chapter 15
Alcohol, Other Drugs,
and Driving

15.1

Effects of Alcohol on
Driving Safely

15.2

Other Drugs and Driving

You Are the Driver! 15.3

These people are just leaving a celebration

TrafficLaws Governing
party for a friend. They have been at the the Use of Alcohol
party for several hours. Some of the guests
15.4
drank a few alcoholic beverages. What
Coping with Peer Pressure
driving abilities might be impaired when
a person uses alcohol? What tests might

drivers have to take if the police stop

them? What can you do if you believe a

person who had several drinks thinks it

is safe to drive? This chapter discusses

the effects of alcohol and other drugs.

It will help you understand why you

should never drink and drive.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 313

 Effects of Alcohol on Driving Safely

Alcohol is the most commonly Alcohol Facts

used drug in our society today. It Some people are not aware that alco-
Objectives
is by far the most frequently found hol a drug. After can be pur-
1. Explain how is all, it

drug in fatally injured drivers. chased legally. And commercial

alcohol affects
mental and
Young people in their teens are advertising depicts alcoholic bever-

physical abilities
among those in our society who use age consumption as harmless fun.
and abuse alcohol. Even though it is The word alcohol is the com-
needed for
illegal for teens to drink, a significant monly used term for the chemical
driving.
percentage of them do drink. This substance ethanol, grain alcohol, or
2. Define blood-
segment of young people who drink ethyl alcohol. Alcohol is the product
alcohol concen-
alcohol presents a major problem for of the fermentation of fruits, grains,
tration.
Explain factors
highway safety when they mix drink- or other plants. Alcohol is classified
3.
ing with driving. as a drug because of its effects on the
that affect
blood-alcohol
All states now enforce a mini- body's central nervous system.

concentration.
mum drinking age of 21. Laws The effects of alcohol vary from
against underage drinking and person to person. However, everyone
4. List five myths
driving are more strictly and more who uses alcohol is affected by it to
and truths
about the use
vigorously enforced now than ever. some degree. One of the most seri-
Alcohol- related educational pro- ous problems of alcohol is the prob-
of alcohol.
grams within schools, homes, and lem of the drinking driver. Drivers
communities have increased. Never- cannot afford to increase the risks
theless, alcohol-related collisions are of driving by having their abilities
still a major safety problem. diminished by alcohol.

Alcohol is the most commonly found drug in fatally injured drivers.

314 Unit 4 Being a Rcsponsihie Driver

 Consider these facts about alcohol
Effects of Alcohol on Behavior
and driving:
Number of drinks in one liour BAG Effects
• Young drinking drivers are
1 serving .02-. 03% Inhibitions are lessened.
involved in fatal crashes at twice
Judgment and reasoning
the rate of drivers aged 2 1 and
begin to be affected.
older.
• Drivers aged 16 through 20 are
more likely to be alcohol-impaired
than any other age group. 3 servings .05-.09% Unable to think clearly.
Judgment and reasoning
• Nearly half of those killed in
are not reliable. Muscular
alcohol-related collisions had not coordination is impaired.
been drinking but were victims
of drunk drivers.
• More than half of all fatalities dur-
ing holidays are alcohol related. 4 servings .10-12% After four drinks, hearing,
speech, vision, and balance
are affected. K/lost behaviors
How Alcohol Affects Behavior are affected.
As soon as alcohol from a drink

reaches the brain, it affects the way

people think and behave. Just one
drink can affect a person's behavior,
both mentally and physically, regard-
most critical mental skills needed by
less of the type of alcoholic drink. The
drivers. Physical abilities become
same amount of alcohol does not
impaired soon afterward.
affect all people the same way. Alcohol

does not even affect the same person Judgment and Reasoning A driver
in the same way in all situations. The affected by alcohol has a decreased

best way to avoid changes in behavior ability to reason clearly and make

is to abstain from drinking. sound judgments. At the same

time, the driver actually feels

Mental Abilities and Alcohol as though thinking and judg-

Alcohol acts on the central nervous ing abilities are sharper,

system like an anesthetic, slowing the quicker, and more accurate

activity of the brain. Alcohol is not than usual. In a way, alcohol

digested. It is absorbed directly and puts sound judgment on hold.

quickly into the bloodstream through A person in this condition

the walls and linings of the entire can develop a false feeling of

digestive tract. well-being. This feeling is known

Once alcohol enters the blood- as euphoria. People in a euphoric

stream, it quickly flows to the brain. state of mind may take chances they

Alcohol has the greatest effect on normally would not take. This

the parts of the brain that control behavior can be deadly when behind
judgment and reasoning — the two the wheel of a vehicle.

chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 315

 The IPDE Process is affected might drive too fast, take needless
when judgment and reasoning abili- risks, or even drive into emergency
ties are reduced. An alcohol-impaired situations without knowing or caring.
driver is less able to correctly inter-

pret what he or she sees. Target areas Physical Abilities and Alcohol
may become unclear and scanning of As alcohol enters the bloodstream,
zones may become erratic. the area of the brain that controls
Because alcohol distorts vision, it muscular movements, reflexes, and
reduces the effectiveness of the dri- balance begins to slow down. The
ver's orderly visual search pattern. A driver may recognize a dangerous
drinking driver's eyes are more likely situation, but the brain takes longer
to fixate in a stare, thus reducing the to process the information and react
scanning and searching process. The to the danger.
driver is likely to look straight ahead
Reaction Time and Coordination
or at any object that attracts atten-
Alcohol slows reflexes and reaction
tion. Staring usually results in the
time. Muscular coordination becomes
driver being unaware of vehicles to

the sides as well as to the rear.

slow and clumsy. A driver might
oversteer, brake late, or accelerate
Inhibitions Alcohol weakens a per- suddenly. Alcohol especially affects
son's inhibitions, the inner forces of the reflexes and reactions of begin-
personality that restrain or hold back ning drivers.
one's impulsive behavior. As alcohol
Seeing and Speaking Abilities One
content in the body increases, a driv-
of the most dangerous effects of alco-
er's inhibitions weaken. The person
hol is impaired vision. Impairment
occurs in visual acuity, peripheral
vision, night vision, color vision,
and depth perception. Impaired
vision combined with diminished
judgment and slow reaction time
can cause a driver who has been
drinking to be in a conflict. For
example, the driver in the picture
might not identify the pedestrian
in time to stop safely.

After only a few alcoholic drinks,

the driver's visual acuity can become
impaired. A person's ability to focus
becomes fuzzy and unclear.
Alcohol also affects the reflex
action of the eyes. At night, this
impairment can be critical. As head-
A driver who has been drinking would have difficulty seeing this pedestrian and

reacting soon enough to stop.

lights of oncoming vehicles come

316 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

closer, the pupils of the eyes normal-
ly become smaller to shut out excess
light. This reflex keeps you from
being blinded by the glare of the
headlights. When the lights have
passed, the pupils enlarge again to let

in all available [Link] ability of

your eyes to make this change is

extremely important.
After only a few drinks, this
reflex action is impaired. The pupils

do not become small rapidly as the

bright lights approach, and they are
After several drinks, a driver may see multiple images of roadway signs.
slow to open after the bright lights
pass. As a result, the driver can be
blinded temporarily and may con- narrowed, the driver must turn and
tinue to have blurred vision for some look to the sides for potential prob-

time after meeting each vehicle. lems. However, these drivers are usu-

After excessive drinking, a per- ally not aware of this impairment so

son might see multiple images. Each they do not make the effort to turn

eye normally picks up a separate and look to the sides for potential

image of an object. These two conflicts. They often become a haz-

images are coordinated by the brain ard themselves.

so that the person sees only one Alcohol also can affect a person's
image. After several drinks, how- speech. The speech pattern may
ever, coordination of the images become slurred and fuzzy, and spo-

becomes impaired. When driving, ken sentences may fail to convey

the person might see numerous meaning. With the lack of inhibi-
images of a roadway center line, or tions, and with the feelings of

of traffic signs, as the picture shows. euphoria, the drinking person often

Alcohol also impairs depth per- becomes more and more talkative
ception. The drinking driver may with language that becomes less and
misjudge the distance of oncoming less meaningful.

or cross-traffic vehicles. A vehicle is

perceived as being farther away than Other Physical Problems

it actually is. In addition, drinking As a person continues to drink, the

drivers cannot accurately determine center of the brain that controls

the speed or distance of approaching breathing and heartbeat can become
vehicles. These drivers even lose the impaired. Death can occur if a large

ability to judge their own speed or amount of alcohol is consumed over

the distance they need for stopping. a short period of time. Usually, a

Peripheral vision also is impaired person becomes unconscious and

by alcohol. When peripheral vision is stops drinking before this point.

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 317

 ^onount of Alcohol in Standard Drinks

Drink volume Percentage of alcohol Amount of alcohol

12 ounces beer rjl .60 ounces

X y
5 ounces wine .60 ounces

X ^'"'
1V2 ounces whiskey 40% zl .60 ounces
(80 proof)
X
Long-Term Effects Long-term use proof number by two to determine its

of alcohol can lead to alcoholism, an approximate percentage of alcohol. The

addiction to alcohol. Alcoholism is a chart shows that 80-proof whiskey is

major problem in our society today. about 40 percent alcohol. A 100-proof

It has far-reaching effects, not only liquor is about 50 percent alcohol.
for the problem drinker, but for
Factors Affecting BAC The percent-
families and communities as well.
age of alcohol in the bloodstream
depends on the following factors:
Alcohol In the Body

r SAFE BKI VING

The seriousness as well
The percentage of alcohol
son's bloodstream can be determined
by chemical tests.
in a per-

The amount of
called blood-
•

•
Amount of alcohol consumed
The more
higher the BAG.
Amount
a person drinks, the

of time over which a

alcohol in the blood is
givenamount of alcohol is con-
as the number of colli-
alcohol concentration (BAG).
sumed A person's BAG rises
sions increases as the The level of intoxication is deter- more rapidly if only short periods
BAC increases.
mined by the percent of alcohol in of time elapse between drinks.
the bloodstream. Each drink adds • Person's body weight If other
about 0.02 to 0.03 percent to the per-
factors are equal, a heavier per-
BAG. The greater the BAG, the
son's
son may be affected less by the
more dangerous driving becomes. same amount of alcohol than a
lighter person would be.
Amount of Alcohol in a Drink
To a lesser degree, some types
Beer, wine, and liquor can all be of food in the stomach may make a
thought of as "drinks." In standard difference in the rate the alcohol is

sizes, drinks all have about the same absorbed. However, even with tood
amount of alcohol, as the chart shows. in the stomach, the absorption rate
The term "proof" describes the of alcohol into the bloodstream is

strength of liquor. Divide a liquor's

318 Unit 4 Being a Rcsponsiblf Privcr

 Approximate Time to
Number of Drinks BAG Range Eliminate Alcoliol

.02-.03 1V2 hours

.04-.06 3 hours

.06-.09 4 to 5 hours

.08-12 5 to 7 hours

•The number will vary depending on the alcohol content of the drinks and rate of consumption.

rapid. When alcohol is mixed with • Make them aware of their mental
carbonated beverages, the rate of and physical behavior.
absorption is even faster.
Controlling Impairment Alcohol is
The safest decision a person can
absorbed into the brain and the rest
make about alcoholic beverages is
of the body very quickly, but it is
the decision to abstain from drink-
very slow to leave. Alcohol continues
ing. At a social gathering, a person
to circulate throughout the body
can choose a soft drink, set down an
until it is oxidized and removed by
alcoholic drink and walk away from
the liver. The body rids itself of alco-
it, or say no.
hol at a rate of about three-fourths
Some people may decide they
of a standard drink an hour.
want to drink. Responsible friends
A person who has one drink
can encourage them to limit their
needs about one and a half hours
drinking by taking the following
to rid the body of the alcohol in that
actions:
drink. After consuming three drinks
• Get them involved in other
in an hour, a person needs more
activities.
than four hours to oxidize and elimi-
• Encourage them to decide on a
nate most of the alcohol. A person
and
limit of drinks in advance
should not drive during those time
stick to it.
periods. Only time can reduce the
• Ask them to avoid drinks with a
body's BAC and that persoi-i's degree
high concentration of alcohol.
of impairment. The chart shows the
• Encourage them to sip a drink
time needed for the body to rid itself
slowly. Suggest that they not
of alcohol at the rate of about three-
drink more than one alcoholic
fourths of a drink in an hour.
beverage in an hour.

Chapter 15 Alcohol. Other Drugs, and Driving 319

You Are the Driver!
This man has had several
drinks at a party. Which
activity would lower his

BAG so that he could drive

home?

Myths and Truths About Alcohol Reducing Driving Risk

The following ideas about alcohol As a responsible driver, you can
are not true. They are only myths. help reduce the risk of drinking and
• I can sober up by drinking black driving. Always refuse to ride with
coffee, taking a cold shower, or drivers who have been drinking. Make
doing exercises. The truth is that every effort to keep others from driv-
do not reduce the
these activities ing when they have been drinking.
BAG. The person may seem more One way to reduce the risk
alert, but the BAG is not reduced. involved with drinking and driving is

• One little drink won't hurt me. to appoint a person to be the desig-

The truth is that taking one nated driver. That person decides
drink can make it easier to take ahead of time not to drink.
the second and third drinks.
• I will not be affected because
I am only drinking beer. The
truth is that a 12-ounce can of Review It
beer contains as much alcohol 1. How does alcohol affect
as an average cocktail. mental and physical abilities

• I can drive better after a few needed for driving?

drinks. The truth is that your 2. What is meant by blood-
driving abilities are diminished, alcohol concentration?
not improved. 3. Describe factors that affect
• A young person cannot become blood-alcohol concentration.
a problem drinker. The truth 4. What myths about
are three

is that some young people alcohol,and what is the

become problem drinkers truth about each myth?
even as teens.

320 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Other Drugs and Driving

Besides alcohol, there are many However, any drug can become dan-
other types of drugs that are gerous if it is taken in excess, com- Objectives
both legal and illegal. When used bined with other drugs, or otherwise 1. Explain the
properly, most legal drugs have a misused or abused. difference between
positive effect. However, even medi- the purchase of
cines designed for good can cause Over-the-Counter Medicines over-the-counter
hazardous driving situations. Drugs that can be obtained legally medicine and
without a doctor's prescription are the purchase of
Types of Drugs called over-the-counter medicines, prescription
Most drugs are classified according or OTCs. Many over-the-counter medicine.
to the effects they have on the cen- medicines have side effects that can 2. Explain how
tral nervous system and bodily func- include drowsiness, dizziness, slowed depressants,
tions. Some drugs depress, or slow reaction time, and poor judgment. stimulants, and
down, the central nervous system. When buying any medicine, hallucinogenic
Others stimulate it, or speed it up. check the label for warnings of how drugs can affect
When legal drugs are taken in the it might affect driving performance. a driver.
prescribed amounts and for the right Check with the pharmacist, as the 3. Describe the
reasons, they are relatively safe. person in the picture is doing, if effects of
you are not sure of the labeling or combining
of the possible side effects. alcohol with
other drugs.
Prescription IVIedicines
A drug that can be purchased legally
only when ordered by a doctor is
called a prescription medicine. The
law requires a prescription because
the drug used can have very strong
effects on the body.

Depressants
A depressant is a drug that can slow
down, or depress, the central nervous
system. Depressants such as barbitu-
rates, sleeping pills, and tranquilizers

are used to relieve tension, calm

nerves, and treat high blood pressure.
A driver using depressants can
become very relaxed, lose inhibi-
Learn about the side effects of a medicine by tions, and have difficulty identifying,
checking with the pharmacist.

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 321

 A marijuana user might feel that

the effects have worn off, and it is safe

to drive after a few hours. In reality,

driving abilities remain impaired for a
very long time.

MARIJUANA Chemicals in marijuana can remain in

Combining Drugs
the body for weeks. Drivers can be given a test for
You should not take more than one
drugs and can be issued a violation ticket if any trace
over-the-counter or prescription
of marijuana is found in the body. Traces of marijuana
medicine without first consulting
can be detected in the bloodstream even weeks after
your doctor or a pharmacist.
the person uses the drug.
Using alcohol while taking medi-
cine is especially dangerous. If a per-
son uses alcohol while taking an
predicting, deciding, and executing. antihistamine for a cold, the nervous
Alcohol also is a depressant. system can be slowed down much
more than by using either drug
Stimulants alone. When other drugs are com-
A stimulant is a drug that can speed bined with alcohol, the effects of

up, or stimulate, the central nervous both drugs can be multiplied, rather
system. Amphetamines are a type of than just added together. This is

stimulant. When first taken, the user known as a synergistic effect.

gets a feeling of high energy and alert- Drug-alcohol combinations

ness. Some people misuse these drugs increase driving risks. Driving a

to try to stay awake while driving long vehicle after taking certain medica-

distances. However, the feeling of tions and drinking alcohol is neither

alertness soon wears off and the per- wise nor legal.

son becomes very tired very quickly,

thus increasing driver- related risk.

Hallucinogens Review It

Hallucinogens are unpredictable

1. How does the purchase of
over-the-counter medicine
mind-altering drugs that can alter
personality and cause panic or terror
differ from the purchase of
prescription medicine?
as they distort a person's sense of
direction, distance, and time. 2. How do depressants, stimu-
lants, and hallucinogenic
Marijuana Marijuana is a powerful drugs aftect a driver?
mind-altering drug that affects the 3. What is the effect of com-
brain and other parts of the central bining alcohol with other
nervous system. Marijuana can drugs?
impair judgment, memory, depth
perception, and coordination.

322 Unit 4 Being a Responsible I )riv

 Traffic Laws Governing the Use of Alcohol

50 states have become uniform In an effort to further reduce

All
in requiring a person to be 21 alcohol-related collisions, many Objectives
years of age to purchase or consume states have set the BAG level for driv-
Explain what
alcoholic beverages. ing while intoxicated at 0.08 percent, is meant by the
Alcohol- related vehicle collisions as the picture shows. implied-consent
among teenagers dropped after states In many states, a charge of driv- law.
raised the drinking age to 2 1 . Young ing under the influence (DUI) can , Describe zero-
drivers are less likely than adults to be made if the driver's BAG is 0.05 tolerance levels
drive after drinking. However, the or more. Other states make no dis-
of intoxication,
risk of collision is substantially tinction between DWI and DUI. and tell how
higher when teenagers do drive after these levels can
drinking. Penalties for Conviction be measured.
The penalties for conviction of driv- . Explain what a
Implied-Consent Law ing while intoxicated and driving driver should do
Every state has an implied-consent under the influence involve one or when stopped by
law for drivers. Implied consent more of the following: a police officer.
means that anyone who receives a • suspension or revocation of
driver's license automatically con- driver's license
K'K;s«Si»>^TK'sr"

sents to be tested for BAG and other • payment of a fine

drugs if stopped for suspicion of • serving a prison term

drug use while driving. The most common penalty is

If the driver does not cooperate suspension of the driver's license for
with the officer and refuses to be a specified period of time.

tested for BAG, that driver's license

can be suspended.

Levels of Intoxication
Because there is no "safe" amount of
alcohol for drivers, all states have set a

BAG level at which drivers could be

charged with driving while intoxi-
cated (DWI). In the past, that level in
many states was set at 0.10 percent.
Research now shows that the vast
majority of drinking drivers are signi-
ficantly impaired at 0.08 percent. The
impairment primarily affects judg-

ment and such critical driving tasks as

and changing lanes. Some states post the BAG level for intoxication
braking, steering,
on highways.

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 323

 Penalties are more severe if an variations in alcohol testing instru-
intoxicated driver is involved in a col- ments.
lision. If a fatality results from the col- A National Highways Systems
lision, the driver could be found guilty Designation Act requires states to set

of manslaughter or even murder. a 0.02 BAG (or less) for drivers

Drivers who are convicted of a under the age of 2 1 . A young driver
second DWI or DUI offense usually with 0.02 BAG or less is considered
receive much harsher penalties than driving while intoxicated. States that
for the first conviction. Licenses can do not comply with this act are sub-
be revoked for as long as three years. ject to the withholding of federal
Prison terms can be longer and fmes highway funds.
more costly.

Tests for Intoxication

Zero-Tolerance Law A zero-
Law enforcement agencies place a
tolerance law makes it illegal for

persons under the age of 21 to drive

high priority on enforcing DUI and
with any measurable amount of
DWI laws. Several tests can be used
to evaluate a person suspected of
alcohol in the blood. Almost all states
have implemented zero-tolerance
DUI or DWI. Tests can be given in
the police station or on the roadside.
BAG levels for drivers under the age of
21. States with a graduated-licensing
Chemical Testing
system usually have a zero-tolerance
law. Most states have set the zero-
Ghemical analysis of blood, urine,
tolerance BAG at 0.00 to 0.01 percent. or breath can accurately determine

Some states use a 0.01 or 0.02 BAG BAG. The breath test is a widely used
to define zero tolerance to allow for and simple analysis.
The breath-test machine most
commonly used for determining BAG
is an intoxilyzer. The person breathes
into the intoxilyzer tube, as the man
in the picture is doing. The intoxi-
lyzer determines the BAG, which is
then indicated on both the intoxilyzer
screen and on a paper printout.

Field Sobriety Testing

Law officers in many states can give a

field sobriety test when they suspect
a driver of DUI or DWI. Field sobri-
ety testing includes a series of on-
the-spot, roadside tests that help an
officer detect driver impairment. A
variety of coordination tests and eye
The intoxilyzer can show the person's BAG level. checks might be used.

324 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 One such test is the horizontal-
gaze nystagmus test. The term nystag-
mus refers to the involuntary jerking

of the eyes as the person gazes to the

Most people show some nystag-
side.

mus as their eyes track from straight

ahead to the side. This test determines
the point where the jerking begins. As
the BAG increases, the jerking begins
at an earlier point. Trained officers can
estimate a person's BAG that will be

accurate to within 0.02 percent of

chemical test readings.

Other roadside tests demonstrate

both physical and mental impair-
ment. Balance, coordination, the You Are the Driver!
ability to follow simple instructions, What tests might you
and the ability to perform two tasks be required to take
out of the way of moving traffic.
at once may be tested. The inability if the police officer
Keep your hands visible as the
to perform two tasks at once is called suspects alcohol or
officer approaches.
divided-attention impainnent. drug impairment?
Stay in your vehicle and follow
A simple divided-attention test the instructions the officer gives
might require the driver to walk heel
you. You will be required to show
to toe a certain number of steps, and
your driver's license, in states
while at the same time giving an oral
with mandatory insurance laws,
count of the number of steps taken. need to show your
you will certifi-
This procedure not only tests the
cate of insurance.
person's ability to follow a set of
instructions, but also tests both
balance and counting abilities.

Review It
If You Are Stopped by 1. What is the implied-consent
a Police Officer law for drivers?
When a driver sees the flashing lights 2. What are zero -tolerance lev-
of a police vehicle in the rearview els for intoxication, and how
mirrors, it is usually a signal to pull can they be measured?
over and stop. If you see such a sig- What must a driver do when
3.
nal, slow your vehicle until you are stopped by a police officer?
sure the officer is signaling for you.
Pull over to the right and stop in a

safe place, as the driver in the picture

is doing. You might need to pull into

a parking lot or a side street to be

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 325

 Coping with Peer Pressure

Many factors and influences have Positive Peer Pressure

an impact on young people's When peers exert a pressure on you
Objectives in

1. Tell how peer

decisions about how they want to a positive way, they want to be helpful
live their lives. Pressure from other and encouraging. The students in the
pressure might
affect one's
individuals and groups can cause picture are demonstrating positive
conflicts or unsure feelings about peer pressure as they cheer for their
decision about
decisions they will need to make. team to win the track meet.
drinking and
driving. Talking a friend out of drinking
Understanding Peer Pressure alcoholic beverages at a party or refus-
2. List five steps in-

volved in making The influence of others of a similar ing to ride with someone who has
a responsible age is called peer pressure. Peers been drinking are other examples of
decision. greatly influence each other because positive peer pressure. Exerting posi-

3. Explain what is
people naturally tend to want to tive peer pressure on friends also can

meant by peer belong to a group. Some of the help strengthen positive decisions in

education. strongest influences in a person's life young people, as they search for their

4. Explain why are the attitudes and actions of own identity and struggle to fit in.

everyone should friends and peers. Peer relationships

share the are very powerful forces in shaping a Negative Peer Pressure
responsibility person's future. Many decisions are Negative peer pressure occurs when
of preventing made based on positive peer pressure others encourage you to do something
friendsfrom or negative peer pressure. that you believe is wrong or danger-
drinking and
driving.

Cheering for friends to win a race is an example of positive peer pressure.

326 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Decisions
f steps for Making Responsible

1. Know when a decision is needed.

2. Consider the choices.

3. Consider the consequences and asl< yourself these questions:

Is it legal?

Is it safe?
What would my parents and other family members think?

Does it show respect for myself and others?

4. Decide which choice is best.

5. Evaluate your decision to know it it was a responsible decision.

ous. When peers exert negative pres- control of your life. Following the five

sure, they do not have your best inter- steps listed in the decision-making

mind. Because some people

ests in chart will help you make responsible
worry a great deal about what others decisions.

think of them, negative pressure

Deciding About Drinking Each per-
might result in them doing things that own
son must make his or her deci-
are against their beliefs and values.
sion whether or not to drink. The
People who tell others that they can
person can make is
best decision a
drive safely after drinking are exerting
not to drink. Individuals who decide
negative peer pressure.
not to drink alcoholic beverages
Some people might also submit
never need to worry about alcohol
to indirect peer pressure. This type of
impairing their driving performance.
pressure often occurs when a person
However, nondrinkers must share
feels pressure to use alcohol or other
general concern and care about peo-
drugs just to fit in with the group.
ple who do drink and then drive.
Refusing to do things that you
believe to be wrong and being able
Peer Education
to say no without fear of losing
Underage drinking is a national
friends indicates responsible behav-
problem with many causes and no
[Link], independent thinking is
simple solutions. Many schools have
especially important if you face peer
organized student programs for peer
pressure to use alcohol or other
education. Peer education is a
drugs when you will be driving.
process in which young people help
other young people make decisions
Making Responsible Decisions
and determine goals. Peer programs
Learning how to make responsible
may be known by many other names,
decisions can help you be more in
men-
including peer counseling, peer

chapter 1 5 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 327

 Peer leaders direct activities such as the "trust fall" to help others to develop trust.

toring, or peer helpers. Regardless of Actions You Can Take

the name, the purposes and goals of The foUowing activities can help peer
such programs are the same. groups get involved in school and
Peer education programs help community programs to help combat
young people influence one another the underage drinking problem:
in a positive way. Many young people • Investigate the facts through local
are more sensitive to the thoughts health departments, law enforce-
and opinions of their peers than to ment officials, community recre-
the thoughts and opinions of adults. ation directors, doctors, and
Peer groups have properly trained other youth.
peer leaders who can be more than a • Get the word out. Work with
friend or a considerate listener. Peer your school and dis-
to create
leaders learn specific skills for help- and newsletters
tribute flyers
ing others deal effectively with prob- about your program. Contact
lems through activities that develop other community leaders and
cooperation, trust, support, and con- solicit their cooperation.
fidence. The students in the picture • Communicate your support of
are participating in such an activity. zero-tolerance laws to your gov-
Teachers, counselors, and other ernor, state legislature, and
professionals supervise training of community officials.
peer leaders. Peer leaders learn com- • Work with local park district
munication skills, referral skills, and and summer recreation officials
problem-solving skills. to expand summer recreation
programs.

328 Unit 4 Being a Responsible llriver

 Many schools have developed pro-
f^
grams, through the assistance of other
organizations, to help influence peo-
about the harmful effects of alco-
FRIENDS
ple
hol, as well as the problem of drinking DON'T LET
and driving. Some of these organiza-
tions include Mothers Against Drunk FRIENDS
(MADD), Alliance Against
DRIVE DRUNK
Drivers
Intoxicated Motorists (AAIM), and
Students Against Dangerous Decisions
>^: r^^
(SADD). Another program, sponsored
by the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, is a court program drinking driver. A responsible host

Peer Justice and Youth Empowerment plans a party where no alcoholic

(PJYE). Teen drinking prevention beverages are served.

plans can be implemented with the You must be able to recognize the

help of The United States Department signs of too much drinking in order

of Health and Human Services. to share the responsibility of friends

who drink. If friends are drinking,

Responsibility to Others look for these signs of impairment:

• walking unsteadily or stumbling
when people are in situations where
alcoholic drinks are served, their
• demonstrating poor judgment in

for their own behavior

first responsibility is
• slurred, unclear speech
actions. However, a person s respon-
• talking loudly
sibility increases when the situation
• losing track of time or day of week
involves drinking and driving.
To what extent should a person Remember that peer pressure is

a forceful reason for people to drink

take responsibility for the actions of
others? Some people hesitate to inter- or not to drink. Some people will

However, think that drinking helps them to

fere in other people's lives.
most people wisely realize that they be accepted by a certain group.

are being caring friends when they Problems can come into being

prevent friends from driving after when a person drinks as a part of a

drinking. Just as the sign says. Friends

group. Group drinking can become
Don't Let Friends Drive Drunk.
competitive and one may be urged
The drinker has the responsibili- to drink to keep up.
Don't forget that only one drink
ty of not driving after drinking.
However, everyone should accept the can cause a person's BAG to reach

0.03 percent. Driving abilities can be

responsibility of trying to keep a
drinker from driving. In some states,
impaired even at that BAG. The risk

who serves alcohol

of collision increases greatly as
a person is legally

someone injured or drinking increases.

responsible if is

killed as a result of the actions of the

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 329

 PLAN AHEAD Two-thirds of drivers involved In alcohol-related traffic
fatalities have a BAC of 0.14 or higher. Help reduce this fatal injury
rate by taking responsible actions toward friends who may drink at

a party where alcoholic beverages are served. When you plan to

ride with a friend to a party, make alternate plans ahead of time
to ensure a safe trip home.

What You and Others Can Do for alcohol-related collisions. Respon-

A nondrinker has decisions to make sible drivers decide not to become a

about keeping drinking friends from part of the drinking problem. Instead,

driving. A friend will help get a they contribute to its solution.

drinking friend home safely.

A nondrinker might also have to

decide whether or not to ride with
a drinking driver. There is only one Review It
safe decision. Find other transpor- 1. How might peer pressure
tation to get home safely. Stay over- affect one's decision about
night where you are, if necessary. drinking and driving?
When friends plan parties, 2. What five steps are involved
encourage them to refrain from serv- in making a responsible

ing alcoholic beverages. Also encour- decision?

age them to invite nondrinkers. If 3. What is meant by peer

you know that some people will education?
bring alcoholic drinks, consider not 4. Why should everyone share
attending the party. the responsibility of prevent-

The effects of alcohol can be very ing friends from drinking

harmful, if not deadly, especially and driving?

when operating a motor vehicle.

Keeping unsafe drivers off the road is

everyone's responsibility. Every driver

has the additional responsibility of
driving safely. Even though heavy
drinkers are a major cause of alcohol-
related injuries and fatalities, social

drinkers share a great responsibility

330 Unit 4 Hcinj; a Responsible Driver

Chapter 15

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

I . Effects of Alcohol on Driving Safely Individuals

1. How does alcohol affect mental and physical Investigate Find out as much information as you
abilities needed for driving? (315-317) can about collisions that occurred in your state
2. What is blood-alcohol concentration? (318) last year involving underage drivers who were
3. What factors affect blood-alcohol concentration drinking. Use this information to write a persua-
and how do they work? (318) sive argument about why teenagers should not
4. What are five myths about the use of alcohol drink and drive.
and what is the truth about each myth? (320)
Use Technology Research the technology used in

your determine blood-alcohol concentra-

state to
2. Other Drugs and Driving
tion. Find out how this technology works. Also
5. How do purchasing over-the-counter medicine find out the levels at which adults can be charged
and prescription medicine differ? (321)
with driving while intoxicated or driving under
6. How do depressants, stimulants, and hallu- the influence in your state. Share your results
cinogenic drugs affect a driver? (321-322)
with the class.
7. What is the effect of combining alcohol with
other drugs? (322)
Groups
3. Traffic Laws Governing the Use of Alcohol Lobby Write letters to state and community
8. What is the implied-consent law? (323) officials communicating your support of zero-

9. What are zero-tolerance levels of intoxication tolerance laws. Each student should address the
and how can these levels be measured? (324) letter to a different official. Share the letters with
10. What should a driver do when stopped by a your class.

police officer? (325)

Debate Divide the class into two groups and
debate the pros and cons of setting the drinking
4. Coping with Peer Pressure
age at 2 1 Make a list of all reasons cited. Have one
.

II. How might peer pressure affect one's decision

member from each group summarize the reasons
about drinking and driving? (326-327)
and report them to the class.
12. What are the five steps involved in making a
responsible decision? (327)
13. What is peer education? (327-328)
14. Why should everyone share the responsibility of

preventing friends from drinking and driving?

(329-330)

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving 331

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question. List A
1. All states enforce a minimum drinking age of 8. drug that can slow down the central nervous
(a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d) 21.
system

2. Which of the following type of drugs slows 9. drug that speeds up the central nervous system
down the central nervous system? 10. amount of alcohol in the blood expressed as a
(a) stimulant (c) depressant percentage of alcohol in the bloodstream

(b) hallucinogen (d) none of the above 11. drugs that can be obtained legally without a

3. The most common penalty for a first-time doctor's prescription

12. inner forces of personality that restrain or hold
conviction of a DUI or DWI is

(a) driver's license suspension. back one's impulsive behavior

(b) prison term.
13. involuntary jerking of the eyes as a person

(c)payment of a fine. gazes to the side

impoundment.
(d) vehicle ListB
4. What advice should you give a social drinker a. over-the-counter medicines
planning to drive? b. inhibitions
(a) Don't drink on an empty stomach. c. stimulant
(b) Appoint a designated driver. d. depressant

(c) Be extra careful if you drink and drive. e. nystagmus

(d) Wait one hour after drinking before driving. f. blood-alcohol concentration

Completion Copy the number of each sentence

Think Critically
word or words
below. After each number, write the
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
that complete the sentence correctly.
1. Using the framework of the IPDE Process,
5. The law makes it illegal for persons describe how alcohol impairs your ability
under the age of 21 to drive with any measur- to drive.
able amount of alcohol in the blood. 2. What strategies can you use to overcome
6. In the process of , young people help negative peer pressure as it relates to drinking
other young people make decisions. and driving?
7. A person who decides ahead of time not to
drink and is appointed to drive others who do
drink is known as a .

332 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Chapter 15

Review

Decision IVIaking

1. This driver stopped for an hour on his way home from work. This girl is about to purchase over-the-counter medicine to
During that time he drank three beers. What effects might treat her cold. Why is it important that she read the label on

the beer have on the driver's abilities to drive safely? the medicine bottle?

3. This driver has been stopped by police for suspicion of These students are soliciting support from community offi-

driving while intoxicated. What types of tests might he be cials in an effort to combat the problem of underage drink-
requested to take? What can the tests detect and measure? ing in their community. What type of activities might the

What could happen if the driver refuses to take the tests? students and community leaders pursue in their endeavor?

Chapter 15 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Drhing 333

334 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver
 Chapter 16
Buying and Owning
a Vehicle

16.1

Buying a Vehicle

16.2

Insuring a Vehicle

16.3

You Are the Driver! Environmental Concerns

There are many responsibilities that go

along with vehicle ownership. What type

of vehicle will best meet your needs?

What features and options should you

select? What can you afford? Should

you buy or lease? What are the vehicle's

operating costs? What is a fair price?

What kinds and amounts of insurance

will you need? What will the insurance

cost? The choices can be overwhelming.

This chapter discusses various aspects

of owning and operating a vehicle. It also

covers vehicle insurance, environmental

concerns, and personal responsibilities

of owning and operating a vehicle. Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 335

 Buying a Vehicle

Having your own vehicle gives you • Financing If you are able to pur-
a lot of freedom and mobOity. chase a vehicle by paying cash, you
Objectives
1. List the responsi-
It also carries a lot of responsibilities. eliminate having to pay interest on
bilities of owning
You will need to be able to afford the a loan. Most people, however,
or leasing a
vehicle and to maintain it. If you are obtain a loan when they purchase
vehicle.
under the age of 18, you will likely a vehicle. Make sure you shop
share the responsibilities with your around for the best loan rates
2. List the various
costs associated
parents. You also will likely share the available. Banks, credit unions, sav-

with owning and

additional expenses for maintenance, ings and loan associations, and car

operating a
repairs, insurance, and fuel. dealerships are often good sources.

vehicle.
• Other Costs Operating costs

3. Explain how to
Do You Need a Vehicle? include fuel, oil, tires, repairs,

select a used Are your driving needs great enough and replacement parts. Licensing,

vehicle. to justify owning a vehicle? Are there registration, insurance, taxes, and
alternatives to buying a vehicle? The loan interest also are costs to be
4. Describe the
options and answers to these questions will help considered. Costs also may
you decide whether your needs jus- include parking and toll fees.
steps in buying
tify the expense of owning a vehicle. Vehicle expenses can increase
a vehicle.
from year to Your annual oper-
year.

Can You Afford to Own a Vehicle? ating costs willdepend on how

The cost of owning a vehicle can be much you drive, where you drive,
more than you expect. Some of the and your fuel economy. The more
major expenses of vehicle ownership you drive, the greater the costs.
are described below:
• Purchase Price The purchase What Kind of Vehicle

price is the amount a person is Should You Buy?

charged and willing to pay for If you decide you absolutely need and
the vehicle. Consider what you can afford a vehicle, what type will you
can afford before selecting a get? Examine your needs, wants, and
Shop
specific type of vehicle. budget. Ask yourself these questions:
around and compare prices of • What will I use the vehicle for?
different makes and models. • Do I need certain passenger and
Newspaper ads and the Internet cargo capacities? Will I need to
are good ways to compare prices. tow anything?
• Depreciation A vehicle's value • How many miles will I drive

drops steadily over time, whether each year?

you use the vehicle a lot or very • Will I use the vehicle more for

little. This decrease is called short trips or long trips?

depreciation. • How long will I expect to keep
the vehicle?

336 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 You need to consider many fac- Engine Size and Types
tors when determining what type of Smaller engines usually are more fuel
vehicle to buy. Consider all factors efficient than larger engines. However,
carefully before you go out and look a larger engine may be more feasible

at any vehicles. in a fully-equipped vehicle. Vehicles

with larger engines typically cost more
Vehicle Size to maintain and repair.

Size is an important factor in buying

a vehicle. What size vehicle will serve Transmission
your needs? Consider these points: Most vehicles today are equipped
• A smaller, lighter vehicle usually with automatic transmissions that
gets better gas mileage but does include automatic overdrive. This
not offer as much protection in a makes the vehicles nearly as fuel effi-

collision as a larger, heavier vehicle. cient as stickshift vehicles. Although

• Smaller vehicles are easier to the costs of repairs for an automatic
maneuver than larger vehicles, transmission are usually higher, stick-
especially when parking. shifts may require repairs more often.
• A larger vehicle provides a more
comfortable ride but is usually Optional Equipment
more costly to operate than a Decide what optional equipment
smaller vehicle. you want, but be aware that options
• A larger vehicle has a greater add to the cost of the vehicle. Techno-
capacity for passengers and logical advancements have resulted
parcels than a smaller vehicle. in "smarter" vehicles with options

Fuel efficient or sporty but expensive.

W'B

More room for passengers

 designed for safety, comfort, and The main difference is that after
information. your lease contract expires, you do
Consider the potential for not own the vehicle. At the end of
voice-activated controls for your lease, you must choose one of
controlling the temperature the following three options:
inside the vehicle. Or, imag- 1. Return the vehicle and lease
ine a radar-like blind-spot another vehicle.
warning device that helps 2. Purchase the vehicle at a cost

you avoid backing into determined at the start of your

objects you can't see. lease.

Know what safety 3. Return the vehicle with no obli-

options are included. Comfort gations to either lease another
options may make you feel vehicle or purchase the vehicle
good, but safety options can save you returned.
lives, reduce injuries, and save you Lease payments are based on the
money. Ask your insurance agent difference of the value of the vehicle
about safety options that can save at the start of the lease, and the value
you money on insurance premiums. at the end of the lease, plus interest.

In contrast, when you take out a

Leasing a Vehicle loan to purchase a vehicle, your
An alternative to purchasing a vehicle monthly payments cover the entire

is some ways, leasing is

leasing. In cost of the vehicle over the term of
similar to owning a vehicle. You are the loan, plus loan interest.

responsible for monthly payments, Leasing is not for everyone. Most

fuel, and all the other types of oper- lease agreements limit how many
ating costs you would incur if pur- miles you can put on the vehicle.

chasing a vehicle. Extra miles are likely to cost you an

Purchase New Car for $12,899

PURCHASE
with loan for

For 36 months'

$1525 down payment plus tax, title, license $1399 down plus tax, title, license and
and $45 Doc. fee $45 Doc. fee
12.000 miles/year— fee of 15« per mile over 8.5% APR financing option

Compare the costs of leasing a vehicle to purchasing using a loan.

338 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

additional charge. Normal wear is

considered, but any wear considered

excessive will result in an extra
charge. Make sure you understand
all the terms of the contract before
you sign a lease agreement.
SHOPPING ON THE INTERNET More people use the
Internet or special CD-ROM software each year when
Buying a Used Vehicle
shopping for vehicles. This technology helps you review
You may decide to purchase a used
and compare vehicles and prices, apply for loans, and
vehicle you cannot afford a new
if
even purchase vehicles. Prices are often not negotiable
vehicle. Used vehicles can be pur-
and can be hundreds to thousands of dollars less than
chased from a used-car dealer, a
you would pay at a dealership.
new-car dealer, or a private owner.
Buying a vehicle from a private
owner may cost less. However, you
need to consider the following:
condition. You can also use the
• A private owner will seldom
Internet to compare prices of different
repair the vehicle or provide you
makes and models of vehicles.
with a warranty. A warranty is a
written guarantee that the seller
Choosing a Used Vehicle
will make certain repairs for a
good used vehicle takes
Selecting a
stated period of time.
time. When you find a vehicle you
• In nearly all cases, a private sale
like, check it out.
is final.
• Besides looking good, make sure
• Used-car dealers usually have a
the vehicle is in good mechanical
large selection of vehicles avail-
condition.
able. Many used vehicles pur-
• Determine whether it was ever
chased from car dealerships carry
involved in a collision, or needs
a warranty.
repairs.
Be aware that warranties do not
• When possible, talk to the previ-
cover everything. Read the warranty
ous owner about the condition
carefully and know what is covered
of the vehicle and previous
before you buy.
maintenance service that was
done on the vehicle.
How Much Should You Pay?
Publications like the NADA Guide
Outside and Inside Checks
(National Auto Dealers Association
Walk around the vehicle to inspect it.
Guide) provide what are referred to as
Be sure to check
suggested blue-book prices for used
• doors and locks
vehicles. A blue-book price is the aver-
• vehicle appearance
age market value for that model and
• fluid leaks
age of vehicle. The value of a vehicle
• evidence of collision damage
depends a great deal on the vehicle's

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 339

 Enter the vehicle to check • How is the suspension?
• seats for comfort and condition • Does the vehicle hesitate when
• Hghts and accessories you quickly accelerate?
• mileage (odometer) • Is the vehicle comfortable?
• pedals and steering wheel Make these checks during the test
Check the trunk to find drive:
• evidence of damage • Turn the ignition switch on and
• spare tire check to see that all warning
• tire jack lights, signals, and headlights

Open the hood to check work.

• signs of collision damage • Start the engine. It should start
• hoses and radiator for leaks easily. Warning lights should go
• condition of belts out in a few seconds.
• coolant level • Drive at low speeds and test the
• battery and cables brakes several times. The vehicle
should stop smoothly and straight.
Test Drive Always take a vehicle you
• Make a number of right and left
intend to purchase for a test drive. If
turns. There should not be any
the owner refuses to let you test drive
play in the wheel, and it should
the vehicle, look for another vehicle.
steer easily.
When you take a test drive, drive
• Accelerate moderately. The vehicle
in areasand on roads with which
should accelerate smoothly from
you are familiar. Keep the following
0-40 mph without hesitation.
questions in mind as you test drive
• Test the brakes at various speeds.
a vehicle:
They should not grab or pull
• What do you hear and feel?
to one side. If equipped with
• Are the brakes in good condition?
antilock brakes, brake hard to
• Is the steering firm?
ensure that the system works.

Carefully inspect the vehicle inside and out. Then have it inspected by a professional mechanic
or technician.

340 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Check under the hood when the engine is cool and running.

• Drive on a rough road at 25 mph, agreement. Make sure the vehicle

and turn off the radio. The vehicle includes an owner's manual and
should not rattle or feel unstable. receipts of service repairs.
• Check oil pressure gauges and After you purchase the vehicle,
warning lights for low pressure, read the owner's manual. The owner's
overheating, or any other mal- manual is a valuable resource for
functions indicated by warning learning about features of your new
lights. and the proper care and
vehicle
maintenance needs of the vehicle.
Have the Vehicle Inspected You
have inspected the vehicle yourself
both inside and outside. Before you
commit to buying it, you should have
Review It
a trained technician also inspect it. It's
1. What are the responsibilities
an investment of time and money that
of owning or leasing a
may save you a lot in the long run.
vehicle?
Talk with the technician about
2. What some of the costs
are
possible needed maintenance or
of owning and operating a
repairs. Obtain estimates on related
vehicle?
costs for the repairs or maintenance.
3. What procedures should you
Problems with the transmission,
use to select a used vehicle?
brakes, gears, clutch, radiator, and
4. What options and steps
exhaust system can be costly.
should you consider when
buying a vehicle?
Before You Close the Deal
If the seller is going to make repairs,
have the repairs written into the sales

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 341

 Insuring a Vehicle

you are involved in a collision, compensation for a harm or wrong

If
you may find that the largest to a third party for which the insured
Objectives
expense of owning a vehicle is pay- is legally obligated to pay. Liability
1. Explain what
ing for damages you cause. Every insurance covers others when you
financial respon-
state has a financial responsibility are at fault.
sibility laws
law. This law requires you to prove
require. Bodily-Injury Insurance One type
that you can pay for damages you
2. Explain how auto of liability insurance, bodily-injury
cause that result in death, injury,
insurance works. insurance, covers the driver who is at
or property damage.
3. Explain what fault against claims. (Claims are for-
different kinds
What does your state say about
mal requests for payments related to
financial responsibility? What type
of auto insurance injuries to other people.) Most states
of penalties can be invoked for not
cover. require drivers to hold a specified
complying with the financial respon-
4. List factors that minimum level of liability insurance.
sibility laws in your state?
affect the cost
Property-Damage Insurance
of insurance.
What Is Vehicle Insurance? Another type of liability insurance,
Insuring your vehicle is financial property-damage insurance, pro-
You buy insurance
responsibility. tects the driver who is at fault

from a company by paying a premi- against claims for damages to

um, a specified amount of money another person's property, up to

for coverage over a specified period specified limits. Make sure your

of time, to the company. A policy is level of coverage is adequate.

a written contract between you the —

insured —
and the insurance compa- Medical Payment Insurance
ny. A policy includes the terms and This insurance pays medical and
conditions of insurance coverage. funeral expenses for bodily injuries
sustained by occupants in an insured
Kinds of Insurance vehicle. It pays expenses up to stated

There are many different types of amounts. This coverage does not
insurance. Refer to the chart for a depend on who was at fault in

summary of various types of insur- the accident.

ance and what each type covers.

No-Fault Insurance
Liability Insurance Because of the backlog and long
Every state requires individuals to delays in litigation cases coming to

carry liability insurance. It is the a trial, some states have no-fault

most important insurance to have. insurance. In such states, people

Liability insurance protects the driver involved in collisions recover losses

who caused the collision. It provides and expenses associated with the

342 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Car Insurance
 collision directly from their own pay up to the estimated current value

CONSUME^
insurance company — regardless of of the vehicle.
who is at fault. However, coverage is Damage caused by severe wind,
limited as specified in the insurance hail, vandalism, or similar situations
You should carry higher policy. Details in how no-fault insur- are typically included under compre-
than minimum levels of ance is handled differs significantly hensive insurance. Most companies
bodily-injury liability from one state to another. have restrictions on what causes
insurance. The amounts qualify for comprehensive coverage.
of today's court Collision Insurance Check your policy to see what
settlements can be Collision insurance covers you if restrictions apply.
quite high. you are at fault in a collision, or not
able to collect from the person who Uninsured and Underinsured
is at fault. Your collision insurance Motorist Insurance
provides coverage to pay the costs of Uninsured motorist insurance pro-
repair or replacement of your vehicle, tects you if you are struck by another

less the deductible you have selected. vehicle whose driver has no insur-
A deductible is the amount you ance. Your company covers the costs
agree to pay towards the repair or of injuries to you and your passen-
replacement of the vehicle. Your gers, up to a specified amount.

insurance company agrees to cover Most states require insurance

the balance up to specified maxi- companies to provide this type
mum limits. Know what the limit of insurance.
is with the company you choose. you have underinsured
If

You can select your deductible motorist insurance your insurance

level. The higher the deductible you company will pay any costs that
select, the greater the amount you are exceed what the other person's
required to pay out of your pocket. insurance company will pay as a
However, the higher deductible you result of a collision. Most states now
select, the lower your premium require that companies offer this
will be. type of insurance to their customers.

Comprehensive Insurance Insurance Rates

What if your vehicle is damaged for A number of factors determine
some reason other than a collision? what you pay for insurance. Data
Your policy's comprehensive on different factors are reviewed and
insurance can pay for replacement statistics developed. Rates are then
or repair of your vehicle. You also can established based on the statistics.
select a deductible amount for com- Factors upon which statistics are

prehensive insurance. As with a colli- based and rates determined include:

sion deductible, the higher deductible • Driving Record Drivers with
you select, themore you agree to pay, a certain number of convictions
and the lower your premium will be. for moving violations and colli-
Most insurance companies will only sions pay higher premiums.

344 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Insurance companies consider
them greater risks to insure.
• Age Younger drivers have a pro-
portionally higher number of
collisions; thus, they have higher
premiums. Older, more experi-
INSURANCE Even though financial responsibility laws
enced drivers have fewer moving
exist, a significant number of drivers do not have insur-
violations and are involved in
ance. Without insurance people risk losing their life
comparatively fewer collisions. A
savings and can be forced to liquidate assets to cover
principal driver is a person who
required payments. Always comply with your state's
will drive a certain vehicle most
financial responsibility laws.
often. A person under the age of
25 listed as the principal driver

of a vehicle could pay as much

as four times more than an
and their crashes tend
collisions,
older driver.
to bemore severe than those in-
• Miles Driven The more miles
volving young female drivers.
a vehicle is driven on a regular
However, the gap based on
basis (usually annual), the greater
gender has narrowed.
the premium. This is because the
Marital Status Married drivers
vehicle is more exposed to the
statistically have fewer collisions
possibility of a collision.
than unmarried drivers.
• Driver Gender Male drivers
Type of Vehicle Sports cars,
tend to pay higher premiums.
some vans, and sport utility
Historically, statistics have shown
vehicles are very popular. They
they drive more, have more

Part of the procedure you should follow if you are Involved In a collision is to exchange
insurance information with the other drivers.

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 345

 also tend to be stolen or vandal- Assigned-Risk Insurance
ized more often and cost more to Some companies cancel an insurance
repair. Many larger vans, trucks, policy if the driver or other insured
and sport utility vehicles tend drivers on the policy have been con-
to cause greater damage to victed of a drug- or alcohol-related
vehicles they strike. Some violation. A driver who has several
insurance companies may collisions or traffic convictions can
charge higher rates to be the cause for a company canceling
people who drive such a family's policy.
vehicles. Drivers who have had their insur-
• Where the Driver Lives ance canceled due to a poor driving
and Drives Traffic record may not be eligible to obtain
density in urban areas coverage at standard rates. Often
increases the potential times the only coverage these drivers
for collisions. Therefore, drivers can obtain is assigned-risk
who live in rural areas tend to insurance. Assigned-risk insurance
pay less for insurance than those provides bodily injury and property
who live in larger metropolitan damage liability coverage to high-risk
areas. drivers for a much higher premium.
• Driver's Claim Record Higher Assigned-risk drivers must drive vio-
and more frequent claims, espe- lation-free several years before they
cially for comprehensive and can qualify for standard insurance.
collision coverage, usually result
in higher premiums.

Reduced Premiums Review It

Most insurance companies reward 1. What do financial responsi-

low-risk drivers with reduced premi- bility laws require?

ums. Premiums are often reduced 2. What is the purpose of auto

for drivers who have insurance?
• maintained good grades in school, 3. What are the different types
and in some cases, have success- of auto insurance?
fully completed an approved 4. What factors determine
driver education program the premiums for auto
• had no claims or convictions for insurance?
three years
• multiple vehicles insured under
the same policy
• vehicles with certain safety
features like airbags and anti-

theft devices

346 Unit 4 Being j Responsible Driver

 16.3

Environmental Concerns

Owning and driving a vehicle places the lower the levels of pollutants in
many responsibilities on you. One its exhaust. Objectives
is being aware of how vehicles affect A number of states have imple- 1. Describe how
our environment. Drivers must act mented auto emissions inspection vehicle use
responsibly to minimize the harm programs. These programs require adversely affects
they may cause to the environment. owners to have their vehicle's emis- the environment.
sion levels periodically inspected.
2. Identify ways
How Do Vehicles Affect the A vehicle must pass the inspection individuals can
Environment? before its license can be renewed.
reduce the effects
All vehicle owners have a responsi- of vehicles on the
CFCs Until quite recently, most air
bility for ensuring that they do not environment.
conditioners contained freon gas,
harm the environment. This includes
a chlorinated fluorocarbon (abbre-
using more environmentally friendly
viated CFC). Though effective in
products, and properly disposing
cooling air, when freon is released
vehicle parts, fluids, and components.
into the atmosphere, it breaks down
Almost every motor vehicle that
the atmosphere's ozone layer.
uses gasoline or diesel fuel creates
The ozone layer shields the earth
engine exhaust. Some exhaust gases
from the sun's ultraviolet rays, a
contribute to air pollution.
known cause of skin cancer. If the
earth's ozone layer continues to be
Exhaust Gases
reduced, it is likely rates of skin
Over the years, improvements in the cancer will rise.
engineering of vehicles have resulted
in smaller amounts of harmful
exhaust emissions. Today's vehicles
also get better gas mileage. However,
each year drivers in the United States
drive more vehicles more miles.

Carbon Dioxide Carbon dioxide

(CO,) is one of several gases in vehicle

exhaust. Large amounts of this gas

produce a "greenhouse effect," which
warms the earth. Some scientists fear

that too much warming will change

the earth's climate.
Regularly maintaining your
vehicle can help reduce the number
of pollutants your vehicle emits. state require vehicle testing at an
Does your
The less fuel your vehicle burns. auto emissions inspection center?

chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 347

 Refrigerant recovery systems are used on older vehicles to keep CFCs from escaping into the

atmosphere.

All new vehicles use an alterna- appropriate drop-off locations for

tive refrigerant in their air condi- your hazardous wastes.
tioning systems. Auto repair shops Other solid materials like tires,

that service older vehicles whose air exhaust pipes, and mufflers also need
conditioners require freon are re- to be disposed of properly. Piles of
quired to utilize refrigerant recovery older tires placed out in the open are

systems. These systems capture any not only eyesores, they can become
freon that escapes while the shop breeding grounds for insects and
recharges a vehicle's air condition- rodents that carry dangerous diseases.
ing system. Many vehicle parts can be recycled.
Old tires now are being used to make

Disposal of Vehicle Parts and Fluids floor mats and other rubber products.
Vehicle batteries, oil filters, and fluids Glass and tires can be recycled into

— oil, gasoline, transmission fluid, road-paving materials. Various plas-

brake fluid, and antifreeze —contain tics are being used to make other

hazardous substances. Never dump or commonly used plastic products.

dispose of these items in the garbage

or down a drain. Collect these items How Can Drivers Help the
and take them to the nearest haz- Environment?
ardous waste collection center, or Each person can utilize transporta-
other appropriate collection location. tion and still help the environment.
Contact your local health depart- As technology increases, more and
ment. They will probably know of more alternatives are available.

348 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Mass Transportation several individuals share transpor-

Several forms of mass transporta- tation toone or more destinations.

tion (also called mass transit) are As an incentive to car or van pooling,
available throughout the United some highways have special lanes
States. Mass transportation involves for use only by vehicles containing
moving large numbers of people a certain number of passengers.
together from place to place. Many companies and govern-
Mass transportation is safe, effi- ment agencies provide vans and
cient, and environmentally responsi- vehicles for use in a car or van pool.

ble. It includes small buses, city and These systems help reduce the
suburban buses, and rail trams. It number of vehicles on the road,

also includes urban mass transit sys- save fuel consumption, reduce

tems common to some of our larger overall amounts of exhaust, and

cities. Some rapid transit systems are decrease the amount of space
already in place. Others are being needed for parking.
developed. Using mass transit re-

duces the cost per passenger mile Alternative-Fueled Vehicles

and decreases exhaust emissions. Although many alternative-fueled

vehicles are still in early stages of

Car and Van Pools development, this is another option

Other environmentally responsible drivers have in reducing the harmful

systems include car pooling or van effects of driving on the environ-

pooling. These are systems where ment. Many government agencies

CARPOOLS ONLY
2 OR MORE PERSONS
PER VEHICLE N

Car or van pooling reduces the number of vehicles on the road, exhaust, and conserves the
amount of gasoline consumed.

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 349

Solar-powered vehicles require no gasoline because they harness from the sun the energy they
need to operate.

have fleet vehicles that use cleaner yet available on the mass market, it

burning fuels like propane gas or will only be a matter of time before
gasoline with an ethanol blend. you will see solar-powered vehicles
Battery-powered vehicles are being on roadways.
tested in several cities. Some of these We have come a long way in

vehicles run on batteries that store protecting our environment and

electricity. When the batteries are low, resources. We all share the environ-
you simply plug in and recharge. As ment. Driving is a privilege. With
technologies improve, these vehicles the privilege comes responsibilities.

may one day be mass produced. As drivers we have the responsibility

A solar-powered vehicle captures to continue to do what we can to

light from the sun and transforms preserve our natural resources and
it into electrical power. Though not protect the environment.
Chapter 16

Review

Reviewing Cliapter Objectives Projects

1. Buying a Vehicle Individuals

1. What are the responsibilities of owning or Use Technology Search the Internet for Web sites
leasing a vehicle? (336) that deal with automobile sales. Choose one vehi-
2. What are the various costs associated with cle model. Compare options and prices for this

owning and operating a vehicle? (336-337) model on several sites. Print out the pages that

3. How would you select a used vehicle? (339-341) show these prices and bring them to class.
4. What are the options you have and the steps
Investigate Go to the library (or search the
you take when buying a vehicle? (337-341
Internet) to obtain acopy of the NADA Guide (or
blue book). Look up the blue-book prices for the
2. Insuring a Vehicle
vehicles your family owns. Find out the original
5. What do financial responsibility laws require?
prices of the vehicles. Calculate how much each
(342)
vehicle has depreciated.
6. How does auto insurance work? (342)
7. What do different kinds of auto insurance
Groups
cover? (342-344)
Debate Form two teams. Debate the pros and cons
8. What factors affect the cost of insurance?
of owning a large versus a small vehicle. Make a list
(344-346)
of the reasons each team mentions. Compare your
list with those of the other teams in your class.
3. Environmental Concerns
9. How does vehicle use adversely affect the envi- Demonstrate Divide into groups of four or five.

ronment? (347-348) Each group member should obtain permission to

10. In what ways can individuals reduce the effects inspect a vehicle in the school parking lot.

of vehicles on the environment? (348-350) Demonstrate to the group the steps you would take
in inspecting the vehicle ifyou were considering
buying Each group member should take notes
it.

on the others' inspections. Discuss whether you

would buy the vehicles inspected.

chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 351

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each Copy the number of each definition in list A.
sentence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the Match the definition in list A with the term it

letter of the answer that best completes the state- defines in list B.
ment or answers the question. List A
1. The value of a vehicle drops steadily over time 7. covers an insured's losses and expenses associ-
due to ated with a collision regardless of who is at fault
(a) loan interest. (c) operating costs. 8. you to prove that you can pay for
requires
(b) depreciation. (d) insurance premiums. damages you cause that result in death, injury,
2. If the used vehicle you are considering passes or property damage
your tests,you should 9. amount you agree to pay toward the repair or

(a) have a mechanic make a final check. replacement of the vehicle

(b) buy it immediately. 10. provides bodily injury and property damage
(c) have a friend test drive the vehicle. liability coverage to high-risk drivers for a

(d) buy it only if a warranty is offered. much higher premium

11. specified amount of money paid over a speci-
3. Vehicle insurance that pays for damage caused
fied period of time paid for insurance coverage
by something other than a collision is called
12. covers the driver who is at fault against claims
(a) liability insurance.

(b) collision insurance. ListB

(c) comprehensive insurance. a. deductible

(d) uninsured motorist insurance. b. premium

c. no-fault insurance
4. Which of the following does nothing to help
d. bodily-injury insurance
protect the environment?
e. assigned-risk insurance
(a) using mass transportation.
f. financial responsibility law
(b) driving alone in a vehicle.
(c) van pooling.
Think Critically
(d) using an alternative-fueled vehicle.
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
Completion Copy the number of each sentence 1. List and discuss the advantages and dis-
below. After each number, write the word or words advantages of leasing a vehicle.
that complete the sentence correctly. 2. How might you reduce premium rates
5. A driver whose insurance is canceled due to a for vehicle insurance?
poor driving record needs to obtain
insurance.
6. Large amounts of CO, in the atmosphere pro-
duce a , which warms the earth.

352 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Chapter 16

Review

Decision IVIalcing

1. You have a part-time job. What are the arguments for and 2. You know the type of vehicle you want. You have found

against buying a vehicle? vehicles at a private seller, a used-car dealer, and a new-
car dealer How would you decide which vehicle to buy?

3. How should this person properly dispose of the used oil? 4. Your vehicle has been vandalized. What should you do?
What type of insurance will cover the repairs?

Chapter 16 Buying and Owning a Vehicle 353

354 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver
 Chapter 17
Maintaining Your
Vehicle

17.1

Maintaining the Power

Systems

17.2

Maintaining the Control

Systems
You Are the Driver!
17.3
Imagine you own your own vehicle. Do
Do Preventive Maintenance
you know how to check the oil level?

you know what the tire pressure should

17.4
be? What vehicle maintenance can you
Fuel- Saving and Recycling
do? What maintenance should a mechanic
Strategies
or automotive technician do? Have you

read the owner's manual for your vehicle?

The vehicles you drive are complex

machines made up of many systems

and parts. All vehicles need preventive

maintenance and periodic repairs to help

reduce operating costs. This chapter will

familiarize you with the different systems

of your vehicle and explain how to main-

tain your vehicle.

Take it to the NET
[Link]/driveright

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 355

 Maintaining the Power Systems

Your vehicle consists of many • clutch (in a stickshift)

Objectives systems. Knowing about the • drive shaft or half shafts

1. Identify the
and the care
different systems • differential
they need can help you recognize • transaxle
warning signs
for needed repairs and handle problems if they occur. • drive axles

for the power Your owner's manual provides • universal, or constant velocity

and drive systems,

valuable information about how joints

ignition and to maintain your vehicle and its A vehicle's transmission houses

electrical systems,
various systems. different gears. The gears of the

lubrication and transmission enable the engine to

cooling systems,
Power and Drive Systems deliver power to the drive wheels.
and fuel and A vehicle's engine needs fuel to burn Lower gears are for power and let the
exhaust systems. power to move. The
to create the engine turn faster. Higher gears are
power generated from the power- for greater speed and let the engine
2. Describe the
steps to follow to plant, also known as the vehicle's turn more slowly and efficiently.

start a vehicle engine or motor, is transmitted to a The drive shaft is a long metal
that has a dead drive system that operates the front tube in rear-wheel drive vehicles.

battery. wheels, rear wheels, or all wheels in The drive shaft carries power from
some vehicles. The powerplant is the the transmission to the differential

source of energy that maintains a in the rear of the vehicle. The differ-

vehicle's movement. ential has gears that allow one wheel

New vehicles are powered by dif- to turn more slowly than the other

ferent types of internal combustion when turning a corner.

engines and a variety of electric In front-wheel drive vehicles,
motors or engine combinations. power is carried to the front wheels
Selection of powerplant for a partic- by two half shafts. A transaxle is
ular vehicle is based on its weight,
usage, and government regulations.
Different drive-train systems are
engine
used for different vehicles. Some
vehicles are rear-wheel drive, some
front-wheel drive, and others all-

wheel drive. The picture shows a

front-wheel drive system.
Depending on the type of vehicle,
transaxle
the drive train has different compo-
flywheel
nents including
half shaft
• powerplant (engine or motor)
• transmission Transmitting power in a front-wheel drive
vehicle

356 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

located between the two half shafts Battery
and replaces the transmission and A vehicle's starter, lights, computer-
differential. assisted controls, and other electrical
Check your automatic transmis- accessories depend on the electrical
sion or transaxle fluid once a month. power stored in the battery.
Jerky shifting, slipping in and out of Extreme cold or hot weather
gears while driving, or pauses before makes starting your vehicle difficult.
the vehicle starts to move are signs A battery has less power when it is
of a low transmission fluid level. cold or overheated. Keep your battery
Your owner's manual explains how charged to avoid failure. If the engine
to check the fluid level. turns over very slowly when you try

to start your vehicle, have the battery

Ignition and Electrical Systems charged or replaced.
The ignition system sets off combus- Keep battery cables tight and
tion in your engine's cylinders. The free of corrosion, especially where
electrical system is involved in the the terminals connect to the battery.
ignition process and also provides Most batteries in today's vehicles

the electrical power needed to oper- are sealedand do not need to have
ate your vehicle's lights, controls, Read
their fluid levels checked.

and accessories. your owner's manual for mainte-

nance information.
Alternator Always wear eye protection
When you turn your key in the igni- and gloves when working with, or
tion, an electrical current sent from around, a battery. A battery releases
the battery to the electric starter hydrogen gas, which is very explosive.

turns the engine. Once the engine is Never expose a battery to an open
running, the alternator generates an flame or electrical spark. Never let
electrical current that recharges the

battery. A belt drives the alternator.

Current from the battery continues
to power the ignition system. This
system delivers energy to each spark
plug at the proper time to ignite the
air-fuel mixture in each cylinder.
If the alternator light comes on
while you are driving, or the battery
gauge displays a strong discharge,
the alternator is not working prop-
erly. It is not generating electricity.

The problem could be as simple as

a broken or loose belt, or as compli-

cated as an internal electrical problem.
Ignition and electrical system

chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 357

 Follow these steps when making
a jumper cable connection:
1. Bring the two vehicles close

together, but not touching. The

jumper cables need to be able to
reach both batteries and engines.
COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS Many of today's vehicles
2. Turn off the engine of the vehicle
are equipped with computerized engine-management
with the good battery and all
systems. These systems control a vehicle's fuel, igni-
accessories on both vehicles.
tion, and emission systems. If a warning light comes
Shift the gears of each vehicle
on indicating your engine needs service, take it to a
into NEUTRAL or PARK. Set the
qualified technician who can service a computerized
parking brakes.
system.
3. Each battery has two terminals or
posts. Each post should be marked
with a plus (+) or minus (-) sign,
battery fluid touch your eyes, skin, or POS or NEC.
or clothing. The fluid is a strong 4. Securely clamp one end of the

acid that can cause severe injury. positive jumper cable (marked
-I- or red) to the positive terminal

Starting a Vehicle Tliat Has a Dead of the good battery. Clamp the
Battery other end of the same cable to
the positive terminal of the dead
Ifyou turn the ignition key while
battery.
in PARK or NEUTRAL and the starter
makes no sound, it usually indicates 5. Clamp one end of the negative
cable (marked — or black) to the
a dead battery or bad battery con-
nection. You may be able to jump-
negative terminal on the vehicle

start your vehicle by using a jumper

with the good battery. Note: Some
cable connected to another vehicle
owner's manuals may require
the connection be to a negative
that has agood battery. Check both
ground somewhere on the engine
owner's manuals before you attempt
away from moving parts.
to jump a dead battery. Follow the
recommended procedures for your 6. Clamp the other end of the nega-

vehicle. Note: Both batteries must be

tive cable to a negativeground
the same voltage. on the vehicle with the dead bat-
tery. A negative ground could be
Remove any battery vent caps on
a large unpainted piece of metal
your battery (if not a self-contained
away from moving engine parts
battery). Do not jump a dead battery
and the battery. Do not clamp the
that has frozen cells; the battery might
negative cable to the bad battery's
explode. If the battery is frozen,
negative post.
remove the battery and place it in
7. Start the vehicle that has the good
a warm area for several hours, away
battery first. Let the vehicle idle
from direct heat, before trying to
jump-start it.
for a few minutes. Then start the

358 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Drive

Jumper cable connections for jump-starting a vehicle

vehicle with the dead battery. Keep it. Check your owner's manual for
the vehicle with the dead battery specific types of bulbs and lights for
running, but only at idle, until the your vehicle.

jumper cables are removed.

8. Remove the cables in the oppo- Lubrication and Cooling
site order from which they were Systems
attached. Store them in the trunk Lubrication is the use of oil, grease,
for future use. or other substances to reduce
9. Replace any vent caps. Throw damage to moving parts from
away any cloth used to wipe the heat caused by friction. Cooling
battery parts because the cloth is a process of reducing heat that
may have acid on it. builds up in a vehicle's engine or
transmission. Excessive heat can
Lights destroy the engine and other moving
Your Ughts not only help you see, parts of the vehicle. Proper lubrica-

but also help others see you. tion and cooling keeps the systems
Defective lights and bulbs need to be operating efficiently.

replaced immediately. Check your

headlights, taillights, backup lights, Lubrication System
and turn signals often. Lubricants, such as oil, help the engine
If a turn signal indicator on your operate efficiently by reducing friction,
instrument panel does not flash, but carrying away engine heat, and
remains on, it is likely that the turn cleansing engine parts.
signal hght is burnt out. Determine The oil pump forces oil from
which signal light is out and replace the oil pan at the bottom of the

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 359

 monly used to lubricate such things
cylinder head as the axles, suspension parts, and
oil gallery
steering components. Check your
oil lines owner's manual for the recom-
mended schedule for all of your
cylinders/pistons vehicle's lubrication needs.
dip stick

main gallery
Cooling System
Although lubricating oil removes
oil pump some engine heat, the engine
requires additional cooling. The
oil pan oil filter cooling system provides additional
cooling. It also provides a source of
heat for your vehicle's interior in

Lubrication system
cold weather.
The cooling system includes a

engine through the oil filter. From fan, fan belt or electric motor, radia-

the filter, the oil flows through oil tor, water pump, coolant recovery

lines to the engine's moving parts.

(or surge) tank, thermostat, and
Oil is returned to the oil pan, and hoses that connect the radiator to

the cycle is repeated. the engine. The radiator holds and

cools the coolant, a mixture of water
All vehicles need to have the oil
changed, either after a specific num- and antifreeze. The owner's manual
ber of miles or months. Oil indicates the correct mixture to use
filters

are typically replaced at the same in your vehicle.

time. If you make a lot of short The water pump draws coolant
trips, you may need to have your from the radiator and forces it
oil and filter changed more often
through the engine's cooling pas-
than recommended. sages. The fan draws air through the

If the oil-pressure warning light

radiator and helps cool the coolant.
comes on while you are driving, The thermostat opens and shuts
to control the flow of coolant to the
it indicates oil is not going through
your engine quickly enough to lubri-
radiator. When the temperature in

cate it. Pull over to the side of the

the system rises to the correct level,

when the thermostat opens to let coolant

road it is safe to do so. Turn
off your engine
flow to the radiator and maintain a
and wait a while
before checking the stable temperature.
oil level. If your
oil level is not the problem, your Overheating can damage your

vehicle needs service right away. engine as a result of a low coolant

Low oil pressure can damage an level, blocked radiator airflow, frozen

engine very quickly. coolant in the system, or a faulty

Your vehicle also needs to be

thermostat. Check your coolant level

greased periodically. Grease is com- at least once a month. Check the

360 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

coolant surge tank before you start
the engine. If the coolant level is low,
pour a 50/50 mixture of water and
coolant into the surge tank to the
prescribed level.

Check your radiator hoses every

time you change your oil. Look for
cracks and squeeze the hoses to feel
for spongy spots. Replace hoses that
are cracked, leaking, or have a
spongy feel to them.
Many vehicle manufacturers sug-
gest the cooling system be flushed and
replenished with fresh coolant at least
Cooling system
once every two years. Check your
owner's manual for recommended
becomes a fine mist for combustion
service intervals for your vehicle.
in the cylinders of the engine.
Most new vehicles have electronic
Fuel and Emission Systems
fuel-injection systems rather than
The purpose of the fuel system is to
carburetor systems. Fuel-injection
provide fuel needed for the creation
systems deliver the exact amount of
of power to move a vehicle. The fuel
fuel to each of the engine's cylinders
system includes a fuel tank, fuel line,
at the proper time to give maximum
fuel pump, air cleaner, fuel filter, and
power and fuel efficiency. Fuel-
carburetor or fuel-injection system.

A
injection systems also reduce the
The emission (or exhaust) system
amount of pollution-causing gases.
takes the exhaust created by the
If your vehicle hesitates or sputters
COXSIJMFJl
burning of fuel, and forces it through
while accelerating, or if the "service
the exhaust system to the outside of Never add water alone
engine" hght comes on, you may need
the vehicle. The system includes the to your cooling system.
to have your fuel system inspected.
positive crankcase ventilation system much faster
It will boil
(PCV), the exhaust gas recirculation causing the vehicle
Emission System
system (EGR), the heat control valve, to overheat. Use an
The combustion process creates
the catalytic converter, exhaust pipe, appropriate water-
exhaust. The emission system takes
muffler, and tailpipe.
antifreeze mixture.
the exhaust and recirculates un-
burned fuel back into the combus-
Fuel System
tion process for greater efficiency.
The fuel pump draws fuel from the
The catalytic converter then con-
fuel tank through the fuel line. Fuel is
verts harmful gases into less harmful
then pumped to the carburetor or
gases and water. It also cuts down
fuel-injection system. Air is drawn
levels of nitrogen oxides, which the
through the air filter and mixes
sun heats into smog.
with the fuel. The fuel-air mixture

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 361

 positive crankcase
muffler
ventilation system

carburetor or
fuel-injection
system exhaust gas tailpipe
recirculation
system

Vehicle emission system

The muffler reduces the noise

from combustion sounds in the
Review It
engine. Over time, holes develop in
1. Name at least one warning
mufflers due to rust. If you notice
sign that indicates needed
that your vehicle's engine sounds
repairs for each of these sys-
louder and louder over time, it
tems: power, drive, ignition,
is likely you have a hole in your
electrical, lubrication, cool-
muffler.
ing, fuel, and exhaust.
After passing through the muf-
2. What are the proper steps
fler, the exhaust leaves the exhaust
for starting a vehicle that has
system through the tailpipe at the
a dead battery?
rear of the vehicle.
Have your emission system
checked periodically to ensure there mm
are no leaks in the system. By doing
this, you reduce your risk of carbon

monoxide poisoning while driving.

362 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Maintaining the Control Systems

Vital to the safe control of your • squealing sounds when you make
vehicle are several different, but turns Objectives
interrelated, systems and compo- 1. Identify the warn-
nents. The steering, brake, and sus- Brake System ing signs that
pension systems are all part of your Good brakes are essential for the safe might indicate the
vehicle's traction-control system. Your operation of a vehicle. The life need for repair of
tires are also components of your expectancy and performance of your the steering, brake,
vehicle's traction-control system. All brakes depend on how you use and or suspension
of these contribute to a vehicle's con- maintain them. A vehicle's brake sys- systems.
trol, stability, and riding comfort. tem composed of four individual
is 2. Identify ways to
brakes (one on each wheel), brake maintain tires for
Steering System lines, brake fluid, wheel cylinders, longer wear.
The steering system includes the and a master cylinder.

steering wheel, steering column, The brake system's master

steering gear, and the connections cylinder contains two parts. Each
to the front wheels. The steering part controls two wheels. When a

column transmits your steering input driver applies pressure on the brake
to move the front wheels of your pedal, brake fluid is forced from the
vehicle in the direction you choose. master cylinder through the brake
Most vehicles today have power lines to each wheel's brake cylinder.
steering, a system that uses a The cylinder at each wheel forces the
hydraulic pump and fluid to make brake shoes or brake pads against
steering easier for you. Avoid turning a brake drum or disk. The pressure
the steering wheel when the vehicle causes friction, which slows or stops
is not moving. This causes wear on the wheel.
the steering system.
Steering problems often develop
gradually rather than suddenly. This master cylinder rear drum
brakes
may make them difficult to recog-

[Link] steering problem is serious

and should be repaired immediately.
Common indications of problems
include
• "play" or excess movement in the

steering wheel
• steering difficulty, even though
the tires are properly inflated brake lines
• shimmying or wobbling, or shak- front disk brake

ing or pulling to one side under

normal driving conditions Brake system

chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 363

 A vehicle's disk and drum brakes
self-adjust when braking in reverse.
If you notice that the brake pedal
goes closer than two inches to the
floor when you press the brake pedal

DISK BRAKES AND DRUM hard, adjust the brakes. To adjust the
Disk Brake
BRAKES Many vehicles brakes, stop, back up, and brake
have a disk brake on brake firmly. Repeat this procedure several
y^ rotor
each front wheel and a times. If the problem persists, have
drum brake on each rear your brake system inspected.
wheel. Some vehicles If the brake or antilock brake

have disk brakes on all

warning light stays on after starting

four wheels. A disk brake your vehicle or comes on while dri-

works as fluid pressure ving, these are indicators of possible

presses the pads against brake problems. Some other indica-

Drum Brake tions of potential problems include
the sides of the rotating
disk inside the wheel. wheel • "spongy" feel in the brake pedal
cylinder
A drum brake works as • pulling to one side when stop-

fluid pressure forces the ping with dry brakes

brake shoes against the
• grabbing or uneven brake action
hollow cylinder drum
• squealing or chattering noises in
brake
inside the wheel. Each the brakes
drum

type of brake causes

• a need to push the brake harder

friction that slows or than usual to stop the vehicle

stops the turning wheels. The parking brake is a separate

brake system. A steel cable connects
the parking brake pedal or lever to a
separate brake assembly on the rear
Most vehicles' brake systems are wheels only. When properly adjusted
designed with fail-safe systems. If a and engaged, the parking brake
leak develops in the brake system, should hold a vehicle on a hill. If the
the brake warning light on the in- parking brake doesn't hold, have it

strument panel will likely come on. repaired.

Because of the dual master cylinder, Keep the brake fluid in the mas-
however, fluid under pressure should ter cylinder at the proper level. Use
still reach one pair of the wheels. the brake fluid specified for your
Stopping distance will increase and Have your brakes checked on
vehicle.
handling may be The braking
erratic. an annual basis, or as soon as you
system must be checked and repaired notice potential problems. Proper
immediately. Never drive a vehicle maintenance of your vehicle's brakes
with a faulty brake system, regardless may not only save you money, but
of the distance. could save your life.

364 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Suspension System
The suspension system includes a
series of rods, bars, springs, and
other components. This system
keeps the wheels and tires pointed in
the direction you are steering. The
springs in the suspension system
support the vehicle to allow a gentle Tire construction

up-and-down motion while driving.

A shock absorber or strut assembly

traction, and fuel economy, com-
unit is located at each wheel to con-
pared to other tires.
trol hard bouncing and to keep the
Information about the tire's con-
tireson the roadway. recommended inflation
struction, size,
If you notice your vehicle bounc-
and carrying capacity is clearly
levels,
ing more than usual, or you find
marked on the sidewaU of the tire.
uneven tire wear, there may be a
New tires usually have a paper label
problem with its suspension. Check
attached with additional information.
your owner's manual for the recom-
mended intervals for servicing or
and Tread
Inflation
replacing your vehicle's shocks,
Maintain the manufacturer's recom-
struts, and joints.
mended air pressure in the tires at
all times. Keep a reliable tire gauge
Tires: A Traction Control System
in your vehicle and use it regularly.
Your tires are your vehicle's lifelines
Maintaining the proper air pressure
to the roadway. It is important to
understand your vehicle's tires

and to ensure that your vehicle

pressure/
is equipped with tires that best load maximums
meet your driving needs. brand name

Tire Construction
size
A tire is made of rubber reinforced
with layers of material under
the tread. Each layer, called a ply,

strengthens the tire and gives it shape.

A belted tire has special layers
added to a bias-ply tire for improved
"DOr
strength, performance, and mileage. (certifies compliance)

A radial tire has plies that run construction

(plies, cord material; code number
tire
straight across under the tread, and how many and how much) (who made it, where and when)
strengthening belts of steel or other
materials that circle the tire. Radial Information on the sidewall
tires give improved tread mileage,
Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 365
in the tire will yield maximum fuel you have your tires balanced, it
efficiency and tire mileage. Too little is also a good idea to have your

air in one of your tires can make wheels aligned. Alignment is espe-
handling the vehicle more difficult. cially important on front-wheel
Air pressure in a tire rises in drive vehicles. Proper wheel align-
warmer weather and falls in cooler ment also increases the life of the
weather. Air pressure increases when- and reduces excessive and
tires

ever the vehicle is driven, regardless uneven wear.

of the distance of the trip. Don't let

air out of a warm tire in an attempt Replacing Tires

to reduce the air pressure to the Most tires have wear bars built into
recommended level. The tire will them. A smooth bar will appear
be underinflated when it cools. across your tire when the tread has
Overall, cool tires will provide the worn down. A worn tire has poor
most accurate and stable readings. traction on wet roads and is more
likely to fail. When you can see one
Rotation and Alignment or more wear bars on any tire, it is

Rotate your tires regularly to pro- time to replace that tire.

mote longer tire life. Different rota- Replacement tires should be the
tion patterns are recommended same and type as the tires they
size

for different vehicles and tires. See are replacing. Never use radial tires
your owner's manual for the recom- with any other type of tire on the
mended pattern and schedule you vehicle. Radial tires do not react the
should follow for your vehicle. same as belted tires.

The illustration shows different

rotation patterns for different Tire Quality and Grading
vehicles and tires. All tires sold in the United States are
In addition to rotating your rated on the Uniform Tire Quality
tires, have them balanced periodically Grading System, as seen in the chart.
to promote even wear. Whenever

Two Sample Rotation Patterns

 Grades of Tires

Tire Grading Traction Temperature Treadwear

Highest 200
190
180
170
160

150
140
130
120
110
100

Lowest 90
80
70
60
50

• A tire's traction is measured by its ability to stop a car in straight-ahead motion on a wet surface. An A-graded tire has the

best traction performance-

Temperature resistance indicates a tire's ability to withstand heat. A tire graded A Is the most heat-resistant, and is the least

likely to suffer a blowout under the same conditions as tires with grades of B or C.
• The higher the treadwear rating, the greater the mileage. A tire with a treadwear rating of 1 50 is expected to last 50 percent
longer than one graded at 1 00.

A tire's performance is measured

under ideal controlled conditions

on specific test surfaces and over a

special test route. They are rated by

traction, temperature, and treadwear
performance.
Keep safety in mind when you
are in need of new tires. Compare
and decide which type of tire offers
the best value for the kind of driving
you do. Check your owner's manual
for recommendations on tires for
your vehicle.
 Preventive Maintenance

The routine care and attention you

give your vehicle to avoid trouble
Objectives Power Water

1. List preventive
later on is called preventive mainte- steering fluid Usually normal

nance. This attention includes not Check system condensation

maintenance
only the day-to-day care, but also the
checks to make
before and after
periodic servicing recommended in

starting the
your owner's manual.
\

9^
vehicle, while
The schedule of service for main-
tenance jobs is important. The manu-
driving, and
when fueling or
facturer or dealer warranty may not
servicing the
stay in effect if maintenance schedules
are not followed.
vehicle.
2. Explain how to I
Coolant

find a qualified
Routine Checks IVIotoroil Cliecktlie water pump,
Cliecl< ttie engine. radiator, or liose.

mechanic or You should make it a habit to pay

technician. attention to your vehicle's condition.
Notice changes in its condition
before driving and while you drive.

Before Starting the Engine Transmission fluid

Before you enter the vehicle and start Cliecktlie transmission

seals.
the engine, make a few quick inspec-
tions to avoid trouble while driving.
Colors indicate the type of fluid leaking out.
Here are some examples:
COIVSIIMK 4 • Look for signs of fluid leaks
the pavement under the vehicle.
on
After Starting the Engine
How to find leaks: At The color and location of the After you start your engine, follow
night, take light-colored fluid can help you determine the the steps and checks as described in
paper and place it type and source of the leak. The Chapter 3. If you have any concerns,
underneath your vehi- colors in the picture indicate the see your owner's manual.
cle. In the morning, different types of fluids.
check the paper for • Make sure your lights and horn While Driving
fluid spots and their work. When you turn the ignition Follow the steps and procedures you
locations. Have any on (without starting the engine) learned in earlier chapters to mea-
leaks repaired. see that your warning lights come sure your vehicle's performance.
on. If one does not come on, Notice any unusual instrument
check your fuses first. If the fuses panel readings. Observe any out-
are not the problem, then have the of-the-ordinary sounds, odors, or
vehicle checked by a technician. vibrations of the vehicle.

368 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

At a Fuel Stop member of a motor club, ask
are a

Most drivers fill their own vehicle's them for recommendations.

ftiel tanks at self-service stations. Turn You could also visit different
ofl^ your engine before you begin re- automotive repair shops. Find out
fueling. Follow posted instructions if the technicians and mechanics are

for [Link] is always pro- qualified and certified. Most major

hibited near fuel pumps. dealerships have highly skilled tech-

Almost every gas station offers nicians and mechanics who have
a selection of types and grades of passed specialized tests to obtain

fuel. Check your owner's manual their certifications.

for your vehicle's recommended While refueling, clean your

octane rating. Scheduled Service windows and check wiper

Vehicles need Your blades for any damage or

Alternative fuels are becoming periodic service.
excessive wear.
more common. One type of alterna- owner's manual shows the recom-
tive fuel is gasohol. Gasohol is a mended maintenance intervals for

blend of gasoline and either methyl you to foUow. Save all of your service
or ethyl alcohol. receipts. Keep a comprehensive main-
Whenever you stop for fuel, it's a tenance history of your vehicle, espe-
good time to perform routine checks cially for warranty- related repairs.
and service. Here are some examples:
• Check your oil level. Add oil if State Vehicle Inspections
needed. Some states require periodic vehicle
• Check the windshield washer inspections. Inspections can detect
fluid level. Add additional fluid safety-related problems before they
to the reservoir, if needed. become hazards. Owners are usually
• Clean your windshield, windows required to have all serious defects
and headlights. repaired before the vehicle can
• Check your windshield wipers for be licensed.
cracks. Replace damaged blades.
• Check your tires. Do they look
low? Is the tire pressure correct?
Are there any visible cracks in the Review It
tire? Take care of crucial problems 1. List some preventive mainte-
before you leave the gas station. nance checks you should
make before and after start-
Selecting a Qualified Technician ing the vehicle, while driv-
Vehicles are complex machines. It is ing, and when stopping
important that you find a reliable for fuel.
service and repair location staffed 2. List the steps you can take
with trained and certified technicians to find a qualified technician

and mechanics. Talk with people or mechanic.

you know and respect. Ask your
local better business bureau. If you

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 369

 Fuel-Saving and Recycling Strategies

Advancements in design and tech- cold engine. The most efficient way
Objectives I nology have changed the ways our to warm up a cold engine is to drive

vehicles look and perform. Today's it at moderate speeds for the first few
1. Identifyways you
vehicles are designed and built for miles. Avoid excessive idling to avoid
can improve a
greater fuel efficiency. The way you wasting fuel and possibly damaging
vehicle's fuel
drive can also improve fuel efficiency. the engine.
efficiency.

2. Explain how to
Facts About Fuel Efficiency Calculating Miles Per Gallon
calculate miles
per gallon of fuel Even though vehicle designs and Most drivers want to get the most
consumption. changes in the types of materials miles from each gallon of fuel.

3. Identify strategies used in today's vehicles save fuel, dri- Checking your fuel economy can
for recycling vers need to follow certain practices warn you of potential mechanical
automotive- to help conserve resources. problems. Follow these simple steps

related materials. to calculate miles per gallon.

Control Your Speed 1. Fill the fuel tank. Record the

Many newer vehicles have very fuel- odometer reading, or set the trip

efficient engines that achieve maxi- odometer at zero.

mum economy at speeds
fuel 2. Drive normally until you have
between 50-55 mph. However, about a half tank of fuel.

strong winds can reduce an engine's 3. Refill the tank. Record the num-
fuel efficiency. While driving at ber of gallons it took to refill the

speeds of more than 45 mph, keep tank. Next, record the odometer
your windows closed to cut wind or trip odometer reading.
resistance. 4. Subtract the first odometer
Higher speeds result in more fuel reading from the second. Then,
being used. For every 5 mph increase divide the number of miles
in speed above 55 mph, most cars driven by the number of gallons
get 1.5 fewer miles per gallon. of fuel it took to refill the tank.

While driving in the city, coast to The result is the number of miles

a stop when possible, and moderately per gallon (mpg).

accelerate to your desired speed. Very
fast or very slow starts waste fuel. Vehicle Design
The designs of many vehicles have

Care for Your Engine been streamlined to reduce wind resis-

Use a vehicle with a warm engine, if tance and help increase performance

you can. A warm engine is more and fuel efficiency. Changes in the
fuel-efficient than a cold engine. The body shapes, wheel covers, bumpers,
greatest fuel consumption is within and headlights all have contributed
the first few minutes after starting a to more fiiel-efficient vehicles.

370 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Notice how the newer vehicle is more aerodynamic.

In general, vehicles have become smaller engines are common. Smaller

smaller and lighter over the years. engines are designed to provide ade-
Lighter-weight materials and plastics quate power for smaller and lighter
have replaced older, heavier steel and vehicles. Smaller engines also pro-

metal components. Smaller, lighter vide better fuel efficiency.

vehicles need less power to move. Electronic ignitions and comput-
The result has been an increase in erized engine management systems
fuel efficiency. help vehicles' engines operate and
use fuel efficiently. A computer mon-
Engine Improvements and emission
itors the fuel, ignition,

Because of the types of materials used [Link] computer collects data

in manufacturing today's vehicles. about each system and automatically

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 371

 garage. The sweet smell and taste
of antifreeze could attract children
and animals. If ingested, oil or anti-
freeze could poison and potentially
cause death.
Many states have regulations for
recycling oil and engine contami-
nants. Items that can be recycled,
such as used motor oil, antifreeze,

Dispose of used fluids responsibly.

and batteries, should be taken to
respective recycling centers, local
drop-off locations, or hazardous
makes adjustments to the respective
waste collection locations.
systems. These adjustments increase
If you have your vehicle serviced
operational efficiency.
at an automotive service station or
For example, the air-fuel mixture
vehicle maintenance facility, you
introduced into the cylinders is more
avoid the responsibility of having
precise and is burned more effec-
to handle or dispose of used parts,
tively as a result of the engine man-
materials, and fluids. Businesses that
agement systems. Less fuel is burned,
service vehicles know how to properly
and it is burned more efficiently.
deal with used automotive materials.
The result is greater fuel efficiency
and fewer hazardous gases emitted
into the atmosphere.

Review It
Recycling Strategies
1. What are some ways to
Because of the concern over the improve the fuel efficiency of
environment, conservation of your vehicle?
resources, and potential health
2. Explain how to calculate
hazards, many automotive miles-per-gallon of fuel
materials are being recycled
consumption.
for reuse or turned into
3. What are at least three
other consumer products.
examples of automotive-
Any materials meant related items that can be
to be used later, and not recycled?
discarded, should be placed
in sealed containers away
from children and pets.
Unused oil, gasoline, and
antifreeze are just a few examples.
Make sure oil and antift-eeze spills

or puddles are promptly absorbed

and cleaned from your driveway or

372 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1. Maintaining the Power Systems Individuals

1. what are the signs that repairs are needed for
Interview Make a list of certified vehicle techni-
the power and drive systems, lubrication and
ciansand mechanics in your area. Interview three
coohng systems, and fuel and exhaust systems?
of them to find out what their qualifications are.
(356-362)
Ask them how long they have been in business
2. What steps should you follow to start a vehicle
and what they like best about their job. Determine
that has a dead battery? (358-359)
which one you would want to repair your vehicle.

2. Maintaining tlie Control Systems Investigate Use the Internet to research ways that
3. What are the signs that repairs are needed for vehicle manufacturers recycle various components
the steering, brake, and suspension systems? of their products. Write a report based on your
(363-369) research and share it with the class.

4. How can you maintain tires for longer wear?

(366) Groups

Use Technology Make a video about the preven-

3. Preventative Maintenance
tive maintenance checks you should make on your
5. What are the preventive maintenance checks
vehicle. Each group member should explain a dif-
to make before and after starting the vehicle,
ferent aspect of preventive [Link] an
while driving, and when fuehng or servicing
owner's permission to use an actual vehicle in
the vehicle? (368-369)
your video. Present the video to your class.
6. How can you find a qualified mechanic or
technician? (369) Observe Each person in the group should check
out the tires on ten vehicles in the school's parking
4. Fuel-Saving and Recycling Strategies lot. Note whether each tire is belted or radial. Note

7. In what ways can you improve a vehicle's fuel whether the tire is inflated properly and had ade-
efficiency? (370) quate tread. Make a group spreadsheet based on
8. How do you calculate miles per gallon of fuel each person's findings.
consumption? (370)
9. What are the strategies for recycling
automotive-related materials? (372)

Chapter 17 Maintaining Your Vehicle 373

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it
of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question.

List A
1. A vehicle's gears are housed in the
9. engine part that mixes air and gasoline and
(a) powerplant. (c) drive shaft.
sends it as a fine mist to the engine cylinders
(b) transmission. (d) differential.
10. tire that has special layers added to a bias-ply
2. When jump starting a vehicle that has a dead
tire for improved strength, performance, and
battery
mileage
(a) make sure that both batteries are the same
11. part of the cooling system that holds and cools
voltage.
the coolant
(b) warm the battery up first if frozen.
12. arrangement of gears at the rear of the vehicle
(c) start the vehicle with the good battery first.
allowing one wheel to revolve faster than the
(d) all of the above
opposite wheel during turns
3. The master cylinder is found in a vehicle's
13. device that reduces the noise from combustion
(a) steering system.
sounds in the engine
(b) suspension system.
14. device that generates an electrical current
(c) traction control system.
needed to recharge the battery and operate
(d) brake system.
electrical equipment in a vehicle
4. Preventive maintenance is

(a) caring for vehicle on an ongoing basis. ListB

(b) caring for a vehicle once trouble begins. a. radiator
(c) overhauling the engine. b. differential

(d) none of these c. carburetor

d. belted tire
Completion Copy the number of each sentence
e. alternator
below. After each number, write the word or words
f. muffler
that complete the sentence correctly.
5. The controls the flow of coolant to the
Think Critically
radiator.
Write a paragraph to answer each question.
6. In rear-wheel vehicles, the carries power
1. What happens if you fail to perform preventive
to the difterential.
maintenance on your vehicle?
7. A vehicle's catalytic converter converts harmful
2. Why is it important to recycle some of the auto-
gases into less harmful gases and .

motive materials used to operate vehicles? How

8. A power steering system uses a pump
can you go about recycling these materials?
and fluid to make steering easier.

374 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Chapter 17

Review

Decision IVIal(ing

1. When the driver in the car applied his bral<es, the car
pulled to the right. What might this indicate about the
braking system?
376 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver
 Chapter 18
Planning Your Travel

18.1

Local Travel

18.2

Long-Distance Travel

Lit.
18.3

You Are the Driver! Special Vehicles and Trailers

You are just about to arrive at your camp-

site to enjoy your family vacation. You have

planned your trip thoroughly. You now

know that safe, smooth, stress-firee travel

does not happen by chance. The better your

planning and attention to detail, the better

the trip.

In this chapter, you will learn how to

plan local travel. You'll discover how to
make long trips manageable —even though
the planning can be complicated. Finally,

you will have a chance to learn about

special vehicles and trailers and how

to drive them safely.

Take it to the NET

[Link]/driveright

chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 377

 Most of your driving will be more efficient way to make the trip.

short, local trips. Therefore, it is Could you use public transportation

Objectives
important to plan carefully for local or share a ride with others? Simply
1, State two ques-
travel. If you do, you will save your- driving around wastes money and fuel!
tions you should
self time, money, and fuel. Another way to save yourself time,
ask yourself
money, and fuel is to combine several
before making a
Short Trips small trips into one. You will also help
short trip.
A short trip can be as simple as driv- yourself by extending the life of your
2. Name three
ing to a neighborhood store. Or it vehicle. Short trips mean you will be
things you can
can mean driving to the other side driving a vehicle with a cold engine.
do to simplify a
of a large city. In any event, you want Driving with a cold engine increases
short trip.
to arrive safely and on time. Before the wear on your vehicle and dramati-
you start this kind of trip, ask your- cally increases its fuel use.

self the following two questions.

Do I Have Enough Time?
Is This Trip Needed? If a trip is needed, will you have
Since driving can be costly, you need enough time for it? To be sure you
to ask yourself if the trip is needed. do, make these smart decisions:

If you can answer "yes," then ask • Allow Time No matter how well
yourself if there is a less expensive. you plan, if you don't leave on or

How to Save Fuel

378 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 ahead of time, you will not reach
your destination on time. It is

very difficult and often dangerous

to try to make up time as you
drive. Allow extra time for delays
caused by bad weather or heavy
traffic.

• Listen to Weather and Traffic

Reports Local weather and traffic

reports are very useful for planning

local travel.
You can help plan the route as a passenger.
• Choose the Best Travel Time In
many cities, normal rush-hour
Route Selection Consider the travel
traffic will test your patience and
time and the possible hazards when
waste time and fuel. When pos-
you select a route. In many cities, it
sible, travel when traffic is light.
is easier to drive a few more miles
to take interstate expressways than
Planning Ahead
it is to take local roads. You can save
Have you ever watched skilled driv-
time and eliminate potential hazards
ers? The reason they make driving
by avoiding uncontrolled inter-
look so smooth is that they think
sections and heavy traffic.
ahead. Following are three key ways
you can make your travel smooth Know Your Route and Addresses
and stress free. Have you ever really been lost? It can
be frightening, perhaps even danger-
Vehicle Preparation Running out
ous. You can usually avoid this by
of windshield-washer fluid, driving
planning your route ahead of time.
on an underinflated tire, or having
Write down directions and have a
a turn-signal light fail might not
map. If you have a passenger, let that
sound like a big problem. However,
person help to identify street names,
each of these small problems could
directions, and addresses.
trigger a collision.
Be alert when you approach your
vehicle. Before you drive, check your
vehicle's tires, lights, and controls. If
you detect the slightest problem, fix
Review It
1. what two questions should
it before it becomes a bigger problem.
you answer before starting a
Each time you fill your vehicle's
short trip?
fuel tank, make a routine check of
2. What three things can you
your oil, water, and windshield fluid
do to simplify a short trip?
[Link] following the points in the
picture to the left, you can save fuel
on every trip. !i5#l«WWMWl| mm

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 379

 Long-Distance Travel

well-planned trip can be a map. To find a city, locate the letter

Objectives A memorable experience.

fying,
To make a trip work, you need to
satis-

and number that follows it in the

index. Next, find the same letter and
1. Demonstrate
three ways you plan many details in advance. number on the edge of the map and
can use a road
draw imaginary lines horizontally I
map to find the
Map Reading and vertically.

distance between Your first and most valuable trip plan-

ning tool is a current map. Maps are Calculating Distances

two cities.

2. Describe how available ft-om state and city offices of There are three ways you can use
to prepare for promotion and tourism, motor clubs, a map to estimate distances. Use
a long-distance bookstores, and on the Internet. the map scale to estimate distance
trip. Good maps include a legend that between towns and cities. On this

3. Tell what tech- explains the markings and symbols map, one inch equals about 30 miles.
niques you can used on the map, such as this one. You can use a mileage chart, which
use to stay alert Comprehensive maps also include lists the distances between cities.

while driving. a mileage chart to show distances Colored numbers on a map

4. Describe four between important points of interest, indicate distances between cities,

things you need an index to locate cities, and enlarged towns, or points of interest marked

to be alert for detail maps of major cities. with like colored symbols. Black

when driving a numbers indicate the distance

rental vehicle. How to Find a Town between major intersections. You

Most maps have an index listing can add numbers to determine the
the coordinates of places on the mileage between two locations.

Map Legend

Roads and Related Symbols Miles (red) between arrows

One mile or less not shown

Free Limited Access Higliways
Interchanges and Numbers
Under Construction (For most states, mileages between
interchanges may be determined by
Toll Limited-Access Higliways
sutracting one number trom the other)
Under Construction

Ottier Four-Lane Divided Highways Cities and Towns

Principal Highways
Urbanized Areas

Other Through Highways

Separate cities within metro area

Interstate Highways National Capital; State Capital

@ liMl liai US. Highways

Cities. Towns and Recognized
County Seats, Neighborhoods
Places.

(Size of type

(D®(K) State and Provincial Highways indicates relative population)

A map's legend explains its markings, symbols, and distance scale.

380 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

 Virginia
Population: 6,216.568 (1990 Census)
Land Area: 39,598 sq. mi.
Capital: Richmond

Cities and Towns

Abingdon 1-4
Accomac G-13
Alexandria D-11
AltaVista H-8
Amherst G-8
Appaiachia H-2
Appomattox G-8
Arlington D-11
Ashland G-10
Bassett 1-7
Bedford H-7
Berryville D-10
Big Stone Gap H-2
Blacksburg H-6
Blackstone H-10
Bluefield H-5
Bowling Green F-11
Boydton 1-9

Bristol 1-3
Broadway E-8
Brookneal H-8
Buchanan G-7
Buckingham G-9
Buena Vista G-8
Cape Charles H-13
Cedar Bluff H-4
Centreville D-10
Charlotte Court House H-9
Charlottesville F-9
Chase City 1-9

Chatham 1-8
Chesapeake H-12
Chincoteague F-14
Chhstiansburg H-6
Clarksville 1-9

CliftonForge G-7
Clintwood H-3
Coebum H-3
Colonial Beach F-11
Colonial Heights H-11
Covington G-7
Crewe H-9
Culpeper E-10
Cumberland G-9
Danville 1-8

Dublin H-6
Elkton E-9
Empoha 1-10
Exmore G-13
Fairfax D-11
FallsChurch D-11
Falmouth E-10
Fami villa H-9
Floyd H-6
Franklin 1-11

Fredericksburg F-10
Front Royal D-9
Galax 1-5
Gate City 1-3

Gloucester G-12
Goochland G-10
Gordonsville F-9
Gretna H-8
Grottoes F-8
Grundy H-3
Halifax 1-8

Hampton H-12
Harnsonburg E-8
Hillsville 1-6

Hopewell H-11
Independence 1-5
Jarratt 1-11
Kenbridge H-9
Lawrenceville 1-10
Lebanon H-3
Leesburg D-10
Lexington G-7
Louisa .„. F-10
Lovingston G-8

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 381

 state, but you might miss some
sights worth seeing.
• Are there construction areas and
rush hours to be avoided?
• What will the weather be like?
• Where do you want to stay over-
night? Advanced reservations
are recommended on heavily
traveled routes, especially during
peak seasons.

Checking Your Vehicle Make sure

your vehicle is serviced at least a

Using the Internet to help plan a trip can save you time and money. week before you take a long trip. Let
the service technician know you will

be driving a long distance. By doing

Advance Preparation
so, you can reduce the risk of service
There are many things you need to
problems while traveling.
do before taking a long-distance trip. Here are the basic systems you
You can find many sources to help should have checked:
you prepare. • Brake System Make sure all
Routes and Lodging Once you have parts are in good working order.
Exhaust System There must be
mm
•
picked a travel destination, you need
vAmsimEi to gather as much information as no leaks in this system.

you can. Maps and travel guides

• Steering System Wheels should
You can start your on- are especially useful. You can obtain be aligned. Shock absorbers
line search for plan- these from state offices of tourism, should be ready for heavy loads.
ning your trip by going the National Park Service, motels, Tires should have ample tread
to established search and motor clubs. and be properly inflated. Do not
engines on the Internet. You can use these materials with forget to check your spare tire

Search for a national other information you fmd on your and carry a tire gauge for on-
park, state, city, or own. Using the Internet is an excit- road checks.
attraction you wish to ing way to gather travel information.
• Engine Systems All fluids, belts,

visit. You can even find You can even make it a family activ- and hoses need to be ready for

the best route and ity as shown in this picture. heavy use. The engine should be
weather conditions Make sure you know the answers tuned. Air-conditioning coolant
on-line. to these questions before you start also should be checked.

your planning:
• How many miles do you want to Special Equipment
travel each day? A good average Long-distance travel requires that
for an 8-hour day is 400 miles. you pack special equipment for
• Do you want to take local roads use in emergencies or severe weather.
or interstate routes? You can This is equipment you may not
make better time on the inter- normally carry.
382 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver
Emergency Equipment • traveler's checks, credit cards,

For emergency situations, you should and phone calling cards

consider packing the following items: Finally, set lights in your home
• cellular phone or CB radio to call on timers and stop regular deliveries.
for help (if available) It is also a good idea to let a neigh-

• containers of the right oil for bor know when you are leaving,
your vehicle, antifreeze, and where you plan to be, and when
windshield-washer fluid you will return.
• A-B-C type fire extinguisher
• first-aid kit Vehicle Load
• flashlight The best rule to keep in mind when
• jumper cables traveling is to travel light. Added

• spare fuses weight will increase your fuel con-

• basic tools like an adjustable sumption and affect the way your
wrench, screwdriver, and pliers vehicle handles. If you do travel
• flares or reflectors with a full load, follow these steps:
• Use the highest tire pressure
Winter Gear your owner's manual.
listed in

If traveling in remote or mountain However, do not overinflate

areas in winter weather, you wOl the tires.

want to pack these additional items: • Load the heaviest items on the
• blankets and additional warm bottom forward part of your
clothing including gloves trunk, if you are traveling in a car.
• sleeping bags • Keep loose items in the trunk
• tire chains and/or snow tires of your car.
• high-energy food such as granola
bars, nuts, and dried fruit
• window scraper and snow brush
• shovel
• tow line
• sand for extra traction

Personal Preparation
To complete your planning for the
trip, make sure you have packed the
following items:
• a variety of coins for tolls
• all maps and travel guides
• a spare set of vehicle keys
• all necessary medications
• telephone numbers for motor
club, road emergencies, and
anticipated stops Tire chains can make the difference in bad weather.

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 383

 Enjoying Your Travel Rental Vehicles
Over the years, experienced long- Many of your trips will be a combi-
x^®® %, distance travelers have learned nation of flying and driving. You
the subtle secrets that make will fly to your destination, and then
statistics show traveling long distances rent a vehicle for transportation as
that teens have more enjoyable. Here are some shown on the opposite page. Use
collisions per mile at help you the same rules you would when
tips that will
night than older drivers. enjoy your travel more. shopping for any service as you
Why do you think teen look for a rental vehicle.
drivers are at higher Share Navigation Follow-
Decide these points before you
risk vtfhen driving
ing a route by reading a map
rent a vehicle:
at night?
is called navigating. When • What size and type of vehicle
you share driving, have your
do you want? Compare prices.
passenger navigate. Make sure
• How long do you need it? A
you give each other directions well
weekly rental may be cheaper
in advance. If you are alone, pull
than a daily rental.
over to read maps, make calls, or ask
• Will it be a round-trip or one-way
directions at a service station.
rental? One-way rentals usually

Stay Alert Drowsy drivers are the cost more.

cause of a great many collisions and
near-misses. To stay alert, use a regular
routine that includes the following:
• Drive only during the hours you
are normally awake. Do not try
to drive through the night. Avoid
night driving when possible.
• Take regular breaks every two
hours or so. Rotate drivers and
get out of the vehicle to stretch.
• Keep fresh air circulating in the
vehicle at all times.
• Drive with headlights on at

all times, as shown here. This

assures that you will always
"see and be seen."
• Eat light.
• Maintain your focus on driving.
Concentrate in heavy traffic or
confusing situations.
• If your eyes are heavy and your
concentration is not good, it is Daytime headlight use makes for safer driving,

time to stop and rest. especially with other drowsy drivers.

384 Unit 4 Being a Responsible nrii

 • How will you handle insurance?
Your regular home, vehicle, or
credit card insurance policy
may provide part of the needed
coverage.
• WiU you fill the gas tank on
return, or will you buy a full tank

of gas with your rental agreement?

• Don't forget to bring a child seat
if needed.
Also be aware that most compa-
nies will not rent a vehicle to indi-
viduals under age 21, and sometimes
Get oriented to your rental vehicle before you begin driving.
25. But young drivers usually can
become part of a rental plan for
an added daily fee.
• Know the rental company's toll-

Rental companies can provide a free service number in case you

range of services for customers. They need help with the vehicle.

and • Store all valuables out of sight in

will advise you on local laws
requirements, provide maps and the trunk or glove compartment.

directions, and give you the channel

At night, take valuables with you.
• Park only in well-lit, secure areas.
numbers of local radio stations that
carry traffic reports. In addition, you
should stick to these basics:
• Orient yourself to your vehicle
before you drive out. Know Review It
where controls and devices are 1. What three ways can you use
ahead of time. Make sure the jack a road map to find distances

and spare tire are in good shape. between cities?

When driving in a strange area, 2. How should you prepare in

keep your windows up and your advance for a long-distance

trip?
doors locked.
• If you are bumped by another 3. What steps can you take to
stay alert while driving?
vehicle or asked to stop for
advice or assistance, don't stop. 4. Name four things you

Instead, drive to the nearest well-

should keep in mind when
lit service area and ask for police driving a rental vehicle.

assistance. If necessary, use your

hazard flashers to signal a need x^WfcWWgMMWiMMWi'W***
for help.

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 385

 special Vehicles

Driving a recreational vehicle, Seeing The minute you get behind

using a rental truck, or pulling the wheel of a large vehicle, you
Objectives
, Describe some a trailer are three other ways you can will see how difficult it is to get a
travel. You will have to use additional full view of the driving scene. Your
problems you
might have while
precautions when driving these vehi- forward field of vision is open and
cles or pulling a trailer. easy to see. But your view to the
driving a large
sides and rear is severely limited.
vehicle.
Large Vehicles In short, your ability to use the
, Explain some
special steps you A vehicle used primarily for vacations IPDE Process to the front is better,

and travel is called a recreational vehi- but your ability to turn and back
need to take
when pulling a cle.A camper on a pickup truck or a is restricted.

large motor home are both examples Look at the illustrations below.
trailer.

, Tell how to back of recreational vehicles. Notice how far ahead you can see

a trailer. Rental trucks are another type of over the tops of cars. Notice how
large vehicle you might use. When rent- hard it is to see to the rear left. It is

ing one of these trucks, be aware that just as difficult to see to the right and
special insurance protection is needed. center rear. You can see how impor-
As you drive large vehicles, you tant it is for other drivers to give a

need to be alert to the following spe- large vehicle extra room to maneuver.
cial performance aspects.
Backing Whenever possible, avoid

backing. Instead, drive around the

block or turn around in a large,

open parking lot. When backing, get

another person to stand beside and
behind your vehicle to guide you.

Drivers of large vehicles can see more ahead but less to the rear.

386 UiiiM Being a Kcspon^iblc Diive'i

 You Are the Driver!
If you were driving this

I
rental truck, how would
vou handle the situation?

Maneuvering Because your vehicle experience, it will require more

is large and heavy, it will not maneu- concentration over a longer period
ver like a car. It will take longer to of time. Plan frequent rest stops and
accelerate, brake, and turn. change drivers when possible.

Crosswinds The size of your vehicle

Trailers
will make it more difficult to control
Pulling a trailer will put an addi-
in high winds. If you encounter
tional strain on your car. When
windy conditions of more than 30
pulling a trailer, you can count on
mph, slow down or stop. Anticipate
• doubling the time and space you
driving difficulty, and be ready to cor-
need to accelerate, slow, and turn
rect your steering. Under extremely
• cutting your fuel economy
windy conditions, some bridges or
almost in half
expressways may close temporarily.
Making Sure You're Set Make these
Remember Your Size Hitting an
checks before pulling a trailer:
overhead object like a roof at a
• Check your vehicle owner's man-
drive-through restaurant is one of
ual to see how much weight you
the most frequent collisions experi-
can tow.
enced. You must remember your
• Check all fluids. Check your
large size when you project your
coolant level daily.
path of travel, like the driver in
• Make sure all filters are clean.
the picture is doing.
• Inflate your rear tires to their

Following Distance Because large maximum recommended level.

vehicles are heavy, your following • Double-check all vehicle and

distance must be four or more seconds. trailer lights.

This distance will allow more time • Check your owner's manual to
for you to use the IPDE Process. see if any special equipment is

recommended.
Fatigue It takes more effort to drive

a large vehicle than a car. The ride Special Equipment To pull a trailer

can be rough and noisy. Plus, if safely, you will need the appropriate Make sure safety chains are

driving a large vehicle is a new size and strength trailer hitch, safety in place before moving.

Chapter IS Planning Your Travel 387

Chapter 18

Review

Reviewing Chapter Objectives Projects

1. Local Travel Individuals

1. What two questions should you ask yourself
Observe Count the number of short vehicle trips
before making a short trip? (378)
all the drivers in your family make during a one-
2. What three things can you do to simplify a
week period. Note which trips are necessary and
short trip? (379)
which are optional. For the optional trips, list
other ways in which the goal of the trip could have
2. Long-Distance Travel
been accomplished.
3. In what three ways can you use a road map to

find the distance between two cities? (380) Demonstrate Choose an out-of-state attraction at

4. What can you do to prepare for a long- least 500 miles away from your school (theme

distance trip? (380-382) park, national park, museum, etc.) Using a map
5. What techniques can you use to stay alert and other travel information, determine the best
while driving? (384) way to reach this destination. Make a presentation

6. What four things should you be alert for when to your class how you would
about arrive at the

driving a rental vehicle? (384) destination. Include facts such as how many miles
away it is, how much time it would take, and
3. Special Vehicles where you would stay overnight.

7. What potential problems might you have while

driving a large vehicle? (386) Groups
'
8. What special steps should you take when
Use Technology Choose a destination at least 500
pulling a trailer? (387-388)
miles from your school. Each group member
9. How do you back a trailer? (388)
should use a different Internet search engine to
find information about this destination. Write a
group report that combines all the information
found.

Practice Choose a destination within 20 to 40

miles of your school. Each group member should
individually plan a route to this destination.
Compare the routes. Which routes are quickest,
easiest, and safest? (These will not necessarily be
the same.

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 389

Chapter Test

Check Your Knowledge Review Vocabulary

Multiple Choice Copy the number of each sen- Copy the number of each definition in list A.
tence below on a sheet of paper. Choose the letter Match the definition in list A with the term it

of the answer that best completes the statement or defines in list B.

answers the question.

List A
1. Driving with a cold engine
9. backup link used in case a trailer hitch fails
(a) occurs on short trips.
10. chart that explains the markings and symbols
(b) increases the wear on your vehicle.
on a map
(c) increases fuel use.
11. following a route by reading a map
(d) all of the above
2. For long-distance travel, you should plan to ListB
drive no longer than a. navigating
(a) 6 hours per day. (c) 10 hours per day. b. safety chain
(b) 8 hours per day. (d) 12 hours per day. c. legend
3. For trips in winter weather, carry extra equip-
ment, including Think Critically
( a ) a complete set of tools. Write a paragraph to answer each question.
(b) flares or reflectors. 1. Why is it important to have a good reason for
(c) sand for extra traction. every short trip you make in your vehicle?
(d) a flashlight. 2. You are planning a ski trip in January with
4. When driving a recreational vehicle, your blind your friends. You will be driving your family's
spots are usually six-month-old sport utility vehicle. What
(a) larger than with a car. should you do in advance to be prepared for
(b) only affected at night. the trip and for any emergencies that might
(c) the same as with a car. occur?
(d) lower than with a car. 3. Why is driving a large vehicle more difficult

than driving a smaller vehicle?

Completion Copy the number of each sentence
below. After each number, write the word or words
that complete the sentence correctly.
5. To avoid getting lost, plan your ahead of
time.
6. A lists the distances between cities.

7. When towing a trailer, it will take about

as long to pass, stop, or turn.
8. A large vehicle used primarily for vacations
and travel is called a .

390 Unit 4 Being a Responsible Driver

Decision Making

1. What can you do to find out weather and traffic conditions 2. What main route would you take to go from Seattle to

before you begin a trip? Redmond? What other routes are available?

3. What should you know about your rental car before 4. if you were pulling a trailer on this road and the trailer

driving it? began to fishtail, what actions would you take?

Chapter 18 Planning Your Travel 391

 acceleration lane lane that permits drivers braking distance distance your vehicle travels
Glossary
entering an expressway to accelerate to tfie speed from the time you apply the brake until your

ot expressway traffic (225) vehicle stops (99)

accelerator pedal controls the flow of fuel to the

engine and regulates speed (43) car pooling several individuals sharing transpor-
active restraint device restraint device that you tation to one or more destinations in a car (349)

have to engage (100) carbon monoxide colorless, odorless, tasteless

advisory speed limit speed limit set for special gas contained in the exhaust fumes of gasoline

conditions such as sharp curves (22) engines (261)

alternator device that generates an electrical carburetor engine part that mixes air and gaso-
current needed to recharge the battery and operate line in the proper proportion and sends it as a fine

electrical equipment in a vehicle (357) mist to the engine cylinders (361)

alternator warning light light or gauge on the catalytic converter part of a vehicle's emission

instrument panel warning that the battery is being system that converts harmful gases into less

drained (41) harmful gases and water (361)

angle parking parking the vehicle diagonally to center of gravity point around which an object's

the curb (120) weight is evenly distributed (92)

antilock braking system (ABS) computer- central vision cone-shaped area of up to 10

controlled braking system that keeps the wheels degrees in your field of vision in which you can
from locking if the driver brakes hard (41) see clearly while looking straight ahead (68)

assigned-risk insurance provides minimum closed zone space not open to you because of

bodily injury and property damage liability a restriction in your line of sight or intended

coverage to high-risk drivers for a higher path of travel (66)

premium (346) clutch pedal pedal in a manual transmission

vehicle that enables a driver to shift gears (43)

backup lights white lights at the rear of the vehi- collision contact between two or more objects,

cle that tell other drivers you are backing up (81) as when two vehicles collide into each other (9)

banked curve curve higher on the outside than it collision insurance provides coverage to pay

is on the inside that helps overcome a vehicle's the costs of repair or replacement of your vehicle

tendency to move to the outside of the curve (97) from a collision (344)

basic speed law law stating that you may not color-blindness inability to distinguish colors

drive faster than is safe and prudent for existing (298)

conditions, regardless of posted speed limits (22) commentary driving system of thinking out

belted tire tire that has special layers added to a loud as you practice the IPDE Process (83)

bias-ply tire for improved strength, performance, common speed speed used by most drivers on

and mileage (365) an expressway (231)

blind-spot area area that rearview mirrors cannot comprehensive insurance provides coverage

show (44) for replacement or repair of your vehicle from

blood-alcohol concentration (BAG) amount of damage other than from a collision (344)

alcohol in the blood expressed as a percentage of compromise space reduce risk by giving as

alcohol in the bloodstream (318) much space as possible to the greater of two or

blowout sudden loss of tire air pressure while more hazards (79)

driving (95, 268) console compartment mounted between the front

blue-book price average market value for a seats in a vehicle (42)

specific model and age of a used vehicle (339) controlled-access highway highway that

bodily-injury insurance covers the driver who vehicles can enter and exit only at interchanges

is at fault against claims (342) (222)

brake fade loss of braking effectiveness caused controlled braking reducing speed as quickly

by the brakes overheating after long, continuous, as possible while maintaining steering control of

hard braking (270) your vehicle (258)

392 Glossary
controlled intersection intersection at whicti driving task all social, physical, and mental skills

traftic signals or signs determine ttie right of required to drive (6)

way (134) driving under the influence (DUI) an offense

controlled railroad crossing railroad crossing for which a driver can be charged in some states

controlled by tlastiing red ligtits and/or crossing if the driver's blood-alcohol concentration is

gates (138) above 0.05 (323)

countersteer steer in the opposite direction driving while intoxicated (DWI) an offense

(277) tor which a driver can be charged in all states if

cover the brake take your foot off the accelerator the driver's blood-alcohol concentration is above

and hold it over the bral<e pedal to be ready to a certain level (323)

brake quickly (184)

crossbuck large white X-shaped sign located emotion strong feeling such as anger, fear, and

beside an uncontrolled railroad crossing (141) joy (292)

cruise control device that lets you maintain your energy of motion kinetic energy or the energy an

desired speed without keeping your foot on the object has because it is moving (93)
accelerator (42) engine-management system computerized

system that monitors and adjusts the fuel, igni-

deceleration lane expressway lane used to tion, and emission systems (371)
slow your vehicle without blocking vehicles entrance ramp ramp leading onto an expressway
behind you (235) (225)

decide third step of the IPDE Process in which euphoria false sense of well-being developed as

the driver selects the best actions as well a result of alcohol or drug consumption (315)

as when and where to take them to avoid execute fourth step of the IPDE Process in which

conflicts (6) a driver performs proper vehicle control responses

deductible amount an insurance policyholder to avoid possible conflicts (7)

agrees to pay toward vehicle repair or replace- exit ramp ramp leading off an expressway (235)

ment (344)
defensive driving protecting yourself and field of vision all the area a person can see while

others from dangerous and unexpected driving looking straight ahead (67)

situations (7) field sobriety test series of on-the-spot, road-

delayed green light indicates that one side of side tests that help an officer detect impairment

an intersection has a green light while the light for of a driver suspected of DUI or DWI (324)

the oncoming traffic remains red (137) financial responsibility law law that requires

depreciation decrease in the value of a vehicle you to prove that you can pay for collision

over time (336) damages you cause that result in death, injury,

depressant drug that can slow down the central or property damage (342)
nervous system (321) fishtail sliding of the rear of a vehicle from side

depth perception ability to judge distance to side (258)

between yourself and other objects (300) flashing signal traffic signal that alerts drivers to

designated driver person who decides ahead dangerous conditions or tells them to stop (29)

of time not to drink alcoholic beverages and is force of impact force with which one moving
appointed to drive others who do drink (320) object hits another object; varies according to

differential arrangement of gears at the rear of speed, weight, and distance between impact and

the vehicle allowing one wheel to revolve faster stop (100)

than the opposite wheel during turns (356) 4-6 second range area where you will be travel-

downshifting shifting from a higher to a lower ing during the next 4 to 6 seconds, and where you

gear (56) get the final update of how you are controlling

drive shaft in rear-wheel vehicles, long metal your intended path of travel (67)

tube turned by the transmission that carries power fresh green light light that has just turned from

to the differential (356) red to green (136)

Glossary 393
 friction force that l<eeps eacti tire from sliding on hydroplaning occurs when a tire loses road con-

ttie road (94) tact by rising up on top of water (252)

friction point in sfiifting, ttie point at wtiicti you

feel tfie engine tal<e tiold and ttie vefiicle start to identify first step in the IPDE Process in which
move (53) the driver locates potential hazards (6)

fringe vision ttie part of your periptieral vision ignition switch switch operated by a key which

ttiat is closest to your central vision and helps starts or stops the engine (42)

you monitor zone changes (300) implied-consent law states that anyone who
fuel-injection system fuel-combustion system receives a driver's license automatically consents

(replacing a carburetor) in w/hich vaporized fuel is to be tested for blood-alcohol content and other

pumped under pressure to the engine cylinders drugs if stopped for suspicion of drug use while

(361) driving (323)

full stop a complete stop as required at a stop inhibitions inner forces of personality that

sign or red light (20) restrain or hold back impulsive behavior (316)
international symbols symbols used on traffic

gap distance between vehicles (144) signs that give a message without using words (26)

glare recovery time time your eyes need to intoxilyzer breath-test machine most commonly
regain clear vision after being affected by glare used for determining blood-alcohol content (324)

(301) IPDE Process organized process of seeing,

glare resistance ability to continue seeing when thinking, and responding that includes the

looking at bright lights (301) steps of identifying, predicting, deciding, and

graduated driver licensing program executing (6-7)

program requiring young drivers to progress

through a series of licensing stages with various jack hand-operated device used to lift and hold
restrictions (11) one corner or side of the vehicle (268)

gravity force that pulls all things to earth (92) joining traffic fuming right or left into lanes of

ground viewing making quick glances to the other vehicles (144)

roadway in front of your vehicle (70)

guide sign sign that gives directions, distance, lane signal signal, usually overhead, that tells

services, points of interest, and other information whether a lane can or cannot be used at a specific

(25) time (30)

leasing alternative to purchasing a vehicle (338)

hallucinogen mind-altering drug that tends legend chart that explains the markings and sym-
to distort a person's perceptions of direction, bols used on a map (380)

distance, and time (322) liability insurance provides compensation for

hand-over-hand steering pulling the steering damages to a third party for which the insured is

wheel down with one hand while the other hand legally obligated to pay; covers others when you
crosses over to put the wheel farther
I down ( 1 1
3) are at fault (342)

hazard flasher device that flashes front turn- line of sight distance you can see ahead in the

signal lights and taillights to warn others the direction you are looking (65-66)

vehicle is a hazard (44) lug nuts devices that hold the wheel to the

head restraints padded devices on the backs of vehicle (269)

front seats that help reduce whiplash injuries in a

collision (44) mass transportation involves moving large

highvi/ay hypnosis drowsy or trancelike condi- numbers of people together from place to

tion caused by concentration on the roadway place (349)

ahead and monotony of driving (238) master cylinder device in the brake system

highway transportation system (HTS) from which brake fluid is forced to the wheel

complex system made up of people, vehicles, cylinders when a driver steps on the brake pedal
and roadways (4) (363)

394 [Link]
median area of ground separating traffic moving parallel parking parking the vehicle parallel to

in opposite directions (202) the curb (121)

merging area stretcfi of roadway at tfie end of an passive restraint device restraint device, such

acceleration lane on an expressway wtiere vefii- as an air bag or an automatic seat belt, that works

cles join ttie flow of traffic (225) automatically (100)

minimize a liazard reduce tfie possibility of path of travel space your vehicle will occupy as

conflict by putting more space between your you travel ahead (65)

vetiicle and the tiazard (78) pedestrian signal signal used at heavy traffic

minimum speed limit speed limit to l<eep intersections that tells pedestrians whether they

traffic moving safely by not allowing drivers should walk or wait (30)

to drive slower tfian a certain speed (22) peer education process in which young people

moped two-wheeled vehicle that can be driven help other young people make decisions and
with either a motor or pedal (160) determine goals (327)

motor scooter low-powered, two-wheeled vehicle peer pressure influence of others of a similar

that is more powerful than a moped (161) age (326)

muffler device that reduces the noise from com- perception distance distance your vehicle trav-

bustion sounds in the engine (362) els during perception time (98)

perception time length of time you take to iden-

navigating following a route by reading a map tify, predict, and decide to slow for a hazard (98)

(384) peripheral vision area a person can see to the

night blindness not being able to see well at left and right of central vision (68)

night (300) perpendicular parking parking the vehicle at

no-fauit insurance covers an insured's losses a right angle to the curb (120)

and expenses associated with a collision regard- personal reference point adapting the standard

less of who is at fault (342) reference point to one's own vehicle (119)

no-zones large blind-spot areas where truck dri- point-of-no-return point beyond which a driver

vers cannot see other vehicles (168) can no longer stop safely without entering the

nystagmus involuntary jerking of the eyes as a intersection (132)

person gazes to the side (325) powerplant vehicle's engine or motor that

generates power (356)

odometer device on the instrument panel indicat- power steering system that uses a hydraulic
ing the total number of miles the vehicle has been pump and fluid to make steering easier (363)
driven (40) predict second step of the IPDE Process in which

oil pump device that forces oil from the oil the driver anticipates possible conflicts (6)

pan to parts of the engine that need lubrication premium specified amount of money paid to an

(359) insurance company for insurance coverage over a

open zone space where you can drive without a specified period of time (342)

restriction to your line of sight or intended path of prescription medicine drug that can be pur-

travel (65) chased legally only when ordered by a doctor (321)

orderly visual search pattern process of preventive maintenance routine care and atten-

searching critical areas in a regular sequence (67) tion to your vehicle (368)

overdriving headlights driving at a speed that principal driver person who will drive a certain

makes your stopping distance longer than the vehicle most often (345)

distance lighted by your headlights (248) property-damage insurance protects the driver

oversteer turning the steering wheel too much who is at fault against claims for damages to

(110) another person's property, up to specified limits

overtake passthe vehicle ahead (186) (342)

over-the-counter (OTC) medicine drug protected left turn left turn made on a left-turn

that can be obtained legally without a doctor's light, green arrow, or delayed green light while

prescription (321) oncoming traffic is stopped (137)

Glossary 395
 protective equipment items a motorcyclist runaway vehicle ramp place on mountain

wears to protect tiead, eyes, and body (156) roads for vehicles to safely get out of traffic when
pull-out area additional rigtit lane on narrow their brakes are not effective (214)

mountain roadways tor slower-moving vetiicles

(214) safety chains backup link used in case a trailer

push-pull steering pustiing the steering wtieel up hitch fails (388)

witti one fiand and pulling it down with the other scanning glancing continually and quickly with

(113) very brief eye fixations through your orderly visual

search pattern (68)

radial tire tire that has plies that run straight school zone portion of a street or highway near a

across under the tread and strengthening belts ol school that is subject to special speed limits (24)

steel or other materials that circle the tire (365) selector lever device in an automatic transmis-

radiator part of cooling system that holds and sion vehicle used to select gears (42)

cools the coolant (360) selective seeing identifying and selecting only
reaction distance distance your vehicle travels those clues and events that restrict your line

while you react (99) of sight or can change your intended path of

reaction time length ot time you take to execute travel (69)

your action (98) separate the hazards process of adjusting

recreational vehicle large vehicle such as a the speed of a vehicle to handle one hazard
van, motor home, camper, travel trailer, pickup at a time when two or more hazards threaten
truck, or sport utility vehicle, used mainly for a driver (78)

pleasure and travel (165) shared left-turn lane lane on a busy street

reference point a part of the outside or inside of that helps drivers make safer mid-block left

the vehicle, as viewed from the driver's seat, that turns into business areas from a center lane

relates to some part of the roadway (119) (31,115)

regulatory sign sign that controls traffic (20) skid when tires lose part or all of their grip on
restraint device any part of a vehicle that holds the road (256)

an occupant in the seat during a collision (100) slow-moving vehicle vehicle unable to travel at

ride the brake resting your foot on the brake highway speed (209)
pedal while driving (184) Smith System organized method designed to

riding the clutch resting your foot on the clutch help drivers develop good seeing habits by using
pedal while driving (54) five rules for safe driving (7 64)
right of way privilege of having immediate use of solar-powered vehicle vehicle that captures

a certain part of a roadway (21, 142) light from the sun and transforms it into electrical

right-turn-on-red turning right when the red signal power (350)

is on unless specifically prohibited to turn (137) space cushion open area around a vehicle con-

risk in driving, possibility of having a conflict that sisting of adequate following distance between it

results in a collision (4) and the vehicles ahead and behind, plus swerve
roadw/ay marking marking that gives you a paths to left and right (76)

warning or direction (31) speed smear occurs when objects off to your

roadway users people who use the NTS by sides become blurred and distorted as your speed

walking, driving, or riding (4) increases (302)

rocking a vehicle repeating the seguence of stale green light light that has been green lor a

driving forward a little and then back a little to long time (136)

move your vehicle out of deep snow, mud, or standard reference point point on the vehicle

sand (254) typical lor most drivers (119)

rumble strips sections of rough pavement stimulant drug that speeds up the central nervous
intended to alert drivers of approaching roadway system (322)
construction, tollbooth plaza, or other traffic switchback turn in a road that bends sharply in

conditions (33) the opposite direction (213)

396 Glossary
tailgate to follow another vehicle too closely underinsured motorist insurance covers costs
(180) that exceed what the other person's insurance

target stationary object that appears in the company will pay as a result of a collision (344)

distance in the center of the path you intend understeer not turning the steering wheel enough
to occupy (50) (110)

target area section of roadway where the target uninsured motorist insurance covers
is located and the area to the left and right of the costs up to a certain amount if you are struck by

target (66) another vehicle whose driver has no insurance

target area range space from your vehicle out to (344)

target area (66) unprotected left turn left turn made at a signal-

thermostat part of cooling system that opens and controlled intersection without a special left-turn

shuts to control the flow of coolant to the radiator light (137)

(360)
total stopping distance distance your vehicle van pooling several individuals sharing trans-

travels while you make a stop (98) portation to one or more destinations in a van

traction friction or gripping power between the (349)

tires and the roadway surface (74, 94) vehicle code federal and state laws that regulate

tractor-semitrailer type of tractor-trailer that the HTS (5)

pulls one trailer; commonly called an "eighteen velocitation condition of unconsciously driving

wheeler" (167) too fast as a result of driving for long periods at

tractor trailer truck that has a powerful tractor high speeds (238)

that pulls a separate trailer (167) visual acuity ability to see things clearly both

traffic circle intersection that forms when several near and far away (298)

roadways meet at a circle (130)

traffic signal any signal used to control the warning sign sign that alerts you to possible

movement of traffic (27) hazards and road conditions (23)

transaxle device in a front-wheel drive vehicle warranty written guarantee that the seller will

that carries power to the front wheels via two half- make certain repairs for a stated period of time

shafts (356) (339)

transmission mechanism in a vehicle that delivers water pump part of cooling system that draws

power from the engine to the drive wheels (356) coolant from the radiator and forces it through the

tread outer grooved surface of a tire that grips the engine's cooling passages (360)

road (94) wolf pack group of vehicles traveling together in

tunnel vision being able to see in a narrow field a bunch on an expressway (231)

of vision of 140° or less (300)

turnabout maneuver for turning your vehicle yield to allow another vehicle or roadway user to

around to go in the opposite direction (116) proceed first (21, 142)

12-15 second range area you will be traveling

in during the next 12 to 15 seconds, and where zero-tolerance law law stating it is illegal for

you need to identify changes in your path of persons under the age of 21 to drive with any

travel (66-67) measurable amount of alcohol in the blood (324)

zone one of six areas of space around a vehicle

uncontrolled intersection intersection that has that is the width of a lane and extends as far as

no signs or signals to regulate traffic (139) the driver can see (65)

uncontrolled railroad crossing railroad cross- Zone Control System organized method for

ing that does not have flashing red lights or managing the space — or six zones — around

crossing gates (140) your vehicle (7, 64)

Glossary 397
 Index

AAIM (Alliance Against Intoxicated Altitude, 214-215 Blinker. See Turn-signal indicator

Motorists), 329 Anger, 293-294, See 3/so Road rage Blizzard conditions, 251,262
ABS (antilock braking system), 41. 99. Angle parking, 120 Blood alcohol concentration (BAC),
258-259 Animals, on rural roads, 209-211 11,318
Accelerating Antifreeze alcohol-related fatalities and, 330
to expressway speeds. 225-227 disposal of, 348, 372 chemical testing for, 324
motorcyclist. 155-156 for windshield. 44 factors affecting, 318-319
Acceleration lane, 225, 227-228 Antilock braking system (ABS), 41 implied-consent law and, 323

Accelerator braking distance and, 99 Blowout, 95, 268

malfunctions ot. 271 controlled braking and, 258-259 Blue-book price, 339
Accident, 9. See a/so Collision light, 41 Bodily-injury insurance, 342
Active restraint device, 100 traction and, 96 Bohlin, Nils, 101
Adverse conditions, 245-265 Arrow signals, 29, 32 Brake fade, 270
cold weattier. 261-262 Assigned-risk Insurance, 346 Brakes
tiot weattier, 261 Attitude, 8. 14 brake system. 41, 363-365. 382

motorcyclist and. 156-157 Automatic transmission covering, 183-184

reduced traction. 252-259 with automatic overdrive, 337 disk vs. drum. 364
reduced visibility, 246-251 driving vehicle with. 48-52 failure of, 270
wind. 260 mountain driving with, 213 lights, 80, 179
Advisory speed limits, 22 starting on hill using, 123-124 locked, 80
Aiming high, 64.68. 182 parking, 364. See also Parking brake
Aiming point, 50 Backing power, 270

Air bag, 50-51.100-103 into driveway on right side, 116-117 riding. 184
illustration, 91 on expressway, 227 See also Braking
improvements, 103 in large vehicle, 386 Brake-release lever, 42
warning ligfit, 41 left or right, 114 Braking
Air conditioner, 45, 246 stickshift vehicle. 111 abrupt, 268
Alcohol straight, 110-111 controlled, 258-259
befiaviorand, 315 trailer, 388 friction, 94
controlling impairment from, 319 Backup lights, 48, 81 motorcyclist, 155-156
deatti from consumption of, 317 Banked curve, 97 straight-line, 95
effects on driving safely, 314-320 Basic speed law, 22 turning and, 95

facts about. 314-315 Battery See also Brakes

laws governing use of, 323-325 alternator warning light for, 40-41 Braking distance, 99, 259
long-term effects of, 318 disposal of, 348 Bridge
mental abilities and, 315-316 effects ot heat on, 215-216 ice on, 255
myths and truths about, 320 jump-starting dead, 358-359 passing on two-lane, 207

physical abilities and, 316-317 maintenance of, 357-358 Bumpers, 104

in standard drinks, 318 Battery-powered vehicle, 350 Buses, 165-166
All-directional Interchange, 223 Behavior Business district, 163, See 3/so City

Alley, 162-163 effects of alcohol on, 315 driving; Urban traffic

Alliance Against Intoxicated Motorists high-risk, 63 Buying a vehicle, 336-341

(AAIM), 329 Belted tire, 365
ALL WAYS stop Sign, 21 Bicyclist, 159-160 Camper, 386, See also Recreational

All-Wheel drive, 95-96 Black ice, 255 vehicle

Alternate path of travel, 210 Blind-spot area, 44 Carbon dioxide, 347

Alternative-fueled vehicles, 349-350 expressway driving and, 232, 234 Carbon monoxide, 261, 306-307
Alternator, 357 large truck's, 167-168 Carburetor, 361
Alternator warning light, 41 motorcyclist in, 152 Car pooling, 349

398 Index
CASAD (Citizens Against Speeding and Collision insurance, 344 no passing on, 207
Aggressive Driving), 297 Color blindness, 298-299 on rural roads, 199-200
Catalytic converter, 361 Colors sharp, 97, 279
Cellular phone, 177, 199, 229, 272, 302, roadway markers, 33 skidding in, 255
303, 383 traffic signs, 20-21 traction and, 97
Center of gravity, 92-93 traffic signals, 27
Center line, 181 Comfort, devices for, 43-45 Dashboard, padded, 104
Central vision, 68, 299 Commentary driving, 83 Daytime running lights, 80-81

Children Common speed, 231 Deaths

child seats for, 103-104 Communication from alcohol consumption, 317
playing near vehicle, 46 deciding and, 76 driving-related, 9-10
in residential areas, 163 devices for, 43-45 Deceleration lane, 235, 237
in school zone, 24 executing and, 80-82 Decide (IPDE Process), 6, 63, 75-78,

Chlorinated fluorocarbon (CFCs), 347-348 with pedestrians, 162 177,229

Chronic illness, 308 Comprehensive insurance, 344 Deductible, 344
Citizens Against Speeding and Compromise space, 79 Defensive driving, 7

Aggressive Driving (CASAD), 297 Computerized systems, 358, 371 Defogger, rear, 246
City Computerized traffic lights, 28 Defroster, 45, 246
clues tor driving in, 69 Conflict Delayed green light, 137
expressways through, 239 avoiding, 181 Depreciation, 336
See also Business district; Urban traffic with bicycle, 159-160 Depressant, 321-322
Closed zone, 66, 70-71 predichng, 64, 73 Depth perception, 300
Cloverleaf interchange, 222 Console, 42 Desert driving, 215 216
Clutch Construction areas, 24, 239 Designated driver, 320

motorcycle, 155 Controlled-access highu/ay, 222 Dialing 911, 283

pedal, 43 Controlled braking, 258 259 Diamond interchange, 222-223
releasing, 54 Controlled intersection, 134 138 Differential, 356

riding the, 54 Controlled railroad crossing, 138 Direction change, 75-76

Collision Control systems, 363 367 Disabilities, 304-308

accident vs., 9 Cooling system, 359-362 Disabled vehicle

alcohol-related, 314, 323 Countersteer, 277 in blizzard, 262
animal, 211 Courts, 5 on expressway, 239
causes of, 9 Cover the brake, 183-184 Disk brake, 364
cellular phone use and, 177 Crossbuck, 141 Distance
in city driving, 181 Crosswalk braking, 99

defined, 9 lines on, 32 calculating, 380

fall-asleep, 238, 384 at red light, 28 following. See Following distance
fatal, 9-11, 130 Cruise control, 42, 262 perception, 98

flying glass in, 104 Curb reaction, 98

force of impact in, 100-104 partying on hills with and without, stopping, 98-99
head-on, 281 122-123 Distractions, 303
at intersections, 130 stepping off, 163 Divided roadway, 202
minimizing effects of, 281 yellow marking on, 33 DO NOT ENTER SlgU, 225
pedestrians and, 163 Curves DO NOT PASS sign, 206
procedures following, 283-284 banked, 97 don't WALK signal, 30, 183
rear-end, 282-283 driver's perspective approaching, 13 door
side-impact, 281-282 motorcycle control in, 154 locking, 47
social and economic loss from, 10 mountain, 213 side door beams, 104

swerving to avoid, 277-278 no-parking zones near, 33 unlocking, 46

Index 399
Downshifting, 56, 114 Education programs entering, 225-228
in automalic transmission vehicle, 213 alcohol-related, 314 exiting, 235-237
with total brake failure, 270 court, 329 following distance on, 231-232
Drinl(ing and driving, 314-320 See driver education, 13 interchanges on, 222-223
3/so Alcohol peer education, 327-328 lane choice on, 230
DRIVE (D) gear position, 48-49, 51 Electrical system, 40-41 , 357-359 passing and being passed on, 234
Driver Emergency equipment, 383 roadway conditions, 239
altitude and, 214-215 Emergency flasher. See Hazard flasher safe driving strategies for, 223-224
condition of, 291-333 Emergency situations safe use of, 240
cooperating with other, 224 dialing 911 to report, 283 signs, signals, and roadways markings on,

designated, 320 handling, 267-287 230-231

errors, 276-278 swerving in, 277-278 special problems, 238-240
heat and, 215 Emergency vehicles, 143, 166 speed limits on, 231
looking out for problem, 70 Emission system, 361-362 strategies for driving on, 229-234
motorcycle. See Motorcyclist Emotions, 292-297 tailgaters on, 232
older, 307-308 Energy of motion, 93 through cities, 239
as pedestrian, 163-164 Engine Eye contact, 82
risk factors contributed by 62-63 caring for, 370
skills needed by 6 checking before long trip, 382 Fall-asleep collisions, 238. See also
Driver's license, 11-14 cold, 261 Drowsy drivers; Fatigue

for moped and motor scooter, 161 failure, 272-273 Farm machinery, slow-moving, 165
suspension for DUI/DWI, 323 fire in, 274 Fatigue, 304-305, 387. See ateo Drowsy
Drive sliaft, 356 flooded, 272 drivers; Fall-asleep collisions

Drive system, 356-357 fuel-efficient, 371 Field sobriety test, 324

Drive-train system, 356 overheated, 272-273, 360 Field of vision, 67-68,299
Driveway routine checks for, 368 FIFTH (5) gear position, 53, 55-56
backing into for turn, 116-117 size and types of, 337 Financial responsibility, 10
pedestrians in, 162-163 starting, 42, 49, 54 Financial responsibility law, 342, 345
pulling into for turn, 117 Engine-management systems, 358, 371 Fire, 274-275
on rural roads, 200 Entrance ramp, 225-228 Fire hydrant, 33
yield coming from, 143 Environment FIRST (1) gear position, 53-54
Driving habits, 6, See also Habits drivers helping, 348-350 Fishtailing, 258, 268
Driving tasl<, 6-7 responsibility for, 10 Flashers, hazard, 81
Driving under the influence (DUI), vehicles' affect on, 347-348 Flashing signal, 29
323 Euphoria, 315 Floods
Driving while intoxicated (DWI), Execute (IPDE Process), 6, 63, 75, driving and, 253
323 79-82,177,229-230 flash, 216
Drowsy drivers, 305 Exhaust, leaking, 261 Fluids, disposal of, 348, 372
on long trips, 384 Exhaust gases, 347, 361 Fog, 207, 249-250
See also Fall asleep collisions; Exhaust system, 361,382 Following distance, 178
Fatigue Exit ramp, 235-237 on expressways, 231-232
Drugs Expressways, 221-243 for large vehicle, 387
alcohol, 314-315, See 3/so Alcohol advantages of, 222 measuring, 178
depressants, 321 clues in, 69 motorcycles and, 154, 156
hallucinogens, 322 applying IPDE Process on, 229-230, for rural driving, 201
medicines, 321 234-235, 240 in urban traffic, 178
stimulants, 322 changing lanes on, 232-234 Foot-brake pedal, 43
Drum brake, 364 disabled vehicles on, 239 Force of Impact, 100-104
Dust storm, 216 driver condition and, 238-239 FOURTH (4) gear position, 53, 55-56

400 index
4-6 second range, 67 safe-driving, 8 nearing crest of, 197
Four-way stop, 143 staring, 67 parking on, 122-124
Four-wheel drive, 95-96 Hallucinogens, 322 passing on, 206
Freon gas, 347-348 HANDICAPPED PARKING ONLY Sign, 34 on rural roads, 200
Fresh green light, 136 Hand-over-hand steering, 113 starting on, 123-124
Friction, 94 Hand signals. 111 Hood-release lever, 45

Friction point, 53-54, 124 Hazard flasher, 44, 81 Horn, 44, 81,181
Fringe vision, 299-300 Hazards HTS. See Highway transportation system

Front-wheel skid, 258 in city driving, 176 Hydroplaning, 94, 252-253

Fuel, 378 identifying, 64-65
efficiency, 370 minimizing, 78 Ice

See 3/so Gasoline: Refueling predicting affect of, 72 black, 255

Fuel gauge, 40 roadside, 71 clearing from vehicle, 46
Fuel-injection system, 361 on rural roads, 197 reduced traction and, 255-256
Full stop, 20 separating, 78 in tire tracks, 256
See a/so Roadside tiazards traction on, 96
Gap, 144,226 Headlights, 44, 80 Identity (IPDE Process), 6, 63, 65-71
Gasoline cfiecking, 46 for expressway driving, 229
disposal of, 348. 372 for daytime, 80, 247 at intersection, 130
See a/so Fuel; Refueling failure of, 273-274 in rural driving, 198
Gauges, 40-41 flastiing, 181 in urban traffic, 177
Gear positions glare from, 301 Ignition switch, 42, 49
automatic transmission, 48-49 fiigti-beam, 247, 249 Ignition system, 357
manual transmission, 53-56 low/-beam, 247, 251 Implied-consent law, 323
Gear-shift lever, 42 for nigfit driving, 247 Inhibitions, 316
Glare recovery time, 301 nigfit vision and, 300 Inside checks, 47, 339-340
Glare resistance, 301 overdriving, 248-249 Inspections, state vehicle, 369
"Good Samaritan Law, " 282 Head-on collision, 281 Instrument panel, 40 41
Graduated driver licensing program, Head restraint, 44, 47, 104 Insurance, 342-346
11-13 Hearing, 302 Insurance Institute for Highway
Gravel roads, 256 Heat, effects of ,215,261 Safety, 102
Gravity, 92-93, 213 Heater, 45,246 Intended path of travel, 66, 130-131
Green arrow signal, 137 High-beam indicator, 41 Interchanges, expressway, 222-223
Greenhouse effect, 347 High-risk situations, 303 International symbols, 26
Green light, 27 Highway driving Internet, shopping for vehicle on, 339
delayed, 137 clues in, 69 Intersections, 129-147
fresfi, 136 See a/so Expressways, Rural roads approaching, 130-131
stale, 136 Highway hypnosis, 238 controlled, 134-138
Ground viewing, 70 Highway traffic engineers, 5 as high-risk areas, 70
Guide signs, 25-26 Highway transportation system (HTS), 4 moving ahead at, 131-132
breakdowns in, 9 on multilane road, 202
Habit(s) hazardous situations on, 65 no-parking zones near, 33
driving, 6 motorcyclists on, 150 passing at, 206
good seeing, 63 regulating, 5 rumble strip at, 33
ground viewing, 70 Hills on rural roads, 200
IPDE Process, 83 braking distance and, 99 searching, 130-133
other drivers', 11 downshifting on, 56 stoppingat, 132-133, 179
pre-driving, 46 driving up and down, 92 uncontrolled, 139-141
riding tfie clutcfi, 54 as line-of-sight restriction, 71 yielding at, 143

Index 401
Intoxication Lane positions, 76 trailer. 388
tests for. 324-325 Lane signals, 30 "Wide Load" sign, 165
See also Aicotiol; Drinking and driving Laws Long-distance travel, 380-385
Intoxilyzer, 324 alcohol-related, 323-235 advance preparation for, 380, 382

IPDE Process, 61-87 basic speed, 22 calculating distances for, 380

alcotiol-impaired driver and, 316 courts and, 5 map reading for, 380
commentary driving witti, 83 financial responsibility, 342, 345 special equipment for, 382-383
emotions and, 294-296 "Good Samaritan," 282 vehicle load for, 383
for expressway driving, 223, 226-227, implied-consent, 323 LOW (L1, L2) gear position, 49
229-230, 234-235 motorcycle helmet, 156 Lubrication system, 359-360
fatigue and, 304 zero-tolerance, 324 Lug nuts, 269
low-risl< driving and, 14 Leasing, 338-339
with motorcycles, 150 Leaves, 256 IVIADO (Mothers Against Drunk
witti pedestrians, 162 Left turn Drivers), 329
reduced visibility and, 246 arrow, 29 Maintenance
rural driving and, 198-199 danger of, 144 braking system, 363-365
selective use of, 83-84 lanefor, 31-32. 114-115 control systems, 363-367
sense and, 298 light, 137 electrical system, 357-359
with slow-moving vehicles, 209 protected, 136-137 ignition system, 357-359
with smaller two-wheel vehicles, signaling, 44 power systems, 356-362
159, 161 unprotected, 137 preventive, 368-369
steps of, 6-7, 63. See also Legend, 380 steering system, 363
individual steps Liability insurance, 342 suspension system, 365
time for, 84 Licensing process, 11-12 Manual transmission
traffic flow and. 77 Ligtits clutch use with, 53-54
at uncontrolled intersection, 140 backup, 48 gear positions with. 53

for urban traffic, 176-177 brake, 80. 179 putting vehicle in motion with. 54
using, 83-85 cleaning. 246 selector-lever positions for. 53
vehicle capabilities and. 97 daytime running, 80-81 shifting gears with, 53-56
See also Identify; Predict; Decide; Execute headlights, 80, See 3/so Headlights See also Stickshift transmission

maintaining, 359 Map reading, 199, 380-381

Jacl<, 268 parking, 81 Map scale, 380
Jogging areas, 163 taillights, 46, 80 Marijuana, 322
Joining traffic, 144 temperature, 40 Mass transportation, 186, 349
Judgment, 73 traffic, 27-29 Master cylinder, 363
turn-signal, 81 Median, 202
Key positions, 42 warning. 40-41 Medical payment insurance,
Kinetic energy, 93 Light switch, 44-45 342
Line of sight, 65 Medicine, 321
Lanes Line-of-sight restriction, 70 Mental skills, 6

acceleration. 225 dirty windows as, 246 Merging area, 225, 228
car or van pool, 349 on expressway. 229 Midblock U-turn, 116
changing, 111-112. 186,232-234 intersections and. 130-133 Miles per gallon (MPG), 370
choice of, 202, 230 large truck as. 167 Minimize a hazard, 78
in city. 185-186 oncoming vehicle and. 210 Minimum speed limit, 22

deceleration. 235. 237 on rural roads, 197 Mopeds, 4. 160-161

rush-hour, 187 Load Morgan, Garret, 138
white arrows on, 32 braking distance and, 99 Mothers Against Drunk Drivers
width of, 71 for long trip, 383 (MADD), 329

402 Index
Motion National ttighurays Systems Parallel parking, 121-122

energy of, 93 Designation Act, 324 PARK (P) gear position, 48-49
putting vetiicle in, 51, 54 Natural lavDS, 92-104 Parked vehicle
sense of, 303 Navigating, 384 as closed front zone, 66

Motorcycle NEUTRAL (N) gear position as clue, 69

acceleration of, 97 automatic transmission, 48-49 searching for, 131

tiand ling traits of, 153-154 manual transmission, 53-54 stopping tor, 179
See a/so Motorcyclist Neytiart, Dr. Amos E., 13 Parking, 119-124
Motorcycle Safety Foundation, 155 Night blindness, 300 angle, 120
Motorcyclist Night driving on hills, 122-124
accelerating, 97, 155-156 meeting other vehicles, 248 leaving parking space, 121-122
actions of, 155-158 motorcyclists, 158 parallel, 121-122
awareness of other drivers, 154 reduced visibility with, 247-249 perpendicular, 120

braking, 155-156 in rural areas, 196, 212 reference points for, 119-120
following distance for, 156 speed limits for, 23 Parking brake, 42, 364
IPDE Process witfi, 150 supervision for, 14 with ice or slush, 261

looking for, 150-152 Night vision, 300 releasing, 51

atnigfit, 158 No-fault insurance, 342, 344 starting engine and, 49

protecting, 153 No left turn sign, 26 starting on hill and, 124

protective equipment for, 156 No-parking zones, 33, 206 warning light for, 41

riding in groups, 158 No-passing sign, 24 Parking lights, 81

stiaring roadway with, 150-154 No-passing situations, 206-207 Parking lot

training course for, 155 No-zones, 168 disabled-driver areas in, 308
visibility of, 158 Nystagmus test, 325 risk in, 164
Motor home, 386. See also Recreational Passengers
vehicle Odometer, 40 emotions and, 295-296
Motor scooter, 160-161 Officer's signal, 30 motorcyclist carrying, 157

Motor vetiicle departments, 5 Off-road recovery, 276-277 in trailer, 388

Mountain driving, 213-215 Oil, 348, 372 Passing
MPG (miles per gallon), 370 Oil filter, 348, 360 in city traffic, 186-187
Muffler, 362 Oil-pressure warning light, 360 on expressways, 234
Multilane road Oil pump, 359-360 large trucks, 168
with center lines, 201 ONE WAY sign, 188 line markings and, 31-32
changing to single lane, 71 One-waystreet, 28, 188-190 motorcyclists and, 152-153
in city, 185-187 Open zone, 65, 69-70 on multilane roads, 207
divided, 202 Orderly visual search pattern, 67 70, 199 no-passing situations,
entering, 202-203 Organ donor program, 13 70, 206-207
lane choice on, 202 Outside checks, 46, 339-340 on rural roads, 204-207
passing on, 207 Over-braking skid, 258 Passive restraint device, 100
rural, 201-203 Overdrive, 49 Path of travel, 65
turning at intersection on, 202 Overdriving headlights, 248-249 Pedestrians, 32, 74, 162-166
Overheating, 360 Pedestrian signals, 30 See also
National Auto Dealers Association Overinflation, 95, 268 Crosswalks
(NADA) Guide, 339 Over-power skid, 257 Peer education, 327-328
National driving record, 9 Oversteer, 80, 110-111 Peer Justice and Youth Empowerment
National Higtiway Overtaking, 186 (PJYE), 329
Safety Act, 5 Over-the-counter (OTC) medicines, 321 Peer pressure, 295, 326-330
National ttighway Traffic Safety Owner's manual, 341, 369 Perception distance, 98
Administration, 329 Ozone layer, 347 Perception time, 98

Index 403
Peripheralvision, 68, 299, 317 Ramp REVERSE (R) gear position
Perpendicular parking, 120 entrance, 225 automatic transmission, 48

Personal reference points, 119 exit, 235, 237 manual transmission, 53, 55
Physical disabilities, 304-308 runaway vehicle, 214 for steering straight backward, 110

Physical senses, 298-303 Reaction distance, 99 Ride the brake, 184

Physical skills, 6 Reaction time, 98 Riding the clutch, 54
PJYE (Peer Justice and Youth Rear-end collision, 282-283 Right turn
Empowerment), 329 Rearview mirrors on red, 137
Ply, 365 adjusting, 47 signaling, 44
Point of conflict, 73 inside, 44, 47 Right of way, 21.142-143
Point-of-no-return, 132, 183 outside, 44, 47 Risk, 4, 62-63
Police Rear-wheel skid, 258 Risk taking
being stopped by, 325 Reckless driving, 8 emotions and, 296
sending for alter collision, 284 Recreational vehicle (RV), 97, 165, 214, permanent disabilities and, 308
Policy, 342 386-387 physical senses and, 303
Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) Recycling strategies, 372 temporary illness and, 307
system, 361 Redlight, 27-28, 66, 133, Road. See Roadway
Potholes, 268, 279 137-138 Roadrage, 8, 177, 293
Power brakes, 270 Reduced traction Roadside hazards. See Hazards; Roadway,

Powerplant, 356 gravel roads, 256 hazards

Power steering, 273, 363 ice, 255-256 Roadway

Power systems, 356-357 leaves, 256 braking distance on, 99

Predict (IPDE Process), 6, 63, 72-74, skidding and, 256-258 conditions on, 4

177,229 snow, 253-254 expressway, 239

Premium, 342, 346 wet roadways, 252-253 desert, 216

Prescription medicine, 321 Reduced visibility driving off, 276-277
Preventive maintenance, 368-369 at dawn, 247 features and conditions of, 70-71
Principal driver, 345 at dusl<, 247 gravel, 256
Property-damage insurance, 342 fog, 249-250 hazards, 197, 279-280. See
Protected left turn, 136-137 at night, 247-249 also Hazards

Protective equipment, 156 rain, 250 motorcyclists on, 156

Pull-out area, 214 snow, 250-251 multilane, 201-203

Push-pull steering, 113 sun glare, 247 rural, 195-196, 201-203
windows and, 246-247 salting, 254
Radial tire, 365 Reference point, 119 sharing the, 149-171

Radiator, 215, 360 Refrigerant recovery systems, 348 traction and surface of. 96
Railroad crossing Refueling, 369 160,252-253
wet, 74, 94, 157,

controlled, 138 Regulatory signs, 20-23, 26 Roadway markings, 31-34

motorcyclist at, 157 Rental vehicles, 384-385 Roadway users, 4 70
no passing before, 206 Residential areas, 163 Rocking a vehicle, 254
roadway marl<ings for, 34 Responsibility Route selection
rural area, 212 decision making steps and, 327 long trips, 382
signs at, 25 driving, 8-10 short trips, 379
stalling at, 275 financial, 10 Route signs, 25
uncontrolled, 140-141 moped and motor scooter drivers', 161 Rumble strip, 33, 240
Rain to others, 329 Runaway vehicle ramp, 214
no passing in, 207 of vehicle ownership, 336 Running lights, daytime, 80-81
reduced traction with, 252 Restraint devices, 100, See a/so Air bags; Rural driving
reducedvisibility with, 250 Safety belts basic skills for, 198-203

404 Index
 interstate tiighways, 239-240 in large vehicle, 386 drinking drivers' judgment of, 317
See a/so Rural roads; Rural traffic 5ee a/so Vision; Visual acuity energy of motion and, 93
Rural roads Selective seeing, 69 force of impact and, 100
being passed on, 208 Selector lever, 42, 48, 53 fuel efficiency and, 370
divided roadways, 202 Separate the hazards, 78, 210 minutes saved and, 185
hazards on, 197 Service, scheduled, 369 for rural driving, 196, 198
hills on, 200 Shared left-turn lane, 31-32, 114-115 shifting, 53, 55
multilane, 201-203 Shift indicator, 48 vision and, 302
passing on, 204-207 Shifting gears, 54-56 for winter driving, 262
two-lane, 199-201 Shock absorber, 96, 365 Speed limit
visual search pattern on, 199 Side-impact collision, 281-282 advisory, 22
Seeslso Rural driving; Rural traffic Signaling, 111 for expressway driving, 231, 223
Rural traffic Signals. See Traffic signals maximum, 197,230
animals and, 209 Signs. See Traffic signs minimum, 22, 231
characteristics ot, 196-197 Skidding, 256-258 on rural roads, 196
oncoming, 210-211 Skills, 6 signs, 22
roadside hazards, 197 Slow-moving vehicles, 165, 209, Speedometer, 40
roadways, 196 211-212 Speed smear, 302
slow-moving vehicles in, 209, 211-212 Smell, sense of, 302-303 Split traction, 95-96
speed, 196 Smith, Harold L., 64 Stale green light, 136
traffic controls, 197 Smith System, 7, 63-64, 68, 76-77, 83 Standard reference point, 119
See a/so Rural driving; Rural roads Smoking Staring, 67-68, 316
Rush-hour traffic near fuel pumps, 369 Starter switch, 42
on expressways, 224, 227 while driving, 307 Steering, 49-51
lane signals for, 30 Snow aiming high in, 64, 68
special lanes for, 187 clearing from vehicle, 46 executing and, 80
driving techniques for, 254-255 failure, 273
SADD (Students Against Dangerous moving in, 262 hand-over-hand, 113
Decisions), 329 no passing in, 207 power, 273, 363
Safe driving, 8, 63, 72-73 reduced traction with, 253-255 push-pull, 113
Safety, devices for, 43-45 reduced visibility with, 250-251 straight, 110-111
Safety belt, 43-44, 51 removal areas, 33 through tunnel, 260
automatic, 104 Social skills, 6 Steering system, 363, 382
collisions and, 100 Solar-powered vehicle, 350 Steering wheel, 42
fastening, 47 Space adjustment lever, 42
how to wear, 100-101 compromise, 79 air bag in, 102
inventor of, 101 predicting, 73 energy-absorbing, 104
warning light, 41 in urban trafffc, 182-187 hand position on, 47, 49-50
Safety chains, 387-388 zones of, 64 Stickshift transmission
Salting roads, 254 Space cushion, 76, 178 clutch pedal, 43
Sandstorms, 216 Special-purpose vehicles, 164-165 driving with, 53-56
Scanning, 68 Speed starting on hill using, 124
School bus, 165-166 adjusting for city driving, 185 turning, 114
School zone, 23-24, 33 bral<ing distance and, 99 See also Manual transmission
Searching range, 65-67, 199 common, 231 Stimulant, 322
Seat adjustment, 45, 47 control and, 74 STOP line, 21,28,33
SECOND (2) gear position, 53-54 controlling, 79-80, 370 Stopping
Seeing for curves, 97 automatic transmission vehicle, 52
driving and, 298 changing, 75 at intersection, 132-133

Index 405
 manual transmission vehicle, 55-56 maintaining. 365-367 flashing, 29
moving through intersection after, 133 quality and grading of, 366-367 inventor of, 138
signaling for. 111 replacing, 366 IPDE Process with, 136-137
total stopping distance, 98-99 rotation of, 366 lane, 30
Stopping distance tracks in ice, 256 lights. See Traffic lights

estimating. 99 traction and, 94-96. See a/so Traction officer's, 30

total, 98-99 tread on, 94. 365-366 pedestrian, 30
STOP sign, 26 Tollbooths, 240 Traffic signs, 20-26
blocked view at, 134 Toll plaza, 33 controlled intersections with, 134-135
with flashing red signal. 29 Tornado, 260 on expressways. 230-231
4-WAY, 21 Total stopping distance, 98-99 international, 26
importance of, 20 Traction regulatory, 20. See also Regulatory signs
at intersection, 134-135 checking, 96 shapes and colors of, 20-21
location of, 21 defined, 74, 94 warning signs, 23-25. See a/so Warning
on rural road. 200 inflation and, 95 signs
on school bus, 165 reduced, 96, 252-259. Trailer, pulling, 387-388
stop lines at, 33 See also Reduced traction Transaxle, 356
Students Against Dangerous road surface and, 96 Transmission, 356
Decisions (SADD), 329 split, 95-96 automatic. See Automatic transmission
Sun visor, 45 tires and, 96 manual. See Manual transmission:
Suspension system, 365 tread and, 94-95 stickshift. SeeStickshift transmission
Swerving, emergency, 277-278 vehicle condition and, 96 Travel
Switchbacks, 213 Tractor-semitrailer, 4, 167 local, 378-379
Tractor trailer, 167 long-distance, 380-385
Tachometer, 40 Traffic Tread, 94, 252-253
Tailgating, 152,180,232 crossing, 134, 144 Trucks
Tailligtits, 46, 80 joining, 134-135, 144 acceleration of, 97
Target, 50 oncoming, 181 cross wind and, 260
Target area, 66 rural, 196-197 energy of motion and, 93
Target area range, 66 tie-ups, 9 following large, 167-168
Tectinician, qualified, 369 urban. See Urban traffic making right turns, 167
Test drive, 340-341 Traffic circle, 130 meeting large. 168
Thermostat, 360 Traffic control officer, 30 no-zones, 168
THIRD (3) gear position, 53, 55-56 Traffic controls passing large. 168
Three-point turnabout, 118 identifying, 71 rental, 386
3-second following distance on rural roads, 197 types of, 167
on expressways, 232 Traffic flow, 77 Trumpet interchange, 222-223
in urban traffic, 178-179 Traffic lights, 27-29 Tunnel vision, 300
for rural driving, 201 arrows with, 29 Turnabout, 116-118
Ses a/so Following distance computerized, 28 Turning
Tires left-turn-on-red, 28 procedures for, 114-115
alignment of, 366 right-turn-on-red, 28 on red, 137-138
blowout, 95, 268 STOP lines at. 33 Turns
changing, 268-270 Traffic signals, 27-30 hand-over-hand steering for, 113-115
construction of, 365 approaching in city, 182-183 making left and right. 113-115
effects of heat on, 215-216 arrows, 29 midblockU-, 116
footprints of, 94 controlled intersections with, 135-136 signaling lor. 111
hydroplaning and, 252-253 cycles, 135 Turn signal, 54
inflation of. 95, 365-366 on expressways, 230-231 Turn-signal indicator, 41,44, 111,359

406 Index

I
Turn-signal lights scheduled service for, 369 Water pump, 360
communicating with, 81 size, 337 Weather
as tiazard flasfiers, 44 special, 386-388 bad, 14, See a/so Adverse conditions
12-15 second range, 66-67, 199 special-purpose, 164-165 cold, 261

Two-lane roads, 199,205-206 Vehicle code, 5 hot, 261

Two-way street, 188 Vehicle controls, 41-45 in mountains, 214
Two-wheel drive, 96 Vehicle malfunctions, 268-275 Wetroadways, 74, 94, 157, 160.

accelerator, 271 252-253

Uncontrolled intersection, 139-141 brake failure, 270 Wheels
Uncontrolled railroad crossing, engine failure, 272-273 direction of parked, 46
140-141 fire, 274 See a/so Tires

Underinflated tires, 95, 252-253, 268 loss of forward vision, 273 White line markings, 31-32
Underinsured motorist insurance, steering failure, 273 Windows
344 tire failure, 268-270 checking, 46

Underpass, 207 Velocitation, 238-239 clean, 246

Understeer, 80, 110 Visibility, reduced, 246-251. See also in winter driving, 262
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System, Reduced visibility Windshield
366-367 Vision checking, 46

Uninsured motorist insurance, 344 alcohol and, 316-317 electronic tollbooth device on, 240
Unprotected left turn, 137 central, 68, 299 reinforced, 104
Urban traffic color, 298-299 splashed, 274

adjusting to, 176-177 field of, 299 Windshield washers, 44

complexity of, 176 fringe, 299-300 Windshield wipers, 44
driving in, 175-193 peripheral, 68, 299 Winter driving, 261-262, 383
following distance in, 178 tunnel, 300 Wolf pack, 231
managing space in, 182-187 20/20, 298 WRONG WAY sign, 225
special situations in, 188-190 vehicle speed and, 302

U-turn, 116 Visualacuity, 298, 316-317 Yellow light, 27, 133, 136
Visual search pattern. See Orderly visual Yellow line markings, 31.

Van pooling, 349 search pattern, 70 201-203

Vehicle Yield, 21, 142
buying, 336-341 WALK signal, 30 to emergency vehicles, 166
capabilities of, 97 Warning lights, 40-41 to motorcyclists, 157
costs of driving, 10 Warning signs, 20 situations requiring, 142-143
disabled, 239, 262 animal, 210 YIELD sign, 20, 22, 26

fuel-efficient, 349-350, 370 construction sign, 24 as closed front zone, 133

getting into, 46 diamond-shaped, 23 yielding at, 143
insuring, 342-346 guide signs, 25
large, 386 no-passing sign, 24 Zero-tolerance law, 324
maintaining, 355-375 railroad sign, 25 Zone, 65
malfunctions. See Vehicle malfunctions route signs, 25 closed, 66, 70-71,198
optional equipment on, 337-338 school signs, 24 open, 65, 69-70
as part of HTS, 4 Warranty, 339 ZoneControlSystem,7, 63, 83
rental, 384-385 Water IPDE Process and, 7, 65-67
preparation, 379-382 driving through deep, 253 traffic flow and, 77
recreational, 97, 165, 386-387 vehicle in deep, 280 zones of space in, 64

Index 407
 Acknowledgments

Cover: David Epperson/Tony Stone Images; 216 Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit

automobile console courtesy ot Bredemann 222 Alex MacLean/Landslides
Ford, Glenview, IL 223 (t) Alex MacLean/Landslides
223 (c) Alex MacLean/Landslides
Unless ottierwise acknowledged, all
223 (b) Alex MacLean/Landslides
ptiotograptis are the property of Prentice Hall.
231 Momatiuk & Eastcott/Stock Boston
Page abbreviations are as follows: (t) top,
238 Mark Burnett/Stock Boston
(c) center, (b) bottom, left, (r) right.
244-245 Frank Cezus/Tony Stone Images
(1)
249 Mark C. Burnett/Stock Boston
250 Mulvehill/lmage Works
1 H. Abernathy/[Link] Roberts, Inc. 251 Frank Siteman/Stock Boston
5 (br) Jonathan Naurok/PhotoEdit 254 (b) Chris Sorensen/Stock Market
5 (tr) IVlark Burnett/Stock Boston 262 David Epperson/Tony Stone Images
5 (I) Alan Carey/Image Works 274 Jonathan Naurok/PhotoEdit
10 Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit 283 Bob Daemmrich/Stock Boston
17 (bl) Superstock, Inc. 288-289 A&L Sinibaldi/Tony Stone Images
37 Charles Feil/Stock Boston 307 Felicia Martinez/PhotoEdit
41 Courtesy, Jennings Chevrolet 308 John Neubauer/PhotoEdit
42 Courtesy, Jennings Chevrolet 314 (cap inset) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
45 Courtesy, Jennings Chevrolet 321 Steve Skjold/PhotoEdit
48 Courtesy, Jennings Chevrolet 326 Steve Skjold/PhotoEdit
50 Courtesy, Bredemann Ford, 333 (bl) Michelle Bridwell/PhotoEdit
Glenview, IL 334-335 Michael Newman/PhotoEdit
70 IVlark Richards/PhotoEdit 337 (tl) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
88-89 David R. Frazier Photolibrary 337 (tr) Superstock, Inc.
90-91 Courtesy, Chrysler Motor 337 (bl) Superstock, Inc.
Corporation 337 (br) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
103 David J. Sams/Texas Imprint/Stock 347 Mark Burnett/Stock Boston
Boston 349 David Young-Woltf/PhotoEdit
107 (tl) Courtesy, Bredemann Ford, 350 (t) Dana White/PhotoEdit
Glenview, IL 350 (b) Mark Richards/PhotoEdit
113 Courtesy of American Driver and Traffic 353 (tl) Vincent DeWitt/Stock Boston
Safety Education Association 353 (bl) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
127 (br) Peter Horree/Westlight 353 (br) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
138 Frank Rossotto/Stock Market 355-356 Ron Davis Photography
151 Ron Davis Photography 371 (t) Alan Schein/Stock Market
154 D. H. Hessel/Stock Boston 371 (b) Donald Dietz/Stock Boston
155 Motorcycle Safety Project/Courtesy, 375 (br) Rhoda Sidney/Image Works
Northern Illinois University 376-377 R. Calvert/Tony Slone Images
160 (t) Robert Brenner/PhotoEdit 380-381 "Map ©
by Rand McNally R.L.
163 UlrikeWelsch/PhotoEdit #98-5-135"
165 Gabe Palmer/Stock Market 383 Charles Feil/Stock Boston
166 Courtesy, Glenview, IL Fire Department 384 Spencei Grant/PhotoEdit
171 (bl) Courtesy, Glenview, IL Fire 385 Michael Newman/PhotoEdit
Department 391 (tl) Tony Freeman/PhotoEdit
172-173 Superstock, Inc. 391 (tr) Courtesy, Washington State
187 David Young-Wolff/PhotoEdit Department of Transportation

202 Bill Horsman/Stock Boston 391 (bl) Kathy Ferguson/PhotoEdit

214 Michele Burgess/Stock Boston 391 (br) Bill Ross/H. Armstrong Roberts, Inc.

215 Kent Knudson/Stock Boston

408 Acknowledgments
 ISBN 0-13-068325-6
Corporate Member of
00001
American Driver and Traffic

Pearson Safety Education Association

Education
See us on the Internet [Link] 9 781306"832564